ibdlio-tr he Sheet” te De toed, Shine i> art Le AR : ee Ne : eat : = ee ee + Be ar eget ee FE ie Bs RS See Sy RE ig 5 - Dat OANA My hes de : ete a ae whew MS es Za aw - cae Sieg ot Caged Pe ‘ Nav abeF ndeaey Fol i tara re ; " : -, , PRR OIE Ne eet EIS gen Bol oy : : , er ‘ pespane : Cn eee Beige wiets B17 FIG RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTILUTION NOILITLILONI NVINGS SLINGS S3AIUY ca om Si ta iw . z 2 7) 5 ak = < 5 MM «= | a o | pe oc c s | S o eS) ce = om 2 a za ae os 3. - ; 4 ION NOILALILSNI” NVINOSHLINS —S31YV¥aI7 LIBRARI ES_ SMITHSONIAN” INSTI [ = o 2 o fe) g * i — 7 Se SY = > = > AMY & a es 2 a nin SY NS ap) _ ge fie y = in eae Hs 2 m | 117 LIBRARIES, SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILOILSNI_ NVINOSHLIWS, $31 UW: oT: = < A z = = J 7S VE; 5 We 2 2 i | A x SRY 9 Foy WE S 72 8 ; > We: E Nw z. E 2, < Ne os N 2 = a ns = > ION “NOLLALILSNI_NVINOSHLINS S31UVH@I1 LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN _INSTIT = a a m “sg, & * me S es oc _ < c ee: pe < AA oa a oc = — re = a = y = = - 3 2 A 5 =i -! = G17 L.cRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI” NVINOSHLIWS” S318) wees a te z z a 4 w © Aas re) vs 5 a a9 SS X5 - 3 4 5 e = a . 2 = i) ” | z on z 2 oN NOILMLILSNI NVINOSHLINS SA1YVYaIT_LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTIT NVINOSHLINS S31u¥Vual Z E g zo Z ae c= x 4 ww Si can zZ 5 fe NS = K ae ae 7) w | n ®W oy . 4 We 2 - = eel Ei > ‘ Pa > , > s gi LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Sala Pe > > oe Yn - uJ : : < - 2 z R Q&S lu 4s Fe w A £5 ry Mh =I a =a ty AS So. pe c ivy ZY = m wd ati ” = ” = w ( _LIBRARI ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLIWS Sa | yy “4 vr f = < : = z = dh Rue N \ 3 emi = 6 i @ vo “AS 9 a. We a fo] 4 8 SS = = te NS az a ss Zz 1 > = wh. a = > ; dd — WwW ra DM i ia ne | INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S SMITHSONIAN Saiuvugit_” ‘ * a 7) \ 2. A ; af il . Pe oz “sy NVINOSHLIWS LIBRARIES LSNI SJIYVYGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI S3IYVUGIT LIBRARIES INSTITUTION NOILNLILSN S31uvNaIT_LIB “ QO, Wy Saiyuvudi R1ES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1uvVegIT_L& g z g Z g < oq > x ar tf, > = a Ut, Zz 2 \g i &% 2 YY ? 3 2 WWE HF 2 8 ot; ? E E AS 2.47” = 20 PE - (a = No >’ = >" = TLL = “ aay z 7) = i Lf HESNI_NVINOSHLINS Saluvy ai LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION | i ; me T = ” E z lw n - w us Ue = = a = a Vin, ~ ac 4 VN < A < Yi for A < | G KN S a Ck 0 Ast ro) SS = e) 3 S) —, i 2 4 z -J z — RARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3I1u¥vVusIT L 2 - = ia “ z La DN) O 4 0 ae . bes © m5 x E aN ae : : 2 : Ve RY = Ke : e I 2 lames ; * = » a ha = 2 = = vd m a m a m — = 7) = ts ae wn LILSNI NYINOSHLINS S31NVYAIT_ LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN h A Zz a) = ai 7) wn ul ee = rae QW: = = ez = “2 WY 3 a Y, a ae 7) Ve ~ B a6 Loe eS se XS oO 2) = z = = = = > = : > > o z 7) ee a RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS Sa3luvugi7_ | \ * SMITHSONIAN LIBRARIES ANS NS LIBRARIES NOILNLILSNI Salyvugdi1 LIBRARIES INSTITUTION _ I 5 ILSNI_NVINOSHLINWS Sa SS > WN SS RIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI NVINOSHLINS S3Z1uYVUSIT_ L 4 * i S3A1¥YVYEGIT LIBRARIES SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION NOILNILILSNI INSTITUTION NOILNLILSNI Saiuvud! Saluvyugl INSTITUTION a YINOSHLIWS = et IMITHSONIAN » ed 4 (ip WWINOSHLIWS 3MITHSONIAN NVINOSHLIWS 5MITHSONIAN PROCEEDINGS of the ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY of WASHINGTON OFFICERS FOR THE YEAR President President-elect Recording Secretary Corresponding Secretary Treasurer Editor Custodian Program Committee Chairman Volume 82 Membership Committee Chairman Delegate to the Washington Academy of Sciences Hospitality Chairman Published by the Society WASHINGTON, D.C. 1980 1980 T. J. Spilman Jack E. Lipes David A. Nickle Mignon B. Davis F. Christian Thompson David R. Smith Sueo Nakahara Michael Faran Joyce A. Utmar Donald R. Davis Helen Sollers-Riedel Table of Contents, Volume 82 ANDERSON: J. R:—See:- BURGER, J Ee (26s oe Pe eee eee ee ARNAUD, P. H., JR. and J. K. GELHAUS—A new Trypetisoma from Mexico (Dip- Hoga ub eli Cl) in re en errr Yon. ric nian Siocrocah oAkina a to v0 0: BAIMAI, V., B. A. HARRISON, and V. NAKAVACHARA—The salivary gland chromosomes of Anopheles (Cellia) dirus (Diptera: Culicidae) of the southeast Asian leucOsphyrus! STOMP % i... .d~-8 22 he gael Oe go> tet ee ene ee eee = BARNETT, D. E.—Seven new African species of Scaphoidophyes Kirkaldy (Homop- teTas CIGAGEMIGAe) | ..:6 6 acc.e: sea eave cle So tie Soa aue nw ele i eve Tesronelierenm eye tog ae eee men aera eee BARROWS, E. M.—Results of a survey of damage caused by the carpenter bee Xylo- copa virginica (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridac) «2.6. ....%..- 2.0 yee ve sie ve si ee BARROWS, E.. Mi=See EBBERS? B.iG.o She ao See or it ee eee BARROWS)’. E. Mc—See: REESESG..SAls 65sec sa ocnes eerie oer eee ee BAUMANN, R. W. and K. W. STEWART—The nymph of Lednia tumana (Ricker) (PlecopterasINemouridae): "ase.3) esc iek con ee aed @ so eee rote eee BROWN, L.—Aggression and mating success in males of the forked fungus beetle, Bolitotherus cornutus (Panzer) (Coleoptera: Tenebrionidae) ......................- BROWN, R. L.—A new species of Epinotia Hiibner (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) ....... BURGER, J. F.—Redescription and lectotype designation of Tabanus sulcifrons Macquart (Diptera: Tabanidae), and comparison to related taxa ................... BURGER, J. F., J. R. ANDERSON, and M. F. KNUDSEN—The habits and life history of Oedoparena glauca (Diptera: Dryomyzidae), a predator of barnacles .... BYSTRAK, P. G. and D. H. MESSERSMITH—A new species of midge of the genus Forcipomyia Meigen (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) from North America .............. CARESON: RvB ;—Seel HARRIS: SiG. ie siccaenis oto dean SO ee eee CARVER, M.—A new species of Aphelinus Dalman (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea: En- Sr COT) Ne ots Dh ee OR Te RE RT Are ees SEER DARA sec eodugc: CLIFFORD, C. M. and H. HOOGSTRAAL—A new species of /xodes parasitizing the nee rat in the Galapagos (Ixodoidea: Ixodidae)” 4:5... 8. 44a ae hols ee es se COOK, B. J., R. L. SMITH, and H. M. FLINT—The antennal sense organs of the pink bollworm, Pectinophora gossypiella (Saunders) (Lepidoptera: Gelechiidae) ......... DEEMING, J. C.—A new species of Leptocera Olivier (Diptera: Sphaeroceridae) from Eastern Umited States: 2.5 ts. cecs scierelocnere. oe 05, vicistel hems Mave thee ae eee DENNIS, D. 'S:—See LAVIGNE, (R29. hse. Shu.2. oenrhahs este Me ec ee EADS, R. B., D. B. FRANCY, and G. C. SMITH—The swallow bug, Oeciacus vi- carius Horvath (Hemiptera: Cimicidae), a human household pest .................. EBBERS, B. C. and E. M. BARROWS—Individual ants specialize on particular aphid herds (Hymenoptera: Formicidae; Homoptera: Aphididae) .....................-- PIS pea le Wi—See ORTH, RoE. 5.62 oiec0: create srucn iveace ee Sim eel ee ROI. ae, Co — See WALLACKH, BF. Ua. tivo dr accde tateeiee eee ee eee FRANCLEMONT, J. G.—*Noctua c-nigrum” in eastern North America, the descrip- tion of two new species of Xestia Hiibner (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae: Noctuinae) ..... PRAMGy,.D.:b.—See EADS; R:-Bs. .. 5.0... in seeks ve eee ee | GERDES, C. F.—First description and new record of larvae of Kurtomathrips Moultons(Dhysanoptera Thripidae) crea. cde nonlin tte tts. 2 oe leeeranes ae ayke ontrace 171 GHRHARDP sRAR2= See MUIGERNS Wr An er crre cae ocatine ree seislatee ns odosan 48 GODFREY, G. L.—Larval descriptions of Renia hutsoni, R. rigida, and R. mortualis with a key to larvae of Renia (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) .......................0-. 457 GOTWALD, W. H., JR. and J. M. LEROUX—Taxonomy of the African army ant, Aenictus decolor (Mayr), with a description of the queen (Hymenoptera: Formici- GG) © RUE Mite sae scr ane ae a PE Ed i Nt chcinuls Hhnoein ended a 599 GROGAN, W. L., JR. and W. W. WIRTH—The taxonomic status of the predaceous midge Pachyhelea pachymera (Williston) (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) .............. 74 GRISSELL, E. E.—New Torymidae from Tertiary amber of the Dominican Republic and a world list of fossil Torymids (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) .................. B52 HAAS i GWE =SeenwilESONHEN!: «tee sche teniolsocatlehn mama akon ase cadeene ne tne 541 HAR PER-¢Bs:PSéeiROYeiD tate wee mein sos ok as See rae ere ROO eee 229 HARRIS, S. C., P. K. LAGO, and R. B. CARLSON—Preliminary survey of the Tri- chopterajot INorthiDako tamer ee ES ees Bt. ee Ae eee 39 HARRISON MBHAL=Seée BAIMATIAVE #) Bren eee i 2e5 Sie. oe ee ee eee 319 ME DEENTHATLsReAy=ScerPRICEARAD 382 sa. 2 08.24 Ose oe ee eee 25 HENRY, C. S.—Acoustical communication in Chrysopa_ rufilabris (Neuroptera: Chrysopidae)s arereen lacewine withitwordistincticallS 52-421 ee seers eerie I HENRY, T. J.—Review of Lidopus Gibson and Wetmorea McAtee and Malloch, de- scriptions of three new genera and two new species, and key to New World genera (Hemiptera Minidaeslsometopindae) meeeaeeeneore Coe er ee oc ere ner rear 178 HE NRAr = See WHEELER: AMG. SURO ! 020 fa. 8 oe ee Pe 269 BNR ——See WHEBEERR WAGs JIRS sccehes webct cis a eee ns eee eee ae 568 HOEBEKE, E. R. and D. R. WHITEHEAD—New records of Rhinoncus bruchoides (Herbst) for the Western Hemisphere and a revised key to the North American species of the genus Rhinoncus (Coleoptera: Curculionidae: Ceutorhynchinae) ...... 556 HOOGSTRANAT He =See’ CMF RORDAGAMEI, caiayorc:dc oes one cote Taine cen ae 378 HUDSON, A. and L. P. LEFKOVITCH—Two species of the Amathes c-nigrum complex (Lepidoptera: Noctuidae) distinguished by isozymes of adenylate kinase AndIOVESe eCtedum On nolopicalicharactensme ne aeeaae eae ieee ee eee ee 587 BU RDP D:, JRE Sees RAO VIGs Iediia's.aupve sot: as Aca ee, cae eee 562 KINGSOLVER, J. M. and G. S. PFAFFENBERGER—Systematic relationship of the PemlisyRnaecpuse Coleoptera moruchidae)ie asst teeetertie anes einer ero 293 KNUDSEN: MAE: —SeeiBURGE REAP ber crocs cre ete tee entero ter ae 360 KORMILEV, N. A.—Notes on American Aradinae (Hemiptera: Aradidae) ........... 99 KORMILEV, N. A.—Three new species of Aradidae from Mexico (Hemiptera) ...... 695 IWIN ABW Sikclen hy b= See) ORB RINE ING Medi. Acris 3 assshs tare Lancia itn asl aicrl aaa 668 ENG ORE Kear S COU EU AIRING Sa. © aeons ep the pos Spars fa.cors csi gs ee ACL nceo Ra Re a ghace Tea oon aoe: 39 LAVIGNE, R. J. and D. S. DENNIS—Ethology of Proctacanthella leucopogon in Mexicoi(Diptéera: ASsilidae)) ..:4evetorrays ad catecti see ea de PR ee atte ia hes ee 260 LAVIGNE, R. J., M. POGUE, and G. STEPHENS—Use of marked insects to demon- strate multiple mating in Efferia frewingi (Diptera: Asilidae) ....................5. 454 PE LOD HE —=See SME: Dy A445 vavteng te bene eum ats see we eka ews Vee! 447 CREKOVITCH. Ls P:—See HUDSON,- AS. cnn ode eahterete decries hoon eEROUX. J..M.—See: GOTWALD:.W.. H.; JR) o.ceierecernel eter yer eens tee MAIER, C. T.—Quince curculio, Conotrachelus crataegi Walsh (Coleoptera: Curcu- lionidae), developing in apple, a new host, in southern New England .............. MARI MUTT. J. A.-—A new tribe for Corynothrix borealis Tullberg 1876 and comple- ments to its description (Collembola: Entomobryidae: Orchesellinae) ............... MATHIS. W. N. and G. C. STEYSKAL—A revision of the genus Oedoparena Curran (Diptera: Dryomyzidae: DryomyZzinae) ....<.... 20065. ceewe see nce ene oa ee emaieiale DE MEILLON, B. dnd W. W. WIRTH—A new subgenus of Forcipomyia, with descrip- tions of eight new species (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) ......... 6... c cece ee eee eens MESSERSMITH, DxHi=>See BYSTRAK PAG: sack. Gettin. Have cena eee MULLENS, B. A. and R. R. GERHARDT—Faunal composition and seasonal distribu- tion of tabanids in three geographic regions of eastern Tennessee (Diptera: Tabani- iL) pee SRR a ean eon AMR Smee OO eC. bi Gece 6 uodn0 96 NAKAVACHARA.V.—SeeiBAIMAI AVin aac Ace dom ace ne crseie tee ven O'BRIEN, M. F. and F. E. KURCZEWSKI—Further observations on the nesting behavior of Crabro advena Smith (Hymenoptera: Crabronidae) ................... ORTH, R. E., G. C. STEYSKAL, and T. W. FISHER—A new species of Pherbellia Robineau-Desvoidy with notes on the P. ventralis group (Diptera: Sciomyzidae) . . PERKINS, P. D.—Larval and pupal stages of a predaceous diving beetle, Neoclypeo- dytes cinctellus (LeConte) (Dytiscidae: Hydroporinae: Bidessini) .................. PETERS, T. M.—A new species of Dixella (Diptera: Dixidae) from Honduras, Central Ninel ger ee eae ee TCT enter i Mo amon cmt 6 adi ob Sg oot roe cus PRAFFENBERGER; G: S:—See ‘KINGSOLVER=. Moo. 9s. 42> oe eee ROGUE,:-M:—See. LAVIGNESRs Js «i scat odes Peon a ee eee eee POOLE. Rs W.—Sée TODD, E Weis cise scgotichacn Sb OR ae OL ee ee POWELL, P. K. and W. H ROBINSON—Descriptions and keys to the first-instar nymphs of five Periplaneta species (Dictyoptera: Blattidae) ....................... PRATT, G. K. and H. D. PRATT—Notes on Nearctic Sy/vicola (Diptera: Anisopodi- CCL =) en eee Aer ta ae ENT Mme Steg CARD Ec Musticad oo BSS Ooo OC OL PRADLIH: D—See PRAT IwGa ks, - se. hatehsgttie an cee eee: ee eee PRICE, R. D. and R. A. HELLENTHAL—The Geomydoecus oregonus complex (Mallophaga: Trichodectidae) of the western United States pocket gophers (Roden- tia: Geomyidae) RADOVIC, I. T. and P. D. HURD, JR.—Skeletal parts of the sting apparatus of selected species in the family Andrenidae (Apoidea: Hymenoptera) ..................0000:: RATANAWORABHAN, N. C.—See WIRTHS Wi Wi 22. si: win. 0.0.0 25 gooee eo REESE, C. S. L. and E. M. BARROWS—Co-evolution of Claytonia virginica (Portu- lacaceae) and its main native pollinator, Andrena erigeniae (Andrenidae) ........... ROBINSON, H.—Three new species of Thrypticus from Maryland (Diptera: Dolicho- PRORMLALS irs eis 's s(t sv ib ve oa sw gj wie 2 54S Ck oe 8 Seve ROBINSON, W.:H—See POWELL, PoKisa.s iwi ee od, oS ee eee ROY, D. and P. P. HARPER—Females of the Nearctic Molanna (Trichoptera: Molannidae) SABROSKY, C. W.—New genera and new combinations in Nearctic Chloropidae (Diptera) SHAFFER, J.—Atascosa heitzmani, a new species of Peoriine moth (Lepidoptera: By ralidac) ifromaMissourity. mye ees cede Rete als oN eee cto AR One ctettiade SMITH, C. F.—A fourth species of Toxopterella Hille Ris Lambers (Homoptera: Aphi- didae)tiromiNorthyAmenca withvalkeyatoyspeGles .-eie incl. icteric eine cent SMITH, C. F.—Notes and keys to the species of Carolinaia (Homoptera: Aphididae) . . SMITH, D. R.—Notes on sawflies (Hymenoptera: Symphyta) with two new species and akeystoNOKtheAmentcanvioderus:’ “YAnea ner. mate aoa ones meee oe ne eee SMITH, D. R. and J. H. LAWTON—Review of the sawfly genus Eriocampidea (Hy- MEMOpPlela: whe nthe auld ae) s <5. let terete’ einiceere sce eke Siete teteee arom ee eaten tenet ce etre SMIDE Gre SessEADSSRYV Bs 20), 20.2 OPS a I Rh, Sa ee re ree ae eee SIME aR ee SCO" COOKE Bele. <5 cc scasctarey © maledioteie 0 oi ereeere SER EOE ena a Toree SPANGLER, P. J.—A new species of the riffle beetle genus Portelmis from Ecuador KEoleopterablmitd ae) ee anc. ccs acai y acto ace = santa wear oe nareees ota toe Sire ener SPANGLER, P. J.—Onopelmus, a new genus of Dryopid beetle from Peru (Coleoptera: DV ODIGAG) tase feta aero ete ea tye oe Bite tea eae We Ae RR Re oe ee ee eR SPANGLER, P. J.—Two new species of aquatic beetles of the genus Hydraena from Gubax(Coleopterazbly. dracnid ae) eccm as. yee cnn cs Kus cde nce 0.05); and west and north sides sig- nificantly lower than expected (P = 0.029, 0.007, respectively, test for equality of two percentages, Sokal and Rohlf, 1969). Also, there were 14 reports of nests in southeast (50.0%), southwest (28.6%), northwest (14.3%), and northeast sides (7.1%). The tendency of the carpenter bees to nest in south sides more than would be expected by chance alone may be related to their thermoregulation; they probably warm up on cool days more quickly on south sides than on other sides. In the andrenid bee Andrena vaga Panzer, individuals which nest in southeast-facing slopes of dikes in Holland become active earlier in the spring and in the morning and cease activity earlier in the afternoon than A. vaga which nest in west-facing slopes (Vleu- gel, 1947). Michener et al. (1958) report a tendency for bees to nest in earthen banks in Brazil which receive maximum insolation; in this case, the banks faced north. There were 115 reports of the types of wood in which bees nested; 47.8% were in pine (28.7% white pine; 15.7% unspecified pine; 2.6% knotty pine; 0.8% yellow pine); 29.6% in redwood; 13.9% in fir; 5.2% in cedar; 2.6% in oak; and 0.9% in spruce. Forty-eight persons spent from $0.10 to $1,400.00 (¢ = 82.67, S.D. = 245.127) in attempts to kill the bees, stop their nesting, or both. Three persons spent over $200. One person spent $1,000 to creosote his house to stop both bees and termites, and another person said that he spent $1,400 for aluminum siding to stop bee nesting. Persons who tried to control the bees used insecticides (in 69 cases), materials to plug nest entrances (some- times combined with painting and insecticides) (17), swatting (8), pest con- trol services (6), catching and killing (1), and water from the garden hose (1). One man reported that he contacted three pest control services, but none would guarantee to get rid of the bees. Forty-three percent of 141 persons indicated that they were concerned about being stung by carpenter bees. Significantly more women (51.4% of 70) than men (28.1% of 71) admitted that they were concerned about this matter (P > 0.001). Several persons attempted to keep their children or dogs out of places where the bees flew. Four persons seemed to confuse X. virginica with other hymenopterans, e.g. bumble bees, which can sting more severely. One woman told me on the telephone that a ‘‘carpenter bee”’ attacked her daughter, stung her on the arm, and caused marked swelling | of her arm. Another woman reported that a ‘‘carpenter bee’’ stung her five | times in the hand and that she had to be hospitalized because of her allergic reactions to the stings. I have worked around nesting sites of X. virginica ) VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 47 for 4 years, but have never seen them attack and sting. The only time when I was stung occurred when I held a female carpenter bee in my hand. Also, no complaints of stinging by this bee are found in the literature (Balduf, 1962). In addition to possible stinging, the bees annoyed persons by defacing and possibly weakening buildings with nests, making noise during burrow- ing, staining sides of buildings with defecations, flying too near these per- sons or their guests, and attracting woodpeckers which made holes in build- ings in search of bees to eat. Five persons reported woodpecker damage, one person saw a yellow-shafted flicker at bee nests, and another person saw a red-bellied woodpecker there. Although most persons complained about the bees, seven respondents wrote one or more paragraphs about their fascination with them and described aspects of the bees’ biology. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank Drs. Paul D. Hurd, Jr. (Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C.), Suzanne W. T. Batra (Beneficial Insect Introduction Laboratory, USDA, Beltsville, Maryland), and Lawrence S. Oliver (Georgetown Uni- versity) for useful comments on this study, the Washington Star Newspaper for donating an ‘“‘Action Alert’? notice, and all persons who responded to the notice; unfortunately, I cannot list their names here. Dominica B. Hill, Mary L. Batista, Anne Donovan, Gladys Kelly, Dr. George B. Chapman, and others at Georgetown University helped take telephone calls and com- plete the study in other ways. My entomology class (spring, 1978) helped in mailing questionnaires. LITERATURE CITED Balduf, W. V. 1962. Life of the carpenter bee, Xylocopa virginica (Linn.) (Xylocopidae, Hymenoptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 55: 263-271. Gerling, D. and H. R. Hermann. 1978. Biology and mating behavior of Xylocopa virginica L. (Hymenoptera, Anthophoridae). Behav. Ecol. Sociobiol. 3: 99-111. Hurd, P. D., Jr. 1956. Notes on the subgenera of the New World carpenter bees of the genus Xylocopa (Hymenoptera, Apoidea). Am. Mus. Novit. No. 1776: 1-7. —. 1978. An annotated catalog of the carpenter bees (Genus Xylocopa Latreille) of the Western Hemisphere (Hymenoptera: Anthophoridae). Smithsonian Institution Press, Washington, D.C. 106 pp. Michener, C. D., R. B. Lange, J. J. Bigarella, and R. Salumuni. 1958. Factors influencing the distribution of bees’ nests in earth banks. Ecology 39: 207-217. Smith, W. E. and W. G. Whitford. 1978. Factors affecting the nesting success of the large carpenter bee, Xylocopa californica arizonensis. Environ. Entomol. 7: 614-616. Sokal, R. R. and F. J. Rohlf. 1969. Biometry. Freeman, San Francisco. 776 pp. Vleugel, D. A. 1947. Waaremingen aan het gedrag van de Grijze Graafbig (Andrena vaga Panz.) (Hym.). Entomol. Ber. 12: 185-192. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 48-58 FAUNAL COMPOSITION AND SEASONAL DISTRIBUTION OF TABANIDS IN THREE GEOGRAPHIC REGIONS OF EASTERN TENNESSEE (DIPTERA: TABANIDAE) BRADLEY A. MULLENS! AND REID R. GERHARDT? Department of Agricultural Biology, University of Tennessee, Knoxville, Tennessee 37901. Abstract.—TVabanid studies were conducted during 1977 and 1978 at 4 locations in 3 major geographic regions of Tennessee: the Cumberland Pla- teau. the Tennessee Valley, and the Blue Ridge Mountains. Primary col- lecting tools were modified Manitoba canopy traps and hand nets. Faunal composition varied greatly among the areas. Tabanus quinquevittatus Wiedemann was dominant in locations near large areas of moist pasture, with Hybomitra difficilis (Wiedemann) a dominant species in upland areas. Many species were prevalent only in high altitude regions, but most species common at low altitudes were also fairly common in the upland locations. A total of 22.596 tabanids in 66 species and 9 genera was collected, and 4 species and one genus are new State records. The largest numbers of indi- viduals and species were collected in late June and early July in most areas. An early population peak occurred in late May, and a minor peak occurred in late August and September. Seasonal distribution data for some major species are discussed. Studies of Tabanidae in Tennessee are limited. Pechuman (1954) reported the seasonal distribution of 25 species and | subspecies of Tabaninae col- lected from Morgan County. Snow et al. (1957) published collection records for 51 species and 7 subspecies of Tabanidae from the Tennessee Valley watershed. Smith et al. (1965) collected 40 species and one subspecies of | Tabanidae while surveying the Land Between the Lakes area of north- western Tennessee. Goodwin (1966) listed 81 species and 5 subspecies of ! Former graduate research assistant. Current address, Department of Entomology, Cornell © University, Ithaca, New York 14853. 2 Associate Professor. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 49 Tabanidae known from the state at that time. The number of species now known from Tennessee is 99 plus 3 subspecies in 15 genera (Mullens, 1979). In addition to Pechuman’s brief 1954 study, seasonal distribution studies by Burnett and Hays (1977) in Alabama and Sheppard (1972) in South Car- olina have some relevance to tabanid population trends in Tennessee. This study was conducted in 1977 and 1978 to determine the tabanid faunal composition in selected areas of Tennessee and to gather seasonal distri- bution data for these species. MATERIALS AND METHODS The principal tabanid survey tools were Manitoba canopy traps modified from those used by Pechuman (1972). Trap height was 2 m with a 77 cm clearance between the canopy and the ground. A glossy, black ball 33 cm in diameter was suspended below the canopy and 25 cm above the ground as a visually attractive decoy. These traps were erected in 4 study areas, and collections were made weekly. A portable two-way malaise trap, 2 m tall and 2.5 m long, modified from Drees (1977) was used occasionally. Sticky panel traps (Dale and Axtell, 1976) were erected and examined week- ly in 1978 at Grasslands Farm, Cumberland County, and Rafter, Monroe County. Other collecting methods included overhead netting, netting from cattle and horses, and capturing specimens that flew into the truck cab. Netting around a host (especially the collector himself) was particularly useful in sampling the Chrysops population. Identifications were made by the senior author according to Pechuman (1973). Difficult determinations and representative specimens of all species were sent to Dr. L. L. Pechu- man, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York for positive identification. Four study areas were selected to represent the three major geographic regions in eastern Tennessee: the Cumberland Plateau, the Tennessee Valley, and the Blue Ridge Mountains. The Cumberland Plateau extends from northern Alabama to Pennsylvania and has an average elevation in the study area of 615 m. The plateau 1s characterized by steep, rolling hills, and upland forests are dominated by oaks (Quercus spp., especially Q. alba L.), hickories (Carya spp.), other hardwoods, and some pines (Pinus spp., especially P. virginiana Miller and P. echinata Miller). Moister forest areas are dominated by mixed mesophytic forest (Braun, 1964), and many sand- stone slopes are dominated by a shrub layer of mountain laurel (Kalmia latifolia L.) and Rhododendron maximum L. Dogwood (Cornus florida L.) is a common understory tree throughout the state. Alder (A/nus spp.) is present in moist drainages. Grasslands Farm, Plateau Experiment Station, Cumberland County, on the Cumberland Plateau, consists of approximately 600 ha, half of which is pasture, and is used for beef cattle studies. Several streams and numerous 50 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON farm ponds with emergent vegetation such as cattail (Typha latifolia L.) are on the property, as are pasture drainages with large areas of wet pasture interspersed with Juncus spp. During 1977 four canopy traps were erected in the open near ponds on 18 March and were monitored until 16 September (two traps) or 29 September (two traps). During 1978 all traps were operated from 11 April until 10 October. The Tennessee Valley extends from southwestern Virginia south into northern Alabama and lies between the Cumberland Plateau and the Blue Ridge Mountains. Altitude generally ranges from 250-275 m in the study area. Mixed forest areas are dominated by oaks and hickories, but some bottomland areas have small areas of mixed mesophytic forest. Tabanidae were collected from several Knox County locations close to Knoxville, which lies in the center of the Tennessee Valley. Most specimens were taken in a canopy trap erected near a pond on the grounds of Johnson Bible College. The rolling terrain around the trap is mostly pastureland with some woodland and moist drainages. Cattle and a pony grazed nearby. This trap was operated from 5 May to 12 October 1978. Additionally, numerous per- iodic net collections and some trap collections were made at Cherokee Woodlot, a low-lying area, during 1977 and 1978. Cattail and sweet flag (Acorus calamus L.) are prevalent here in moist drainages. Some other net collections were made in nearby areas. Ball Play, Monroe County (elev. 260 m) lies at the edge of the Tennessee Valley and is a transition zone adjacent to the Blue Ridge Mountains. The rolling terrain has considerable pastureland and cropland, with numerous farm ponds and creeks. Vegetation is similar to that of Knox County, with somewhat more yellow-poplar (Liriodendron tulipifera L.) growth. A can- opy trap was set up next to the Tellico River, a tributary of the Tennessee River, on 13 April 1977, was moved slightly in mid-June to a pasture edge, and was dismantled on 20 September. In 1978 it was operated in a slightly different location on a small creek in the same area from 13 April to 12 October. Both locations were near tree lines and grazing cattle and horses. None of the sites were over 100 m apart. Rafter, Monroe County, an area in the Blue Ridge Mountains, has an eleva- tion of approximately 460-500 m. Only 10 km from Ball Play, the area has steep, densely forested mountainsides with ubiquitous creeks, springs, and drainages. Small valley areas are used for subsistence farming and pasture- land. Numerous overstory trees include yellow-poplar, hemlock (Tsuga can- adensis L.), beech (Fagus grandifolia Ehrhart), oaks, and black locust (Ro- binia pseudoacacia L.). The understory is dominated by dogwood and thickets of rhododendron, mountain laurel, and Leucothoe spp. A single can- opy trap (Rafter 1) was operated from 7 April to 20 September 1977 in a nar- row 5 ha pasture which was grazed by several cows. Several springs contain- ing watercress (Nasturtium officinale R. Brown), sweetflag, and cattail flow VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 51 into a stream at one end of the field. During 1978 a trap was operated at the same location from 13 April to 12 October. Additionally, another trap (Raf- ter 2) was erected in a 20 ha valley across a ridge southwest of the original site. It was operated from 27 April to 12 October. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION During this study, 22,596 tabanids in 66 species and 9 genera were cap- tured and identified. Only 14 were males. A total of 3,905 was captured in 1977, while 18,891 were taken in 1978. The increased numbers in 1978 were due to several factors, including intensified collecting activity, generally better early season trap catches, and better trap location in some cases. The species collected are listed in Table | in alphabetical order according to the classification of Philip (1965). New state records are indicated by an asterisk (*) preceding the species name. Collection areas are given as fol- lows: Area I (Grasslands Farm, Cumberland Co.), Area II (Knox Co.), Area III (Ball Play, Monroe Co.), Area IV (Rafter, Monroe Co.). An ‘‘Xx*’ in the area column indicates that the species was commonly found in that area. When that species was very rarely collected (less than six/season in trap catches and rarely taken by other methods) an *‘O”’ is found in the area column. Collection dates are the earliest and latest specimens taken over both years and do not necessarily indicate a complete series, though this was often the case. For more detailed seasonal abundance information on all species, the reader is referred to Mullens (1979). The faunal composition of the tabanid populations varied considerably. A number of species were taken exclusively or in far greater numbers at the higher altitude areas. These include Chrysops calvus, C. cursim, Hybomitra cincta, H. sodalis, Tabanus longus, and T. marginalis (Rafter) and C. cu- clux and H. difficilis (Rafter and Grasslands Farm). The upland areas of the Cumberland Plateau and the Blue Ridge Mountains both extend into the northeastern U.S. An examination of range maps (Pechuman, unpublished data) indicates that, in some cases, e.g. C. calvus and T. marginalis, these collections apparently represent southward extensions or relict populations of basically northern species. The single specimen of H. typhus, which is also a predominantly northern species, was taken at Grasslands Farm. Other species, such as H. sodalis, were found in the Tennessee Valley but were much more common in upland situations. Chrysops moechus and C. pikei were more common in the Tennessee Valley (Ball Play). The new state record for Whitneyomyia beatifica atricorpus, basically a southern species, is a significant northward range extension into the Tennessee Valley, which extends south into Alabama. Most species common in the valley areas were also fairly common at higher elevations. Chrysops callidus, C. macquarti, C. niger, C. univittatus, and C. vittatus were common and widespread deer fly species. Among the 52 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Table 1. Faunal Composition and Seasonal Occurrence (1977-1978) of Tabanidae in 4 Areas of Tennessee. Ne Collection Species I Il Ill IV Dates Pangoniinae Stonemyia isabellina (Wiedemann) O 6/27 Chrysopsinae Chrysops brimleyi Hine x O O x 5/6—6/6 callidus Osten Sacken x x x O $/7-9/12 *calvus Pechuman & Teskey x §/18-6/2 carbonarius Walker O O 6/1—6/23 celatus Pechuman O O 6/13-6/30 cincticornis Walker x x O $/10—6/27 cuclux Whitney x x 5/4-6/6 cursim Whitney x 6/15—7/27 flavidus Wiedemann O O §/25-9/5 geminatus Wiedemann x x 6/11-7/26 impunctus Krober x x 6/20-7/27 macquarti Philip x x x x 5/3 1-8/22 moechus Osten Sacken x O 5/27-8/3 montanus Osten Sacken x 6/6—6/30 niger Macquart x x x 5/96/27 pikei Whitney x 7/6—7/27 pudicus Osten Sacken O O 6/13—8/20 separatus Hine O 4/7 univittatus Macquart x x x x 6/9-9/6 vittatus Wiedemann x x x 6/13-8/30 Tabaninae Chlorotabanus crepuscularis (Bequaert) O O x 6/20-7/18 Atylotus *ohioensis (Hine) O 6/22 sp. [nr. thoracicus (Hine)] O 6/12 Whitneyomyia *beatifica atricorpus Philip O 6/7 Leucotabanus annulatus (Say) x O x x 6/29-8/17 Tabanus aar Philip O 7/21 abdominalis F. x x x 6/21-8/8 americanus Forster O O = 5/3 1-8/8 aranti Hays O O O 6/21—7/12 atratus F. x Se x x 6/6—9/19 calens L. x O @) 7/26—9/5 exilipalpis Stone @) $/25-6/15 fairchildi Stone x x x 6/22-7/26 VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 53 Table 1. Continued. Area : Collection Species I I I IV Dates fulvulus Wiedemann x x x x 6/2-8/15 lineola F. x x x x 6/6—9/19 longus Osten Sacken x 6/2-9/7 marginalis F. x 5/11-6/2 melanocerus Wiedemann x x x x 6/7-8/29 moderator Stone x x x 6/7-7/26 molestus Say x x x x §/31—7/27 molestus mixis Philip x x x 6/2-8/9 nigrescens Palisot de Beauvois O O @) 6/29-7/24 nigripes Wiedemann x x x x /2~9/5 pallidescens Philip O x x x §/31-8/3 petiolatus Hine O O 6/23-8/29 proximus Walker S) O 7/5—8/30 pumilus Macquart O O x x 6/2-7/11 quinquevittatus Wiedemann x x x ss 5/28—9/28 reinwardtii Wiedemann O O O O 6/15—7/26 sackeni Fairchild x x x 6/29-9/28 sagax Osten Sacken x O O 6/20-7/11 similis Macquart x O 5/30—9/12 sparus milleri Whitney x x x x 5/25—8/24 sublongus Stone O x 6/22-8/30 subsimilis Bellardi x x x x 5/11-10/10 sulcifrons Macquart x x x x 6/14—10/17 superjumentarius Whitney e) O O x 6/7—7/27 trimaculatus Palisot de Beauvois x x x x 6/2-8/8 turbidus Wiedemann O x x 6/7-7/27 Hybomitra cincta (F.) x 6/21—7/27 difficilis (Wiedemann) x x x 4/26-7/3 lasiophthalma (Macquart) x x x x 4/18-6/27 sodalis (Williston) O x 6/14—-8/3 trispila (Wiedemann) x g x 6/15-—7/20 *typhus (Whitney) O $/30 Hamatabanus carolinensis (Macquart) O O O 5/26-6/23 horse flies, Hybomitra lasiophthalma, Leucotabanus annulatus, Tabanus atratus, T. fulvulus, T. lineola, T. melanocerus, T. nigripes, T. pallidescens, T. quinquevittatus, T. sparus milleri, T. subsimilis, T. sulcifrons, and T. trimaculatus were most common. The two forms 7. molestus and T. mo- lestus mixis were found in all areas, had almost identical seasonal distri- bution, and cannot, therefore, be true subspecies. As a group Tabanus spp. were more widespread than Chrysops spp. Of 25 commonly collected Tabanus spp., 64% (16 spp.) were taken in 3 or 54 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON quinquevittatus T quinquevittatus T H. difficilis H. lasiophthaima H. lasiophthaima C. callidus T subsimilis T sparus milleri T lineola 240 TOTAL 7243 T. trimaculatus T fulvulus 120 T subsimilis 58 TOTAL 1216 T sparus milleri 115 T sulcifrons 54 T melanocerus 108 T. molestus mixis C callidus 77 T. lineola T sackeni 53 a T. molestus b T melanocerus % 10 20 H. lasiophthaima H. difficilis T sparus milleri T sparus milleri T molestus mixis T. sulcifrons T pallidescens H. lasiophthaima T quinquevittatus TOTAL 6860 T. pallidescens TOTAL 868 H. difficilis H. sodalis T molestus C. brimieyi T fulvulus T. fulvulus T. sulcifrons T. nigripes T. melanocerus (o C. univittatus d Fig. 1. Manitoba canopy trap compositions, 1978. a, Grasslands Farm, Cumberland Coun- ty. b, Johnson Bible College, Knox County. c, Ball Play, Monroe County. d, Rafter 1, Monroe County. more of the areas studied, while the same could be said of only 33% (5 of 15 spp.) of the Chrysops. It has been suggested that many Chrysops spp. may employ a waiting strategy (Thorpe and Hansens, 1978) as opposed to the more active hunting strategy of the horse flies. Chrysops were more likely to have been sampled less effectively in some locations due to failure of the researchers to enter their habitat or reluctance to attack a human host. The Chrysops spp. were not taken in large numbers in canopy traps, as was the case with some of the large Tabanus spp. This probably is connected to their characteristic host feeding behavior (Mullens and Ger- hardt, unpublished data). Since fewer net collections were made at Ball Play, the listing of the Chrysops fauna for that area is less complete. Differences in trap placement may have a major effect on overall tabanid catches. At Ball Play the 1978 catch was 6,860 specimens in 42 species, as opposed to only 350 specimens in 27 species in 1977. This large discrepancy was partly due to very poor 1977 catches of the prevalent early season species H. lasiophthalma and H. difficilis. The trap location in 1978 was less than 100 yards from those used in 1977 and probably represented a major tabanid flyway, although the second 1977 trap location appeared sim- ilar. Catches in other traps showed very similar species composition be- tween the two years. For this reason, and because trap data are largely supported by observations of host animals (e.g. cattle), we feel that the tabanid populations in the four study areas have been sampled adequately to merit some comparisons based on the 1978 data. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 55 Species composition, as reflected by trap collections, varied greatly among areas (Figs. la—d). Tabanus quinquevittatus was by far the most prevalent tabanid in trap collections at Grasslands Farm (Fig. la) and John- son Bible College (Fig. 1b) and was fairly common at Ball Play (Fig. Ic). At Rafter 1 (Fig. Id) no specimens were trapped, but the larger valley area at Rafter 2 yielded 118 specimens (3.9% of trap total). Tashiro and Schwardt (1949) reported moist pasture sod as a common larval habitat for T. guin- quevittatus. Of the four traps at Grasslands Farm, the one situated near large areas (over two hectares) of low, moist pasture captured over half of the specimens. Johnson Bible College also has considerable moist pasture. Ball Play and Rafter 2 have less, while at Rafter | there was very little of this habitat. At Grasslands Farm, T. quinquevittatus was observed feeding in large numbers on cattle, but only in fields near areas of moist pasture. These data and observations indicated that high populations of 7. quin- quevittatus were quite localized. Except for T. quinquevittatus, trap compositions at Rafter 1 and Rafter 2 were very similar. Hybomitra difficilis was most prevalent at Rafter, where it comprised over 20% of the collections. Though greatly outnum- bered by 7. quinquevittatus in trap catches at Grasslands Farm, H. difficilis was more evenly distributed in the study area and caused more discomfort to the cattle than any other tabanid species. It was less prevalent but still common in the Ball Play area but was notably lacking in the Knox County area. The larvae of this pest are unknown, as are most aspects of its biology. It is definitely more prevalent in upland areas. Hybomitra lasiophthalma was a very prevalent early season species in all areas, comprising from 9.7% (Johnson Bible College) to 22% (Ball Play) of the trap catches. Tabanus sparus milleri was a very common species in most areas, especially at Ball Play, where it made up over 13% of the catch. Tabanus molestus and T. molestus mixis were both present in all areas, but were by far most common at Ball Play. T. pallidescens was quite common at Ball Play and Rafter and, together with 7. fulvulus, caused tremendous dis- comfort to livestock. Both species were also present in Knox County, but only 7. fulvulus was common at Grasslands Farm. The major deer fly species varied among the study areas. C. brimleyi and C. niger were early season (May) pests at Grasslands Farm and Rafter, but C. niger was far more common in Knox County. C. callidus was most common in early and middle season (May and June) at Grasslands Farm and Knox County, but was quite rare at Rafter. C. macquarti and C. vittatus were common in all areas in June and July, as was C. univittatus. C. gem- inatus and C. impunctus were major pests of man and cattle at Rafter in June and July. The largest numbers of individuals and species were collected in late June and early July. H. lasiophthalma and, in hilly areas, H. difficilis comprised 56 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON an early (May) population peak. Several Chrysops, including C. niger and C. callidus were also very active at that time. A minor peak occurred in late August and September, as several late season species (e.g. the late form of T. sulcifrons) became active and some possible second brood activity was noted for C. callidus, T. subsimilis, and T. lineola. The largest number of species was taken at Rafter (54 spp.). This probably reflects the tremen- dous habitat diversity of the Rafter area. A total of 43 species was taken at Grasslands Farm, 41 at Ball Play (Chrysops spp. probably slightly under- represented), and 36 in Knox County. Seasonal distribution data for some major tabanid species are shown in Figs. 2a—h. Most species had a single, well-defined flight period of 6-10 weeks, with populations building to a peak more rapidly than they declined, e.g. T. pallidescens (Fig. 2a) and T. sparus milleri (Fig. 2b). Some species had an explosive early population buildup, e.g. H. lasiophthalma (Fig. 2c) and H. difficilis (Fig. 2d), while others were more gradual, e.g. 7. quin- quevittatus (Fig. 2e). The large species currently called 7. sulcifrons had two temporally dis- tinct populations in all study areas, particularly in Monroe County (Figs. 2f and 2g). The general morphological appearance of these two forms differs noticeably. Dr. J. F. Burger of the University of New Hampshire, Durham, has been studying this group and believes the late season form is probably a distinct, unnamed species (Burger, personal communication). Chrysops callidus was the deer fly most commonly collected in the canopy traps and displayed a distinct second peak possibly indicating a second brood at Grasslands Farm in 1978 that was not detected in 1977 (Fig. 2h). A very similar situation was observed for 7. subsimilis at Grasslands Farm. T. lineola had a minor late season peak there both years. Though 7. similis was not very common at Grasslands Farm, it had two apparent peaks also. One group of collections ranged from 30 May to 30 June, while the second group was taken from S5—12 September. Some species emerged from one to three weeks later in 1978 than 1977, e.g. H. lasiophthalma, H. difficilis, and T. sulcifrons. This may be due to considerably lower soil temperatures in the spring of 1978. In Knox County and Cumberland County, soil temperatures in May, when many species are —> Fig. 2. Seasonal distribution of some Tennessee Tabanidae (females/trap/week). GF = Grasslands Farm, Cumberland County. JBC = Johnson Bible College, Knox County. BP = Ball Play, Monroe County. Rl = Rafter 1, Monroe County. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 57 30 a b T pallidescens 30 T sparus miller BP 1977 --- R1 1977 --- 200. 1978 = 1978 = 100 20 60 40: 10 20 MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT 80 c 80 d H. lasiophthalma H. difficilis GE 1977 --- GF 1977 --- 1978 = 1978 = 60: 40. 20: MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT . f T. quinquevittatus 3 T. sulcifrons GF 1977 — R1 1977 --- 1978 == 1978 == JBC 1978 --- MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT 4 a 50 T sulcifrons g h BP 1977 --- C callidus 1978 == GF 1977 --- 40 MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT MAY JUNE JULY AUG SEPT 58 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON completing their development, averaged 3°C cooler in 1978 (18.2°C) than in 9 es TS ©) ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The authors are grateful to Mr. W. W. Stanley, Knoxville, Dr. R. S. Freeland and Mr. R. Q. Snyder, Plateau Experiment Station, Crossville, and the management of Johnson Bible College, Knoxville, for their coop- eration. The authors are especially indebted to Dr. L. L. Pechuman for his invaluable assistance in species identification and to Dr. J. F. Burger for his assistance on the Tabanus sulcifrons group. LITERATURE CITED Braun, E. L. 1964. Deciduous Forests of Eastern North America. Hafner Pub. Co., N.Y. Burnett, A. M. and K. L. Hays. 1977. Seasonal and diurnal distributions of adult female horse flies (Diptera: Tabanidae) at Gold Hill, Alabama. Ala. Exp. Stn. Circ. 237, 28 pp. Dale, W. E. and R. C. Axtell. 1976. Salt marsh Tabanidae (Diptera): Comparison of abundance and distribution in Spartina and Juncus habitats. J. Med. Entomol. 12: 671-678. Drees, B. M. 1977. The Tabanidae of West Virginia. M.S. thesis, Univ. of West Virginia, Morgantown. 213 pp. Goodwin, J. T. 1966. An annotated list of the Tabanidae of Tennessee. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 41: 114-115. Mullens, B. A. 1979. Seasonal abundance and species diversity of Tabanidae in selected areas of Tennessee and some notes on their biologies. M.S. thesis, University of Tennessee, Knoxville. 119 pp. Pechuman, L. L. 1954. Seasonal distribution of some Tennessee Tabaninae (Diptera: Taban- idae). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 49: 128-130. —. 1972. The horse flies and deer flies of New York (Diptera: Tabanidae). Search, Agric. (Geneva, N.Y.) 2, 72 pp. ———. 1973. The horse flies and deer flies of Virginia (Diptera: Tabanidae) Va. Polytech. Inst. State Univ. Res. Div. Bull. 81, 92 pp. Philip, C. B. 1965. Family Tabanidae. pp. 319-342. Jn Stone, A. et al., A Catalog of the Diptera of America North of Mexico, U.S. Dep. Agric., Agric. Res. Serv., Agric. Handb. No. 276, 1696 pp. Sheppard, D. C. 1972. Distributional and seasonal occurrence of Tabanidae along a transect of South Carolina. M.S. thesis, Clemson University, Clemson, South Carolina. 133 pp. Smith, G. S., S. G. Breeland, and E. Pickard. 1965. The Malaise trap—a survey tool in medical entomology. Mosq. News 25: 398-400. Snow, W. E., E. Pickard, and J. B. Moore. 1957. Tabanidae of the Tennessee Valley wa- tershed. Mosq. News 17: 45-49. Tashiro, H. and H. H. Schwardt. 1949. Biology of the major species of horse flies of central New York. J. Econ. Entomol. 42: 269-272. Thorpe, K. W. and E. J. Hansens. 1978. Diurnal activity of Chrysops atlanticus: Some questions concerning sampling techniques. Environ. Entomol. 7: 871-873. * National Oceanic and Space Administration, 1978. Climatological data. Tennessee, Vol. 83, Numbers 3—6. Environmental Data and Information Service, National Climatic Center, Asheville, North Carolina. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 59-62 QUINCE CURCULIO, CONOTRACHELUS CRATAEGI WALSH (COLEOPTERA: CURCULIONIDAE), DEVELOPING IN APPLE, A NEW HOST, IN SOUTHERN NEW ENGLAND CHRIS T. MAIER Department of Entomology, The Connecticut Agricultural Experiment Station, P.O. Box 1106, New Haven, Connecticut 06504. Abstract.—Adults of the quince curculio, Conotrachelus crataegi Walsh, occurred on apple trees in an abandoned orchard, and larvae developed in apple fruit in both the wild and the laboratory. Other insects reared from field-collected samples of apples were the plum curculio, C. nenuphar (Herbst), and the tachinid fly, Cholomyia inaequipes Bigot, which parasit- ized between 4.1 and 42.4% of the Conotrachelus larvae. The abundance of frugivorous adults and larvae of C. crataegi in the abandoned apple orchard indicated that a new race adapted to apple may be evolving. Many native frugivorous insects have recently evolved new host races attacking introduced, closely related plants. For instance, the tephritid fly, Rhagoletis pomonella (Walsh), on native hawthorn (Crataegus spp.) has developed a race adapted to the introduced apple (Malus sp.) within the past 200 years (Bush, 1966; 1969). Similarly, the frugivorous quince cur- culio, Conotrachelus crataegi Walsh, and the plum curculio, C. nenuphar (Herbst), originally utilized native hawthorns and plums (Prunus spp.), re- spectively, but now also develop in introduced quince (Cydonia oblonga Mill.), pear (Pyrus communis L.), and others (Slingerland, 1898; Wellhouse, 1922; Schoof, 1942). Only C. nenuphar is known to infest apple. Here I document that C. crataegi also successfully develops on apple. MATERIALS AND METHODS Conotrachelus crataegi and C. nenuphar adults on trees, larvae in fruit, or both were collected in an abandoned apple orchard (=1 ha) in Mt. Car- mel, Connecticut and in mixed roadside stands of apple and native hawthorn in Storrs and Torrington, Connecticut. In Mt. Carmel, four Baldwin apple trees located <40 m from four quince trees, which produced <10 fruits per tree/year, were sampled for adults on nine mornings between 24 June and 11 August 1977. Outer tree limbs were struck with a pole to dislodge weevils 60 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Table 1. Collection records for Conotrachelus crataegi and C. nenuphar adults on Baldwin apple trees in 1977. Number Date of Collection C. crataegi C. nenuphar 24 June 5) 7 27 June 9 10 1 July 14 7 4 July 10 9 7 July 14 11 14 July 22 5 21 July 2 5 28 July 9 5 11 August 5 8 Total 90 67 (a sampling method known as jarring). Between November and April 1977— 78 and 1978-79, leaf litter (2 cubic meters) obtained near the same four apple trees was placed in Berlese funnels to collect overwintering adult C. crataegl. Larvae from each field sample (2 bushels for apples and 1000 fruits for Crataegus) were collected daily for one month as they emerged from fruit placed on screens in a greenhouse. They were transferred to plastic crispers containing moist, sterilized soil in which they pupated. Crispers were kept in a growth chamber maintained at 24 + 1°C and on a 16-hour light: 8-hour dark photoperiod. Most adults of the weevils and their parasitoids emerged from the soil within two months, but others required chilling at 4 + 2°C for four months before they completed development. Twenty C. crataegi adults jarred from trees in Mt. Carmel were confined ina 31cm (long) x 23 cm (wide) x 10 cm (deep) crisper. Fresh apples were supplied weekly, and old apples were placed in another crisper with moist, sterilized soil. Adults that emerged from the soil were used to start a second generation. The body length of unsexed C. crataegi adults reared from hawthorn and apple fruits was measured with a Wild M-S stereoscope equipped with an ocular micrometer. Lengths are reported as mean + standard error. RESULTS AND DISCUSSION Adults of C. crataegi and C. nenuphar occurred on apple trees on all sampling dates (Table 1). The total number of C. crataegi adults was prob- ably greater because most sampling was conducted when individuals of C. crataegi normally emerge as adults from the soil (Slingerland, 1898) and when individuals of C. nenuphar are developing as larvae in apples or as pupae in the soil (Garman and Zappe, 1929). The large number of C. cra- VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 61 Table 2. Number of adults of Conotrachelus crataegi, C. nenuphar, and the parasitoid Cholomyia inaequipes reared from apples collected on the ground in Mt. Carmel, Connecticut in 1977-1978. Number (%) Date of Apple Location in Collection Variety Orchard C. crataegi C. nenuphar C. inaequipes 14 July 1977 Baldwin Edge 17 (2.8) 328 (54.8) 254 (42.4) 1 July 1978 Baldwin Edge 0 909 (95.9) 39 (4.1) 12 July 1978 Gravenstein Center 0 170 (87.2) 25 (12.8) 17 July 1978 Baldwin Edge 30 (17.6) 94 (55.3) 46 (27.1) 19 July 1978 Gravenstein Center 3 (0.8) 244 (68.4) 110 (30.8) taegi in the sampling area and the limited supply of quince in the immediate vicinity indicated that this weevil was utilizing a new host, probably apple. In contrast to Slingerland’s (1898) report, C. crataegi successfully de- veloped on apples in the laboratory for two generations (after which the rearing was discontinued). Adults obtained from apple trees readily fed on apples and mated and females oviposited on apples in the laboratory. Larvae of C. crataegi also emerged from apples collected in the wild and subsequently developed to adults (Table 2). I reared adults of C. crataegi from three of five samples and adults of C. nenuphar and the Conotrachelus parasitoid, Cholomyia inaequipes Bigot (Diptera: Tachinidae), from all sam- ples taken at Mt. Carmel. In the 17 July 1978 sample, C. crataegi adults accounted for 17.6% of the total number of reared weevils and parasitoids. The C. crataegi infestation was apparently greater in apples sampled near the edge of the orchard (closer to the quince) and later in July. Cholomyia inaequipes, whose biology is poorly known, parasitized between 4.1 and 42.4% of the Conotrachelus larvae. In 1978, parasitism increased from the first to last samples. Conotrachelus crataegi larvae emerged from quince collected in Mt. Car- mel and from Crataegus fruits collected in Storrs and Torrington in Sep- tember and October 1978. The October sample of 1000 Crataegus from Torrington produced 46 C. crataegi adults and 1 Cholomyia inaequipes adult. By contrast, apples picked from a nearby tree on 31 July 1978 yielded 66 C. nenuphar and no C. crataegi or C. inaequipes adults. Apples col- lected at the same site in September also contained no C. crataegi larvae. Adults of C. crataegi reared from apples collected at Mt. Carmel and from hawthorns collected at Torrington measured respectively 5.92 + 0.070 mm (n = 27) and 4.87 + 0.043 mm (n = 46) in length. This significant dif- ference in body length (P < 0.001, 2-tailed t-test) implies that there were either qualitative or quantitative nutritional differences in larval diet or ge- netic differences between the two weevil populations. Host transfer exper- iments should reveal the cause for the size difference and, if genetic, should provide evidence for a distinct apple (+ quince?) race of C. crataegi. 62 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Another indication of a C. crataegi population adapting to apple is the recovery of six C. crataegi adults overwintering in the leaf litter near apple trees. In the only previous study, Slingerland (1898) found that C. crataegi passed the winter in the larval stage. A population of C. crataegi adults, which overwintered in diapause, could attack apples in the spring, as C. nenuphar does. Conotrachelus crataegi that survive and reproduce on apple may have a selective advantage over those that continue to utilize quince and hawthorn, whose abundance is declining in many areas of New England. The mecha- nism and direction of the proposed host shift to apple requires detailed study, but evidence presented here indicates C. crataegi shifted from quince to apple and not from hawthorn to apple. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am indebted to David Carlson and David Wagner for their technical assistance during this study. M. S. McClure reviewed an earlier draft of this manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Bush, G. L. 1966. The taxonomy, cytology, and evolution of the genus Rhagoletis in North America (Diptera, Tephritidae). Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool. Harv. Univ. 134: 431-562. . 1969. Sympatric host race formation and speciation in frugivorous flies of the genus Rhagoletis (Diptera, Tephritidae). Evolution 23: 237-251. Garman, P. and M. P. Zappe. 1929. Control studies on the plum curculio in Connecticut apple orchards. Conn. Agric. Exp. Stn. Bull. (New Haven) 301: 369-437. Quaintance, A. L. and E. L. Jenne. 1912. The plum curculio. U.S. Dep. Agric., Bur. Ento- mol., Bull. 103: 1-250. Schoof, H. F. 1942. The genus Conotrachelus Dejean (Coleoptera, Curculionidae) in the North Central United States. Ill. Biol. Monogr. 223: 1-170. Slingerland, M. V. 1898. The quince curculio. Bull. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn. 148: 371- 394. Wellhouse, W. H. 1922. The insect fauna of the genus Crataegus. Mem. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn. 56: 1039-1136. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 63-68 A NEW SPECIES OF THE RIFFLE BEETLE GENUS PORTELMIS FROM ECUADOR (COLEOPTERA: ELMIDAE) PAUL J. SPANGLER Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—Portelmis gurneyi, new species, is described, illustrated, and compared to the only previously known member of the genus, Portelmis nevermanni (Hinton), from Costa Rica. This new species of water beetle, from Ecuador, represents the first record of the genus from South America. In his revision of the genus Stenelmis of North America, Sanderson (1938) reported that the species described as Stenelmis nevermanni Hinton (1936) from Costa Rica was not closely related to the species of Stenelmis known from within the United States. Later, Sanderson (1953) described a new monotypic genus, Portelmis, with Stenelmis nevermanni Hinton as the type-species. No further reports of this genus and species have appeared in the literature other than the catalog citation of Stenelmis nevermanni Hinton by Blackwelder (1944) and a brief discussion and three illustrations of the plastron of Portelmis nevermanni by Hinton (1976). Therefore, the occur- rence of the new species described below is interesting not only because it is new but also because it is the first representative of the genus known from South America. Also, its occurrence in Ecuador suggests that the genus may be more widely dispersed in South America. The new taxon is described below. Portelmis gurneyi Spangler, NEW SPECIES Figs. 1-3 Holotype male —Length 3.0 mm; width 1.5 mm. Body form obovate (Fig. 1). Dorsal surface convex. Color of dorsal and ventral surfaces reddish brown; pronotum, prosternum, mesosternum, metasternum, and discal areas of first 2 abdominal sterna infuscate. Dorsal surface of cuticle micro- reticulate except clypeus smooth on disc. Head behind antennae and be- tween eyes with irregular surface. Labrum as long and as wide as clypeus, feebly emarginate apicomedially. Mentum glabrous; remainder of ventral side of head hidden by anterior extension of prosternum. Antenna I 1-seg- 64 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 1. Portelmis gurneyi, habitus view. mented, long and slender, extending beyond base of pronotum when di- rected posteriorly. Pronotum elongate, narrowed apically and diverging pos- teriorly; anterior margin arcuate; lateral margins sinuate and minutely crenulate; posterior margin strongly trisinuate; anterolateral angles obtuse; posterolateral angles acute. Surface of pronotum with dense microreticu- lation and a few scattered yellow setae; finely granulate laterally; midline with a deep fovea preceding a longitudinal groove at apical 34 and 2 shallow sublateral carinae at base; groove deeper anteriorly then becoming shallow- er posteriorly; each sublateral carina short, about % length of pronotum and VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 65 each mediad to a posterolateral tumid area. Elytron each with 10 rows of coarse dense punctures, those on disc separated by 2 to 3x their width; without accessory row or stria; intervals flat; humerus strongly tumid; api- ces moderately broadly produced and conjointly truncate; epipleura with dense tomentum. Scutellum elongate, subovate, arcuate basally, acuminate apically, flat, glabrous, shining. Ventral cuticular surface of prosternum, mesosternum, metasternum, and abdominal sterna 1-5 microreticulate. Pro- sternum very long in front of procoxae; tomentose; prosternal process long, moderately broad, subparallel sided, apex moderately rounded. Mesoster- num narrow, subrectangular, rugose, and moderately depressed medially for reception of prosternal process. Metasternum wide; with shallow, nar- row, longitudinal groove on midline; laterally with dense tomentum; discal area shallowly depressed and coarsely, densely punctate, punctures sepa- rated by 2 to 3x their width. Metepisterum densely, coarsely punctate. Legs with visible portion of procoxae rounded and trochantin concealed by hypomera. Hypomera tomentose. Front and middle tibiae each with a poor- ly developed cleaning fringe on inner apical edge: femora and tibiae of all legs covered with tomentum; claws moderately short and stout. Abdominal sterna microreticulate and tomentose; sternum | depressed and coarsely, moderately densely punctate on disc, punctures separated by | to 2 their width; sterna 2-4 normally convex and practically impunctate: sternum 5 tomentose, impunctate, and posterolateral angles produced into strong, rather broad, toothlike lateral processes which clasp edges of elytra laterad to conjointly truncate apices. Male genitalia.—As illustrated (Figs. 2, 3). Female.—Similar externally to male. Type-data.—Holotype, 6: Ecuador: Napo Province, Lago Agrio (3 km northeast), 17 May 1975, at Pozo #23, Spangler, Gurney, Langley, Cohen. USNM Type No. 76181 in the National Museum of Natural History, Smith- sonian Institution. Allotype and 13 paratypes: Ecuador: Pastaza Province, Tzapino, 11°11'S, 77°14’ W, 32 km NE Tigueno, 22 May 1976, ele. 400 m, Jef- frey Cohen, 86, 59. Variations.—The type-series varies little except as follows: The short sublateral carinae on the base of the pronotum are very indistinct on some specimens, and some specimens have a coating which obscures the normal cuticle. This coating is usually absent from teneral specimens thus giving them a less opaque appearance than the specimens with the coating. Etymology.—The species name, a patronym, is in honor of Dr. Ash- ley B. Gurney, eminent orthopterist, my friend, and pleasant and en- thusiastic companion on the field trip to Ecuador when the holotype of this new species was collected. Habitat.—Unknown; all specimens were collected at blacklight. The ho- lotype was collected at a blacklight operated in a jungle clearing at the 66 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 0.5mm 3 5 Figs. 2-5. Male genitalia. 2-3. Portelmis gurneyi, 2, ventral view: 3, lateral view. 4-S. P. nevermanni, 4, ventral view; 5, lateral view. Texaco Oil Company’s oil well #23. The specimen may have come from the nearby Rio Aguarico or one of the numerous small streams which drain into the Aguarico. Most likely it originated from one of the small streams because frequent floods periodically leave a layer of mud over much of the substrate in the river which would be detrimental to elmid survival. Comparative notes.—Portelmis gurneyi may be distinguished from Por- telmis nevermanni by the following combination of characters: (1) Pronotum with weak sublateral carinae, (2) pronotal surface not punctate, (3) first abdominal sternum depressed and coarsely, rather densely punctate on disc, (4) metepisternum densely, coarsely punctate, (5) and the male genitalia (compare Figs. 2—5). Sanderson’s (1953) description of the genus Portelmis was based on the single species, P. nevermanni which lacks pronotal carinae, therefore, in VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 67 his description he used the absence of these carinae as a generic character. Because P. gurneyi has sublateral carinae on the base of the pronotum, Sanderson’s generic description must be expanded to include taxa with or without these carinae. Portelmis nevermanni (Hinton) Figs. 4—5 Stenelmis nevermanni Hinton, 1936: 424: Blackwelder, 1944: 271. Portelmis nevermanni: Sanderson, 1953: 35. Diagnosis.—Portelmis nevermanni may be recognized by the following combination of characters: (1) Pronotum without sublateral carinae; (2) pro- notal surface coarsely, densely granulate; (3) first abdominal sternum not noticeably depressed, granulate, not punctate on disc; (4) metepisternum not punctate, instead, finely granular; (5) and male genitalia distinctive as illustrated (Figs. 4, 5). Hinton’s type-series came from Costa Rica, Reventazon, at light, col- lected by F. Nevermann. A single paratype in the U.S. National Museum of Natural History bears a second locality label pinned upside down beneath the label cited by Hinton which further states: Hamburg Farm, Reventazon, Ebene Limon. A second specimen of Portelmis nevermanni in the NNUNH collection is a male as follows: Costa Rica, La Lola, nr. Matina, 11 March 1965, S. S. and W. D. Duckworth. This specimen also was collected at light. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I extend my thanks to the administrators of the Smithsonian Institution’s Fluid Research Fund for a grant which supported the field work in Ecuador during which time the new taxon here described was collected. I also am deeply grateful to the Peace Corps administrators in Ecuador, Philip Lopes and Ing. Tomas Guerrero, for the interest and support given Andrea Langley-Armstrong and Jeffrey Cohen, former Peace Corps volunteers who conducted the very productive Ecuador-Peace Corps-Smithsonian Institu- tion Aquatic Insect Survey of Ecuador during 1975 and 1976. To Ing. Julio Molineros, entomologist at the Tumbaco Experiment Station, Tumbaco, Ecuador, I am indebted for facilities, assistance, and numerous favors which he very kindly provided to me and the other participants in the Survey during the past four years. Furthermore, I also thank Elaine R. Hodges, Smithsonian Institution staff artist, for preparing the illustrations included in this article. LITERATURE CITED Blackwelder, R. E. 1944. Checklist of the Coleopterous Insects of Mexico, Central America, the West Indies, and South America. Part 2. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull., No. 185, pp. 189- 342. 68 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Hinton, H. E. 1936. Descriptions of New Genera and Species of Dryopidae (Coleoptera). Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 85(pt. 18): 415-434, 42 figs., 1 pl. ——. 1976. Plastron respiration in bugs and beetles. J. Insect Physiol. 22: 1529-1550, 67 figs. Sanderson, M. W. 1938. A Monographic Revision of the North American Species of Stenelmis (Dryopidae: Coleoptera). Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 25(22): 635-717, 23 figs. Sanderson, W. W. 1953. New Species and a New Genus of New World Elmidae with Sup- plemental Keys. Coleopt. Bull. 7(5): 33-40, 4 figs. BELTSVILLE AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH CENTER SYMPOSIUM V The Beltsville Agricultural Research Center sponsors an annual research symposium with a specific theme. The subject of the fifth ““-BARC Sympo- sium”’ will be *‘Biological Control in Crop Production.” It is scheduled for May 19 to May 21, 1980. Subject matter will be presented as invited lectures and contributed posters with the lectures published in the BARC sym- posium series (Sth volume). Registration and a reception will be held Sunday evening followed by five technical sessions held Monday morning through Wednesday noon. The sessions are as follows: Session I—Relevance of ecological theories to practical biological con- trol. Session 2—Concepts, principles and mechanisms of biological control of pests. Session 3—Recent advances in mass production of biological control agents. Session 4—Strategies of biological control. Session S—General considerations: Environmental, regulatory, safety, economic and biocontrol in integrated pest management sys- tems. Voluntary poster presentations will be held Monday from 5:30 to 7:30 p.m. Registration fee $60.00. Anyone wishing to receive a registration packet for this symposium should contact: Publicity Chairman Symposium V Room 214, Bioscience Bldg O11A BARC-West Beltsville, Md. 20705 PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 69-73 TWO NEW SPECIES OF CHLOROPERLIDAE (PLECOPTERA) FROM MISSISSIPPI REBECCA F. SURDICK AND BILL P. STARK (RFS) Department of Biology, University of Utah, Salt Lake City, Utah 84112: and (BPS) Assistant Professor of Biology, Mississippi College, Clin- ton, Mississippi 39058 and Research Associate, Florida Collection of Ar- thropods, Gainesville, Florida. Abstract.—Hastaperla chukcho n.sp. and Alloperla natchez n.sp. are de- scribed and the genitalia figured for males and females. Holotype male and allotype female specimens are designated for both species from Claiborne Co., Mississipp1. During investigation of the Mississippi plecopteran fauna, two unde- scribed species of Chloroperlidae were discovered. Since recent studies in Texas (Szczytko and Stewart, 1977), Louisiana (Stewart et al., 1976) and Florida (Stark and Gaufin, 1979) failed to collect Alloperla or Hastaperla, these first records of Chloroperlidae in Mississippi may represent the south- ernmost extensions of the genera in the Nearctic Region. Hastaperla chukcho Surdick and Stark, NEW SPECIES Figs. 1—S General color pale yellow in life, white in alcohol. Antennae pale basally, darkened distal to 6th segment in mature specimens; head wider than prono- tum, unpatterned except for 3 dark ocellar rings. Pronotum oval, wider than long; perimeter and reticulate markings dusky. Mesonotum and metanotum each with W-mark resulting from dark margined recurrent scutoscutellar suture and dark bisecting line. Abdomen with dusky longitudinal stripe ex- tending from segment 2 through 5; cercal segments 7. Wings macropterous, hyaline; veins dusky in mature specimens; 2nd anal vein unbranched in forewings; anal lobe and fold absent in hindwings. Male.—Forewing length 6 mm; body length 5.5-6 mm. Epiproct tip scler- otized; in dorsal aspect tablike, anteriorly recurved, slightly longer than wide with distal edge semicircular; in lateral aspect tab extension longer than thickness of support at base of tip, dorsal ’2 domed, sloping to a bladelike apex. Basal rod of epiproct parallel sided, as thick as basal width 70 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 1-5. Hastaperla chukcho. 1, Male terminalia, dorsal. 2, Male terminalia, lateral. 3, Epiproct, dorsolateral. 4, Female terminalia, ventral. 5, Female terminalia, lateral. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 71 of tablike tip, lightly sclerotized. Anal lobe enlarged, hairy. Posterior 2 of 9th tergum with centrally interrupted patch of stout bristles. Aedeagus with 2 supportive rods and minute, colorless spines. Female.—Forewing length 7 mm; body length 6.5—7 mm. Subgenital plate semicircular in ventral aspect, posterior extension of flap “% length of 8th segment, lateral slopes slightly indented near base; appearing as curved, pointed extension of sternum in lateral aspect, with slightly longer setae than remainder of sternum. Eighth and 9th sterna with 2 longitudinal setae- less bands even with lateral bases of subgenital plate. Types.—Holotype ¢, allotype 2, 13 d,8 @, paratypes: Mississippi, Clai- borne Co., Owens Crk., 3 miles south of Rocky Springs, Natchez Trace Parkway, 8-IV-1978, B. Stark (USNM Type no. 75971). Other paratypes: Mississippi, Claiborne Co., Owens Crk., 3 miles south of Rocky Springs, Natchez Trace Parkway, 17-IV-1977, 19-I1V-1977, B. Stark (B. Stark). Discussion.—Three species of Hastaperla are represented in eastern North America. Both H. chukcho and H. orpha Frison can be easily dis- tinguished from unpatterned H. brevis (Banks) by the presence of a longi- tudinal abdominal stripe, a dusky pronotum, and a slightly elongated epi- proct tip. The laterally striped pronotum and square-edged epiproct tip of H. orpha differs from the entirely dusky pronotum and round-edged epi- proct tip of H. chukcho. The subgenital plate of H. orpha is more deeply indented along the lateral slopes than is that of H. chukcho. Etymology.—The Choctaw Indian word chukcho, meaning a striped ob- ject, describes the distinctive pattern on the new species, and is used as a noun in apposition. Alloperla natchez Surdick and Stark, NEW SPECIES Figs. 6-10 General color pale green in life, white in alcohol. Antennae pale basally, dark beyond 3rd segment; head unpatterned except for 3 dark ocellar rings; occiput narrow with lateral edges tapering immediately posterior to com- pound eyes. Pronotum unpatterned, square with rounded corners; meso- notum, metanotum and abdomen lacking dark markings; cercal segments 9. Wings macropterous, hyaline, representative of genus without reduction in venation or size. Male.—Forewing length 6 mm; body length S—5.5 mm. Epiproct tip elon- gate, fingershaped in dorsal aspect, tapering towards apex along sinuous lateral edges; 3x longer than proximal width, flattened in lateral aspect with apex angled ventrally; finely haired ventrally; set in enlarged cowl extending anteriorly even with epiproct apex. Basal anchor 2 as wide as long. Ae- deagus membranous. Lateral brushes on segments 5 though 9. Female.—Forewing length 6.5—7 mm; body length 5.5—6.5 mm. Subgenital plate with sides sloping shallowly to a median angle projecting posteriorly PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 6-10. Alloperla natchez. 6, Male terminalia, dorsal. 7, Male terminalia, lateral. 8, Epiproct, dorsolateral. 9, Female terminalia, ventral. 10, Female terminalia, lateral. VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 73 ‘4 longer than 8th sternite; lateral aspect slightly conical apically; apex as hairy as remainder of sternite; inside of apex and 9th sternite sparsely haired. Vagina membranous. Lateral brushes on segments 6 or 7 through 9. Types.—Holotype <4, allotype 2, 2 ¢ 6 2 paratypes: Mississippi, Clai- borne Co., Little Sand Crk., Rocky Springs Recreation Area, Natchez Trace Parkway, 22-IV-1978, B. Stark (USNM Type no. 75972). Other paratypes: Mississippi, Claiborne Co., Big Sand Crk., 8 miles W. Utica, 18-V-1978, B. Stark and L. Temple, (B. Stark). Discussion.—Alloperla natchez can be distinguished from the similar A. leonarda Ricker by details of the epiproct. In both species, the epiproct tip is set in an enlarged cowl, but in A. /eonarda, the epiproct tip is parallel sided in dorsal aspect and twice as thick as in A. natchez in lateral aspect. Laterally, the apex is bluntly rounded in A. /eonarda but tapered and point- ed in A. natchez. Alloperla atlantica Baumann bears a similar epiproct, but it is partially pubescent and sharply pointed dorsally and lacks an enlarged cowl. Etymology.—The specific epithet natchez commemorates the former inhabitants of the type-locality, the Natchez Indians. LITERATURE CITED Stark, B. P. and A. R. Gaufin. 1979 (1978). The Stoneflies (Plecoptera) of Florida. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 104: 391-433. Stewart, K. W., B. P. Stark, and T. G. Huggins. 1976. The Stoneflies (Plecoptera) of Loui- siana. Great Basin Nat. 36: 366-384. Szezytko, S. W. and K. W. Stewart. 1977. The Stoneflies (Plecoptera) of Texas. Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 103: 327-378. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 74-80 THE TAXONOMIC STATUS OF THE PREDACEOUS MIDGE PACHYHELEA PACHYMERA (WILLISTON) (DIPTERA: CERATOPOGONIDAE) WILLIAM L. GROGAN, JR. AND WILLIS W. WIRTH (WLG) Department of Biological Sciences, Salisbury State College, Salis- bury, Maryland 21801; (WWW) Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agr. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., U.S. Dept. Agr., % U.S. National Mu- seum, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—The taxonomic status of the monotypic genus Pachyhelea Wirth is reviewed, and the genus is compared with its nearest relative, Palpomyia Meigen. The sole member of this genus, Pachyhelea pachymera (Williston), is illustrated for the first time, and the male genitalia are de- scribed in detail. While preparing a revision of the Nearctic species of Palpomyia Meigen, we have compared species of that genus with that of a close relative, Pachy- helea Wirth. Although Pachyhelea pachymera (Williston) is known from both sexes, the male genitalia have not yet been described in detail, and this species has not been illustrated. We take this opportunity to illustrate the species and to review its taxonomic status. For an explanation of terminology dealing with general ceratopogonid morphology see Wirth (1952); terms dealing with male genitalia are those of Snodgrass (1957). We are grateful to Niphan C. Ratanaworabhan for pre- paring the illustrations. Wirth (1959) proposed the genus Pachyhelea and selected Ceratopogon magnus Coquillett as its type-species. He indicated that C. magnus was a synonym of Ceratopogon pachymerus Williston, but he did not designate the latter species as the type-species of Pachyhelea because the holotype of C. pachymerus was aberrant in having a wing with only a single radial cell. Wirth also listed two other names as synonyms of P. pachymera, Sphaeromias albidiventris Kieffer and Johannsenomyia latifemoris Ingram and Macfie. It is not surprising that there are so many synonyms for pachymera in view of the fact that it is one of the most widespread ceratopogonids inhab- iting the New World. This species ranges from the lower Rio Grande Valley VOLUME 82, NUMBER I 75 of southern Texas south through Mexico, Central and South America to at least as far south as Buenos Aires, Argentina. In comparing Pachyhelea pachymera with species of Palpomyia, we were impressed with its resemblance to members of the tibialis group of Palpo- myia as defined by Grogan and Wirth (1975). A phylogeny of Pachyhelea and the species groups of Palpomyia is presented in Fig. 2. Pachyhelea is the sister group of Palpomyia, differing from the latter by four apotypic character states. Pachyhelea and the tibialis group of Palpomyia share at least two plesiotypic character states, the recurved tips of the male clas- pettes and setae on the ventral surface of the fifth tarsomeres. The setae of the fifth tarsomere may be vestiges of batonnets, which are present in the Sphaeromiini and may indicate a sister group relationship. A problem exists with the phylogeny presented in Fig. 2 in that the apotypic state of character 5 (spinose femora) is not universal (synapotypic) for Palpomyia. A few members of the tibialis group lack femoral spines. Those species which lack femoral spines are obviously not of the Pachyhelea branch because they lack the four apotypic character states of the genus. Thus, Palpomyia may be paraphyletic and require subdivision into two or more genera. A detailed study of the numerous and diverse Neotropical Palpomyia species is badly needed and may provide answers to this problem. Genus Pachyhelea Wirth Pachyhelea Wirth, 1959: 50. Type-species, Ceratopogon magnus Coquillett (original designation) = pachymera (Williston). Diagnosis.—A genus of predaceous midges of the tribe Palpomyiini most closely resembling Palpomyia, differing from all other ceratopogonid genera by the following combination of characters: Abdomen of female with | pair of eversible glands and internal sclerotized gland rods and 2 spermathecae; wing with 2 radial cells and costa extending to 0.80 or more of wing length but not to tip; femora without strong ventral spines. Most species of Pal- pomyia have strong ventral spines on the fore femur, although some lack spines on all their femora. Pachyhelea differs from all species of Palpomyia by the greatly swollen hind femur, enlarged quadrate hind coxa, tuberculate scutum and scutellum, and scutellum lacking bristles. Pachyhelea pachymera (Williston) Fig. 1 Ceratopogon pachymerus Williston, 1900: 224 (2; Mexico). Probezzia pachymera (Williston); Malloch, 1914a: 137 (combination). Pachyhelea pachymera (Williston); Wirth, 1959: 50 (combination; rede- scribed; synonyms: albidiventris, latifemoris, magnus); Lane, 1961: 42 (Brazil records); Wirth, 1962: 275 (in key); Wirth, 1965: 140 (distribution); Wirth, 1974: 53 (distribution); Wirth, et al., 1974: 604 (in list, key). 76 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 1. Pachyhelea pachymera. A-L, Female. A, Flagellum of antenna. B, Palpus. C. Wing. D, Interocular area. E, Mandible. F, Scutum. G, Leg color pattern. H. Hind tibial comb. I, Tarsi. J, Fifth tarsomeres and claws. K, Spermathecae. L, Abdomen. M, Male genitalia. Ceratopogon magnus Coquillett, 1905: 61 (2; Texas). Johannseniella magna (Coquillett); Malloch, 1914b: 227 (in key; combina- tion). Johannsenomyia magna (Coquillett); Malloch, 1915: 333 (in key; combi- nation); Johannsen, 1943: 784 (in list N. Amer. species). Sphaeromias albidiventris Kieffer, 1917: 316 (2; Colombia). VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 77 PALPOMYIA gee | tibialis lineata distincta flavipes group group group group Fig. 2. Phylogeny of Pachyhelea and the species groups of Palpomyia. Apotypic character states are: 1, Greatly swollen hind femur; 2, enlarged hind coxa; 3, tuberculate scutum and scutellum; 4, absence of scutellar bristles; 5, spinose femora; 6, male genitalia tilted back 45°; 7, claspettes with rounded tip; 8, pupal apicolateral processes with dense covering of small pointed tubercles; 9, basimere with basal setose mesoventral tubercle; 10, head round; 11, absence of setae on fifth tarsomeres; 12, female with lobes on eighth sternum; 13, absence of basal inner tooth on claw. Homohelea albidiventris (Kieffer); Kieffer, 1917: 364 (combination). Johannsenomyia latifemoris Ingram and Macfie, 1931: 231 (2; Argentina): Macfie, 1940: 75 (description of ¢). Diagnosis —Since only one species of the genus is known, its diagnosis is that of the genus. Female.—Wing length 2.28-2.46 mm (n = 3); breadth 0.82—0.86 mm (n = 3). Head: Yellowish brown, flattened dorsoventrally. Eyes bare, moderately broadly separated (Fig. 1D). Antenna slender; pedicel dark brown; flagellum (Fig. 1A) yellowish on proximal 8 flagellomeres, distal 5 flagellomeres brownish except on extreme basal portions; proximal 8 flagellomeres oval with a central whorl of sensilla chaetica and 3 subapical sensilla trichodea: distal 5 flagellomeres elongated with scattered sensilla chaetica and several pairs of sensilla basiconica; lengths of flagellomeres in proportion of 29-16- 15-16-15-15-14-15-50-49-48-45-54; antennal ratio 1.64. Palpus (Fig. 1B) yel- lowish; lengths of segments in proportion of 11-20-22-14-15; palpal ratio 2.24. Mandible (Fig. 1E) heavily sclerotized; inner margin with 12-15 large coarse teeth. Thorax: Dark blackish brown. Scutum (Fig. 1F) broad, convex, with a rather short, sharp, conical anterior spine and well developed humeral pits; 78 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON scutum and scutellum covered with small setose tubercles; scutellum lacking bristles; postscutellum very highly produced, non-tuberculate but covered with fine pubescence. Fore and mid coxae light brown; hind coxa dark brown, greatly enlarged and quadrate; femora and tibiae as in Fig. 1G; dark brown on most of mid and hind femora, apical “% of mid and hind tibiae, remainder yellowish brown; tarsi (Fig. 11) yellowish, tarsomeres | and 2 of hind leg and tarsomere | of mid leg with well developed palisade setae; 4th tarsomeres cordate or heart-shaped; 5th tarsomeres (Fig. IJ) with 1-3 pairs of stout ventrolateral bristlelike setae; claws equal sized, each with basal inner tooth: hind claws slightly longer than mid claws, mid claws slightly longer than fore claws. Wing (Fig. 1C) hyaline, moderately broad, covered with microtrichia only; anal lobe only moderately developed; costa rather long, extending to 0.80—-0.83 of wing length, but not produced beyond tip of vein R4+5; 2 narrow radial cells present, the 2nd over 2x as long as Ist; crossvein very short, barely as long as broad; medial fork broadly sessile, veins MI and M2 both bowing posteriorly in the middle; mediocubital fork just beyond level of r-m crossvein; anal vein forking at proximal 4% of anal cell with posterior fork proceeding obliquely nearly to posterior wing mar- gin. Halter pale. Abdomen: Golden brown with a single pair of gland rods (Fig. IL). Genitalia very similar to those of members of the tibialis group of Palpomyia as defined by Grogan and Wirth (1975); 10th sternum with 6 pairs of large setae. Spermathecae (Fig. 1K) ovoid, unequal, with very short necks. Male.—Wing length 1.5—1.9 mm; breadth 0.5—0.6 mm. Generally similar to female but darker and smaller; flagellum dark brown with sparse plume; legs entirely brown, the mid and hind legs darker than fore leg; 5th tarso- meres with fewer ventrolateral setae which are less distinct than in female; claws small, equal sized without basal inner teeth, tips bifid; abdomen dark brown. Genitalia as in Fig. IM. Ninth sternum 3.75 broader than long, base slightly curved, posterior margin nearly straight; long, extending to apex of basimeres. Basimere slightly curved, about 3x longer than broad with a basal ventral elevated portion; telomere about 0.6 length of basi- mere, nearly straight with hooked tip. Aedeagus moderately sclerotized, about 1.3 longer than broad, basal arch shallow, about % of total length, membrane spiculate but not ventral surface; margins of distal portion wrin- kled, tip in shape of narrow crescent; basal arm heavily sclerotized, nearly straight, not recurved. Claspettes divided; each with distal portion moder- ately sclerotized, slender with subapical scalpel-shaped swelling, then nar- rowing abruptly to slightly curved, pointed tip; basal arm heavily sclero- tized, recurved nearly 90° with a slender pointed tip. Distribution.—Southern Texas south through Central and South America to Argentina. Types.—Ceratopogon pachymerus Williston: Holotype, 2, Medellin near VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 79 Veracruz, Mexico, Jan. 1898, H. H. Smith, BCA Dipt. I (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)). Ceratopogon magnus Coquillett: Holotype, 2, Brownsville, Texas, May, coll. C. H. T. Townsend (Type no. 8359, U.S. National Mu- seum). Sphaeromias albidiventris Kieffer: Type, 2, Baranquilla, Colombia (Ujhelyi) (in Budapest Museum, presumably destroyed in fire). Johannsen- omyia latifemoris Ingram and Macfie: Holotype, 2, San Isidro, Buenos Aires, Argentina, 10 Jan. 1927 (British Museum (Nat. Hist.)). New Records.—BRAZIL: Amazonas, Rio Solimoes, 13 Aug. 1961, E. J. Fittkau, at light, 1 2 with d genitalia attached to abdomen; Amazon River, Patucho Light, Ilha Parintuis, 11 Sept. 1969, H. A. Wright, 1 2. PANAMA: Canal Zone, Fort Davis, 20 Aug. 1952, F. S. Blanton, light trap, 1 9. Discussion.—Our description of the male exclusive of genitalia is an abridgement of Macfie’s (1940) description of males taken from northeastern Brazil. The description of the male genitalia is based upon genitalia that are attached to the abdomen of the female from Rio Solimoes, Amazonas, Bra- zil. LITERATURE CITED Coquillett, D. W. 1905. New nematocerous Diptera from North America. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 13: 56-69. Grogan, W. L., Jr. and W. W. Wirth. 1975. A revision of the genus Palpomyia Meigen of northeastern North America (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). Univ. Maryland Agric. Exp. Stn. Misc. Publ. 875: 1-49. Ingram, A. and J. W. S. Macfie. 1931. Ceratopogonidae. Diptera of Patagonia and South Chile, Part II, Fascicle 4: 155-232. Johannsen, O. A. 1943. A generic synopsis of the Ceratopogonidae (Heleidae) of the Americas, a bibliography, and a list of the North American species. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 36: 763-791. Kieffer, J. J. 1917. Chironomides d’Amérique conservés au Museum National Hongrois de Budapest. Ann. Hist. Nat. Mus. Natl. Hung. 5: 292-364. Lane, J. 1961. Further notes on Neotropical Ceratopogonidae (Diptera). Rev. Bras. Biol. 21: 37-44. Macfie, J. W. S. 1940. Ceratopogonidae (Diptera) from North-eastern Brazil. Proc. R. Ento- mol. Soc. Lond. (B) 9: 73-79. Malloch, J. R. 1914a. Synopsis of the genus Probezzia with description of a new species. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 27: 137-139. ——. 1914b. Notes on North American Diptera, with descriptions of new species in the collection of the Illinois State Laboratory of Natural History. Bull. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist. 10(4): 213-243. . 1915. The Chironomidae or midges of Illinois, with particular reference to the species occurring in the Illinois River. Bull. Ill. State Lab. Nat. Hist. 10(6): 275-543. Snodgrass, R. E. 1957. A revised interpretation of the external reproductive organs of male insects. Smithson. Misc. Collect. 135: 1-60. Williston, S. W. 1900. Supplement (part), pp. 217-248. Jn: Godman, F. D. and O. Salvin, eds., Biologia Centrali-Americana, Zoologia-Insecta-Diptera, V. 1, 378 pp. London. Wirth, W. W. 1952. The Heleidae of California. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 9: 95-266. 80 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ——. 1959. Pachyhelea, a new genus of American Ceratopogonidae related to Palpomyia (Diptera). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 54: 50-52. —__._ 1962. A reclassification of the Palpomyia-Bezzia-Macropeza groups, and a revision of the North American Sphaeromiini (Diptera, Ceratopogonidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 55: 272-287. ———. 1965. Family Ceratopogonidae (Heleidae). pp. 121-142. Jn: Stone, A., et al., eds. A catalog of the Diptera of America North of Mexico. U.S. Dep. Agric., Agric. Handb. 275: 1-1696. ———. 1974. A catalogue of the Diptera of the Americas south of the United States. 14. Family Ceratopogonidae, pp. 1-89. Mus. Zool. Univ. Sao Paulo, Brazil. Wirth, W. W., N. C. Ratanaworabhan, and F. S. Blanton. 1974. Synopsis of the genera of Ceratopogonidae (Diptera). Ann. Parasitol. Hum. Comp. 49: 595-613. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 81-85 THE SWALLOW BUG, OECIACUS VICARIUS HORVATH (HEMIPTERA: CIMICIDAE), A HUMAN HOUSEHOLD PEST R. B. Eaps, D. B. FRANCY, AND G. C. SMITH Vector-Borne Diseases Division, Bureau of Laboratories, Center for Dis- ease Control, Public Health Service, Department of Health, Education, and Welfare, P.O. Box 2087, Fort Collins, Colorado 80522. Abstract.—The swallow bug, Oeciacus vicarius Horvath, is reported at- tacking humans in homes in both urban and rural localities in Colorado and Wyoming. Cliff swallow colony management techniques designed to elim- inate or mitigate swallow bug annoyance to both the birds and humans are discussed. Interest in the swallow bug, Oeciacus vicarius Horvath, has been height- ened by the isolation in this laboratory of two viruses from these insects collected from nests of the cliff swallow, Petrochelidon pyrrhonota, near Fort Morgan, Colorado (Hayes et al., 1977). The viruses, one related to western equine encephalitis virus and the other in the Venezuelan equine complex, were also isolated from nestling cliff swallows and nestling house sparrows, Passer domesticus, being reared in cliff swallow nests. Even though the swallow bugs have not been incriminated in the trans- mission of human disease organisms, they are household pests in portions of the cliff swallows’ summer range when these birds build their character- istic mud nests with downcurved entrance tunnels on human dwellings. We have also commonly recovered O. vicarius from nests of the barn swallow, Hirundo rustica, and the bank swallow, Riparia riparia, in northern Colo- rado. However, large populations of the bugs are most frequently encoun- tered in cliff swallow nests. During the summer of 1978, we received for identification numerous col- lections of O. vicarius reportedly attacking humans in homes located in both urban and rural localities in Colorado and Wyoming. Since the bugs may become pestiferous and are vectors of potential human disease agents, some management of cliff swallow colonies on dwellings obviously is appropriate. It must be borne in mind, that the birds and their nests are protected by both federal and state statutes. Permits from the appropriate authorities are 82 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON required for nests to be removed or for the birds to be interfered with in any way. Dr. Everett W. Spackman, Extension Entomologist, University of Wy- oming, Laramie, sent us a newspaper clipping concerning a $150.00 fine assessed a Teton Village property owner for destroying cliff swallow nests. The story contained inaccurate statements which indicate that the entire problem of cliff swallows nesting on human habitations needs to be put into proper perspective. We will attempt to do so here. Usinger (1966) listed 74 species in 22 genera within the family Cimicidae. Twelve of the genera are associated with bats and nine with birds. The genus Cimex includes species commonly attacking both birds and mammals. The cimicids are temporary ectoparasites, feeding relatively rapidly and retreating to host harborages such as nests, roosts, and cracks and crevices in rooms. They are poorly adapted for clinging to fur or feathers and nor- mally spend little time on host animals. However, the speed with which new nesting or roosting sites become infested attests to the fact that the bugs are transferred on their hosts fairly efficiently, at least for comparatively short distances. Usinger (1966) indicated that three species of cimicids have been called ‘*human bed bugs’’ because of their ability to sustain themselves and re- produce with man as the sole or principal host animal. They are Cimex lectularius Linnaeus, C. hemipterus (Fabricius), and Leptocimex boueti (Brumpt). The ubiquitous C. lectularius, closely associated with man since he and bats shared the same caves, has spread with human beings and their heated domiciles over much of the world. In addition to man, the species feeds on bats, chickens, and a variety of other domestic animals. Cimex hemipterus feeds on man, chickens, and bats in both the old and new world tropics and has been recorded to do so in Florida in the United States. Leptocimex boueti feeds on bats and man in West Africa. In addition to the human bed bugs, a number of bat and bird cimicids bite man when disturbed in their retreats or under experimental conditions. Myers (1928) reported being bitten by swallow bugs while collecting them in the field and working with them in the laboratory. Our experiences have been similar. We collected swallow bugs for virus testing directly from the nests in the field or from nests brought into the laboratory with battery- powered hand aspirators or power vacuum equipment. Bugs escaping onto our hands bit freely, producing a moderately painful initial sensation, es- pecially when they attacked the tender skin between the fingers. The re- sulting wheal frequently itched for several days. None of the individuals working with O. vicarius in this laboratory have demonstrated serious initial or delayed hypersensitivity to their bites or developed this condition after repeated exposure. Conversely, there has been no evidence that anyone has been completely densensitized to their bites. rt VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 83 Fig. 1. Life cycle of the swallow bug, Oeciacus vicarius. The life cycle of O. vicarius is adjusted to long periods of fasting. In northern Colorado cliff swallows usually begin returning from the Southern Hemisphere in late April or early May and depart in late August or early September. April and May are spent feeding, investigating nesting sites, repairing old nests, or building new ones. The birds actually occupy the nests for the months of June and July during egg laying, brooding, and caring for the young. Both young and adult birds usually leave the nests around the first week in August. The normal O. vicarius reproductive cycle begins in the spring with the return of the swallows to the nests. After feeding, the females lay eggs on the outsides of the nests. In the laboratory, at 23°C, with food source con- tinually available, about two months are required for a complete generation. In the field, the cimicid generations overlap with all stages of nymphs and adults overwintering in the nests. The bugs become torpid in cold weather but will feed on laboratory animals when brought into the laboratory. If given continuous access to hosts, the engorged females oviposit readily. The life cycle is illustrated in Fig. 1. Survival of the bugs in old swallow nests is phenomenal. Smith and Eads (1978) observed living bugs in the nests of a colony of cliff swallows in 84 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Larimer County, Colorado, which had been abandoned for two years. How- ever, other species of birds, and even rodents, will occasionally utilize the nests for rearing their young and/or winter shelter, thus possibly providing nourishment for the swallow bugs. Buss (1942) gave an interesting account of the successful management of a cliff swallow colony in southern Wisconsin. A colony nesting on a barn near Deerfield grew from one pair in 1904 to over 4000 birds in 1942. Man- agement techniques included providing mud pools for nest building during dry springs, continuing reduction of house sparrows by shooting them, re- moval of most of the old nests each fall, and addition of horizontal strips on sides of barn below eaves to increase the nesting area. The greatest threat to the colony in its early years was the possibility of being overrun by house sparrows. House sparrows fill the nests with grass and feathers and use them for winter shelter as well as for rearing young, laying their first clutch of eggs well before the swallows arrive in the spring. They also contribute to massive infestations of swallow bugs by providing virtual year-round nourishment. Removal of the nests in the fall was helpful to the swallows because sparrow depredation was delayed and swallow bug populations were kept at low levels. Cliff swallows are beautiful and beneficial birds, no doubt exercising some control of diurnal flying insects such as insectivorous bats do with nocturnal flying insects. Obviously, nothing should be done to adversely affect these birds. However, it must be realized that their nesting on homes and inhab- ited buildings can be a mixed blessing. Ideal nesting sites are cliff faces, bridges, and culverts near a water sup- ply. The swallows are familiar sights drinking on the wing over ponds and lakes and feeding on midges and other Diptera which develop in the water. The swallows may be forced to the wide-spread use of buildings as nesting sites in areas without cliff faces and with water shortages near bridges and culverts. Swallow colony management would seem desirable when swallow bug populations overrun the nests, invade buildings and homes, and attack the inhabitants. Controlling the bugs would also be helpful to the nestling swal- lows. Chapman (1973) effectively controlled swallow bugs by spraying the nests and substrates twice weekly with .2% naled during the nesting period. This short-lived organophosphate was found by Moss and Camin (1970) to be nontoxic to avian hosts. A comparison of nestlings in controlled and un- controlled nests revealed that the ectoparasites significantly reduced nest- ling weights and feather growth. Nestling mortality was higher in parasitized colonies. Several effective insecticides against human bed bugs are listed in Public Health Pesticides (Anonymous, 1973), including .1% trichlorfon, 1% ronnel, VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 85 5% dichlorvos, .5% malathion, and .2% synergized pyrethrin sprays which probably would be suitable for off-season control of the swallow bugs. Their use would be dependent upon compliance with federal and state regulations. When permitted, the most efficient method of O. vicarius control would seem to be knocking down the nests in the fall after the birds depart, and spraying the exposed nest attachment sites with an approved residual in- secticide. This would not only kill the bugs but would also deny house sparrows the use of the nests as winter shelter and early spring nesting sites. Cliff swallows build nests rapidly and would not be discouraged or handi- capped by being forced to build new nests. This procedure would not insure completely bug-free nests, but it will certainly keep the numbers down. We have found small populations of O. vicarius in new swallow nesting sites. Cliff swallows arrive in their summer nesting areas several weeks before they begin to repair and build their nests. During this time they explore and even roost in old nests, thus picking up a few bugs which they carry to new nesting sites. LITERATURE CITED Anonymous. 1973. Public Health Pesticides. Pest Control 41 (April), 21 pp. Buss, I. O. 1942. A managed cliff swallow colony in southern Wisconsin. Wilson Bull. 54(3): 153-161. Chapman, B. R. 1973. The effects of nest ectoparasites on cliff swallow populations. Ph.D. Dissertation. Texas Technological University, Lubbock, Texas. Eeives, is ©-.B: Ds Francy, J:S: Lazuick, G.. C. ‘Smith;,and_E. ‘P..J. Gibbs. 1977- Glut swallow bug (Oeciacus vicarius Horvath) role in the natural cycle of a western enceph- alitis-like alphavirus. J. Med. Entomol. 14(3): 257-262. Moss, W. W. and J. H. Camin. 1970. Nest parasitism, productivity and clutch size in purple martins. Science 168: 1000-1003. Myers, L. E. 1928. The American swallow bug, Oeciacus vicarius Horvath (Hemiptera, Cimicidae). Parasitology 20(2): 159-172. Smith, G. C. and R. B. Eads. 1978. Field observations on the cliff swallow, Petrochelidon pyrrhonota and the swallow bug, Oeciacus vicarius. J. Wash. Acad. Sci. 68(1): 23-26. Usinger, R. L. 1966. Monograph of Cimicidae. Thomas Say Found. Vol. VII, 585 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 86-98 NOTES ON NEARCTIC SYLVICOLA (DIPTERA: ANISOPODIDAE)! GEORGE K. PRATT AND HARRY D. PRATT (GKP) Captain, USAF, BSC, currently graduate student, Department of Entomology, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia 30602; (HDP) 879 Glen Arden Way NE, Atlanta, Georgia 30306. Abstract.—Based on distinct morphological characters, the five Nearctic species of Sy/vicola Moses Harris are divided into two subgenera: Sylvicola (Sylvicola) which includes alternatus (Say) and fenestralis (Scopoli); and Sylvicola (Anisopus) which contains fuscatus (Fabricius), notialis Stone, and punctatus (Fabricius). A key is presented for identifying these species with illustrations of wings, male terminalia, and palpi. New seasonal and distributional data are noted. The larva and pupa of Sylvicola alternatus are described and illustrated. A new technique for collecting adults with mo- lasses traps is described. Adult window flies in the genus Sylvicola Moses Harris have been oc- casionally reported as minor pests as they try to escape from buildings. The majority of specimens have been taken under such circumstances or during routine sweeping. From their rather poor representation in many collections throughout this country, one could easily believe that they are uncommon to rare. Such a view would be at least partially incorrect, as the authors have succeeded in trapping adults of several species of Sy/vicola in Georgia during the cool months of the year. The immatures which normally develop in decaying organic material have received increasing attention the past 30 years as their involvement in facultative myiasis (James, 1948; Smart, 1956; Morris, 1968; and Smith and Taylor, 1966) and in sporadic infestations at waste disposal plants (Smart, 1956 and Hickin, 1974) has become better known. The papers of Baerg (1918), Alexander (1919, 1942, 1965), Edwards (1923, 1928), Lindner (1930), Abdul-Nasr (1950), Freeman (1950), and Stone (1965) have greatly increased our knowledge with regard to taxonomy, biology, morphology, and distribution of these flies. However, few illustrations have ' The contents of this paper reflect the personal views of the authors and are not to be construed as a statement of official Air Force policy. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 87 been published of the wings and male terminalia. Therefore, in the present paper such figures have been provided, together with a proposal that the genus be subdivided into two subgenera on the basis of distinct morpholog- ical characters found in the wing and the male terminalia. The larva and pupa of Sylvicola alternatus (Say) are described for the first time. TAXONOMY Species of Sylvicola are generally recognized as small flies 4 to 7 mm long with spotted wings, compact 16-segmented antennae, stocky bodies, and short blunt abdomens. They differ from other Nematocera by the following combination of characters: Three ocelli, mesoscutum without V-shaped transverse suture, wing with three branches of R and three branches of M reaching margin, discal cell present, Cu, and IA present, wing membrane with numerous microtrichia, and hind tibia with a comb of short spinules on the posterodorsal surface. The male genitalia are unusual in having three conspicuous penis rods spirally coiled basally as illustrated by Cole (1927). The female has a single spermatheca. Mycetobia Meigen has two sperma- thecae, and Trichocera Meigen has three spermathecae; the former is in the family Anisopodidae, the latter in the family Trichoceridae. There are two divisions of Sylvicola in the Nearctic Region worthy of subgeneric rank as noted below. The following abbreviations indicate the location of specimens: CU, Cor- nell University, Ithaca, New York; MU, University of Minnesota, St. Paul, Minnesota; PC, H. D. Pratt Collection, Atlanta, Georgia; UGa, University of Georgia, Athens, Georgia; and USNM, U.S. National Museum, Wash- ington, D.C. KEY TO THE NEARCTIC SUBGENERA AND SPECIES OF SYLVICOLA 1. Cell M, pointed at base, m cross-vein connecting with M,,, at base (Fig. 2); male genitalia with basal ring deeply concave ventrally; filament of claspette slender, somewhat S-shaped; sternum 10 with 2 fingerlike lobes, partially fused at base medially (Figs. 3, 4, 5) mmmmemrnaay Se prnere a 2 is el bs dnd be 2 subgenus Anisopus Meigen... 2 — Cell M, truncated at base, m cross-vein connecting with M, some distance beyond base (Fig. 1); male genitalia with basal ring not deeply concave ventrally; dististyle clawlike or rodlike; sternum 10 broad, hoodlike (Figs. 6, 7) .. Subgenus Sy/vicola Moses Harris . . . 4 2. No infuscation behind stigmal spot in Cells R, and R,;; basistyle with hairy, fingerlike lobe near apex (Fig. 3) ..... fuscatus (Fabricius) — A dark marking in Cell R; behind stigmal spot and often in Cell R, near wing tip; basistyle without a fingerlike lobe (Figs. 4, 5) ........ 3 3. Costal cell hyaline with microtrichia sparse in | or 2 rows, with only a few microtrichia basad of origin of Rs; eyes of male touching; male 88 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Sc, Riots I. ALTERNATUS Ri+2+3 R, If 2- PUNCTATUS Figs. 1-2. Wings. 1, Sylvicola alternatus. 2, S. punctatus. genitalia (Fig. 4) with filament of claspette straplike, with margin serrate; membranous margin of sternum 9 with 2 submedian groups of denticles few in number (4 to 11 on each half), smaller, less scler- olizediand pigmented svys2tae Sis as. Res ee punctatus (Fabricius) — Costal cell somewhat infuscated with microtrichia abundant, in at least 2 or 3 rows, extending basad of origin of Rs; eyes of male slightly separated; male genitalia (Fig. 5) with filament of claspette slender, without marginal serrations; membranous margin of ster- num 9 with two submedian groups of denticles more numerous (12 to 15 on each side), larger, more sclerotized and pigmented ....... PM wwtety civ Sas. soho eee notialis Stone 4. Pale spot in outer radial field white, clearly delimited (Fig. 1); median VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 89 FILAMENT OF DISTISTYLE CLASPETTE STERNUM 10. STERNUM 9 STERNUM 9 BASAL RING 6- ALTERNATUS BASAL RING 3. FUSCATUS FILAMENT OF CLASPETTE DENTICLES Me. DISTISTYLE STERNUM 10 STERNUM 10 STERNUM 9 STERNUM 9 BASAL RING BASAL RING 4. PUNCTATUS 7. FENESTRALIS FILAMENT OF CLASPETTE DENTICLES STERNUM IO STERNUM 9 8 ALTERNATUS 9° NOTIALIS 5 NOTIALIS ae Figs. 3-7. Male genitalia. 3, Sylvicola fuscatus. 4, S. punctatus. 5, S. notialis. 6, S. al- ternatus. 7, S. fenestralis. Figs. 8-9. Female palpus. 8, S. alternatus. 9, S. notialis. mesonotal stripe divided; eyes of male touching; male genitalia with dististyle stout and clawlike; sternum 9 with apex convex or weakly BCE 1G) we lad. sein 22212 tse as (eaters alternatus (Say) — Pale spot in outer radial field dirty white, its limits less sharply de- fined; median mesonotal stripe not divided; eyes of male rather widely separated; male genitalia with dististyle rodlike with basal tooth; sternum 9 with apex notched (Fig. 7)...... fenestralis (Scopoli) 90 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Sylvicola subgenus Sylvicola Moses Harris Sylvicola Harris, 1776, An Exposition of English Insects, etc., Decad III, p. 100. Type-species, brevis Harris (designated by Coquillett, 1910: 610) = fenestralis (Scopoli), 1763. Cell M, truncated at base, m cross-vein connecting M, some distance beyond base (Fig. 1); male terminalia with basal ring not deeply concave ventrally; sternum 10 large and hoodlike; and clasper function assumed by a clawlike or rodlike dististyle (Figs. 6, 7). Second segment of palpus shorter than enlarged 3rd segment (Fig. 8). This subgenus in the Nearctic Region includes the type-species fenestralis (Scopoli) and alternatus (Say). Sylvicola (Sylvicola) alternatus (Say) Rhyphus alternatus Say, 1823, J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 3: 27. Recorded by Stone (1965) from B.C., Conn., Fla., Ga., Idaho, Kans., Maine, Md., Mass., Mich., Mo., N.H., N.J., N.Y., N.C., Ohio, Ont., Oreg:,;.Pa::P:EA.; Que: R.1,S-@.,: Tex Val Wash; “WVia-, ame eee The following add new state records for Alabama, Minnesota, Tennessee, and Vermont. ALABAMA: | 2, Montgomery, June 1947, H. R. Dodge (USNM); 1 ¢, Montgomery, June 13, 1947, H. R. Dodge (USNM); 1 9, Montgomery, Dec. 8-12, 1946, rabbit viscera trap, G. E. Quinby (USNM). MINNESOTA: 12, Olmstead Co., (MU); 1 2, Wabasha, May 24, 1941, light trap, H. T. Peters (MU). TENNESSEE: | 2, Greenbriar, Great Smoky Mt. National Park, May 16, 1970, W. J. Cloyd (PC). VERMONT: 1 @, Laurel Lake, Jacksonville, Windham Co., June 8, 1973, in molasses trap, GKP (PC); 3 2, Laurel Lake, Jacksonville, Windham Co., May 23, 1976 HDP (PC). The following specimens from Georgia have been studied: | 3, Atlanta, Nov. 26, 1946, P. W. Fattig (UGa); 3 2, Athens, April 12-26, 1969, in malaise trap, R. and J. Mathews (UGa); 6 ¢, Bogart, March 7, 1973, A. Lavallee (UGa);, 2 9, Clark Co., 'GKP«(P@): 1 2, Upper Balls Desoto St. Park, April 28, 1973, GKP (PC). Hundreds of specimens, both in alcohol and mounted on points, were collected in molasses traps in Atlanta, during the cool months from October to June in the eight year period 1972-1979. None have been collected in July, August, and September. The peak collections of males and females in molasses traps (over 50 on March 29, 1974) were made on warm, sunny days with little breeze and temperatures in the range of 10°C to 25°C. No activity was observed when temperatures were below 10°C. One male was collected in Atlanta, March 2, 1975 ina fish-baited trap. Two males and one female were collected at Woodbury, New Jersey in a molasses trap, Feb. 29—March 2, 1976, GKP (PC). One male and one female were collected in a molasses trap at the Briedenthal Reservation, Douglas Co, Kansas, Nov. 4-18, 1977, G. W. Byers (PC). VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 91 Sylvicola (Sylvicola) fenestralis (Scopoli) Fig. 7 Tipula fenestralis Scopoli, 1761, Ent. Carn., p. 322. Recorded by Stone (1965) from Calif., Conn., Idaho, Maine, Mass., N.H.., me).. N.Y... .N-S., Obio,,Oreg.,’Pa., Que., R.I.,,.Wash., Eneland, China, Norway, Germany, and Sweden. The following represent the first collection records from Vermont. VERMONT: 5 2, Laurel Lake, Jacksonville, Wind- ham Co., June 8-12, 1973; 1 2°, Halifax Gorge, Windham Co, May 26, 1974, cru. Pratt, (PC). The drawing of the male terminalia (Fig. 7) was made from two males in the U.S. National Museum Collection with the following data: Ilwaco, Wash., Aug. 27, 1927, A. L. Melander; Was (probably the state of Wash- ington), J. M. Aldrich. Sylvicola subgenus Anisopus Meigen Anisopus Meigen, 1803, Mag. f. Insectenkunde 2: 264. Type-species, fuscus Meigen (designated by Coquillett, 1910: 507) =fuscatus (Fabricius), 1775. Cell M, pointed at base, m cross-vein connecting M,,» at base (Fig. 2); male terminalia with basal ring deeply concave ventrally; sternum 10 partial- ly divided at tip into narrow fingerlike lobes; clasper function assumed by filament of claspette (Stone, 1965) as shown in Figs. 3, 4, 5. Second segment of palpus longer than enlarged 3rd segment (Fig. 9). This subgenus includes in the Nearctic Region the type-species fuscatus (Fabricius), punctatus (Fabricius), and notialis Stone. At various times in the past, information on these flies has been published under the generic names Phryne Meigen, 1800; Anisopus Meigen, 1803; and Rhyphus Latreille, 1804. Sylvicola (Anisopus) fuscatus (Fabricius) Fig. 3 Tipula fuscatus Fabricius, 1775, Systema Entomologiae, p. 755. Recorded by Stone (1965) from Alaska, N.H., N.Y., N.C., Ont., and Wash. The following specimen constitutes a new state record. VERMONT: 1 2, Laurel Lake, Jacksonville, Windham Co., July 10, 1973, G. K. and H. D. Pratt, in molasses trap. The drawing of the male genitalia (Fig. 3) was made from a specimen in the U.S. National Museum from Fairbanks, Alas- ka, Aug. 21, 1945, C. E. Prince, #16. Sylvicola (Anisopus) notialis Stone Fig. 5 Sylvicola notialis Stone, 1965, Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 67 (3): 150-151. Holotype male from Dallas, Texas, in USNM. 92 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Recorded by Stone (1965) from Ark., Fla., La., Tex., and Va. The fol- lowing represent the first state records for Alabama, Georgia, and Kansas. ALABAMA: | 2, Florence, Oct. 1946, H. R. Dodge (PC); 1 2, Montgom- ery, Nov. 8-11, 1946, fly trap baited with feces, H. R. Dodge (USNM); 1 2, Montgomery, Dec. 8-12, 1946, G. E. Quinby, fly trap baited with rabbit viscera (USNM); 1 ¢6, Montgomery, Jan. 21, 1947 (PC); 2 2, Montgomery, June 23, 1947, H. R. Dodge (PC, USNM); 1 ¢d, Montgomery, June 13, 1947, H. R. Dodge (USNM). GEORGIA: 30 @, 6 ¢ from molasses traps, Atlanta, October to April 1972-1978 (none in warmer months) HDP (PC); | 2, mo- lasses trap, Big Creek at Old Lexington Road, Clarke Co., April-May 1973, GKP (PC); 1 6, Savannah, privy trap, Dec. 1953, J. W. Kilpatrick. KAN- SAS: 2 6,8 92, Breidenthal Reservation, Douglas Co., molasses trap, Nov. 4-18, 1977, G. W. Byers (PC); 1 2, New Orleans, LA, March 18, 1943, light trap, D. G. Denning (MU). Sylvicola (Anisopus) punctatus (Fabricius) Fig. 4 Rhagio punctatus Fabricius, 1787, Mantissa Insect. 2: 333. Rhyphus marginatus Say, 1823, J. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 3: 27 (Synonymy by Stone, 1965: 149). Recorded by Stone (1965) from Alta., Ill., Ind., Kans., Maine, Md., Mass., Mich... .Mo:.JN.B-, N:H., NJ. N.Y., Ont., Pa. Que. Roby Va., W.Va., Wis., England, France, Germany, and Sweden. The following add new state records from Georgia, Minnesota, and Ohio. GEORGIA: | 2, Ray’s Corner, Oconee Co., Jan. 25, 1972, on windowpane, GKP (PC). MINNESOTA: 1 2, Anoka Co., April 27, 1940, W. Connell, reared from cow dung (MU); 1 6, Anoka Co. (MU); 2 2, Anoka Co. (MU); 1 ¢, Coon Creek, April 25, 1936, A. B. Gurney, pupa skin attached, Emerged May 2, 1936 (MU); 5 ¢, Olmstead Co. (MU); 1 6, 1 2, Moose Lake, Carlton Co. (MU); 1 2, Washington Co., St. Anthony Park (MU); 50 2, 25 ¢, Wabasha, light trap, H. T. Peters, May to October, 1940 and 1941 (MU, PC). OHIO: 1 3d, Columbus, July 27, 1947, H. E. Milliron (MU). Additional specimens studied include: 2 2, Cold Spring Harbor, L. I., New York, June 15, 1921, S. H. Emerson (MU); 1 6, Ithaca, New York, at light, July 9, 1937, P. Babiy (CU); | ¢, London, Ontario, Canada, June 30, 1956, W. W. Judd (USNM); 1 3, Pa. State College, Pennsylvania, Oct. 15, 1956, S. W. Frost (USNM); 2 ¢,4 9, Laurel Lake, Jacksonville, Windham Co., Vermont, in molasses traps, May 23 to Sept. 19, 1975, HDP (PC); 2 6, 1 2, Woodbury, New Jersey, Feb. 29—March 2, 1976, GKP (PC). COLLECTING TECHNIQUES Many males and females of S. punctatus and one female of S. alternatus were collected in light traps at Wabasha, Minnesota. One S. notialis was VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 93 SPIRAGCLE ANTERIOR / 3 ANTENNA _ SPIRACLE DORSAL VENTRAL PERI ANAL SHIELD lO- LARVA Fig. 10. Sylvicola alternatus, pupa and larva. LR = labrum; MD = mandible; MX = max- illa, HYP = hypopharynx; LA = labium. collected in a light trap at New Orleans, Louisiana. Three females of S. alternatus were collected in malaise traps at Athens, Georgia. Standard CDC fly traps baited with dog manure or rabbit viscera caught male and female §. notialis at Florence and Montgomery, Alabama, while one baited with fish collected a male of S. alternatus at Atlanta, Georgia. Some spec- imens of the type-series of S. notialis were reared from cow manure at Panama City, Florida. One female of S. punctatus was reared from cow dung in Minnesota. Comstock (1947) reported collecting adults at sugar baits. The authors have developed a simple, new technique for trapping adult Sylvicola, hereafter called a ‘‘molasses trap.’’ This trap was previously used 94 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 11. Molasses trap. by Curt Dunn of the University of Georgia and John Bouseman of the Illinois Natural History Survey (personal communication) who “‘got the idea to try the traps from an article by A. B. Champlain and J. N. Knull (1932) and . an article by S. W. Frost and H. Dietrich (1929).’’ The molasses trap consists of a gallon plastic milk jug with half the sides cut away and the bottom portion holding about an inch of molasses diluted one part to four parts of water (Fig. 11). Females of all five Nearctic species of Sylvicola have been collected in the molasses traps: S$. alternatus and S. notialis in Atlanta and Athens, Georgia; and S. alternatus, S. fenestralis, S. fuscatus, and §. punctatus in Jacksonville, Vermont. Males of S$. alternatus were collected in molasses traps in Atlanta, Georgia and Woodbury, New Jersey; of §. notialis in Atlanta, Georgia; and of S. punctatus in Jacksonville, Ver- mont. These traps yielded | to 50 specimens a day in areas where routine sweeping with an insect net was unsuccessful in collecting a single speci- men. The largest collection from a molasses trap was made on March 29, 1974, at Atlanta, Georgia when at least 50 males and females S. alternatus were collected. BIOLOGY Alexander (1919, 1942) noted that the immature stages ‘‘occur in or near decaying organic matter as in manure and fermenting sap.’’ The best ac- | | VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 95 count of the life history of Sy/vicola known to the authors is that of Keilin and Tate (1940). They summarized previous accounts, studied all stages and described the eggs, larvae, and pupae of Anisopus, now Sylvicola, fenes- tralis and punctatus. Their account of the life history, larvae, and pupae is similar to that of a small series of S. alternatus reared in Atlanta, Georgia described below. Beginning March 11, 1974, live adults of S. alternatus taken from a mo- lasses trap were placed in water to remove the molasses and then transferred to paper toweling in glass jars. Some females laid masses of 12 to 40 eggs on apple wedges an inch or two long, sometimes within six hours after being collected. None of these egg masses laid on apple wedges above the water level hatched. On March 29, when the largest collection was made from the molasses trap, at least 20 adults were transferred to paper toweling. At 12:30 PM, one pair was observed mating in the jar, male and female facing in opposite directions in the fashion of Culex pipiens Linnaeus. They remained in copula for 40 minutes, until 1:10 PM in a room with temperature about 20°C. None of these eggs hatched, possibly because the eggs were not in contact with water. In another jar, females were introduced on April 5. Some of the apple wedges were left floating in water amid a mass of soft facial tissue. On May 4, small larvae were seen swimming in a serpentine manner. Subsequently larvae of three sizes were found and some were pre- served in alcohol or mounted on slides. The smallest larvae, which may be Stage II, averaged 6 mm; the middle sized larvae, which may be Stage III, averaged 9-10 mm; and the largest, possibly Stage IV, averaged 11-12 mm. The largest larvae migrated from the slimy apple wedges to drier parts of the facial tissue projecting above the water surface in the jar beginning May 5 and 6, and began to pupate May 9 and 10. Adults emerged five to six days later. A total of nine adults were successfully reared. Thus, at room tem- perature of about 20°C in Atlanta, Ga., the life cycle was completed in four to five weeks. LARVAL TAXONOMY The live larva of S. alternatus is mottled pinkish purple, with five anal gills, and conspicuous soft membrane between the body segments. The an- tennae are very short. The ventral surface of the head has short rows of very fine microsetae (no basal socket is present, as in true setae) as shown in the drawing in Keilin and Tate (1940) or James (1948). The larva has a “transparent shield-shaped area on the eighth abdominal segment’’ labeled an. s. in figs. 17, 31, and 32 of Keilin and Tate (1940), which is also illus- trated in Smith and Taylor (1966) and Zumpt (1965). This structure is labeled “perianal shield’ in Fig. 10, following the terminology of James (1948). The 96 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON perianal shield and the five fleshy lobes at the tip of the body may furnish useful taxonomic characters for separating Sy/vicola larvae from those of most other Nematocera. The larva of §. alternatus closely resembles those of S. fenestralis and S. punctatus described and illustrated in detail by Keilin and Tate (1940). The full-grown larva is 11 to 12 mm long, with a small, well-sclerotized head, three thoracic segments, and eight, similar abdominal segments, and two narrow, tapering terminal segments. There are broad bands of inter- segmental membrane connecting the head, thoracic, and first eight abdom- inal segments so that the larva appears to have 25 segments as shown in Fig. 10. The head is not as wide as the thoracic segments. It has a broadly V-shaped, dark, posterior margin with two toothlike thickenings ventrally not shown in Keilin and Tate’s fig. 16 illustration of the head of S. fenes- tralis. The antenna is short, about as long as wide, and bears two sensory pores. *“The presence of two bell-shaped sensory vesicles (on the antenna) is a curious character which appears to be unique amongst dipterous lar- vae.’’ (Keilin and Tate, 1940, p. 47). Each mandible is two-segmented, the outer segment with two curved teeth and tufts of curved hairs apically, and the basal segment with a conspicuous curved tooth on the inner margin. The three thoracic segments are pinkish purple with two large, circular, lighter areas on the ventral side of each segment. The respiratory system is amphipneustic. Each anterior spiracle has three openings. The two bean- shaped posterior spiracles have about two dozen (23 to 26) tiny openings and are located at the tip of the body between five fleshy lobes. Two tracheal trunks extend anteriorly internally from the spiracles to about the seventh segment, but are less evident further forward. The first eight abdominal segments are similar, but the last two segments are smaller and taper mark- edly. There is a translucent, shield-shaped saddle partially encircling the eighth segment, which is labeled perianal shield in Fig. 10. DESCRIPTION OF THE PUPA The pupa is about 8 mm long. The wing sheaths enclose the three pairs of leg sheaths. The respiratory horns, or spiracle, appear hemispheric and have narrow bandlike opening across the middle. The abdomen has ten segments. The second to seventh abdominal segments are similar. Each has a ring of small denticles of various sizes near the posterior border and several larger spiniform setae, and six larger spiniform setae, two on each side and two near the midventral surface. The eighth segment has a single row of eight denticles flanked by two spiniform setae and two stout spines on each side. The tenth segment has two terminal spines and a definite concavity between them. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 97 ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The authors gratefully acknowledge the generous loan of specimens and helpful advice on many aspects of the article from the following: C. P. Alexander, Amherst, Massachusetts; R. J. Gagné, G. C. Steyskal, Alan Stone (retired), and F. C. Thompson of the Systematic Entomology Labo- ratory, USDA, Washington, D.C.; L. L. Pechuman of Cornell University, Ithaca, New York; P. J. Clausen of the University of Minnesota, St. Paul: G. W. Byers of the University of Kansas, Lawrence; and W. T. Atyeo of the University of Georgia, Athens. LITERATURE CITED Abdul-Nasr, S. E. 1950. Structure and development of the reproductive system of some species of Nematocera. Philos. Trans. R. Soc. Lond. (B) 234: 339-396. Alexander, C. P. 1919. The crane-flies of New York. Part I. Distribution and taxonomy of the adult flies. N.Y. (Cornell) Agric. Exp. Stn. Mem. 25: 763-993, 12 figs., 31 pls. —. 1942. Guide of the insects of Connecticut. Part VI. The Diptera or true flies of Connecticut. First fascicle. Family Anisopodidae. Conn. State Geol. and Nat. Hist. Survey Bull. 64: 192-196, fig. 21. ——.. 1965. In: Stone, A. et al. A catalog the Diptera of America north of Mexico. Family Anisopodidae. U.S. Dept. of Agric., Agric. Handb. 276, p. 190. Baerg, W. J. 1918. Key to the eastern species of Rhyphus. Entomol. News 29: 354. Champlain, A. B. and J. N. Knull. 1932. Fermenting baits for trapping Elateridae and Cer- ambycidae (Coleoptera). Entomol. News 43: 253-257. Cole, F. R. 1927. A study of the terminal abdominal structure of male Diptera. Proc. Calif. Acad. Sci. (4) 16: 397-499, 287 figs. Comstock, J. H. 1947. An introduction to entomology. Comstock Publishing Co., Ithaca, N.Y. 9th Ed. 1064 pp. 1228 figs. Coquillett, D. W. 1910. The type-species of the North American genera of Diptera. Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 37: 499-647. Edwards, F. W. 1923. Notes on the Dipterous Family Anisopodidae. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (9) 12: 475-493, illus. . 1928. Diptera. Family Protorhyphidae, Anisopodidae, Pachyneuridae, Trichoceridae. Fasc. 190, 40 pp., 2 pls. Jn: Wytsman, P., ed., Genera insectorum, (q. v.), Bruxelles, Belgium. Freeman, P. 1950. Family Anisopodidae. Diptera: Nematocera. Handbook for identification of British insects. [X(2): 70-72, figs. 42-47. Frost, S. W. and H. Dietrich. 1929. Coleoptera taken from bait traps. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 22: 427-437. Hickin, N. E. 1974. Household Insect Pests. Associated Business Programmes, London, England. 176 pp. James, M. T. 1948. The flies that cause myiasis in man. U.S. Dep. Agric. Misc. Publ. (1947) 631: 1-175, 98 figs. Keilin, D. and P. Tate. 1940. The early stages of the families Trichoceridae and Anisopodidae (=Rhyphidae) (Diptera: Nematocera). Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 90: 39-62. Lindner, E. 1930. la. Phryneidae (Anisopodidae, Rhyphidae). /n: Lindner, E., ed., Die Flie- gen der palaearktischen Region (q. v.), Stuttgart, Germany. pp. I-10. 98 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Morris. R. F. 1968. A case of urinogenital myiasis caused by larvae of Anisopus fenestralis (Diptera: Anisopodidae). Can. Entomol. 100: 557. Smart, J. 1956. Handbook for the identification of insects of medical importance. British Mus. (Nat. Hist)., London, 303 pp. Smith, K. G. V. and Taylor, E. 1966. Anisopus larvae (Diptera) in case of intestinal and urogenital myiasis. Nature, London 210: 852. Stone, A. 1965. Notes of Nearctic Sylvicola species. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 67: 149-151. Zumpt, F. 1965. Myiasis in man and animals in the Old World. Butterworths, London. 267 pp. NOTICE OF A NEW PUBLICATION Taxonomic Studies on Fruit Flies of the Genus Urophora (Diptera: Tephritidae) GEORGE C. STEYSKAL Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, Washington, D.C. A key to the world genera of Myopitinae is given, and separate keys to species of the genus Urophora of the Palaearctic Region and of the Americas are included. For the Palaearctic Region, 57 species are included in the key; new synonymy is given for two species; and a lectotype is designated for one species. For the Americas, 40 species, including 20 new species, are in- cluded in the key; descriptions are given for the new species; and new syn- onymy is given for two species. Separate lists of the plant genera used as hosts by Urophora species of the two regions are given. There is an index to the genera of insects and host plants and to the species of Urophora discussed. This publication is available for $2.00 and can be ordered from the Custo- dian, Entomological Society of Washington, % Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 99-107 NOTES OF AMERICAN ARADINAE (HEMIPTERA: ARADIDAE) NICHOLAS A. KORMILEV Research Associate in Entomology, Bernice P. Bishop Museum, Hono- lulu, Hawaii 96818; mailing address: 8405 89th Street, Woodhaven, New York 11421. Abstract.—Five new taxa are proposed: Aradiolus chemsaki, n.sp. (Mex- ico); Aradus granuliger, n.sp. (Mexico); A. testaceus, n.sp. (Mexico); A. brevicornis, n.sp. (California); and A. occidentalis, n.sp. (Washington). The female of Aradiolus paradoxus Kormilev is described, and the position of the genus Aradiolus Kormilev is discussed. By the kind offices of Dr. John A. Chemsak, University of California, Berkeley, I had the privilege of studying the Aradidae under his care, for which I express my sincere gratitude. Until a few years ago, the subfamily Aradinae had a single, worldwide genus, Aradus Fabricius, with about 200 species. Most of these species are distributed in the temperate and colder areas of the Palaearctic and Nearctic Regions. In the tropical and subtropical areas of the Neotropical, Oriental, Australian, and Ethiopian Regions the number of species is greatly reduced, and, with exception of a few species, they are represented only by the “lugubris group’’ which are very good flyers. Some species of Aradus show more or less developed brachypterism and some stenopterism, but real apterous species are not known. In 1967 I had the privilege of studying aradid collections at the Los An- geles County Museum of Natural History. Among other specimens of ar- adids, I found a fully developed male of an apterous species which had all characteristics of an Aradus, but the wings. Besides, this specimen had curious projections on the lateral sides of pro-, meso-, and metanotum, similar to those of the genus Tretocoris Usinger and Matsuda, (Chinamyer- sinae). As the characters of Aradus prevailed, I put it into the Aradinae, and named it Aradiolus Kormilev. All measurements in this paper were taken with micromillimeter eyepiece, 25 units = 1 mm. In ratios, the first figure represents the length and the second the width of measured portion. 100 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Genus Aradiolus Kormilev Aradiolus Kormilev, 1967: 2. This genus was established for a single male from Mexico, Oaxaca. It has a curious mixture of characters from two different subfamilies, Aradinae and Chinamyersinae. The ventral side of the body and genital segments are similar to Aradus, but the head, though of general Aradus shape, has dis- tinct preocular tubercles as in Tretocoris Usinger and Matsuda, and the pro-, meso-, and metanotum are of the Tretocoris type. The labium is placed into a labial groove as in Aradus, and the metathoracic scent gland openings are not visible, probably concealed in the sockets of the hind coxae. The trochanters are fused with the femora as in Aradus, and the male genitalia are open from above us in Aradus. Taking into consideration all these characters, I put this genus into the Aradinae. Aradiolus paradoxus Kormilev Fig. 1 Aradiolus paradoxus Kormilev, 1967: 4. Female.—Ovate, much larger than male and more rounded laterally. Ter- gum VIII subtrapezoidal, with round hole in middle; genital lobes short and not contiguous. Measurements: Head 48:43, relative length of antennal segments I to IV are: 11:39:24:10; pronotum 15:67; mesonotum width 90; metanotum width 100; abdomen 158:135 across segment IV; width of tergum VIII 52. Total length, 10.12 mm; width of pronotum 2.68 mm; width of abodmen 5.40 mm. Color: Red-brown, partially infuscate. Allotype 2, Mexico, Oaxaca, La Ventana, 8 mi N; 20. VII.1963; J. Doyen leg; deposited at UCB-AES. Two ¢ and 6 nymphs, same locality and date. At the same collection and collection of the author. Aradiolus chemsaki Kormilev, NEW SPECIES Figs. 2-3 Male.—Elongate ovate; anterior process of head and antennal segments Il and III covered with short, encrusted hairs, much shorter than in A. paradoxus Kormilev. Head: Shorter than its width across eyes (37:55); anterior process rounded anteriorly, reaching basal '4 of antennal segment II; antenniferous tubercles acute, slightly diverging; eyes globose and slightly pedunculate, placed near hind border of head; between eyes and antenniferous tubercles are placed 2 (1 + 1) strong, acute teeth; vertex with V-shaped rows of gran- ules, depressed laterad of them. Antennae 1.63 as long as width of head across eyes; antennal segment I tapering toward base; II cylindrical, but a Se eo eS VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 101 Fig. 1, Aradiolus paradoxus. Figs. 2-3, A. chemsaki. Figs. 4-6, Aradus granuliger. Fig. 7, A. testaceus. Fig. 8, A. brevicornis. Fig. 9, A. occidentalis. 1-2, Tip of female abdomen from above. 3, Left exterior border of female pro-, meso-, and metanotum. 4, Tip of male abdomen from above. 5, Left half of male pronotum and scutellum. 6, Left half of female pronotum and scutellum. 7—9, Pronotum and scutellum of males. encrusted hairs make it look fusiform; III cylindrical; IV obovate; relative lengths of antennal segments I to IV are: 9:22:17:9. Labium arising from open labial atrium, produced beyond front border of mesosternum; labial groove distinct, open posteriorly. 102 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Pronotum: Short and wide (11:45); collar thin, fused with disc; antero- lateral borders finely denticulate, then with 2 bigger blunt teeth, strongly diverging; posterolateral borders slightly sinuate, then convex; hind border slightly convex; disc with V-shaped semiobliterated ridges, flanked by 2 (1 + 1) triangular, calloused spots, and further laterad by 2 (1 + 1) semiobliter- ated ridges. Pronotum separated from mesonotum by a deep transverse sulcus. Mesonotum: Short and wide (6:53); middle of mesonotum occupied by cordate median plate, depressed medially. Lateral borders produced into 2 (1 + 1) triangular processes, incised on top. Hind border produced back- ward medially and separated from metanotum by sulcus. Metanotum: Short and wide (4:57), semifused with tergum I posteriorly; lateral borders with similar triangular processes, but slightly larger. Abdomen: Ovate, longer than its maximum width across segment IV (85:75). Tergum I narrower than tergum II and semifused with the latter, which is placed on lower level. Central dorsal plate consisting of terga III to VI, completely fused medially, but separated laterally. Disc is raised medially; median ridge is higher on terga III and VI; laterad of median ridge with 4 (2 + 2) rows of large, round, calloused spots and further laterad with 2(1 + 1) rows of smaller, round spots. Central dorsal plate fused with con- nexivum laterally, the latter placed at a lower level. Front border of central dorsal plate straight and hind border roundly cut out medially in both sexes. Lateral borders of connexiva II to IV granulate, denticulate on V to VII. Tergum VII with arcuate front border and deeply sinuate hind border. Hy- popygium open from above like in Aradus; genital lobes large, flat, contig- uous at their front borders and with a tooth in middle of posterolateral border. Spiracles II to VII ventral, placed far from margin and nearer to front border, lateral and visible from above on genital lobes. Legs: Trochanters fused with femora; the latter fusiform, with dense setigerous granulation; setae very short. Tibiae cylindrical; fore tibiae with a small comb, flanked by 2 (1 + 1) stiff setae, subapically. Tarsi biseg- mented, without arolia. Female.—Similar to male, but larger and more ovate. Genital segment similar to Aradus and pushed to ventral side, covered from above by tergum VIII and lobes. Tergum VIII flat, covex anteriorly and truncate posteriorly; lobes large, contiguous anteriorly and gaping posteriorly; their exterior bor- ders cut out, forming teeth. Color: Dark brown. Measurements: Head 40:37; relative length of antennal segments I to IV are: 10:25:18:10.5; pronotum 12:51; mesonotum 15:65; metanotum 6:67; ab- domen 110:100; width of tergum VIII across lobes 42. Total length: ¢— 6.00, 2—7.60 mm; width of pronotum: ¢—1.80, 2—2.04 mm; width of abdomen: 6—3.00, 2—4.00 mm. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 103 Types.—Holotype, 6, Mexico, San Cristobal, 35 mi E of Chiapas; 26. VII. 1957; J. A. Chemsak and B. J. Rannels leg.; deposited at UCB-AES. Allotype, 2, same locality and collectors, 23.VII.1957; same collection. Remarks.—It is a pleasure to dedicate this curious species to Dr. John A. Chemsak who collected it. Aradiolus chemsaki is much smaller than A. paradoxus, the encrusted bristles on antennal segments II and III are shorter: and the triangular pro- cesses on the lateral borders of the pro-, meso-, and metanotum are smaller and incised apically. Genital segments in males are similar, but in the fe- males different (see drawings). Genus Aradus Fabricius Aradus Fabricius, 1803: 116. Aradus granuliger Kormiley, NEW SPECIES Figs. 4-6 Male.—Elongate subtriangular; head, pronotum, corium, tergum, ster- num, and venter densely covered with scalelike granulation. Stenopterous. Head: Longer than its width across eyes (45:37). Anterior process long, with parallel sides, covered with dense, erect, encrusted bristles, reaching basal 4 of antennal segment II; antenniferous tubercles acute, reaching 4 of antennal segment I, their lateral teeth distinct; preocular teeth also dis- tinct, acute; postocular teeth long, subacute and diverging. Eyes reniform and slightly pedunculate. Vertex with a deep, semicircular depression. An- tennae thicker than fore femora (7:5); antennal segment I cylindrical, round- ed at base; II slightly tapering toward base; III cylindrical; IV fusiform; rela- tive length of antennal segments I to IV are: 10:35:25:13. Labium reaching apical 4 of mesosternum. Pronotum: Much shorter than wide (20:61); anterior angles cylindrical, directed sideways; lateral borders semicircular, crenulate. Carinae partially concealed by dense granulation; inner carinae parallel, not reaching hind border of disc, flanked by 2 (1 + 1) curved, black callosities; other carinae semiobliterated. Scutellum: Subpentagonal, longer than its basal width (32:25), flattened on disc and raised at lateral borders. Hemelytra: Stenopterous, reaching genital lobes; corium expanded and rounded at base, then much narrowed, reaching 2 of connexivum IV. Mem- brane narrow at base, enlarged and rounded apically; veins of membrane parallel. Abdomen: Subtrapezoidal, longer than its maximum width across seg- ment V (100:96). Lateral borders diverging from II to V, forming right angle at VI and rounded at VII; posteroexterior angles progressively protruding, 104 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON rounded at V to VII. Genital lobes large, cut out apically, contiguous an- teriorly, then diverging. Female.—Ovate, much larger than male. Hemelytra with abbreviated membrane, reaching 2 of tergum VI. Lateral borders of pronotum with | tooth anteriorly and with 5 progressively diminishing teeth laterally. Discs of connexiva more depressed than in male; exterior borders of connexiva straight from II to V, slightly sinuate on VI and VII. Tergum VIII subtrian- gular, disc depressed, genital lobes small, subtriangular, cut out postero- laterally, separated from each other. Color: Brown to red-brown, but granulation is ocher: femora sub- apically and tibiae with base and two rings pale. Tergum of 2 reddish me- dially. Measurements: Head 50:43; relative length of antennal segments I to II (III and IV are missing) are: 12:38:—:—; pronotum 32:90; scutellum 42:30; abdomen 148:135. Total length: 6—7.88, 2—10.20 mm; width of pronotum: 6—2.44, 2—3.60 mm; width of abdomen: d—3.84, 2—5.40 mm. Types.—Holotype, ¢, Mexico, 20 mi N of El Lemon, 10.XI.1946; E. C. Van Dyke leg.; deposited at UCB-AES. Allotype, 2, Mexico, Tomazun- chale, 6.1.1941; G. E. Bohart leg.; same collection. Remarks.—Aradus granuliger runs in Parshley’s key to North American Aradus species (1921: 23) to A. fuscomaculatus Stal but is larger, the an- tenniferous tubercles have distinct lateral teeth, the postocular area is den- tiform, antennal segment II is much longer than the distance between the eyes (35:25), and the labium is shorter, reaching the apical one-fourth of the mesosternum. Aradus testaceus Kormilev, NEW SPECIES Fig. 7 Male.—Elongate ovate; basolateral borders of hemelytra only slightly ex- panded, slightly wider than pronotum (50:47). Head: Longer than its width across eyes (27:23.5); anterior process with parallel sides, rounded anteriorly, reaching 2 of antennal segment II; an- tenniferous tubercles acute, without lateral tooth, reaching 34 of antennal segment I. Eyes subglobose, but not pedunculated; preocular teeth small, but distinct; postocular teeth also small. Vertex very finely granulate. An- tennae thin, longer than head (34.5:27); antennal segment I cylindrical, rounded at base; II subcylindrical, slightly enlarged apically, III sybcylindri- cal, tapering toward base; IV fusiform; relative length of antennal segments I to IV are: 4:14.5:8:8. Labium reaching front border of fore coxae. Pronotum: Shorter than its maximum width (20:47): collar raised and granulate; lateral borders denticulate, almost straight anteriorly, then evenly rounded; hind border sinuate. All carinae parallel on hind disc, inner and VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 105 middle carinae converging on fore disc; the latter strongly raised; interlobal depression deep; hind disc raising backward. Scutellum: Triangular, longer than its basal width (25:21); disc de- pressed at base, then transversely raised, depressed again on apical °/.; lateral borders raised. Hemelytra: Reaching apex of genital lobes; corium produced beyond front border of connexivum VI; its basolateral border moderately expanded; some veins granulate. Abdomen: Ovate, slightly narrower than pronotum (46:47); lateral bor- ders rounded; posteroexterior angles of connexiva barely protruding. Ster- num VI *% as long as sternum VII medially. Genital lobes evenly rounded posteriorly, contiguous. Color: Testaceous, partially pale yellow; antennal segment I and tips of II and III whitish; IV infuscate. Pronotum paler at expanded borders and between carinae; lateral borders of scutellum white at middle; basolateral expansions of corium yellow; membrane white mottled with brown: femora whitish at base and on lower side; tibiae yellow apically. Measurements: Total length 5.30 mm; width of pronotum 1.88 mm; width of abdomen 1.84 mm. Type.—Holotype, 56, Mexico, D.F., 15 mi S of Guarda; 14.X1I.1946; E. S. Ross leg. Deposited at UCB-AES. Remarks.—A. festaceus runs in Parshley’s (1921) key to A. persimilis Van Duzee, but differs by the following: Smaller size; lateral teeth absent; antennae shorter than head and pronotum together (34.5:47); and antennal segment II as long as distance between eyes. Aradus brevicornis Kormilev, NEW SPECIES Fig. 8 Male.—Elongate ovate; antennae very short, only 1.17 as long as width of head across eyes. Stenopterous. Head: Slightly shorter than its width across eyes (21:23); anterior pro- cess with parallel sides, rounded anteriorly, reaching basal “4 of antennal segment II; antenniferous tubercles short, acute; lateral teeth absent. Eyes globose, subpedunculate; preocular tubercles small and blunt; postocular tubercles absent. Vertex 2(1 + 1) deeply depressed, depressions connected posteriorly. Antennae strong; antennal segment I cylindrical, rounded at base; II and III clavate; IV fusiform. Labium reaching 2 of prosternum. Pronotum: Three Xx shorter than its maximum width (12:35); front bor- der sinuate, collar obsolete; anterior angles rounded and produced forward; lateral borders straight, then evenly rounded, maximum width of pronotum behind middle; hind border deeply sinuate. Inner carinae distinct, others somewhat obsolete. 106 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Scutellum: Triangular, flat, longer than its basal width (20:15); lateral borders slightly reflexed, apex rounded; disc flat, granulate. Hemelytra: Reaching front border of genital lobes; corium roundly ex- panded and reflexed at base, wider than pronotum, reaching beyond front border of connexivum V. Membrane narrow at basal %4, then roundly ex- panded. Abdomen: Ovate, longer than its maximum width across segment V (57:50); lateral borders parallel at III, then roundly expanded, becoming arcuate. Posteroexterior angles of connexiva II to V not protruding; VI protruding; VII angularly rounded; genital lobes rounded posteriorly, their inner margins straight and contiguous. Sternum VI % as long as VII medi- ally. Color: Brown; base of head with transverse yellow streak; posterior border of tergum III orange red; labium and legs yellow brown. Measurements: Total length 4.40 mm; width of pronotum 1.40 mm; width of abdomen 2.00 mm. Type.—Holotype, ¢, U.S.A., California, Peaceful Valley, 26. VIII; Cor- keul leg.; deposited at UCB-AES. Remarks.—A. brevicornis runs in Parshley’s key to A. borealis Heide- mann but differs by the following: Much shorter antennae; antennal segment II half as long as distance between eyes; much shorter labium reaching half of prosternum; and different coloration. Aradus occidentalis Kormilev, NEW SPECIES Fig. 9 Male.—Elongate, with parallel sides; lateral borders of pronotum very finely granulate. Head: Longer than its width across eyes (25:23); anterior process with parallel sides, reaching basal '/; of antennal segment II; antenniferous tu- bercles acute, reaching 2 of antennal segment I; lateral tooth absent; pre- ocular teeth blunt; postocular teeth absent. Eyes globose. Vertex with 2 (1 + 1) deep depressions and with curved white line behind them. Antennae stout, slightly thicker than front femora; antennal segment I cylindrical, rounded at base; II cylindrical, attenuated at base; III slightly depressed; IV fusiform; relative lengths of antennal segments I to IV are: 6:21:11.5:9. Labium slightly produced beyond front border of mesosternum. Pronotum: Less than 2 as long as its maximum width (20:42); anterior angles not protruding; lateral borders slightly sinuate, then evenly arcuate; hind border sinuate medially. Fore disc with 2 (1 + 1) curved calloused spots; hind disc transversely rugose between carinae; inner and middle ca- rinae parallel between themselves. Scutellum: Triangular, longer than its basal width (27:17); lateral borders VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 107 high, parallel at base, then straight and converging; apex narrowly rounded. Disc raised at base, then depressed and transversely rugose. Hemelytra: Reaching apex of genital lobes. Corium reaching beyond front border of connexivum VI; all veins raised. Abdomen: Longer than wide (50:48); lateral borders parallel, then rounded; posteroexterior angles of connexiva not protruding, PE-VII acute. Sternum VI slightly shorter than VII. Genital lobes contiguous, forming round hole in middle. Color: Black; antennal segment III white, legs brown, membrane black. Measurements: Total length 4.96 mm; width of pronotum 1.68 mm; width of abdomen 1.92 mm. Type.—Holotype, 6, U.S.A., Washington, Puyallup, 17.V.1934; Wm. W. Baker leg.; deposited at UCB-AES. Remarks.—Aradus occidentalis is related to A. penningtoni Drake from South America and is similar to it, but it may be separated by: Antennal segment II cylindrical (depressed in A. penningtoni); and antennae rela- tively longer, 2x as long as width of head across eyes (1.55 in A. pen- ningtoni). LITERATURE CITED Fabricius, J. C. 1803. Systema Rhyngotorum. Brunsvigae, 314 pp. Kormilev, N. A. 1967. A new apterous genus and species of Aradinae from Mexico (Hemip- tera-Heteroptera, Aradidae). Los Ang. Cty. Mus. Contrib. Sci. 122: 1-4. Parshley, H. M. 1921. Essay on the American species of Aradus (Hemiptera). Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 47: 1-106. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 108-116 A NEW SPECIES OF MIDGE OF THE GENUS FORCIPOMYIA MEIGEN (DIPTERA: CERATOPOGONIDAE) FROM NORTH AMERICA! PAUL G. BYSTRAK AND DONALD H. MESSERSMITH Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park, Mary- land 20742. Abstract.—A new species of biting midge, Forcipomyia pinicola, n.sp., was discovered under the bark of dead trees. Records of this species indicate it is found throughout the eastern United States and Canada. It is most closely related to the widespread F. bipunctata (Linnaeus). While collecting immature ceratopogonids the following new species was obtained from the bark of dead trees. For an explanation of adult terminol- ogy see Wirth and Messersmith (1971); for immature terminology see Saun- ders (1924). Measurements were obtained in the manner proposed by Chan and LeRoux (1965). All proportions are actual measurements expressed in microns. We thank Dr. Willis W. Wirth of the Systematic Entomology Laboratory, U.S.D.A., for his advice on the taxonomic status of this species and for providing additional specimens from the collection of the National Museum of Natural History (USNM). We also thank William L. Grogan of Salisbury State College, Salisbury, Maryland for critically reviewing this manuscript and making many helpful suggestions. All specimens are mounted in phenol-balsam on microscope slides after the manner of Wirth and Marston (1968). Types of this new species will be deposited in the USNM:;: paratypes will be deposited in the Canadian Na- tional Collection (CNC), Ottawa; British Museum (Natural History), Lon- don; Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville; and California Academy of Sciences (CAS), San Francisco. ' Scientific Article No. A2586, Contribution No. 5625 of the Maryland Agricultural Experi- ment Station, Department of Entomology, University of Maryland. VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 109 Forcipomyia (Forcipomyia) pinicola Bystrak and Messersmith, NEW SPECIES Figs. 1-3 Diagnosis.—A medium sized Forcipomyia (Forcipomyia) most closely related to F. bipunctata (L.) but differing from that species by the following combination of characters: Female with wing unadorned; lanceolate scales on all tibiae; male genitalia with narrow, deep, caudomedian notch on 9th sternum; pupa with long dorsal abdominal processes; larva with branched t, u, and y hairs on head. Egg.—Shaped as illustrated (Fig. If). Larva.—Length (4th instar) 3.9 mm. Body a milky, nearly transparent color; except for sclerotized head. Antenna 2-segmented, short and clear; p hair narrow hastate, q hair half hastate; both about same length as an- tenna, f, uv, and y hairs branched (Fig. Ic). Prothoracic pseudopod biramous (Fig. le), split for nearly entire length; with 5 medioventral, sclerotized hooks on each side. Body segments (Fig. Id) with a hairs about as long as p hairs of head, broadly hastate in shape, completely clear and with blade as long as stem; b hairs over twice length a hairs, densely setose; the d about as long as a and the c about 1'2x as long as the a. Caudum (Fig. 1g) small, anal blood gills short and blunt, appearing slightly bifid. Anal pseu- dopod with double row of sclerotized hooks, 8 smaller anterior and 8 larger posterior ones. Pupa.—Retains larval exuviae. Thorax (Fig. la) with 3 pairs of cuticular spines, and a pair of posterior rounded tubercles. The anterior pair bear a short terminal seta and are setose. Prothoracic horn (Fig. 1b) small, with 16-17 lateral spiracular papillae and a reticulated dorsal surface. Abdominal segments 2—4 with slight lateral spines and large, setose dorsal processes; remainder of abdomen bare. Terminal processes appressed in male. Female.—Wing length 1.1 (0.97-1.2, n = 11) mm; width 0.45 (0.42-0.48, n = 11) mm. Antennal length 0.64 (0.59-0.67, n = 10) mm. Head: Brown, with coarse decumbent setae. Eyes black, contiguous. Frontal sclerite indistinct, pointed medially. Mouth parts brown, with lighter medial band. No mandibular teeth visible, labrum with stiff bristles along lateral edges and at tip. Palpus (Fig. 2a) yellow brown, 3rd segment swollen basally, bearing a large (12 w avg. diameter), deep, round sclerotized pit containing about 17 capitate sensilla. Palpal ratio 2.33 (2.00—2.64, n = 10); 4th and Sth segments about equal and appearing fused; palpal proportions 25-40-79-36. Antenna (Fig. 2f) yellow brown, with short, sparse verticils; basal 8 flagellomeres stout vasiform, with 2 large trichoid tubelike sensilla and a varying number of trichoid and trichoid hornlike sensilla; distal 5 flagellomeres each only slightly longer than basal 8, without trichoid tubelike sensilla but with more numerous trichoid sensilla; apical papilla bearing 2 110 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON UytiAl, 134 4 Fig. 1. Forcipomyia pinicola, immature stages. a, Pupa. b, Pupal prothoracic horn. c, Larval head. d, Larval body segment. e, Prothorax of larvae. f, Egg. g, Larval caudum. small sensilla; antennal proportions 52-43-45-45-47-43-43-43-49-49-52-49-79; antennal ratio 0.77 (0.74-0.82, n = 10). Thorax: Brown, except for dorsal part of pleura, which is yellow. Legs light brown, with coarse brown setae, hind tibial comb (Fig. 2b) with 7 stout setae and a setose tibial spur; all tibia bear lanceolate scales (Fig. 2c), with 2 on each fore tibia, 3 on each mid tibia, and 4 or 5 on each hind tibia, these scales averaging 25 yw in length; prothoracic tarsal ratio 1.31 (1.20-1.44, n =11), mesothoracic tarsal ratio 1.06 (0.97-1.13, n = 11), metathoracic tar- sal ratio 1.03 (0.95-1.18, n = 11); claws (Fig. 2i) equal, simple, strongly curved. Wing (Fig. 2e) unadorned, densely covered with dark, decumbent VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 111 Fig. 2. Forcipomyia pinicola, female. a, Palpus. b, Hind tibial comb. c, Tibial scales. d, Wing radial cells. e, Wing. f, Antenna. g, Spermathecae. h, Terminal sternites. i, Tarsal claws. 112 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON SSS == MIN SSS NRTA Fig. 3. Forcipomyia pinicola, male. a, Palpus. b, Antenna. c, Genitalia. d, Wing radial cells. e, Wing. macrotrichia; macrotrichia of radial area suberect and darker; Ist radial cell obliterated, 2nd small (Fig. 2d); costal ratio 0.48 (0.44—-0.50, n = 11). Halter translucent. Abdomen: Golden brown, with dense covering of brown setae; pleura yellow, dorsal glands present. Two equal or slightly subequal, weakly scler- otized, ellipsoid spermathecae (Fig. 2g); averaging 101 x 54 w and 90 x 49 VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 113 ww. Caudal edge of 8th sternum (Fig. 2h) with deep V-shaped concavity; 9th sternum darkly sclerotized and rounded; 10th sternum with | pair of large terminal setae; cerci yellow. Male.—Wing length 1.2 (1.1-1.3, n = 10) mm; width 0.40 (0.39-0.42, n = 10) mm. Antennal length 0.82 (0.74-0.89, n = 10) mm. Head: Brown, with coarse setae on vertex. Eyes black. Palpus (Fig. 3a) light brown; 3rd segment swollen, with deep, round sclerotized pit contain- ing 7-9 capitate sensilla; palpal ratio 2.76 (2.58-3.08, n = 10): palpal pro- portions 27-43-81-38-36. Antenna (Fig. 3b) light brown, with light brown plume reaching to base of 15th segment; basal flagellomeres subspherical, narrower distally, the 5th to 8th fused together; distal 4 flagellomeres elon- gate; the 11th with scattered coarse setae; the 12th with a single coarse seta and numerous trichoid sensilla; the 13th with numerous trichoid and trichoid tubelike sensilla and a bifid apical papilla lacking verticils; antennal propor- tions 72-45-43-40-36-38-38-45-45-157-92-67-115; antennal ratio 1.1 (0.98-1.1, n =10). Thorax: As in female, with usual differences. Legs without scales. Claws bifid. Prothoracic tarsal ratio 1.10 (1.00—1.24, n = 9); mesothoracic tarsal ratio 0.87 (0.81—0.94, n = 10); metathoracic tarsal ratio 0.91 (0.86— 0.98, n =10). Macrotrichia of wing shorter, lighter and less dense than those of female. First radial cell obliterated, 2nd nearly closed (Fig. 3d). Costal ratio 0.40 (0.39-0.42, n = 10). Abdomen: Colored as in female. Genitalia as in Fig. 3c, 9th sternum small, bowl shaped, with a narrow, deep, caudomedian notch; caudal edge apparently hyaline. Ninth tergum elongate, with sclerotized caudal edge and bearing a clear flap with a dorsolateral seta on each side. Parameres slender and long, arising from widely separated bases. Aedeagus large and indis- tinct; with a sclerotized base and basal flanges; distal portion with cleft tip. Distribution.—Eastern North America, Quebec to Florida. Types.—Holotype, ¢, allotype, 2, collected on the Fisher property, Brock Bridge Road, Laurel, Anne Arundel County, Maryland; USNM Type no. 72226; collected from a dead shortleaf pine as larvae on 24 March 1973. Topoparatypes 5 larvae, 5 pupae, 5 d, 10 2. Paratypes (collected by senior author unless otherwise noted) 58 2°, 54 ¢ as follows. CONNECTICUT: Tolland Co., Storrs, July 1953, F. B. Lewis, 1 2. FLORIDA: Alachua Co., Gainesville, Chantilly Acres, 19 April 1967, F. S. Blanton, | 2°; Indian River Co., Fellsmere, 17 March 1956, no collector listed, 4 ¢, 4 2; Liberty Co., Torreya St. Pk., 22 April 1967, W. W. Wirth, 1 do, 1 2. MARYLAND: Anne Arundel Co., Odenton, 26 Oct. 1969, 1 d, 1 2 reared; 2 Nov. 1969, 2 6,3 2 reared; 29 Nov. 1969, 2 6, 4 2 reared; 30 Nov. 1969, 5 6,3 9 reared; 18 Jan 1970, 2 36, 3 2 reared; 22 Feb. 1970, 1 ¢ reared; 8 March 1970, 1 2 reared; 17 March 1970, 1 6, 1 2 reared; Montgomery Co., Forest Glen, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 15 April 1967, 1 2; 19 April 1968, 1 d, 1 114 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 2:4 May 1968, 1 2; 28 July 1966, 1 2; 20 Aug. 1966, 1 ¢; Prince Georges Co., College Park, University Golf Course, G. L. Williams, 13 March 1970, 1 2 reared; Glen Dale, hospital grounds, 24 Oct. 1969, 8 3, 6 2 reared; Somerset Co., Marion, Irish Grove Wildlife Sanctuary, 31 March 1970, 9 3,3 2 reared. VIRGINIA: Fairfax Co., Falls Church, Holmes Run, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 22 Aug. 1960, 1 ¢; 4 Sept. 1960, 1 d, 1 2; 5 Sept. 1961, 3°29: 8 Sept. 1960, 1 9; 12 Sept. 1960, 1d, 1 93 22/Sept: 1961, 1 633° OER 1961, 1 2; 17 Oct. 1960, 1 6; Warren Co., Shenandoah Farms, 25 Feb., 1973, 6 larvae, 2 pupae, 11 36, 13 2 reared. QUEBEC: Hull, malaise trap, 10 Aug. 1965, 1 2. Biology.—This species is a common, occasionally abundant, resident of the oak-pine forests of the middle Atlantic states. Larvae can be easily located during the winter beneath the bark of dead and decaying trees, especially pines (hence the specific name). In a sample of 18 larval clusters, the following distribution of host trees was observed: Virginia pine (Pinus virginiana Miller) 33%, black oak (Quercus velutina Lamarck) 33%, short- leaf pine (Pinus echinata Miller) 17%, and loblolly pine (Pinus taeda L.) 17%. These trees have in common a relatively thick bark which separates cleanly from the wood, thereby creating a narrow space between two fairly smooth, hard surfaces. Species of trees which do not do this, such as chest- nut oak (Quercus prinus L.) for example, are not a suitable habitat for this species. Both standing and fallen trees are used, but standing are preferred, probably because most trees are no longer in a suitable condition by the time they have fallen. The minimum time after death that a tree was occu- pied was about four months, and most trees were used for three or four years (maximum: five years) before becoming too rotten. The trunk portion of the tree is utilized exclusively. Larvae have been observed under a dissecting microscope to feed in a grazing fashion, probably on anything they encounter which can be scraped off of the surface. In cleared specimens the stomach contents can be seen and consist mostly of detritus and fungal hyphae. The larvae are apneustic and require a humidity greater than 60% to survive. However, if the humidity is much higher than 85% fungal growth becomes so rapid that the larvae are apparently overwhelmed. In nature they are capable of moving to the optimum humidity conditions, and their distribution of standing trees relative to true north was bimodal. About 66% (148 larvae) occurred between 15 and 80 degrees (mean 25°) and 34% (75 larvae) occurred between 210 and 320 degrees (mean 258°). Generally the region between 80 and 210 degrees was too dry and the region between 320 and 15 degrees was too moist. They encounter a special problem on young Virginia pines, where the bark is often too thin to maintain humidity. During dry periods they congregate in the slight pockets above branch stubs, which VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 115 are the last area to dry out completely. In order to determine how much moisture was necessary, samples of wood from beneath thriving clusters were brought to the laboratory, weighed on a Mettler balance, and dried in an oven to remove moisture. Oak wood samples were found to contain a mean of 74.8% water (70.9-79.8, n = 9) while pine samples averaged 63.0% (50.3—76.4, n = 6). The bark from these same samples contained consider- ably less moisture: Oak 32.1% (30.9-33.6, n = 3) and pine 26.2% (20.5- 30.7, n = 4). This may explain why most of the larvae (161 of 180, or 89.4%) were found on the wood rather than the bark. The wood acts as a moisture (and food) source while the bark serves as protection from dehydration. Larvae also tend to be found close to the ground, with a mean height of 16 inches (5.0—48.0, n = 206). The first three instars appear to last about one to two weeks each. By November the bulk of the population is fourth instar and remains that way throughout the winter. The larvae resist freezing well and have been thawed out of ice with no apparent ill effects. There is an indication that a diapause occurs during this stage because the length of time an individual remains a larva during the winter is more related to the date on which it was collected than to the temperature at which it is kept. Larvae collected after late Oc- tober and kept inside emerge at about the same time as those left outside. Saunders (1924) also noted this habit with respect to F. bipunctata and suggested burying the larvae in a jar during the winter because of the low survival of those kept at room temperature. They are capable of moving and perhaps even feeding but survival is indeed very low in the laboratory. In early March the larvae begin to pupate. Pupation takes about four days minimum, ten days maximum. The habits of the adults are unknown, al- though they have been light trapped in small numbers during the summer. Apparently either the adults or the eggs or some combination thereof oversummers, but the exact situation has not been determined. Larvae have not been found between 2 April and 22 October. In the same area, adults have been collected only between 15 April and 17 October. Although other species in this subgenus have two or more generations per year, we have been unable to locate a summer generation in this one. We could find winter larval sites with little effort, but were never able to locate summer sites even though we spent more time and effort at it. Saunders (1924), in speak- ing of F. radicola, suggests that some species may exhibit a summer ecology that is totally different from the winter one in order to explain his consistent inability to locate them. A more logical explanation is that summer gener- ations do not occur. Although nothing of the adult biology of this species was discovered dur- ing the course of this work, Lewis (1959) inadvertently provided some in- formation on the subject. He light trapped adult ceratopogonids in Con- 116 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON necticut and described this species (as bipunctata) as well as true F. bipunctata as having three generations per year. More likely the peaks rep- resent activity peaks, the first (late April) being the period of emergence, the second (mid June) being the peak period of mating or feeding, and the third (late August) being the period of egg laying. It is also possible that the three peaks represent three different species, F. bipunctata, F. pinicola, and another. Lewis commented on the totally different life cycles for “‘bipunctata’’ at his two different study sites. He speculated on the possibility of subspecia- tion, but could not find any morphological differences. This was a reason- able conclusion in the context of the time, but the important point is that specimens were deposited and maintained for over 20 years allowing future checks on the taxonomic accuracy. Most ecological and ethological studies do not take this precaution, thereby preventing them from ever being ver- ified. With the increased interest in ethological studies by persons not qual- ified to speak on taxonomy, the deposition of specimens becomes increas- ingly important. The failure to do so should cast doubts upon the value of such work. LITERATURE CITED Chan, K. L. and E. J. LeRoux. 1965. Description of Forcipomyia (Neoforcipomyia) saundersi sp. n. and redescription of Forcipomyia (Neoforcipomyia) eques (Johannsen) (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae), with an account of the digestive and reproductive systems. Phyto- protection 46, 74-104. Lewis, F. B. 1959. Abundance and seasonal distribution of the common species of Cerato- pogonidae (Diptera) occurring in the state of Connecticut. Can. Entomol. 91: 15-28. Saunders, L. G. 1924. On the life history and the anatomy of the early stages of Forcipomyia (Diptera, Nemat., Ceratopogonidae). Parasitology 16: 164-213, 3 pl. Wirth, W. W. and Norman Marston. 1968. A method for mounting small insects on microscope slides in Canada Balsam. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 61: 783-784. Wirth, W. W. and D. H. Messersmith. 1971. Studies on the genus Forcipomyia |. The North American parasitic midges of the subgenus Trichohelea (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 64: 15-26. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 117-123 THE ANTENNAL SENSE ORGANS OF THE PINK BOLLWORM, PECTINOPHORA GOSSYPIELLA (SAUNDERS) (LEPIDOPTERA: GELECHIIDAE) B. J. Cook, R. L. SMitH, AND H. M. FLINT (BJC) Western Cotton Research Laboratory, Agricultural Research, Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA. Present address: Veterinary Toxicology and Entomology Research Laboratory, Agricultural Research, Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, College Station, Texas 77840; (RLS) Department of Ento- mology, University of Arizona, Tucson, Arizona 85721; (HMF) Western Cotton Research Laboratory, Agricultural Research, Sci. and Educ. Ad- min., USDA, Phoenix, Arizona 85040. Abstract.—The antennae of both sexes of the adult pink bollworm, Pec- tinophora gossypiella (Saunders), are divided into three principal parts: The basal segment (scape), the elongated second segment (pedicel), and the fla- gellum (composed of 40—46 subsegments). Five distinct classes of sensilla were found on the flagellomeres of the antennae of both male and female moths: Sensilla styloconica, sensilla chaetica, sensilla trichodea (two types), sensilla basiconica, and sensilla coeloconica. A specialized sensory struc- ture on the apical subsegment was also observed in both sexes. The general surface geometry and distribution of these sensilla are descirbed. Sexual dimorphism was evident with male moths having slightly longer (56.1 u + 6.6) and more erect sensilla trichodea than females (43.1 uw + 4). It has long been recognized that the antennae of insects serve as major sensory organs though only in recent years has research interest been di- rected to the pheromone receptors found on these organs. Pheromone per- ception in the pink bollworms, Pectinophora gossypiella (Saunders), as in most Lepidoptera, seems to be exclusively associated with receptors on the antennae (Smith et al., 1978). However, the external morphology of olfactory sense cells can be quite different, even within a species (Schneider and Steinbrecht, 1968). Conse- quently, some classification of the various types of antennal receptors in the pink bollworms was essential before commencing electrophysiological stud- ies on single olfactory receptors. Moreover, the antennae perform many other important sensory functions besides olfaction. For example, mecha- noreceptors, chemoreceptors, and receptors that detect temperature and 118 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON humidity often have significant roles in antennal perception. Thus, a study of antennal sense organ morphology and distribution would give us some understanding of the total sensory repertoire inherent in these structures of the pink bollworms. MATERIALS AND METHODS Freshly excised antennae from three-day-old laboratory-reared male and female pink bollworm moths (Western Cotton Research Laboratory, Phoe- nix, Arizona) were placed in a mixture of 3% glutaraldehyde, 2% parafor- maldehyde, and 1% picric acid in a 0.05 M phosphate buffer pH 7.4. The antennae were allowed to remain in this fixative for one to three hours. After five rinses in the phosphate buffer over a period of one hour, the antennae were then placed in the same phosphate buffer containing 1% osmium tetroxide for two hours. This treatment was followed by five to ten standing rinses in distilled water for one hour. Once this procedure was complete, samples of the specimens were dehydrated in an ascending series of concentrations of ethanol, rinsed three times for 15 min in 100% acetone, and dried in a Denton®! critical point drier with liquid CO,. The dried specimens were either mounted on scanning electron micro- scope stubs with silver paint and coated with gold palladium, or treated with histological stains. An Advance Metals Research Corp. scanning electron microscope (AMR 1000A®) operated at 20 kv was used for observation. Further studies were conducted with a light microscope by using Slifer’s (1960) crystal violet method to detect permeable sense organs. OBSERVATIONS The antenna of the pink bollworm consists of three principal parts: The two distinct basal segments, the scape and pedicel, and the flagellum which is composed of many small flagellomeres. The number of flagellomeres was variable in the randomly sampled antennae. The mean number and range for five male and five female moths were: Mean no. of subsegments Range Male ‘ 42 40-46 Female 44 43-46 Five distinct classes of sensory organs, according to the nomenclature of Schneider (1964), were identified on the flagellum. Each type will be de- scribed under separate headings below. Although most sense organs were ' This paper reports the results of research only. Mention of a proprietary product in this paper does not constitute a recommendation for use by the U.S. Department of Agriculture. ' | VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 119 Fig. 1. Scanning electron micrographs of the antennal sense organs of the female pink bollworm. A, Five distal flagellomeres of the antenna (200). B, Dorsal and ventral charac- teristics of three flagellar subsegments, scales (S) on dorsal surface, and reticular network (R) on ventral surface with prominent sensilla chaetica (400). C, Close-up of 40th flagellomere (4th from apex) showing the five different sense organs present (800). D, External fine struc- ture of 40th flagellomere (8600). Abbreviations: a = Sensillum styloconicum; b = sensillum chaeticum; c = sensillum trichodeum Type 1; c’ = sensillum trichodeum Type 2; d = sensillum basiconicum; e = sensillum coeloconicum. Table 1. Lengths in micrometers of various sensilla between the penultimate and the 34th subsegment of the antenna of Pectinophora gossypiella. Males Females Sensory Mean Length Mean Length Structure +s.d. Range n +s.d. Range n Sensilla Styloconica 20.93 uw + 1.86 16.71-24.43 39 19.53 1 + 2.06 16.71-23.14 36 Sensilla Chaetica 43.89 4 + 5.40 32.14-55.29 71 37.94 4 + 3.41 29.57-43.11 53 Sensilla Trichodea 56.19 4 + 6.61 41.14—-70.71 120 43.11 4+ 4.01 32.14-51.43 120 Sensilla! Coeloconica 8.72 4+ 1.09 6.43-10.29 59) 7.95) j4, 20186, © 6. A3—=10:29 34 ' Mean diameter + s.d. 120 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 2. Scanning electron micrographs of the antenna of the male pink bollworm. A, Ten distal flagellomeres of the antenna (100). B, Dorsal and ventral aspects of a flagellomere (400). C, Portions of two flagellomeres showing the five different sense organs (800). D, Apical flagellomere showing terminal sense organ (1000). Abbreviation: f = Terminal sense organ; other abbreviations as in Fig. 1. found on the ventral surface of the antennae (Fig. 1A), an occasional sen- sillum trichodeum was located on the dorsal surface (Fig. 1B). As with other Lepidoptera (Jefferson et al., 1970), the dorsal surface is usually covered by overlapping scales (Fig. 1B). Scanning electron micrographs revealed that the surface of each flagellomere subsegment is covered by a delicate reticular network of minute ridges (Fig. 1B). The apical subsegment on the antennae of both male and female moths has a bilobed protuberance at the tip (Fig. 2D). This structure is covered with fine spines and was surrounded by an array of four sensilla chaetica. Sensilla styloconica.—These sensilla are stout cuticular pegs crowned by a sensory cone. Such pegs are found on the apical border of each flagello- mere of both male and female pink bollworm moths (Fig. 1C). Generally, only a single sensillum styloconicum was detected on each subsegment. The mean length of these pegs was 20.9 wm in males and 19.53 um in females as shown in Table 1. VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 121 Fig. 3. Surface fine structure of sensilla trichodea and sensilla chaetica by scanning electron microscopy. A, Tip of sensillum trichodeum Type | (8600). B, Base of sensillum chaeticum and sensillum trichodeum Type 2 (8600). C, Surface contour of the tip of a sensillum chaeticum (8600). D, Base of sensillum trichodeum Type | (8600). Abbreviations as in Fig. 1. Sensilla chaetica.—These relatively blunt sensory spines are found on the ventral surface of each subsegment. The spines are located near the distal border in females but are more centrally located in male moths. High mag- nification scanning electron micrographs showed that the surface of the spines is covered by radial ridges (Fig. 3C). These sensilla are inserted into round sockets that stand above the reticular surface of the flagellomere (Fig. 3B). Generally, only a single sensillum chaeticum was found in each flag- ellomere in both sexes. However, two or three sensilla were occasionally observed on a flagellomere. The mean lengths of the spines in male and female moths are shown in Table 1. Sensilla trichodea.—These slender hairs were the most numerous sensory structures found on the antennae of the pink bollworm. As many as 35 sensilla could be detected on a single flagellomere subsegment. Two types of sensilla trichodea were identified in both male and female moths that corresponded to the descriptions given by Callahan (1965, 1969) and Jeffer- son et al. (1970) for several other moth species. The Type | sensilla tricho- dea are long and slender with a slight hook at the tip (Figs. 1C, 2C). It was possible to distinguish the sex of a moth by simply observing the more erect 122 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON disposition of the Type | sensory hairs in male moths. The dimorphism was also evident in length measurements of the sensory hairs in males and fe- males, as shown in Table 1; on male moths, they were consistently longer. High magnification scanning electron micrographs revealed that the surface of such sensilla was covered with annular ridges (Fig. 3A), and the base of each hair was inserted into a depression in the reticular network of the subsegment (Fig. 3D). Type 2 sensilla trichodea were relatively shorter and more curved (Figs. 1C, 2B). Under the scanning electron microscope (Fig. 3B), spiral ridges were evident on these sensilla. Sensilla basiconica.—These sensory peglike structures were about equal in length to the Type 2 sensilla trichodea just described but were inserted into raised sockets (Fig. 1C). The mean length for such sensilla was 20 um with a range of 17-22 um. Usually, there were three or four sensilla basi- conica on a subsegment, located more or less centrally on the ventral sur- face. Jefferson et al. (1970) did not report such a structure in the four species of moths that they examined, but Schneider and Steinbrecht (1968) did re- port them in Bombyx mori (L.) as did Callahan (1969) for the corn earworm. Terraced sculpturing was seen on the surface of these sensilla at higher magnifications (Fig. 1D) as described by Callahan (1975). Sensilla coeloconica.—This sense organ consisted of a circular array of pegs surrounding a depression or pit in the cuticle (Fig. 1C). About four to six of these sensilla were found on a subsegment. They were centrally lo- cated on the ventral surface, often in close association with the sensilla basiconica. The ‘“‘pickets’’ of the sensilla coeloconica were corrugated as described by Callahan (1975). The mean diameter for such structures is shown in Table 1. CONCLUSIONS A thorough understanding of the fine structure of a sense organ cannot alone establish its functional significance; some types of behavioral or neu- rophysiological experiment with each sensillum is required. Recent exper- iments with single olfactory receptors in species of Lepidoptera (Schneider, 1969; O'Connell, 1975) have demonstrated that sensilla trichodea are re- sponsible for pheromone perception. The entire surface of these sensilla is covered with minute pores. Slifer (1960) found that the presence of such pores can be revealed by the use of permeable dyes. We therefore used the procedures of Slifer in examining the surface of the sensilla trichodea in the pink bollworm and obtained a precipitation of granules of crystal violet within the sensilla trichodea. Thus, such sensilla could function as olfactory receptors in the insect. Moreover, the presence of pheromone-specific re- ceptors on the antennae of this moth has been confirmed by recent electro- physiological recordings from antennae after exposure to air containing pheromone (Cook et al., 1978). VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 123 Such evidence coupled with the observed sexual dimorphism of sensilla trichodea suggests that these structures are, in all probability, responsible for pheromone perception in the pink bollworm. Final confirmation must await experiments on single sensilla. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are grateful for the able and conscientious technical assistance of Janice Sweet and David A. Cook. LITERATURE CITED Callahan, P. S. 1965. Intermediate and far infrared sensing of nocturnal insects. Part I. Evi- dences for a far infrared (FIR) electromagnetic theory of cummunication and sensing in moths and its relationship to the limiting biosphere of the corn earworm. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 58: 727-745. . 1969. The exoskeleton of the corn earworm moth, Heliothis zea (Lepidoptera: Noc- tuidae) with special reference to the sensilla as polytubular dielectric arrays. Univ. Ga., Agric. Exp. Stn. Res. Bull. 54: 5-105. —. 1975. Insect antennae with special reference to the mechanism of scent detection and the evolution of the sensilla. Int. J. Insect Morphol. Embryol. 4: 381-430. Cook, B. J., W. D. Shelton, and R. T. Staten. 1978. Antennal responses of the pink bollworm to gossypiella. Southwest. Entomol. 3: 141-146. Jefferson, R. N., R. E. Ruben, S. U. McFarland, and H. H. Shorey. 1970. Sex pheromones of noctuid moths. XXII. The external morphology of the antennae of Trichoplusia ni, Helothis zea, Prodenia ornithogalli, and Spodoptera exigua. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 63: 1227-1238. O’Connell, R. J. 1975. Olfactory receptor responses to sex pheromone components in the redbanded leafroller moth. J. Gen. Physiol. 65: 179-205. Schneider, D. 1964. Insect antennae. Annu. Rev. Entomol. 9: 103-122. . 1969. Insect olfaction: Deciphering system for chemical messages. Science 163: 1031— 1037. and R. A. Steinbrecht. 1968. Checklist of insect olfactory sensilla. Jn: Carthy, J. D. and G. C. Newell, eds., Invertebrate Receptors. Symp. Zool. Soc. Lond. 23: 279-297. Slifer, E. H. 1960. A rapid and sensitive method for identifying permeable areas in the body wall of insects. Entomol. News 21: 179-225. Smith, R. K., H. M. Flint, and D. E. Forey. 1978. Air permeation with gossyplure: Feasibility studies on chemical confusion for control of the pink bollworm. J. Econ. Entomol. 71: 257-264. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 124-139 A NEW SPECIES AND CORRECTIONS IN THE ATRICHOPOGON MIDGES OF THE SUBGENUS MELOEHELEA ATTACKING BLISTER BEETLES (DIPTERA: CERATOPOGONIDAE) WILLIS W. WIRTH Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. & Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—A revised diagnosis is given of the subgenus Meloehelea Wirth of the genus Atrichopogon Kieffer, a group of biting midges which habitually suck blood from Meloidae and related beetles. A key is presented for the seven known species. A. downesi n.sp. is described from eastern North America. Diagnostic specific characters are described and figured, new distribution records are listed, and several previous misidentifications are noted. Older taxonomists never fail to be amazed by how much their perception of characters and concepts of species may change with the passage of time and the repetition of examining new and fresh specimens of problem species. In 1956 I studied all the biting midge species known to suck blood from blister beetles (Coleoptera: Meloidae) and some other closely related bee- tles, for which I erected the subgenus Meloehelea in the genus Atrichopo- gon Kieffer. I redescribed the Palaearctic species A. meloesugans (Kieffer) and oedemerarum Stora, gave North American records for the latter species, and described two new North American species, A. epicautae from Arizona and A. farri from Massachusetts. In 1964 I described A. lindneri, which attacks blister beetles in East Africa. Correspondance and exchange of specimens with European workers and the accumulation of many additional North American specimens have since revealed misidentifications and other taxonomic problems that must be cor- rected. In 1956 I overlooked the European species A. lucorum (Meigen), which I did not recognize, and which had never been recorded trom blister beetles; but I have since discovered that the specimens from Finland that I used to characterize A. oedemerarum in 1956 are A. lucorum. A new key is presented to the known species in which a selection of characters is used that I hope will provide a much more reliable separation of species. Gornitz (1937) reported experiments with the drug cantharidin obtained VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 125 from meloid beetles. He found that Atrichopogon brunnipes (Meigen) was regularly attracted to exposed plates containing cantharidin powder. This species is a member of the section of the subgenus Atrichopogon with hairy eyes and has never been observed actually to feed on blister beetles. Fey (1954) reported studies similar to those of G6rnitz in which A. brunnipes was attracted to cantharidin. But in 1959 Neindorff reported cantharidin studies in Berlin in which the identity of the Atrichopogon species was found to be A. oedemerarum. Neindorff referred to the Atrichopogon species taken by Fey (1954) as A. oedemerarum rather than brunnipes. Mayer (1962) reported further studies on the attraction of Atrichopogon to cantharidin and determined his collections as A. oedemerarum. But Mayer did state (p. 270): ‘‘Die Reaktion ist jedoch nicht artspezifisch, da auch die Mannchen anderer Atrichopogon (Kempia) Arten, wenn auch nur in ge- ringer Zahl, in den Koderfallen gefangen wurden.” This statement of Mayer’s assumes importance in two contexts: 1) Dr. R. B. Selander of the University of Illinois in 1961 sent me for determination some Atrichopogon that he observed were attracted to caged live meloid beetles, Epicauta fabricii, in Cairo, Illinois. These midges were not Mel- oehelea as would be suspected, but were Atrichopogon websteri (Coquil- lett), a species closely related to the European A. brunnipes. 2) With this established, we must now review the earlier work of Gornitz and Fey, take it in context of Mayer’s statement quoted above, and consider the possibility that A. brunnipes may have been present in some of the earlier cantharidin tests. This is another illustration of the necessity for accurate taxonomic knowledge and careful identifications when reporting the results of phys- iological experiments. I have been greatly aided in may revised concepts by the 1961 paper by H. Remm of Tartu State University, Estonian SSR, on the Atrichopogon of European USSR, and by very generous and helpful comments in corre- spondence and by exchange of specimens with Dr. Remm. J. Antony Downes of Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, very generously turned over to me extensive collections he made in Canada (Canadian National Collection, abbreviated CNC in this paper), as well as detailed measurements, notes, and analyses of this material by Leo Forster and himself. I wish especially to thank Dr. Downes and Mr. Forster for this unselfish assistance. For the loan or gift of specimens and/or advice and suggestions I am also grateful to the following: Mohammed Abdullah, Nottingham University, England; Paul Freeman, British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London England; E. C. Pel- ham-Clinton, Royal Scottish Museum, Edinburgh, Scotland; and Richard B. Selander, University of Illinois, Urbana. I also wish to thank Niphan C. Ratanaworabhan of the Applied Scientific Research Corporation, Bangkok, Thailand, for the drawings of Atrichopogon meloesugans. For the other illustrations I am grateful to Molly Ryan. 126 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON KEY TO SUBGENERA OF ATRICHOPOGON 1. Two spermathecae present; wing with abundant macrotrichia; eyes barely. Sescieh Osa 5 DR BS Te eee ees te oe 2 — One spermatheca present; wing macrotrichia absent to moderately abundant; eyes bare or pubescen@. 5! 4)) Jh:uae. foe ee eee 3 tN . Proboscis elongate, as long as eye height; 3rd palpal segment with sensory pit located near apex; tarsal ratio more than 2.9 ......... SS Orcs. WE Oe rostratus group of subgenus Atrichopogon Kieffer — Proboscis short, shorter than 0.8 eye height; 3rd palpal segment with sensory pit located at or near midlength; tarsal ratio 2.3-2.7 ...... Aah, RLM OTSA Pe PE, COON E L aS Seeeee Meloehelea Wirth 3. Female abdomen with conspicuous armature on sterna 6 and/or 7; wing macrotrichia absent or a few at wing tip; eyes pubescent; male basistyles slender, =. hea ee ee ee Psilokempia Enderlein — Female abdomen without ventral armature; wing macrotrichia pres- ent or absent; eyes bare or pubescent; male basistyles stout ........ 4 4. Fore and mid tibiae each with a single flexor series of short sharp spines along entire length, male dististyle with strong distal process- es; large slender shining species usually with conspicuous blackish markings; costa long, costal ratio 0.84 in female ................. 6 LSA REE ER ee Pee es Dolichohelea Edwards — Fore and mid tibiae without short flexor spines; male dististyle with- out distal processes; usually smaller duller species without conspic- uous blackish markings; costa short, costal ratio usually about 0.70 intfemalesas.282 Be A A as. Atrichopogon Kieffer (part) Subgenus Meloehelea Wirth Atrichopogon subgenus Meloehelea Wirth, 1956: 16. Type-species, Atrich- opogon meloesugans Kieffer, by original designation. Diagnosis.—Species attacking meloid or oedemerid beetles; female usu- ally with upcurved proboscis (Fig. 1d). Eyes bare. Female antenna (Fig. 1a) with proximal flagellar segments short and usually disciform, last 5 segments elongated, antennal ratio (segments 11—15/3—10) 1.69-2.50. Palpal ratio (3rd segment length/breadth) 2.8—4.2; palpal pit usually deep, near middle of 3rd segment (Fig. 1b). Proboscis short to moderately elongate, stout to slightly tapering; mandible (Fig. If) with 17-27 teeth, the proximal teeth slightly to greatly enlarged, a few distal teeth minute to small. Mesonotum with distinct light-colored areas or fenestrae, just ahead of each end of scutellum, ex- tending forward as narrower slightly impressed lines to anterior margin of mesonotum; scutellum with 4 long bristles. Wing (Fig. Ic) with abundant macrotrichia in female, reduced or bare in male; costa extending to 0.68— 0.74 of wing length (costal ratio). Hind basitarsus 2.3—1.7 times as long as VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 127 is \ ‘\\ WW Ty ANYON oe C \ i ' ' "ny Mn rn a (Ee CRS Fig. 1. Atrichopogon downesi. a—g, Female. i, Male. a, Antenna. b, Palpus. c, Wing. d, Lateral view of head showing upturned proboscis. e, Diagram of sections A-B-C of proboscis. f, Mandible. g. Spermathecae. h. Fifth tarsomere, claws, and empodium of hind leg, tenent hair of empodium enlarged. i. Male genitalia. 2nd tarsomere (tarsal ratio). Claws (Fig. lh) simple (bifid at apices only in A. lindneri); empodium long, with many long tenent hairs with capitate apices. Female abdomen without ventral armature; 2 subequal spermathe- cae (Fig. lg). Male genitalia (Fig. li) with simple aedeagus; 9th sternum without deep caudomedial excavation, bearing a transverse row of long setae. Immature Stages.—The larva and pupa are known only for A. meloesu- gans; Saunders collected them on the underside of rotting logs in England. 128 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON They were well described and illustrated by Ewen and Saunders (1958). The larva is very similar to that of A. (A.) minutus (Meigen) in the subgenus Atrichopogon, having the same short head seta 7 and the same expanded laterodorsal processes, but differs in the size of the mediodorsal processes, body setae, and other details of chaetotaxy. The pupa is diagnostic, having well-developed processes and setae on the first four abdominal segments only. CHECK LIST OF MELOEHELEA SPECIES downesi, new species. Southeastern Canada and northeastern U.S.A. epicautae Wirth. Northern and western North America. farri Wirth. Southeastern Canada and northeastern U.S.A. lindneri Wirth. East Africa. lucorum (Meigen). Europe, British Columbia, New York. meloesugans Kieffer. Europe, North Africa. oedemerarum Stora. Europe, Ontario, Wirginia, West Virginia. Relationships.—Atrichopogon oedemerarum stands apart from the other species, with moniliform antennal segments and subapical mandibular teeth not enlarged. A. lindneri is perhaps its African counterpart. A. downesi replaces A. meloesugans in North America, both species having compara- tively slender proboscis and pale legs, and subapical mandibular teeth dis- tinctly enlarged. The remaining three species are the most apotypic, with darker brown legs, relatively stout proboscis, and moderately to greatly enlarged subapical mandibular teeth. A. farri stands at the apex of this line of development with the proboscis shortened and the proximal mandibular teeth greatly enlarged and reduced in number. KEY TO SPECIES OF SUBGENUS MELOEHELEA (FEMALES) 1. Proximal antennal segments (Fig. 6a) moniliform, about as broad as long (antennal ratio 1.64—-1.94); mandible with nearly even sized téeth- to-apex/ (Pig 6d) ee. FPP ae Sa eee 2 — Proximal antennal segments broad and disciform (Fig. la), closely appressed (antennal ratio 2.00—2.50); proximal mandibular teeth en- larged, distal teeth usually much smaller (Fig. If). ..: ...... .. 292 3 2. Large species, wing length 1.65 mm; tarsal claws deeply bifid; 27 mandibular teeth, distal ones slightly smaller than proximals; East AIHICANSDECIES: c.a.icaiit abe Se Ae Te Rote eee Tr. lindneri Wirth — Smaller species, wing length 1.39 mm; tarsal claws simple; 20 man- dibular teeth, distal ones slightly larger than proximals; Holarctic SDERIESE abattoir. |.30e ae teices ben elieds. © eee eee oedemerarum Stora 3. Mandible with 11-13 teeth, proximal 6—7 teeth greatly enlarged (Fig. 4c): less nalesbrown: halter Dales: 2.4 .cit sp 2). 0c, a eee farri Wirth VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 129 — Mandible with 14—25 teeth, those in midportion slightly to moder- atelyenlarged(Pigy2e)is toch sed. ie 3. ee Pe Bias ar 4 4. Hind tarsal ratio 2.3; claws stout; proboscis short and stout, section B shorter than C or subequal to it; legs uniformly brownish; man- dible with 15-20 teeth, proximal teeth large (Fig. 2e)............. MRR eee D eon he colts Sts. 3 syenah evel Sho RTACATS AOR epicautae Wirth — Hind tarsal ratio 2.4—2.7; claws slender; proboscis longer and more slender, section B longer than C (Fig. le); mandible teeth various; PSASHVATLOLES Pein AN GIs VEL a) Shh it Syd AR St A A eee RE 5 5. Mandible with 25 fine teeth, those in midportion only slightly en- larged (Fig. Se); 3rd palpal segment (Fig. 5b) slender, palpal ratio 4.0 or more; palpal sensory pit usually deep; halter pale; legs yel- PA WISTE He ANE MS in nt Sed oe ae estates tele meloesugans Kieffer — Mandible with 14-20 teeth, those in midportion large (Fig. If); 3rd palpal segment (Fig. 1b) shorter and stouter, palpal ratio 3.5 or less: palpal sensory pit usually shallow; legs and halter various .......... 6 6. Legs yellowish, only extreme tips of femora brownish; halter pale; 3rd palpal segment (Fig. 1b) with sensory pit about as deep as pore opening; smaller species, wing length 1.42 mm . downesi, new species — Legs dark brown; halter infuscated; 3rd palpal segment (Fig. 4b) with pit deeper than diameter of pore opening; large species, wing length [| SIS iMoney 3k eS Ae) PMs eee Bee Be Ae ee a fae lucorum (Meigen) Atrichopogon (Meloehelea) downesi Wirth, NEW SPECIES Fig. | Atrichopogon (Meloehelea) oedemerarum Stora; of Wirth, 1956: 20 (mis- identified; U.S.A. records). Female Holotype.—Wing length 1.42 mm; breadth 0.62 mm. Head: Brown, antenna and palpus paler. Antenna (Fig. la) with lengths of flagellar segments in proportion of 25-16-16-18-20-20-20-2 1-60-62-68-68- 106: antennal ratio 2.33; proximal segments not as broadened or appressed as in A. lucorum. Palpus (Fig. 1b) with lengths of segments in proportion of 20-20-50-30-30; 3rd segment spindle shaped, moderately broad, palpal ra- tio 2.5 (up to 3.5 in paratypes); sensory pit about as deep as diameter of pore opening; segments IV and V combined much longer than III. Proboscis moderately long, tapering and rather slender distally; sections A-B-C with lengths as 40-40-28: mandible (Fig. If) with 15 rather large proximal teeth and 5 small distal teeth of decreasing lengths. Thorax: Dark brown, mesonotum subshining, with minute appressed pale hairs; shoulders paler brown. Legs yellowish, femora brownish at api- ces: hind tarsal ratio 2.6; tarsal claws moderately slender. Wing (Fig. Ic) pale brownish hyaline, veins slightly yellowish brown; costal ratio 0.71; 2nd 130 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON radial cell 2.8 x length of Ist; macrotrichia sparse, confined to distal % of wing and caudad in distal 0.7 of anal cell. Halter pale. Abdomen: Brownish; pleuron with basal tubercles of the fine micro- scopic hairs blackish, rather prominent. Spermathecae (Fig. 1g) 2, short- ovoid, nearly spherical, tapering slightly to slender necks; equal, each mea- suring 0.098 by 0.073 mm including neck. Male.—Similar to female, with usual sexual differences. Genitalia as in Fig. 11. Distribution.—Minnesota to Quebec and Nova Scotia, south to western North Carolina and eastern Tennessee. Types.—Holotype, °, allotype, 6, Lost River State Park, Hardy Co., West Virginia, 8-14 July 1963, K. V. Krombein, Malaise trap (USNM Type no. 63251). Paratypes, 11 males, 114 females, as follows. MAINE: Milli- nocket, Penobscot Co., 2.vii.1968, D. M. Wood, swarming around Epicau- ta, 20 2 (CNC). MARYLAND: Montgomery Co., Colesville, 15.v.1975, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 1 6, 2 2; 15.v.1977, 1 2. MASSACHUSETTS: Am- herst, 1.vii.1952, T. H. Farr, on meloid beetles, 2 2. MINNESOTA: Ea- glenest, |.vii.1957, W. V. Balduf, 1 2. NEW BRUNSWICK: Kouchiboug- uac National Park, 9-15.vii.1977, I. Smith, 3 2 (CNC); 11.vii.1977, J. R. Vockeroth, pan trap, Rankins Bog, 2 6,2 2 (CNC); same, in shore drift on beach, 1 6, 4 2 (CNC). NEW HAMPSHIRE: Mt. Washington, summit 6100-6300 ft, 14.vili.1958, J. R. Vockeroth, | 2 (CNC). NEW YORK: AI- bion, Orleans Co., Burma Woods, 11.vi.1963, W. W. Wirth, 1 2; Allegany State Park, 3.vi.1963, W. W. Wirth, mossy woods, | 2°; sphagnum bog, 1 2; Cranberry Lake, St. Lawrence Co., 24.vi.1963, W. W. Wirth, 3 2; Pine Grove, Watson, Lewis Co., 22.vi.1963, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 1 2; Whet- stone Gulf, Lewis Co., 20.vi.1963, W. W. Wirth, 3 2. NORTH CAROLI- NA: Highlands, Macon Co., 21.vi.1958, J. L. Laffoon, 1 9. ONTARIO: Ancaster, .26.vi.1955,_O. Peck, 1 2° (GN@©):, Marmora.. 16.vi.1952-3 eee Vockeroth, | 2 (CNC); Maynooth, 19.vii.1963, J. F. McAlpine, around Epicauta, 2 36,4 2 (CNC); Ottawa, 17.vii.1955, J. R. Vockeroth, on garage window, | 2 (CNC). QUEBEC: Beech Grove, 26.vi.1951, J. F. McAlpine, 2 2 (CNC); Cottage Beaulieu, 13.viii.1900, Beaulieu, 1 2 (CNC); Harring- ton Lake, Gatineau’ Park, 31.v.1954, R. McCondochie, 1 2 (CNC); Hull, 10.vili.1965, Malaise trap, 1 9. Lac Peche, 18.vii.1954, J. A. Downes, 2 2? (CNC); Old Chelsea, Summit King Mtn., 1150 ft., vili.1965, Malaise trap, 9 2; Rowanton Depot, 30.vii.1954, J. A. Downes, 3 2 (CNC); Wakefield, 9.vii.1946, G. E. Shewell, 1 2 (CNC). TENNESSEE: Sevier Co., Green- brier Cove, Great Smokies Nat. Park, 2000 ft, 18.v.1957, J. R. Vockeroth, attacking meloids, 10 2 (CNC). VIRGINIA: Falls Church, Fairfax Co., 19, 23.v.1958, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 1 ¢, 1 2; Holmes Run, 17.v, 12.vi.1960, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 2 2; Vienna, Fairfax Co., 7.vii.1937, J. C. Bridwell, VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 131 on Epicauta fabricii (Leconte), 3 2. WEST VIRGINIA: Same data as types, 46,249. Discussion.—This species is named for J. Antony Downes in recognition of his important contributions to our knowledge of ceratopogonids, espe- cially their feeding behavior. Atrichopogon downesi appears to be the American counterpart of the European A. meloesugans, from which it is distinguished by the characters given in the key. Atrichopogon downesi has been taken several times at scattered localities attacking blister beetles in mixed swarms with other species of Meloehelea, notably farri Wirth, epicautae Wirth, and oedemerarum Stora. Atrichopogon (Meloehelea) epicautae Wirth Fig. 2 Atrichopogon (Meloehelea) epicautae Wirth, 1956: 21 (2; Arizona; on blis- ter beetles). Female Diagnosis.—Wing length 1.44 mm; breadth 0.59 mm. Dark brown species; mesonotum with sparse yellowish brown pubescence, 2 narrow pale brown lines extending forward from ends of scutellum; legs including coxae dull brownish, mid and hind pairs slightly darker. Antenna (Fig. 2a) with lengths of flagellar segments in proportion of 20-15-15-16-18-18-18-20- 46-50-53-55-75; antennal ratio 2.00; proximal segments slightly broadened but not greatly appressed. Palpus (Fig. 2b) with lengths of segments in proportion of 25-20-60-28-28; 3rd segment slightly expanded in midportion, palpal ratio 3.2; sensory pit deep with a slightly smaller pore. Proboscis stout, not tapering; lengths of sections A-B-C as 40-25-30; mandible (Fig. 2e) with 11-15 large teeth plus 3—5 minute distal ones. Tarsal ratio 2.30; claws stouter and more curved than in related species. Wing (Fig. 2c) pale brownish; costal ratio 0.68; 2nd radial cell 2.5 times length of Ist; macro- trichia sparse, in cell RS extending only from end of costa along wing margin to wing tip and filling intercalary fork, present only in distal halves of cells M1, M2, and M4 and well removed from veins: about 12 in midportion of anal cell. Halter with brown stem and white knob. Abdomen brown with yellowish brown pleural membrane, basal tubercles of the fine microscopic hairs blackish, rather prominent. Spermathecae (Fig. 2d) 2, slightly ovoid with short stout necks; equal, each measuring 0.080 by 0.058 mm including neck. Male Genitalia.—As in Fig. 2f. Distribution.—Northern and western North America. New Records.—ARIZONA: Oak Creek at Pumphouse Wash, Coconino, Co., 26.viii.1977, M. W. Sanderson, light trap, 12; Red Rock Crossing, Yavapai Co., 19.vii.1977, M. W. Sanderson, light trap, | 2; Rustlers Park, 132 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Kp Fig. 2. Atrichopogon epicautae. a—e, Female. f, Male. a. Antenna. b, Palpus. c, Wing. d, Spermathecae. e, Mandible. f, Male genitalia. Chiricahua Mts., 11.vii.1958, O’Brien and Ross, light trap, 2 6, 4 @. MAINE: Millinocket, Penobscot Co., 7.vii.1968, D. M. Wood, swarming around Epicauta, 20 2 (CNC). NEW YORK: Cranberry Lake, St. Law- rence Co., 25.vi.1963, W. W. Wirth, in swamp, | 2. ONTARIO: Maynooth, 19. vill. 1963, J. F. McAlpine, ‘aspirated from or around Epicauta, some apparently biting legs,’ 4 2 (CNC). WASHINGTON: Lee Forest, Monroe, Snohomish Co., 2.111.1975, N. and M. Deyrup, emerged from Douglas Fir bark, tree dead several years, 1 6,1 9. Remarks.—The Ontario, New York and Maine records are a rather un- expected extension of the range of this species. These females agree in general with western A. epicautae although a Maine specimen differed slightly in measurements as follows: Slightly smaller, wing length 1.31 mm; antennal ratio 1.81: palpal ratio 2.4, the sensory pit only as deep as the diameter of the pore opening; costal ratio 0.72; second radial cell 3.0 times as long as first; lengths of proboscis sections A-B-C as 53-30-30; and man- dible with about 16 large proximal teeth and four small distal ones. Atrichopogon (Meloehelea) farri Wirth Fig. 3 Atrichopogon (Meloehelea) farri Wirth, 1956: 22 (2; Massachusetts; figs.). Female Diagnosis.—Wing length 1.37 mm; breadth 0.59 mm. Mesonotum and scutellum subshining dark brown with faint grayish luster, pubescence VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 133 Fig. 3. Atrichopogon farri, female. a, Antenna. b, Palpus. c, Mandible. d, Spermathecae. e, Wing. dark gray; pleuron and coxae dark brown; legs pale brown; abdomen dark brown, pleural membranes paler. Antenna (Fig. 3a) with lengths of flagellar segments in proportion of 20-15-15-18-18-20-20-22-50-52-54-60-90; antennal ratio 2.06; proximal segments broadened and shortened, appressed. Palpus (Fig. 3b) with lengths of segments in proportion of 10-25-30-20-20; 3rd seg- ment slightly swollen, palpal ratio 2.8; pit about as deep as diameter of pore, the latter slightly smaller than diameter of pit itself. Proboscis short and stout, not tapering; sections A-B-C with lengths as 40-32-20; mandible (Fig. 3c) with 7 very large teeth, and 4-5 minute distal ones. Hind tarsal ratio 2.70. Wing grayish; costal ratio 0.70; 2nd radial cell 2.5—2.9 x length of Ist; macrotrichia sparse and only a few on basal 2 of wing except on veins, with 10-15 in midportion of anal cell. Halter with pale brown stem and white knob. Two short oval spermathecae (Fig. 3d) with short slender necks; equal, each measuring 0.095 by 0.058 mm. Distribution.—Ontario, New York, Maine, Massachusetts. New Records.—MAINE: 10 mi NW Millinocket, 7.vii.1968, D. M. Wood, swarming around Epicauta, 2 2 (CNC). NEW YORK: Cranberry Lake, St. Lawrence Co., 25.vi.1963, W. W. Wirth in swamp, 6 2; Pine Grove near Watson, Lewis Co., 22.vi.1963, W. W. Wirth, light trap, 12 2. ONTARIO: Algonquin Park, 7.vi.1960, W. W. Wirth, | 2; Maynooth, 19.vi.1963, J. P. McAlpine, attacking Epicauta sp., 8 2 (CNC); Ottawa, 5, 17.vi.1959, J. A. Downes, attacking Epicauta murina, 30 2 (CNC). 134 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON sete ee eS g \ / Zin a aa KS C SS ya a EE EE mate ee ) Se y ee ean Z ? tee a aS — St ea y Se Sa = ? fy Sn ee ee Y, Se See ~ aD SSeS Dy SS: SENSE eS SN >) TOMEF ONE NCRN PERROTT aR (e € Fig. 4. Atrichopogon lucorum, female. a, Antenna. b. Palpus. c, Mandible. d, Spermathe- cae. e, Wing. Atrichopogon (Meloehelea) lindneri Wirth Atrichopogon (Meloehelea) lindneri Wirth, 1964: 2 (2°; Tanganyika; sucking blood of Epicauta). Notes.—A diagnosis is not given because the orginal description is ade- quate to recognize the species. This species differs from other Meloehelea species in having the female tarsal claws bifid apically and the proboscis not upcurved, but these features are now given less importance than others in diagnosing the subgenus. Atrichopogon (Meloehelea) lucorum (Meigen) Fig. 4 Ceratopogon lucorum Meigen, 1818: 72 (6, 2; Europe); Winnertz, 1852: 30 (redescribed; figs.). Atrichopogon lucorum (Meigen); Kieffer, 1919a: 193 (combination); Kieffer, 1919b: 26 (redescribed; fig. antenna); Goetghebuer, 1920: 30(¢; Belgium); Kieffer, 1925: 52 (d; in key; France); Edwards, 1926: 400 (notes; Britain); Goetghebuer and Lenz, 1933: 20 (diagnosis; fig. antenna); Zilahi-Sebess, 1940: 44 (notes; Hungary; fig. ¢ genitalia); Remm, 1961: 926 (in key; figs.; Estonia); Havelka, 1976: 215 (diagnosis; figs.; Germany). Atrichopogon oedemerarum Stora; Wirth, 1956 (in part; description and figures of Finland specimens). VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 135 Atrichopogon meloesugans Kieffer; Abdullah, 1964: 22 (misident. [in part]; Scotland records). Female Diagnosis.— Wing length 1.55 mm; breadth 0.72 mm. Dark brown species including antenna, palpus and legs; wing brownish gray, veins brownish; halter infuscated. Antenna (Fig. 4a) with lengths of flagellar seg- ments in proportion of 20-15-16-16-18-20-20-20-6 1-63-68-70-100; antennal ra- tio 2.50; basal segments greatly expanded disciform and closely appressed, 5-8 gradually narrowed and lengthened. Palpus (Fig. 4b) with lengths of segments in proportion of 15-35-60-38-32; 3rd segment slender and spindle shaped, palpal ratio 3.0; a deep sensory pit opening by a slightly smaller round pore. Proboscis long, slightly tapering, lengths of sections A-B-C as 40-50-35; mandible (Fig. 4c) with 18-20 teeth, about 8-10 proixmal teeth large, distal teeth progressively decreasing in size. Hind tarsal ratio 2.50. Wing (Fig. 4e) with macrotrichia numerous, covering nearly entire wing except in costal and basal cells; costal ratio 0.72; 2nd radial cell 3.7 as long as Ist. Spermathecae (Fig. 4d), 2 oval with moderately long slender necks; equal, each measuring 0.101 by 0.073 mm. Distribution.—Europe; British Columbia, New York. Specimens Examined.—BRITISH COLUMBIA: Vancouver Island, 6.v.1974, N. A. Williams, 1 2. DENMARK: Frederiksdalskov ved Kulhus, 22.v.1937, H. Anthon, on Meloe violaceus Marshan, 1 2. ENGLAND: Sea- ton, South Devon, v.1937, G. S. Blair, sucking blood of Meloe proscarabeus L., 1 2. Wylan, N. Bank Tyne, Northumberland, 6.v.1960, D. A. Hum- phries, attacking Meloe beetles, 2 2. ESTONIA: Tartu, 20.vi.1954, H. Remm, 2 6,2 2. GERMANY: Miinchen, v-191, Frank. Mus. in Wurzburg, 1938, 1 2. NEW YORK: Cranberry Lake, St. Lawrence Co., 25.vi.1963, W. W. Wirth, swept in swamp, 1 2. SCOTLAND: Aberlady Bay, 6.vi.1964, M. Abdullah and R. & E. Crowson, at cantharidin, 3 2; Gale, 9.vi.1964, R. & E. Crowson, at cantharidin, 3 °. Notes.—In 1956 I misdetermined the female from South Devon, England, as A. meloesugans, and the females from Denmark and Germany as A. oedemerarum. A. lucorum is closely related to A. farri and A. epicautae, from which it is readily separated by the characters given in the key. Atrichopogon (Meloehelea) meloesugans Kieffer Fig. 5 Atrichopogon meloesugans Kieffer, 1922: 495 (2; Algeria; fig. antenna); Wirth, 1956: 17 (redescribed; notes, in part); Ewen and Saunders, 1958: 701 (all stages; figs.; England). Female Diagnosis.—Wing length 1.47 mm; breadth 0.58 mm. A brown species with yellowish legs; halter pale. Antenna (Fig. Sa) with lengths of flagellar segments in proportion of 20-12-12-15-15-16-18-18-60-65-70-65-86; 136 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON My ~ e a Mn: mare Re TTT TTER UDALL) } a \\\ Se Te =~ 4 ~ a nae AAAI Fig. 5. Atrichopogon meloesugans. a—e, Female. f, Male. a, Antenna. b, Palpus. c, Wing. d, Spermathecae. e, Mandible. f, Male genitalia. antennal ratio 2.50; basal segments greatly expanded disciform and closely appressed, 5—8 gradually narrowed and lengthened. Palpus (Fig. Sb) with lengths of segments in proportion of 25-35-68-25-30; 3rd segment unusually slender, palpal ratio 4.2, the sensory pit usually deep. Proboscis slender and tapering, moderately long; mandible (Fig. 5e) with about 25 fine teeth, those in midportion slightly enlarged. Hind tarsal ratio 2.40. Wing (Fig. Sc) gray- ish, the anterior veins pale brown; macrotrichia numerous, covering entire wing except a narrow area behind radial cells in cell RS and in basal and costal cells; costal ratio 0.72; 2nd radial cell 2.5 times as long as Ist. Sper- mathecae (Fig. 5d) 2, ovoid with short slender necks; equal, each measuring 0.104 by 0.067 mm. Male Genitalia.—As in Fig. Sf. Distribution.—Europe; Algeria. Material Examined.—ENGLAND: Strelley, Nottinghamshire, 3.xi.1922, L. G. Saunders, from larvae on underside of rotting logs, 1 ¢, 1 2. YU- GOSLAVIA: Slovenia, Postojina, 13.vii—1.viii.1958, R. L. Coe, highland meadow and edge of mixed forest, 3 °. Notes.—The species Abdullah (1964) reported as A. meloesugans Kieffer attracted to cantharidin in experiments performed on 6.vi.1964 at Aberlady Bay, Scotland, was misdetermined. Specimens from these tests later sent to me for identification proved to be A. lucorum (Meigen). I have also ee VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 137 identified specimens taken by Abdullah in July and August 1964, in tests in Berkshire, England, as A. oedemerarum and not A. meloesugans, as Ab- dullah (1964) reported from earlier tests in June at Frilford Heath, Berkshire. The anthicid beetle, Notoxus monoceros (L.) was the primary insect at- tracted to cantharidin in these tests. Abdullah explained that cantharidin probably developed in a common ancestor of the Anthicidae and Meloidae, and became a defense secretion in Meloidae and a sex attractant in Anthi- cidae. Atrichopogon midges that come to meloid beetles to seek a blood meal seem to have developed receptors which can also detect this phero- mone. Atrichopogon (Meloehelea) oedemerarum Stora Fig. 6 Atrichopogon oedemerarum Stora, 1939: 16 (2; Finland; figs.); Neindorff, 1959: 32 (Germany; attracted to cantharidin and sucking blood of Antho- myia pluvialis [L.]; fig. wing); Remm, 1961: 926 (in key; Estonia); Mayer, 1962: 257 (Germany; flight activity; incidental parasite of A. pluvialis; fig. 36; biological notes); Havelka, 1976: 216 (diagnosis; figs.; Germany). Atrichopogon meloesugans Kieffer; Abdullah, 1964: 23 (misident. [in part]: Berkshire records). Female Diagnosis.—Wing length 1.39 mm; breadth 0.56 mm. Thorax shin- ing blackish, with sparse grayish hairs; scutellum dull black; halter whitish; antenna, palpus and legs brownish; abdomen blackish, with gray hairs. An- tenna (Fig. 6a) with lengths of flagellar segments in proportion of 26-18-18- 18-20-20-20-2 1-55-60-62-62-93; antennal ratio 1.94; segments 3—10 subspher- ical, not broadened or appressed, distal 5 segments elongate. Palpus (Fig. 6b) with lengths of segments in proportion of 15-25-45-30-25; 3rd segment slender, fusiform; palpal ratio 3.0; small deep pit opening by a smaller pore at midlength. Mandible (Fig. 6d) with approximately 20 small teeth, their size gradually increasing distad in series. Wing (Fig. 6c) with costal ratio 0.74: first radial cell short and narrow, 2nd radial cell 2.6 « length of Ist: macrotrichia numerous on entire wing except in basal cell and in base of cell R5; subcosta without setae. Hind tarsal ratio 2.50. Spermathecae (Fig. 6e) 2, oval with short slender necks; equal, each measuring 0.087 by 0.058 mm. Male Genitalia.—As in Fig. 6f. Distribution.—Europe, Ontario, Virginia, West Virginia. Specimens Examined.—ENGLAND): Burghfield, Berkshire, 30.vi.1964, C. Reardon, at cantharidin, 2 2; Ufton Nervet, Berkshire, 4.vili.1964, C. Reardon, at cantharidin, 6 36, 4 9. ESTONIA: Elva, Rannakuta, 11.viii.1954, H. Remm, 2 9; Viluvere, 29.vii.1962, H. Remm, | 6 (det. H. Remm). GERMANY: Berlin, cantharidin captures, K. Mayer, 2 2. NEW 138 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON \ ™ eee ee ~= —— : = 8 4 . ~ - = te SS ee ee ~& LF SS ee aan ee & 1)», SR in nn les ae SNS Up . 5 ~ nm, X . SS 7m \ Sau mony ITPA TNR ih G d 2 aan / \ / \ \/ M Q Fig. 6. Atrichopogon oedemerarum. a—e, Female. f, Male. a, Antenna. b, Palpus. c, Wing. d, Mandible. e, Spermathecae. f, Male genitalia. BRUNSWICK: Kouchibouguac National Park, I. Smith, 11—17.vii.1977, 1 3 16:vil-1979, 1d} 2vn1978,Jz, Re Vockeroths 1-6; "6:vil 197 See Downes, | d6. ONTARIO: Maynooth, 19.vi.1963, J. F. McAlpine, on Epi- cauta sp., 2 2 (CNC). VIRGINIA: Alexandria, 15.vi.1952, W. W. Wirth, from Osmunda fern bog, 1 2. WEST VIRGINIA: Lost River State Park, Hardy Co., 8—14.vii.1963, K. V. Krombein, Malaise trap, | 2. Notes.—I am grateful to E. C. Pelham-Clinton of the Royal Scottish Mu- seum in Edinburgh for first calling my attention to my misidentification of this species in my 1956 paper. The specimens I received in 1956 from the Helsinki Museum under the name A. oedemerarum (localities: Siilinjaroi and Kurkioki, Tiensuu, Finland) were not oedemerarum but were A. lu- corum (Meigen). This species is easily separated from the other species of Meloehelea by the proximal flagellar segments which are subspherical, not flattened, broad- ened, or appressed, by the shallow pit on the third palpal segment, and by the uniform-sized, moderately small mandibular teeth. The proboscis is not upcurved as in most other species of Meloehelea. A. lindneri from East Africa has similar antennae and mandibles, but is a much larger species with deeply bifid tarsal claws. Abdullah (1964) reported A. meloesugans Kieffer attracted to cantharidin in experiments made at Frilford Heath, Berkshire, England, on 17 and 25 June 1964. The material listed above taken in similar captures in Berkshire a VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 139 in July and August and sent to me for identification was not meloesugans but oedemerarum. LITERATURE CITED Abdullah, M. 1964. (Note) on attraction of cantharidin for the beetle Notoxus monoceros (L.) (Coleoptera: Anthicidae). Proc. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. (C) 29(6): 22-23. Edwards, F. W. 1926. On the British biting midges (Diptera, Ceratopogonidae). Trans. Ento- mol. Soc. Lond. 74: 389-426, 2 plates. Ewen, A. B. and L. G. Saunders. 1958. Contributions toward a revision of the genus Atrich- opogon based on characters of all stages (Diptera, Heleidae). Can. J. Zool. 36: 671-724. Fey, F. 1954. Beitrage zur Biologie der canthariphilen Insekten (Vorlaufige Mitteilung). Beitr. Entomol. 4: 180-187. Goetghebuer, M. 1920. Ceratopogoninae de Belgique. Mem. Mus. R. Hist. Nat. Belg. 8: 1- 116. Goetghebuer, M and F. Lenz. 1933-1934. Heleidae (Ceratopogonidae). /n: Lindner, E., ed. Die Fliegen der Palaearktischen Region. Fam. 13. 77: 1-48 (1933); 78: 49-133 (1934), 12 plates. Gornitz, K. 1937. Cantharidin als Gift und Anlockungsmittel fiir Insekten. Arb. Physiol. An- gew. Entomol. Berlin-Dahlem 4: 116-157. Havelka, P. 1976. Limnologische und systematische Studien an Ceratopogoniden (Diptera: Nematocera). Beitr. Entomol. 26: 211-305. Kieffer, J. J. 1919a. Observations sur les Chironomides (Dipt.) décrits par J. R. Malloch. Bull. Soc. Entomol. Fr. 1919: 191-194. . 1919b. Chironomides d’Europe conservés au Musee National Hongrois de Budapest. Ann. Hist. Nat. Mus. Natl. Hung. 17: 1-160. —. 1922. Nouveaux Chironomides piqueurs habitant |’Algerie. Arch. Inst. Pasteur Af- rique du Nord 2: 494—S18. —. 1925. Diptéres (Nématoceres Piqueurs): Chironomidae Ceratopogoninae. Faune de France 11: 1-138. Meigen, J. W. 1818. Systematische Beschreibung der bekannten europaischen zweiflugeligen Insekten. 1: 1-333, 11 plates. Aachen. Mayer, K. 1962. Untersuchungen mit Cantharidin-Fallen tiber die Flugaktivitat von Atricho- pogon (Meloehelea) oedemerarum Stora, einer an Insekten ectoparasitisch lebenden Ceratopogonide (Diptera). Z. Parasitenkd. 21: 257-272. Neindorff, U. von. 1959. Beitrag zur Kenntnis der Heleiden-Fauna (Dipt., Nemat.) Berlins. Mitt. Dtsch. Entomol. Ges. 18: 31-35. Remm, H. 1961. Estonian species of the genus Atrichopogon Kieffer (Diptera, Heleidae). II. Description of three new species and key for the identification of Estonian species of the subgenus Atrichopogon s. str. (In Russian; English summary). Entomol. Obozr. 40: 920-928 (English translation in Entomol. Rev. 40: 527-532. Stora, R. 1939. Mitteilungen iiber die Nematoceren Finnlands II. Not. Entomol. 19: 16-30. Winnertz, J. 1852. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der Gattung Ceratopogon. Linn. Entomol. 6: 1-80, 8 plates. Wirth, W. W. 1956. The biting midges ectoparasitic on blister beetles (Diptera, Heleidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 58: 15-23. . 1964. A new species and new records of African Ceratopogonidae (Dipt.). Stuttg. Beitr. Naturkd. no. 134: 1-3. Zilahi-Sebess, G. 1940. Magyarorszag Heleidai. Folia Entomol. Hung. 5-8: 10-133, 3 plates. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 140-151 HAPLOPEODES, A NEW GENUS FOR HAPLOMYZA OF AUTHORS (DIPTERA, AGROMYZIDAE) GEORGE C. STEYSKAL Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—The type-species of Haplomyza Hendel, Antineura togata Melander, is shown by the structure of the male postabdomen to be referable to Liriomyza. A new genus Haplopeodes, type-species Phytomyza minuta Frost, is erected for a compact group of species hitherto considered closely related to the species now designated as Liriomyza togata (Melander). Three new species, Haplopeodes kefi (California, U.S.A.), H. vogti (Rio Grande do Sul, Brazil), and H. eurhabdus (Argentina) are described, and a key to the American species of Haplopeodes is given. Genus Liriomyza Mik Liriomyza Mik, 1894: 289. Type-species, urophorina Mik, by monotypy. Antineura Melander, 1913: 249. Type-species, togata Melander, by original designation. Preoccupied by Antineura Osten Sacken, 1881. Haplomyza Hendel, 1914: 73. New name for Antineura Melander; type- species, togata Melander, by autotypy. NEW SYNONYM. Haplomyza was recognized as a genus by Spencer (1963), following Frick (1959), on the basis of the following combination of characters: Orbital set- ulae reclinate; crossvein im (tp) lacking; pregonite bearing a well-developed seta; only one upper orbital seta present; and male genitalia of a uniform type. He further stated that two of the characters cited by Frick, viz., those of matt gray mesoscutum and presence of only two rows of acrostichal setae, do not hold for some South American species that are otherwise typical, inasmuch as those species have largely shining mesoscuta and one of them has about five rows of acrostichals. The type-series of Antineura togata (see below) unfortunately does not have the characteristic male postabdominal structures which, as Spencer (1963: 373) stated, ‘‘show that they (the dark and shining South American species) can be included in a natural genus, together with the yellow and gray species such as H. tigrensis from Argentina, and H. togata (Mel.) and other North American species.”’ The inclusion by Spencer of H. togata in this group can be explained by the fact that Frick (1953), on comparison of VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 141 external characters, referred parts of the original series of Phytomyza min- uta Frost (shown below to be conspecific with the type of minuta) to H. togata, while referring to H. minuta only a series reared from Chenopodium album. The type of Antineura togata has a postabdomen (Fig. 1) similar in all respects to those of many species that have been placed in Liriomyza. Only the characters of the acrostichal setae, color, and lack of crossvein im in the wing remain to distinguish it from those species of Liriomyza. The stridulating mechanism of male Liriomyza species discovered by Tschirn- haus (1972; Spencer, 1976: 223) can be distinguished in the lectotype of togata as a ridge on the posterior side of the hindfemur, but in a microslide preparation of a male paratype of Haplopeodes kefi, n.sp. neither the fem- oral ridge nor the abdominal file could be distinguished. Haplomyza, therefore, must be considered a synonym of Liriomyza, sev- eral of the European species of which possess one or more of the characters of togata. Liriomyza togata (Melander), NEW COMBINATION Figs. [A—1D Antineura togata Melander, 1913: 250. Haplomyza togata (Melander), Hendel, 1914: 73; Frick, 1952: 410; Frick, 1953: 73; Frick, 1957: 204 (lectotype selection); Frick, 1959: 413; Spencer, 1963: 373; Frick, 1965: 803. The male specimen from Pullman, Washington, selected as lectotype by Frick, is now in the U.S. National Museum collections. Its postabdomen is shown in Fig. 1; it is in all respects similar to many species of Liriomyza. The only other specimen referable to L. togata that I have seen is the allolectotype (paralectotype) from Almota, Washington, the only other member of the original syntypic series. I cannot distinguish it from several of the species here placed in Haplopeodes. The food-plant of L. togata is not known. Haplopeodes Steyskal, NEW GENUS Type-species, Phytomyza minuta Frost. Gender masculine; derivation from Greek haplous ‘simple’ + peos ‘penis’ + eidos ‘form’ + es adjectival derivational suffix (-és, masc. and fem.; -es, neuter). This taxon corresponds essentially to the genus Haplomyza as used by Frick and Spencer (see foregoing), with the exception of the type-species, Antineura togata Melander, shown herein to be referable to Liriomyza. The species comprised in this concept, including Haplomyza minuta (Frost), most specimens of which have been erroneously identified with Liriomyza togata (Melander), form a compact group distinguished by a simple aedea- 142 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 2B 2 Figs. [|A-IE. Liriomyza togata. 1A, Phallosome, lateral view. 1B, Same, ventral view. 1C, Sperm pump. 1D, Epandrium and associated structures, anteroventral and profile views. 1E, Hypandrium and pregonite (sinistral half). Figs. 2A—2E. Haplopeodes kefi. 2A, Phallosome, lateral view. 2B, Aedeagus in A view. 2C, Sperm pump. 2D, Epandrium, hypandrium, and associated structures less phallosome (sinistral half). 2E, Epandrium and part of hypandrium, profile. aed = aedeagus; epa = epan- drium; epi = epiphallus; hyp = hypandrium; pg = pregonite; ss = surstylus. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 143 gus lacking or almost lacking lobes or processes and with very little color- ation, an elongate or scoop-shaped epiphallus, anteriorly rounded hypan- drium with a seta on the lobe that bears the pregonite, a surstylus with an apical comb of two to four denticles, and a sperm-pump with a large col- orless vesicle. The taxon is here considered a genus apparently closely related to Liriomyza and Calycomyza. The seta on the pregonite-bearing hypandrial lobe is yellowish and difficult to perceive; I have been unable to distinguish it in H. vogti and H. eurhabdus. The diagnostic characters of seven of the species in the following key are only in the male postabdomen, and the most distinctive parts seem to be the surstylus, epiphallus, and structures at the base of the aedeagus. I have not been able to find characters in other parts of the body to distinguish these species from each other, or indeed from Liriomyza togata, and the color characters cited by Frick (1959) do not seem to be trustworthy. Species from other parts of the world than the Americas include a few from Europe that have been placed in Haplomyza (as a subgenus of Lirio- myza) by Hendel (1931: 198), two Australian species that have been recently placed in Liromyza (Spencer, 1977), and Haplomyza diminuella Spencer (1961: 339), described from a single female specimen from South Africa. Haplopeodes is probably restricted to the Americas. The species of Haplopeodes, so far as is known, are leaf miners in a variety of plants, chiefly in the families Amaranthaceae, Chenopodiaceae, and Solanaceae. Morphological characters of immatures are known for only one species, H. lopesi (Oliveira and Silva, 1954). The adult males of Haplopeodes may be distinguished as in the following key. KEY TO SPECIES OF HAPpltoPpeopES BASED LARGELY UPON MALES 1 (2) Inner postalar seta arising from yellow area; scutellum so large- ly yellow that basal seta arises from area of that color; male unknown (miner in Portulaca sp.; New Mexico) ............ Bao oct 00'S Ce ee eee cee ore H. palliatus (Coquillett) Inner postalar seta arising from blackish area; scutellum more extensively blackish, including area at base of basal seta. Front and scutellum dark brown to black (miners in Solanum spp. in Brazil). Pe) Haiternentinely, dark. blackish 22) ./.) ..s.sacnent H. bullati (Spencer) 5 (4) Halter at least partly yellowish. 6 (7) Third antennal segment black; knob of halter gray mesally, yellow laterally; surstylus with 4 minute, widely spaced den- 1S FE ay bt al Be he aE Re a RRS H. verbascifolii (Spencer) cA — 598 ~— 144 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 7 (6) Third antennal segment pale brown; knob of halter yellow; sur- stylus with 4 blunt teeth and 2 denticles (Fig. 7) ............ ects i. 2 ORO. Bet Shad tie H. lopesi (Oliveira and Silva) 8 (3) Front yellow; scutellum yellow mesally; halter yellow (species mining in Amaranthaceae, Chenopodiaceae, and Solanaceae). 9 (10) Male with complex aedeagus of Liriomyza type (Fig. 1) (host unknown; Washington)............ Liriomyza togata (Melander) 10 (9) Male with simple aedeagus (Figs. 2-6). 11 (14) Surstylus (Figs. 4, 9) with 3 or 4 blunt teeth occupying most of apical margin, also with | seta close to one of the teeth. 12 (13) Surstylus (Fig. 9) with 3 teeth and | seta; each arm of hypan- drium with median expansion (Florida) ... H. philoxeri (Spencer) 13 (12) Surstylus (Fig. 4D) with 4 teeth and | seta; arms of hypandrium of uniform width as far as basal lobe (Fig. 4D) (Argentina) ... ns Retro er tere Sp: WI ee H. tigrensis (Spencer) 14 (11) Surstylus (Figs. 2, 3, 5, 6, 7) with only 2 teeth or with 3 or 4 teeth very close together. 15 (18) Surstylus with 2 triangular teeth and without seta. 16 (17) Abdomen black centrally, sometimes broadly yellowish later- ally; surstylus as in Fig. 7 (Argentina) ..... H. capsici (Spencer) 17 (16) Abdomen yellowish with 3 pairs of blackish spots (Fig. 6F), surstylus as in Fig. 6D (Argentina) .. H. eurhabdus, new species 18 (15) Surstylus with 2 setae and 2 or more teeth or with 3 or 4 teeth and without setae. Surstylus (Fig. 5D) with 4 minute closely-spaced teeth and without seta, attached anterior to ventral apex of epandrium (Fig, SC) (Brazil). Nese eee ee H. vogti, new species 20 (19) Surstylus (Figs. 2D, 3D) with 2 to 4 small teeth on common projection and with 2 setae (United States). 21 (22) Hypandrium (Fig. 3D) with narrow basimesal seta-bearing lobe; aedeagus in posterior view (Fig. 3B) (western U.S.) .... Sey ss ee eee Oe H. minutus (Frost) 22 (21) Hypandrium (Fig. 2D) with broad seta-bearing lobe; aedeagus in posterior view (Fig. 2B) with basal part in form of parallel- orram) (California)iocek ee a ee H. kefi, new species 19 (20 — Haplopeodes bullati (Spencer), NEW COMBINATION Haplomyza bullati Spencer, 1963: 374. This species is known only from a single pair in Spencer’s collection, reared from leaves of Solanum bullatum Vell. in the State of Sao Paulo, Brazil. I have not seen it and no data on the surstylus is available. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 145 —— Figs. 3A-3D. Haplopeodes minutus. 3A, Phallosome and sperm pump. 3B, Ventral view of aedeagus. 3C, Epandrium and part of hypandrium, profile. 3D, Epandrium, hypandrium, and associated structures less phallosome (sinistral half). Figs. 4A-4E. H. tigrensis. 4A, Phallosome. 4B, Ventral view of aedeagus. 4C, Epandrium and part of hypandrium, profile. 4D, Epandrium, hypandrium, and associated structures (si- nistral half). 4E, Sperm pump. 146 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Haplopeodes capsici (Spencer), NEW COMBINATION Fig. 7 Haplomyza capsici Spencer, in Spencer and Stegmaier, 1973: 175. This species was reared from leaves of Capsicum annuum L. in the vi- cinity of Tucuman, Argentina. Several larvae may feed in the same leaf and form a large communal blotch mine. Haplopeodes eurhabdus Steyskal, NEW SPECIES Figs. 6A—6F Male.—Length of wing 1.3 mm. Distinguishable from H. capsici, as shown in the foregoing key, by little more than characters of the male post- abdomen, lesser size, 6-spotted yellow abdomen (in H. capsici black cen- trally and more or less yellow laterally), 2 instead of 3 lower fronto-orbital setae (front in type specimen strongly depressed), and apparently shorter and relatively higher head (Fig. 6E). The male postabdomen (Figs. 6A—6D) is also quite similar to that of H. capsici, the position of the surstylar teeth, apical in H. eurhabdus and postapical in H. capsici (Fig. 7) is quite differ- ent. Holotype.—Male, ‘‘Argentina 1972 ex Solanum elaeagnifolium”’ Cav. (H. Zimmermann), notebook no. AcSA 138B, type number 75551 in the U.S. National Museum. The specific epithet is a Greek adjective signifying ‘with a long rod.’ Haplopeodes kefi Steyskal, NEW SPECIES Figs. 2A—2E Male.—Length of wing 1.08 to 1.31 mm (in type 1.21 mm). Distinguishable from H. minutus, as shown in the foregoing key, by little more than differ- ences in the male postabdomen, although there seems to be a rather indis- tinct difference in the body coloration, the sharp differentiation between yellow margin and black center of the abdominal terga of H. minutus lack- ing, the abdomen instead being dark brownish with indistinct yellowish mar- gins; the mesoscutum is also indistinctly yellowish before the scutellum. Postabdomen with surstylus (Figs. 2D, 2E) placed well forward, bearing a narrow comb of 4 denticles and 2 small setae anterior to the comb; epi- phallus (Fig. 2A) with dorsal profile in apical half straight, without recurved tip; aedeagus (Figs. 2A, 2B) with lightly sclerotized basal portion approxi- mately as long as simply tapering, slender, hyaline apical portion; pregonite (Fig. 2D) with apical gash much as in Liriomyza togata (Fig. 1E). Female.—Similar to male; length of wing 1.42 to 1.48 mm; ovipositor sheath short, black, about as long as yellowish last preabdominal segment. Mine.—On dorsal surface of leaf; a highly irregular blotch seldom as much as 2 cm in greatest extent; position very variable, but most often near middle VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 147 Figs. SA-SD. Haplopeodes vogti. 5A, Phallosome. 5B, Ventral view of aedeagus. SC, Epandrium and part of hypandrium, profile. SD, Epandrium, hypandrium, and associated struc- tures (sinistral half). Figs. 6A-6F. H. eurhabdus. 6A, Phallosome. 6B, Ventral view of aedeagus. 6C, Epandrium and part of hypandrium, profile. 6D, Epandrium, hypandrium, and associated structures (si- nistral half). 6E, Head of male in profile. 6F, Dorsal abdominal pattern. 148 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 7, 8 9 Figs. 7 to 9. Surstylus of Haplopeodes spp. 7, H. capsici. 8, H. lopesi. 9, H. philoxeri. Redrawn from figures in original descriptions. of leaf and usually confined to one side of midrib; feces in randomly disposed spots. At least some of the mines examined may be formed by more than one larvae, as are those described by Spencer for H. capsici. Types.—Holotype, allotype, and 4 ¢ and | 2 paratypes, Santa Cruz, Santa Cruz County, California, U.S.A., 14 September 1948 (K. E. Frick), ex larva Solanum umbelliferum Esch.; | pair of paratypes, same data, 17 September 1948. There are also 2 adult specimens, 5 puparia, and 7 larvae in ethanol, also 2 sheets with 66 pressed mined leaves of the host plant from this same lot (Frick no. 143-1). All is in the Frick Collection, California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco, with the exception of one pair of paratypes retained in U.S. National Museum. The specific epithet is an acronym composed of the initial letters of the name of the collector, Kenneth E. Frick, to which -i as a genitive ending had been added. This is the only North American species of Haplopeodes known to mine in a solanaceous plant, as do three South American species. The latter are much darker in color than H. kefi and structurally different. Haplopeodes lopesi (Oliveira and Silva), NEW COMBINATION Haplomyza lopesi Oliveira and Silva, 1954: 25; Spencer, 1963: 375. Known only from the type specimens coilected from Solanum argenteum Dunal in Rio de Janeiro, Brazil. The description is well illustrated, with some data on the larva. I have not seen the species. Haplopeodes minutus (Frost), NEW COMBINATION Figs. 3A—3D Phytomyza minuta Frost, 1924: 86; Frick, 1952: 427. Haplomyza minuta (Frost) Frick, 1953: 73 (lectotype selection); 1959: 413; 1965: 802. | VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 149 Haplomyza togata (Melander) Stegmaier, 1967: 197; Spencer, 1969: 201. Misdeterminations. H. minuta (Frost) Spencer and Stegmaier, 1973: 112. As shown in the above synonymy, some of the records for Liriomyza togata actually refer to Haplopeodes minutus. | have examined the postab- domen of male specimens in the type-series from Bismarck, North Dakota. 14 June 1918 and Las Cruces, New Mexico, 16 June 1917. A female from Las Cruces, 14 June 1917, and a female from Marfa, Texas, 13 June 1917. appear to be conspecific with the female from Fargo, North Dakota, 13 June 1918, that was unfortunately selected as lectotype. The preabdomen of all of these specimens is black with sharply contrasting yellow tergal margins; the first tergum is wholly yellow. The mesoscutum is black with whitish tomentum, except for yellowish lateral border and humerus, which latter includes a small dark anterior spot. The postabdomen of the male Bismarck specimen, which may be considered allotype, is shown in Fig. 3. The surstyli are borne on the middle of the lower margin of the epandrium; they bear on their apical margin a narrow two- or three-toothed comb and two moderately large setae. The epiphallus is strongly recurved apically; the aedeagus has its anterobasal portion rather strongly sclerotized and narrowed apicolater- ally; the apex of the phallapodeme, at its posterior junction with the aedea- gus, is hamate or turned forward to form a clawlike structure; the pregonite is carried virtually at right angles to the hypandrium and is apically bilobate. Other specimens, including some previously referred to ‘‘Haplomyza”™’ togata, are from the following localities: KANSAS: Manhattan, 26 August 1949 (C. Stegmaier), ex Amaranthus retroflexus. TEXAS: Crystal City, 26 June 1962 (J. A. Harding) reared from pigweed (Amaranthus sp.). WASH- INGTON: Prosser, Benton County, 9 June 1952 (K. E. Frick, lot no. 52-5), ex larva, Chenopodium album L. CALIFORNIA: Bakersfield, Kern Coun- ty, 14 August 1948 (K. E. Frick, lot no. 84-1), ex larva, Amaranthus hy- bridus; Bakersfield, 9 August 1948 (W. H. Lange), ex Amaranthus sp.: Mountain View, Santa Clara County, 4 July 1948 (K. E. Frick, lot no. 61- 1), ex larva, Amaranthus retroflexus; Sunnyvale, Santa Clara County, 22 November 1948 (K. E. Frick, lot no. 171-1), ex larva, Amaranthus retro- flexus. Haplopeodes palliatus (Coquillett), NEW COMBINATION Phytomyza palliata Coquillett, 1902: 191; Frost, 1924: 82. Antineura palliata (Coquillett) Melander, 1913: 250. Haplomyza palliata (Coquillett) Frick, 1952: 410; 1959: 413; 1965: 802. This species, known from a single female specimen reared from Portulaca sp., Mesilla Park, New Mexico, 10 August (T. D. A. Cockerell), may not be a Haplopeodes. It is distinguished in the foregoing key. 150 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Haplopeodes philoxeri (Spencer), NEW COMBINATION Fig. 9 Haplomyza philoxeri Spencer, in Spencer and Stegmaier, 1973: 112. Described from both sexes and puparium reared from Philoxerus vermi- cularis (L.) Br. (Amaranthaceae) from Monroe County, Florida. I have not seen the species. Haplopeodes tigrensis (Spencer), NEW COMBINATION Figs. 4A—4E Haplomyza tigrensis Spencer, 1963: 375. The paratype cited by Spencer as being presented to the California Acad- emy of Sciences is a male and has been examined to secure additional detailed information and to provide the figures of the postabdomen here presented. There are four rather widely spaced denticles on the surstylus (Fig. 4D), the dorsal profile of the epiphallus (Fig. 4A) is sinuate with the tip slightly recurved, and the pregonite is longer and more slender than in other species I have examined. The aedeagus (Figs. 4A, 4B) shows a pos- terior lobe in the middle of the dextral side, and the ectal end of the phal- lapodeme is strongly bent. The species was reared from ‘‘blotch mines on unidentified bush,”’ Tigre, Buenos Aires, Argentina. Haplopeodes verbascifolii (Spencer), NEW COMBINATION Haplomyza verbascifolii Spencer, 1963: 376. This species is known only from the types in Spencer’s collection, reared from leaf-mines on Solanum verbascifolium L., Agua Funda, Sao Paulo, Brazil. | have not seen specimens. Haplopeodes vogti Steyskal, NEW SPECIES Figs. SA—5D Male.—Length of wing 1.4 mm. Distinguishable from H. minutus and H. kefi, as shown in the foregoing key, by little more than differences in the male postabdomen. Cheek deep posteriorly, 0.4 as deep as vertical diameter of eye; abdominal dorsum blackish, becoming brown to yellowsh laterally and apically. Postabdomen with surstylus (Figs. SC, 5D) placed well forward on epan- drium, bearing comb of 4 closely spaced, minute denticles on a short pro- jection and without seta; epiphallus (Fig. SA) without recurved tip; aedeagus (Figs. SA, 5B) with basal portion lightly sclerotized, swollen at basal % on sinistral side, apical portion a little shorter than basal portion and simply tapering to pointed tip; basal expansion of hypandrial arms (Fig. 5D) broad and lacking seta. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 15] Female.—Similar to male; length of wing 1.7 mm; last preabdominal ter- gum yellowish with pair of median brown spots; ovipositor sheath blackish. about as long as last preabdominal tergum. Types.—Holotype, ¢, and allotype, Brazil: Tramandai, Rio Grade do Sul, 2 February 1961, ex leaf-mine in Philoxerus portulacoides St. Hil. (G. Vogt), type no. 75553 in the U.S. National Museum. The specific epithet is a genitive patronymic in recognition of colleague George Vogt’s accomplishments in entomology. LITERATURE CITED Coquillett, D. W. 1902. New acalyptrate Diptera from North America. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 10: 177-191. Hendel, F. 1914. Namensanderungen (Dipt.). Entomol. Mitt. 3: 73. . 1931. 59. Agromyzidae. Jn: Lindner, E., Die Fliegen der palaearktischen Region VI, (fasc. 58): 193-258. Frick, K. E. 1952. A generic revision of the family Agromyzidae (Diptera) with a catalogue of New World species. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 8: 339-452. ——.. 1953. Some additions and corrections to the species list of North American Agro- myzidae (Diptera). Can. Entomol. 85: 68-76. ———. 1957. Nomenclatural changes and type designations of some New World Agromyzidae (Diptera). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 50: 198-205. —. 1959. Synopsis of the species of agromyzid leaf miners described from North America (Diptera). Proc. U.S. Natl. Mus. 108: 347-465. ———. 1965. Family Agromyzidae. Jn: Stone, A. et al., (ed.) A catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. U.S. Dept. Agric., Agric. Res. Serv., Agric. Handb. no. 276: 794-805. Frost, S. W. 1924. A study of the leaf-mining Diptera of North America. Cornell Univ. Agric. Exp. Stn. Mem. 78: 1-228. Melander, A. L. 1913. A synopsis of the dipterous groups Agromyzinae, Milichiinae, Och- thiphilinae and Geomyzinae. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 21: 219-274, 283-300, pl. 8. Mik, J. 1894. Ueber eine neue Agromyza, deren Larven in den Bliithenknospen von Lilium Martagon leben. Wien. Entomol. Ztg. 13: 284-290, pl. 3. Oliveira, S. J. de and G. A. da Silva. 1954. SObre uma nova espécie de Agromyzidae (Diptera) cujas larvas minam folhas de Solanum argenteum. Rev. Bras. Entomol. 1: 25-30. Spencer, K. A. 1961. Notes on the African Agromyzidae—3 (Diptera). J. Entomol. Soc. South Afr. 24: 322-344. ———. 1963. A synopsis of the neotropical Agromyzidae (Diptera). Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 115: 291-389. . 1969. The Agromyzidae of Canada and Alaska. Mem. Entomol. Soc. Can. 64: 1-311. . 1976. The Agromyzidae (Diptera) of Fennoscandia and Denmark. Part |. Fauna Ento- mol. Scand. 5 (1): 1-304. . 1977. Agromyzidae (Diptera) of economic importance. The Hague: Dr. W. Junk B.V. x1, 418 p. Spencer, K. A. and C. A. Stegmaier. 1973. Agromyzidae of Florida with a supplement on species from the Caribbean. Arthropods Fla. Neighboring Land Areas 7: i-iv, 1-205. Stegmaier, C. A. 1967. New host plant records of Haplomyza togata from Florida (Diptera, Agromyzidae). Fla. Entomol. 50: 197-198. Tschirnhaus, M. von. 1972 (1971). Unbekannte Stridulationsorgane bei Dipteren und ihre Bedeutung ftir Taxonomie und Phylogenetik der Agromyziden (Diptera: Agromyzidae et Chamaemyliidae). Beitr. Entomol. 21: 551-579. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, p. 152 NOTE Mycetophilidae and Sciaridae (Diptera) in Mexican Amber Recently I had the opportunity, through the kindness of Dr. J. H. Peck, to see the Mycetophilidae and Sciaridae from Mexican amber that are in his care in the Museum of Paleontology at the University of California, Berke- ley. My main purpose in viewing the material was to search for specimens belonging to two recently revised genera, Phronia and Trichonta (Myce- tophilidae). I found no species of those genera, but I was able to identify most of the specimens to generic or at least tribal level. Further identifi- cation is possible, but this should be done by whoever revises the modern species of each of the genera and tribes represented. A reviser will know the group intimately and will be better able to appreciate the relationships of the fossils to modern forms. I suspect that some of these fossils are at least close to if not conspecific with extant species, as is true for some Cecidomyiidae from Mexican amber (Gagne. 1973. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 75:169-171). The specimens are dated Upper Oligocene to Lower Miocene, about 30 million years BP. Some are in excellent condition, the males with well- displayed terminalia that are so important for identification of these flies. Some species are represented in more than | piece of amber. Following is a list of Mexican amber Mycetophilidae and Sciaridae that I was able to identify. Each code number refers to one specimen and is a combination of locality number and specimen number. Unless the postab- domen is lost or obscured, I have indicated the sex of each specimen fol- lowing its code number. Mycetophilidae: Ceroplatinae (Platyura or Orfelia), B4116-3 ¢, B4116-4 3, B4120-10 3g, B5341-32 2, B5341-38, B7046-24 2°, B7048-49 3, B7048-50 2°, B8411-71 2, B8413-40 3d, B8413-41, B8425-102 3, 12997 2; Exechiini, B7048-51, B8413-156 3; Leiini, 12960 ?¢; Leiini, possibly Tetragoneura, B7046-25; Manota sp. 2°. Sciaridae: Bradysia (s.1.) sp., B6899-16 3, B7045-45 ¢, B7045-46, B7046-23, 12932 2, 12933 6, 12934 Jl 299800:> Sciararsp.« 112930; 1299546. Raymond J. Gagne, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 153-154 NOTE Recent Collection Records of Merope tuber Newman (Mecoptera: Meropeidae) in Maryland Little information is available on the seasonal distribution and life history of Merope tuber Newman. This is partly due to its presumed nocturnal habits and the lack of systematic collecting for the species. Most specimens reported were collected by overturning rocks or logs or captured in various types of insect traps (Byers, G. W. 1973a. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 46: SI1- 516). The species has been reported from scattered locations in several east coast and midwestern states and Canada (Byers, G. W. 1973b. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 46: 362-375; Byers, 1973a) with most records based on a single specimen. Except for one specimen from Pennsylvania (Byers, G. W. 1954. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 47: 484-510; personal communication, Byers, 30 Mar. 1979. *‘The specimen was taken in a molasses trap set for cave crickets by Dr. T. H. Hubbell, . . . in Lancaster County between 6 and 30 September, 1930.”’), all records of M. tuber from the east coast and Maryland date before 1904 (Barber, H. S. 1904. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 6: 50-51; Byers, 1954, 1973a, b; Caron, D. M. 1967. J. Tenn. Acad. Sci. 42: 73-77). This paper reports new records of M. tuber from Maryland and provides additional information on its seasonal distribution. During a field study on asilid flies in Maryland (Scarbrough, A. G. 1974. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 76: 385-396), 26 specimens of M. tuber (see below) were captured in a Malaise trap over a three year period. The trap was monitored every three to four days from 15 June to | October in 197] and from | May to | October in 1972 and 1973. To date this is one of the largest number of M. tuber captured at one site and is the only site to be systematically monitored for an extended period. Robert W. Carlson cap- tured 26 or more specimens in a Malaise trap near Ann Arbor, Mich. (un- published records, personal communication, Byers, 4 May 1979), and James G. Needham captured over 100 one night at a light at Friendly, West Virginia (Carpenter, F. M. 1932. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 27:149). The present study site is located on the Towson State University Campus (Baltimore Quadrangle; 70°32’2”W, 39°23'22"N) in Baltimore County, Maryland. The trap was placed 8 m inside the west margin of a wooded plot and 20 m north of a permanent stream. The immediate area surrounding the trap was dom- inated by Quercus borealis Mich., Fraxinus americana L., Fagus grandi- folia Ehrh., and Prunus sp. Ground cover was thick, consisting of several woody shrub and herbaceous plant species and fallen branches and tree trunks. M. tuber captured in other localities has also been associated with 154 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON woodlands and frequently in woodlands near permanent streams (Byers, 1973a). Based upon collection records, M. tuber is active between June and Sep- tember (Byers, 1954). However, only two specimens are reported for the month of June, with the rest (>150) reported in July through September (Barber, 1904; Carpenter, 1932; Byers, 1973a). This report shows a similar seasonal range, with all specimens captured between July and September. Specimens collected. MARYLAND: Baltimore County, Sheppard Pratt Woods, 20-VII-1971 (22), 6-VII-1971 (12), 21-VIII-1971 (12, 2¢), 20-IX- 1971 (22), 8-VII-1972 (16), 21-VH-1972 (3 2), 1-VIII-1972 (12, 2d); 5-VIII- 1972 (59), 15-VII-1973 (1d), 25-VII-1973 (29), 5-VIII-1973 (12), 23-VIII- 1973 (2d). Specimens cited herein will be deposited at Towson State University Museum; National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution; and Snow Entomological Museum, University of Kansas, Lawrence, Kan- sas. Thanks are due to Oliver S. Flint, Department of Entomology, Smith- sonian Institution for helpful suggestions concerning M. tuber, and George W. Byers, Department of Entomology, University of Kansas, for unpub- lished collection records and for examining an early draft of this note. The Towson State University Faculty Research Committee is acknowledged for support of this project. A. G. Scarbrough, Department of Biology, Institute of Animal Behavior, Towson State University, Baltimore, Maryland 21204. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, p. 155 Book REVIEW A Field Guide in Colour to Insects. 1977. Jiri Zahradnik. Octopus Books, Ltd., London, England. 319 pp. Cost: $7.95 (hard cover). The author is an experienced Czechoslovakian entomologist with many well received works to his name. His field guide was written for laymen and beginning biology students interested in identifying adults of the more com- mon European insects. The general part includes basic morphological descriptions of insects, development, distribution, and higher classification. Most of these topics are illustrated with well selected line drawings. Methods of collecting and preserving are given under the orders. After the orders are described, a key is given to them, but there are no family keys or descriptions. All species included are illustrated on color plates, with over 800 color illustrations, providing dorsal or lateral views of insects. The color reproduction in gen- eral is good, but red is often dull and too dark (p. 173). Although size of insects illustrated is given in the text, a scale beside each figure showing the average length of the insect would have been a useful addition. The higher classification reflects the views of present day European sys- tematists, and as such it differs from that commonly used by most North American entomologists. Species descriptions are brief, giving the most important morphological features for recognition of adults, and also include notes on ecology, life cycle, economic importance, and distribution. In a few cases, larval and adult galleries (Scolytidae), galls produced on plants (Pemphigidae, Cecidomyiidae, Cynipidae), larval cases (Psychidae), or lar- vae (Cossidae, Sphingidae, etc.) are also illustrated on the color plates. A one-page bibliography lists the more important books available for be- ginners and enthusiasts, with only a few that were printed in North America. There is an index to common names and another to Latin names, but the names of orders and families are deleted from both. A number of Latin species name spellings are different from those used in the text. The text was printed on a thick paper, and the book is too large to be carried in a pocket as one usually does with field books. Apparently the author had to follow rigid editorial policies, with restric- tions imposed by the publisher, resulting in some omissions which should not grossly detract from the value of this book. In general, this is a fine, inexpensive book for someone looking for pleas- ant reading and colorful pictures to assist with the recognition of common European insects. Michael Kosztarab, Department of Entomology, Virginia Polytechnic In- stitute and State University, Blacksburg, Virginia 24061. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(1), 1980, pp. 156-158 Book REVIEW How to Know the True Bugs. 1978. James A. Slater and Richard M. Baranowski. Wm. C. Brown Co., Dubuque, Iowa, 256 pp., 496 figs. Cost: $7.95 (cloth edition), $5.95 (paper edition). More than 40 years have passed since the appearance of Blatchley’s man- ual of northeastern Heteroptera (1926. Nature Publishing Co., Indianapolis, Indiana. 1116 pp.), a work that served as a bible for many 20th century hemipterists. Drs. Slater and Baranowski have now given us an up-to-date volume treating nearly all the genera of true bugs occurring in the United States and Canada. At last the nonspecialist should be able to identify most genera and the common species encountered during general collecting and in various ecological surveys, thus helping relieve some of the burden from taxonomic specialists. We are pleased to report that the Slater and Baranowski book is one of the most professionally executed of the ‘‘Pictured Key Nature Series.”’ At the same time the work reveals the authors’ enthusiasm for their subject and their sense of humor, challenges the amateur to add to our knowledge of heteropteran biology and distribution, and holds much useful information for the professional entomologist. Their work may well stimulate as much interest in North American Heteroptera as the Blatchley volume did in the 1920's. In the preface the authors clearly tell us what their manual is and is not and what compromises had to be adopted, namely the impracticality of treating the entire true bug fauna of the U.S. and Canada as Southwood and Leston (1959. Frederick Warne and Co., London. 436 pp.) were able to do for the fauna of Great Britain (with a manageable number of species, about 500). Not all genera are keyed and discussed, but it is remarkable that for the two largest families, the Lygaeidae and Miridae, nearly all genera are brought together for the first time. When one considers the fragmented literature of the family Miridae, this stands as quite an accomplishment. We certainly agree with the authors that a synoptic manual is not the place to make radical changes in names of higher taxa. They have therefore been conservative and used names as they appear in standard references. The introductory chapters treat heteropteran biology and morphology and define and give illustrations of most of the common terms used later in the keys. Perhaps ‘‘trichobothrium”’ and ‘‘ostiolar canal,’’ which appear in the family keys, could have been more fully explained since they are not listed in the terminal index/glossary. Especially valuable are the many collecting hints, methods the experienced hemipterist takes for granted but are seldom VOLUME 82, NUMBER | 157 seen in print. Armed with such privileged information, the beginner should be able to collect rare ground-dwelling forms by using an aspirator in con- junction with the ‘‘scratch and search’? technique, seldom seen tree and shrub species by beating foliage over a tray, and elusive shore bugs by squirting them with a squeeze bottle filled with alcohol. Other introductory sections deal with the proper preparation and care of specimens, including the advice to keep mirids out of alcohol (amen!). Beginners are encouraged to keep host plant records and associate imma- tures with adults. A nice addition is a section on the hemipterists them- selves—Europeans and Americans, amateurs and professionals—who have contributed most to our knowledge of the true bugs. To these biographical sketches, the inclusion of the date of birth and death might have given some historical perspective. A list of general references on Heteroptera precedes the keys to adults and nymphs of the North American families. The family keys are workable and should be readily understood by the student. Only a few “trouble spots’? were found. North American members of the Isometopidae, admittedly a group not often encountered by the be- ginner, will not key out in couplet 31 (p. 23) because of their 2-segmented tarsi. The omission of the word ‘“‘head”’’ in couplet 10a (p. 21) could also cause confusion. Most of the remainder of the book is devoted to treating the families of Hemiptera (pp. 33-244), with generic keys and comments on biology and taxonomy of common species. Useful references are found at the end of each family discussion, but the listing of references appears inconsistent. For example, a McAtee paper (1919. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 14: 80- 93) is cited for the small family Piesmatidae, but for the Berytidae, another rather small group, McAtee’s review paper of the same year (1919. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 27: 79-92) is omitted. No references are given for the large families Coreidae and Pentatomidae, but references are included for other large families. The numerous, original illustrations are an outstanding feature, although they do vary in quality. Facilitating the use of generic keys are the many line drawings of setae, spines, ostiolar canals, etc. The authors admit to some difficulties in keying certain genera, and they provide comments in the text or footnotes to aid in interpreting some of the difficult couplets. We noted inconsistencies in the updating of nomenclature and number of species contained in certain genera. Also several old generic names were used in the ‘“‘List of Common Names’’ which precedes the index. These minor problems undoubtedly are a result of the work being in preparation for at least 15 years (see Sweet, M. H. 1964. Pt. I. Entomol. Am. 43: 4). For the Miridae, the largest family of the true bugs, the authors had to rely heavily on the literature, which they readily admit means that some species may not run correctly to genus. For example, at least one species 158 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON of Scalponotatus will key to Slaterocoris, and Teleorhinus (couplet 155) might not be considered an ant mimic because it does not have the abdomen constricted at the base. Although under the genus Peritropis (p. 187) both P. husseyi and P. saldaeformis are said to have “‘numerous large white spots sprinkled over the dorsal body surface,’’ this description should apply only to husseyi. The illustration labeled as Plagiognathus obscurus (Fig. 415) should refer to P. politus, a mistake first made in Knight’s **Miridae of Illinois’’ (1941. Bull. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. 22: 1-234). Most reviewers are wont to point out typographical and similar errors; happily, we found few. Occasionally a typographical error resulted in a misspelling or a run-on sentence. Several genera, mainly mirids and tingids, were omitted from the index, including Hesperophylum, Leptocorisa, Lep- todictya, Leptopharsa, Leptophya, Litomiris, Lopidea, Lopidella, Lopus, and Melanorhopala. These problems, however, do not seriously detract from a book we enthusiastically recommend to those interested in the true bugs—the amateur as well as the specialist. A. G. Wheeler, Jr. and Thomas J. Henry, Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Harrisburg, Pennsylvania 17120. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 1 159 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON INFORMATION FOR CONTRIBUTORS Publication in the Proceedings is generally reserved for members. Manuscripts should not exceed 15 printed pages including illustrations (approximately 25 typewritten pages). Papers, after acceptance, are published in approximately the order they were received: notes are published as space is available. Manuscripts will be reviewed before acceptance. Final decision for rejection of a manuscript is made by the Publications Committee. Typing.—Submit two copies of a manuscript, the original and one xerox or carbon copy. Type manuscripts on bond paper with double-spacing and ample margins. Original copies on paper larger than 8/2 x 11” are not acceptable. Number pages consecutively beginning with the title page. Do not use all capitals for any purpose. Underscore only where italic is intended in the body of the text. Begin each of the following entries on a separate page: Title page, abstract, text of article, literature cited, footnotes, tables, figure legends. Title page.—Include the following: (1) Complete title with the order and family names in parentheses, (2) author(s) name(s), (3) affiliation of author(s) including complete address and zip code, and (4) complete name and address to whom the proof should be sent in the upper left corner. Abstract.—All manuscripts, including notes, must be accompanied by an abstract suitable for publication. Literature cited.—Citations in papers should be by author and date and refer to a list of references, listed alphabetically by author, in Literature Cited. The format should conform to the style in recent issues. In contributions intended for notes, references to literature should be included in parentheses in the text. Tables.—Keep number of tables to a minimum. Prepare them as a line drawing or type on a separate page with the heading at the top and footnotes below. Illustrations.—No extra charge is made for line drawings or halftones. Submit photographs on glossy paper and submit original drawings. Authors should plan illustrations for reduction to the dimensions of the printed page and allow room for explanatory matter at the bottom. Do not make plates larger than 14 x 18”. Individual figures must be mounted on suitable board, and photographs should be trimmed, placed together, and abut when mounted. Arrange figures to use space efficiently. Include title of paper, author’s name and address, and number of the illustration(s) on the back of each plate. Figures should be numbered consec- utively. Plates will be returned only at the author’s request and expense. Illustrations not requested by an author are discarded one year after publication. Names and descriptions or organisms.—The first mention of a plant or animal should include the full scientific name with the author of a zoological name not abbreviated. Use only common names approved by the Entomological Society of America. Descriptions of taxa should be in telegraphic style. Keys should be in couplet form. Proofs and reprints.—Proofs and a reprint order will be sent to the author by the printer with explicit instructions for their return. All changes in proof, except for printer’s and editorial errors, will be charged to the author. Charges.—Authors will be assessed a page charge to cover editing and publication expenses. These charges are in addition to those for reprints and author’s correction in proof. Authors will be given an estimate of cost at the time of acceptance of their manuscripts. Charges for an excess of printed pages over 15, for paper by non-members, and for immediate publication are at a higher rate. Member authors who are retired or not affiliated with an institution may request to have charges waived and should do so when the manuscript is submitted. Charges for author errors and/or changes in proof, for reprints if ordered, for immediate publication, or for non-members are not waived. Acceptance of papers is based only on their scientific merit without regard to the author’s financial support. U.S. POSTAL SERVICE STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP, MANAGEMENT AND CIRCULATION (Required by 39 U.S.C. 3685) 1. TITLE OF PUBLICATION | A. PUBLICATION NO. __|2. DATE OF FILING Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Wash. ail a sulte 4| 0| 12 Sept 1979* 3. FREQUENCY OF ISSUE r NOROMIRaDES PUBLISHED|B. ANNUAL SUBSCRIPTION Q e anua Ap October) 4 $8 members 4. LOCATION OF KNOWN OFFICE OF PUBLICATION (Street, City, County, State and ZIP Code) (Not printers) ¥ Stitt comes— -members ti c/o Dept. Entomolog Smithsonian Institution, Wash., D.C. 20560 $17 none 4 OCATION OF THE HEADQUARTERS OR GENERAL BU ess or ES OF THE PU ISHERS (Not printers) ‘ as #4 6. NAMES AND COMPLETE ADDRESSES OF PUBLISHER, EDITOR, AND MANAGING EDITOR PUBLISHER (Name and Address) Entomological Society of Washington, address as in #4 EDITOR (Name and Address) Manya Brooke oetzel, address as in #4 MANAGING EDITOR (Name and Address) None 7. OWNER (If owned by a corporation, its name and address must be stated and also immediately thereunder the names and addresses of stock- holders owning or holding I percent or more of total amount of stock. If not owned by a corporation, the names and addresses of the individual owners must be given. If owned by a partnership or other unincorporated firm, its name and address, as well as that of each individual must be given.) NAME ADDRESS | Entomological Society of Washington c/o Dept. Entomology, Smithsonian | L Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560 8. KNOWN BONDHOLDERS, MORTGAGEES, AND OTHER SECURITY HOLDERS OWNING OR HOLDING 1 PERCENT OR MORE OF TOTAL AMOUNT OF BONDS, MORTGAGES OR OTHER SECURITIES (If there are none, so state) T NAME { ADDRESS None i =~! lo. FOR COMPLETION BY NONPROFIT ORGANIZATIONS AUTHORIZED TO MAIL AT SPECIAL RATES (Section 132.122, PSM) The purpose, function, and nonprofit status of this organization and the exempt status for Federal income tax purposes (Check one) HAVE NOT CHANGED DURING HAVE CHANGED DURING (If changed, publisher must submit explanation of change PRECEDING 12 MONTHS PRECEDING 12 MONTHS with this statement.) AVERAGE NO. COPIES EACH ACTUAL NO. COPIES OF SINGLE 10. EXTENT AND NATURE OF CIRCULATION ISSUE DURING PRECEDING ISSUE PUBLISHED NEAREST TO + 12 MONTHS FILING DATE A. TOTAL NO. COPIES PRINTED (Net Press Run) 962 1000 B. PAID CIRCULATION 1. SALES THROUGH DEALERS AND CARRIERS, STREET VENDORS AND COUNTER SALES | 0 0 2. MAIL SUBSCRIPTIONS 876 888 { | Cc. TOTAL PAID CIRCULATION (Sum of 10B1 and 10B2) 876 888 J D, FREE DISTRIBUTION BY MAIL, CARRIER OR OTHER MEANS SAMPLES, COMPLIMENTARY, AND OTHER FREE COPIES 5 5 ~ TOTAL DISTRIBUTION (Sum of C and D) 881 893 COPIES NOT DISTRIBUTED 1. OFFICE USE, LEFT OVER, UNACCOUNTED, SPOILED 81 107 AFTER PRINTING 2. RETURNS FROM NEWS AGENTS 0 0 . TOTAL (Sum of E, FI and 2—should equal net press run shown in A) I certify that the statements made by me above are correct and complete. p “Ss é) Section 39 U.S. C. 3626 provides in pertinent part: ‘‘No person who would have been entitied to mall matter under former section 4359 of this title shall mail such matter at the rates provided under this subsection unless he files annually with the Postal Service a written request for permission to mall matter at such rates.” In accordance with the provisions of this statute, | hereby request permission to mall the publication named in item 1 at the phased postage rates presently authorized by 39 U SIGNATURE AND TITLE OF EDI Ps Form , 3526 (Page 1) (See instructions on reverse) *approximate date PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS Cynipid Galls of the Eastern United States, by Lewis H. Weld Syupia Galls‘of the Southwest, by Lewis H. Weld -__._---.---..-_--. IB GiUpADETISKOM CVD Gall Sema aee eee ee oS ae ee Fe ee ke Identification of Alaskan Black Fly Larvae, by Kathryn M. Sommerman Unusual Scalp Dermatitis in Humans Caused by the Mite Dermatophagoides, LRM ERI A Is eA) eee ee Ee 2 ES ee ee ee ee ae eee. A Short History of the Entomological Society of Washington, by Ashley B. (CUNRBAYY Sm ee Be 2 ee ee ee eee oe i= Pictorial Key to Species of the Genus Anastrepha (Diptera: Tephritidae), by SOT EGS EN | ee ee ee ee ee oe Taxonomic Studies on Fruit Flies of the Genus Urophora (Diptera: Tephriti- Haein yMNGeOrpel Oa SGV SKA mee seen cet ees ee MEMOIRS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON No. 1. The North American Bees of the Genus Osmia, by Grace Sandhouse. [EI es = a ie A eas ot Sas alld ee ee eRe oe No. 2. A Classification of Larvae and Adults of the Genus Phyllophaga, by Panis Crea OVINE e OO eres. tes ee ok ee fo Ee ee No. 3. The Nearctic Leafhoppers, a Generic Classification and Check List, by PATIRVV ES OMUCHMIAN ml 949 etc se Oe ee eo Tne eaten Cente en) Sew vec Sie Sy es oe eee Jon eee ee No. 5. A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South America, by Phyllis T. simone, GBA So sten oe Slee Sap ona es aetieee aae aes Coenen Nes cease a No. 6. The Female Tabanidae of Japan, Korea and Manchuria, by Wallace P. Murdoch and Hirosi Takahasi. 1969 ____ oye ee ee Se eee No. 7. Ant Larvae: Review and Synthesis, by George C. Wheeler and Jeanette SNVLTETE Ee ROT ola eee ee ee ee oe ee enet 3 eS No. 8. The North American Predaceous Midges of the Genus Palpomyia Mei- gen (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae), by W. L. Grogan, Jr. and W. W. OVIOSTERS ce EES ae ee ee ee eee ene Net 15.00 15.00 Back issues of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington are available at $15.00 per volume to non-members and $9 per volume to members of the Society. Prices quoted are U.S. currency. Dealers are allowed a discount of 10 per cent on all items, including annual subscriptions, that are paid in advance. All orders should be placed with the Custodian, Entomological Society of Washington, c/o Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. CONTENTS (Continued from front cover) MULLENS, B. A. and R. R. GERHARDT—Faunal composition and seasonal distribu- tion of tabanids in three geographic regions of eastern Tennessee (Diptera: Tabani- PRICE, R. D. and R. A. HELLENTHAL—The Geomydoecus oregonus complex (Mallophaga: Trichodectidae) of the western United States pocket gophers (Roden- tia: Geomyidae) SPANGLER, P. J.—A new species of the riffle beetle genus Portelmis from Ecuador (Coleoptera: Elmidae) STEYSKAL, G. C.—Haplopeodes, a new genus for Haplomyza of authors (Diptera: Agromyzidae) SURDICK, R. F. and B. P. STARK—Two new species of Chloroperlidae (Plecoptera) from Mississippi WIRTH, W. W.—A new species and corrections in the Atrichopogon midges of the subgenus Meloehelea attacking blister beetles (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae) NOTES: GAGNE, R. A.—Mycetophilidae and Sciaridae (Diptera) in Mexican amber SCARBROUGH, A. G.—Recent collection records of Merope tuber Newman (Me- coptera: Meropeidae) in Maryland BOOK REVIEWS: KOSZTARAB, M.—A Field Guide in Colour to Insects (Jiri Zahradnik) WHEELER, A. G., JR. and T. J. HENRY—How to Know the True Bugs (James A. Slater and Richard M. Baranowski) ANNOUNCEMENT: Beltsville Agricultural Research Center Symposium V NOTICE OF A NEW PUBLICATION INFORMATION FOR CONTRIBUTORS 69 124 VOL. 82 APRIL 1980 ie | ae - Ps: (ISSN 0013-8797) Bi PROCEEDINGS of the ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY of WASHINGTON DEPARTMENT OF ENTOMOLOGY SMITHSONIAN INSTITUTION WASHINGTON, D.C. 20560 PUBLISHED QUARTERLY CONTENTS BAIMAI, V., B. A. HARRISON, and V. NAKAVACHARA—The salivary gland chromosomes of Anopheles (Cellia) dirus (Diptera: Culicidae) of the southeast Series TIC COSTS TLISY PT OLB oleae acai a a svel eine ou Pe neta eno Ge ieiecshe cc ee ee 319 GERDES, C. F.—First description and new record of larvae of Kurtomathrips Sramironn un ysanOptera:: MHIPIGAG): sijc a «ee on. sass oe oe ene demic b oe aie Cee 171 GRISSELL, E. E.—New Torymidae from Tertiary amber of the Dominican Re- public and a world list of fossil Torymids (Hymenoptera: Chalcidoidea) .......... 252 HENRY, T. J.—Review of Lidopus Gibson and Wetmorea McAtee and Malloch, de- scriptions of three new genera and two new species, and key to New World genera Beatera: Mindat: ISOMELOPINAG): 2... 6s cease csr eavavtousbsuntesnwsseneeeh 178 HERRING, J. L.—A review of the cactus bugs of the genus Chelinidea with the de- Sempron of a new species (Hemiptera: Coreidac) .......0.csee0sevcceereussemes 237 KINGSOLVER, J. M. and G. S. PFAFFENBERGER—Systematic relationship of the PREECE Disa COlbOpteras BTUCIIGAE) ...5,<06.. 5 c6s sis'o ow vip vm adiv cn Ue Wie GIES ate 293 LAVIGNE, R. J. and D. S. DENNIS—Ethology of Proctacanthella leucopogon in mC EN LCI VAGIIUAG) ic 'ss.cy a cles os 6A.cka as aoa aioe ee Beg pm ierde eg ak WeReeentene a 260 ORTH, R. E., G. C. STEYSKAL, and T. W. FISHER—A new species of Pherbellia Robineau-Desvoidy with notes on the P. ventralis group (Diptera: Sciomyzidae).. 284 POWELL, P. K. and W. H ROBINSON—Descriptions and keys to the first-instar nymphs of five Periplaneta species (Dictyoptera: Blattidae) ..................0.. (Continued on back cover) THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ORGANIZED MARCH 12, 1884 3 OFFICERS FOR 1980 : T. J. SPILMAN, President HELEN SOLLERS-RIEDEL, Hospitality Chairman | Jack E. Lipes, President-Elect MICHAEL FARAN, Program Chairman | Davip A. NICKLE, Recording Secretary Joyce A. UTMAR, Membership Chairman | MIGNON B. Davis, Corresponding Secretary SUEO NAKAHARA, Custodian — F. CHRISTIAN THOMPSON, Treasurer DONALD R. Davis, Delegate, Wash. Acad. Set, | Davip R. SmitH, Editor ; | Publications Committee ‘ | E. Eric GRISSELL GeorGE C. STEYSKAL Jj JOHN M. KINGSOLVER WAYNE N. MATHIS MANYA B. STOETZEL ' | Honorary President ; | C. F. W. MUESEBECK ; ' Honorary Members FREDERICK W. Poos ASHLEY B. GURNEY RAYMOND A. ST. GEORGE All correspondence concerning Society business should be mailed to the appropriate officer at the following address: Entomol Society of Washington, c/o Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. ; MEETINGS. —Regular meetings of the Society are held in the Ecology Theater, Natural History Building, Smithsonian Institution, on the first Thursday of each month from October to June, inclusive, at 8 P.M. Minutes of meetings are published regularly in the Proceedings. ; MEMBERSHIP.—Members shall be persons who have demonstrated interest in the science of entomology. Annual dues for members are $10.00 (U.S. currency) of which $9.00 is for a subscription to the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington for one year. 3 | PROCEEDINGS. —Published quarterly beginning with January by the Society at Washington, D.C. Members in good standing receive the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. Nonmember subscriptions are $15.00 per year, domestic, and $17.00 year, foreign (U.S. currency), payable in advance. All remittances should be made payable to The Entomological Society of Wi th- ington. The Society does not exchange its publications for those of other societies. : Please see p. 159 of the January 1980 issue for instructions regarding preparation of manuscripts. STATEMENT OF OWNERSHIP Title of Publication: Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington. Frequency of Issue: Quarterly (January, April, July, October). Location of Office of Publication, Business Office of Publisher and Owner: The Entomological Society of Washington, c/o De of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, 10th and Constitution NW, Washington, D.C. 20560. Editor: Dr. David R. Smith, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, % U.S. National Museum NHB 168, Washington, D.C. 20560. Managing Editor and Known Bondholders or other Security Holders: none. This issue was mailed 18 April 1980 Second Class Postage Paid at Washington, D.C. and additional mailing office. PRINTED BY ALLEN PRESS, INC., LAWRENCE, KANSAS 66044, USA PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 161-165 ONOPELMUS, A NEW GENUS OF DRYOPID BEETLE FROM PERU (COLEOPTERA: DRYOPIDAE) PAUL J. SPANGLER Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—A new genus and species of semiaquatic beetle from Peru, Onopelmus inca, belonging to the family Dryopidae (Coleoptera), are de- scribed. A habitus view, antenna, maxillary palpus, male aedeagus, and female ovipositor are illustrated and characters are given to distinguish the genus Onopelmus from all other genera of the Dryopidae. The family Dryopidae is a relatively small one which includes 210 species in 15 genera described in the world fauna. Seven genera have thus far been described from the Western Hemisphere. The purpose of this article is to make known an additional genus I have had for 10 years but held with the hope that more specimens might become available for descriptive purposes. It now seems that obtaining more specimens of this genus soon is unlikely, therefore, I am describing it from the specimens available. A literature search reveals that there are no keys to all of the dryopid genera of the world and there are only a few revisionary studies which, unfortunately, are regional rather than worldwide in scope. Furthermore, the search reveals that some of the genera with the greatest number of species, such as Helichus, need to be revised; many species appear to belong to genera other than the one in which they were described. Fortu- nately, the seven dryopid genera described previously from the Western Hemisphere may be easily identified by the use of Brown’s (1970) key to the dryopid genera of the New World. The eighth genus known for the New World is described below. Onopelmus Spangler, NEw GENUS Description.—Body form oblong (Fig. 1), robust; entirely clothed with long, dense pubescence. Head retractile; eyes widely separated. Antennae (Fig. 2) arising close together between eyes; 13 segmented; densely pubes- cent; basal segment stout, subtriangular, twice as wide at apex as at base; 2nd segment moderately thick, subrectangular, with anterolateral angle 162 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 1. Onopelmus inca, holotype, habitus, dorsal view. slightly produced and acute; remaining |1 segments pectinate with the pro- jection on each segment beyond the 3rd becoming progessively shorter to- ward apex. Labial palpus 3 segmented; apical segment longest, slightly long- er than the 2 pubescent basal segments. Maxillary palpus 4 segmented; apical segment cylindrical, elongate, about twice as long as basal 3 pubes- cent segments combined. Pronotum convex, without sublateral carina or sulcus. Elytra wider at base than base of pronotum, widened posteriorly; with 9 rows of moderately coarse punctures evident on base of each elytron but becoming effaced on apical 4%; intervals unmodified. Scutellum large, scutate. Hind wings present. Prosternum long in front of forecoxae. Pro- sternal process rather broadly lanceolate, widest between forecoxae, feebly margined laterally; apex with strong, broad, longitudinal carina; also apex recurved and fitting into a deep mesosternal fovea. Middle and hind coxae about equally transversely separated. Mesosternum between midcoxae nar- row, about 34 as wide as midcoxa. Metasternum with a shallow longitudinal groove on midline becoming broader and slightly deeper posteriorly. Suture between mesosternum and metasternum present but indistinct. Basal ab- dominal sternum deeply divided by hind coxae and about as long as 2nd VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 163 1 Figs. 2-7. Onopelmus inca. 2, Antenna of holotype, ventral view. 3, Maxillary palpus of holotype, ventral view. 4, Aedeagus of holotype, dorsal view. 5, Aedeagus of holotype, lateral view. 6, Ovipositor of allotype, lateral view. 7, Ovipositor of allotype, dorsal view. 164 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON sternum on midline; 2nd segment slightly longer than 3rd; 3rd segment slightly longer than 4th; Sth segment about /% longer than 4th segment. Type-species.—Onopelmus inca, new species. Etymology.—Onopelmus is an anagram of Pelonomus, a dryopid genus similar to Onopelmus in facies but different in morphology; gender, mas- culine. Comparative notes.—This new genus keys to Sostea and Helichus at couplet 6 in Brown’s (1970) key to the New World genera of the Dryopidae. Although the basal segment of the antenna of Onopelmus is not enlarged, as is true also for Helichus, it is not similar in other characters to Helichus. Onopelmus superficially resembles a large Pelonomus in size, shape, color, densely pubescent eyes and body, and absence of pronotal sublateral cari- nae. However, unlike Pelonomus which has 11-segmented antennae with the second antennal segment not dilated and has the penultimate segment of the maxillary palpus long, i.e., about two-thirds as long as the ultimate segment, Onopelmus has 13-segmented antennae with the second segment dilated and has the penultimate segment of the maxillary palpus short, 1.e., about one-sixth as long as the ultimate segment. This combination of char- acters will separate the genus Onopelmus from all other dryopid genera described. Onopelmus inca Spangler, NEw SPECIES Figs. 1-7 Holotype male.—Length 7.0 mm; width 2.8 mm. Body form (Fig. 1) elon- gate, subparallel, convex dorsally; uniformly densely pubescent. Color of head and pronotum black with yellowish pubescence; elytra dark reddish brown with yellowish pubescence. Antennae, maxillary and labial palpi, mentum, and all tibiae and tarsi reddish brown. Prosternum, mesosternum, metasternum, abdominal sterna, and all femora dark reddish brown with yellowish pubescence. Head moderately coarsely and moderately densely punctate; punctures on disc separated by 2 to 3x their diameter; punctures anterior to antennal insertion finer and denser and obscured by denser pubescence. Eyes large, hemispherical, and densely pubescent. Antenna 13 segmented (Fig. 2). Max- illary palpus 4 segmented; apical segment cylindrical, elongate, about twice as long as three basal segments combined (Fig. 3). Labrum finely, densely punctate, less pubescent on anterior margin; shallowly arcuately emarginate apicomedially; anterolateral angles rounded, not expanded laterally. Pronotum 1.8 mm long; 2.0 mm wide, widest at base. Sides arcuate-sin- uate and distinctly margined. Anterolateral angles moderately acute and moderately projecting. Posterolateral angles strongly acute and strongly pro- jected. Anterior margin arcuate. Posterior margin strongly trisinuate. Sur- face densely, moderately coarsely punctate; punctures on discal area sep- VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 165 arated by 42 or |x their width. Prosternum long anterior to procoxae. Prosternal process rather broadly lanceolate, widest between forecoxae, feebly margined laterally; apex with strong, broad, longitudinal carina; also, apex recurved and fitting into a deep mesosternal fovea. Metasternum with moderate longitudinal depression on midline; sides declivous between mid- dle and hind coxae; surface faintly alutaceous and punctate; punctures fine and moderately dense, separated by about 2 or 3 their width. Hind wings present. Procoxae and middle coxae rather narrowly separated, hind coxae slightly more widely separated. Legs long and slender. Femora densely pubescent. Tibiae and tarsi sparsely pubescent; surfaces without sculpture except the seta-bearing punctures. Tarsal claws large and stout. Abdominal sterna | to 5 finely alutaceous, punctate, and obscured by pubescence; punctures moderately coarse, shallow, and separated by | to 3x their width. Scutellum large; subtriangular, with all three sides arcuate; densely punc- tate; and finely, moderately densely pubescent. Elytron with 9 rows of coarse punctures; these punctures separated by 2 to 4x their width. Intervals with punctures about like those on pronotum but shallower and slightly less dense. Humeral areas evenly rounded. Sides of elytra distinctly margined, almost parallel but slightly narrowed just an- terior to midlength, and gradually converging from apical 34 to apex. Api- colateral margins of elytra opposite sides of 5th sternum strongly crimped for reception of margins of 5th sternum. Elytral apices obtuse. Male genitalia.—As illustrated (Figs. 4, 5). Female.—Larger than male, length 9.0 mm, width 3.1 mm. Tibiae and tarsi are much darker reddish brown than in male. Otherwise similar to male. Ovipositor as illustrated in Figs. 6, 7. Types.—Holotype ¢: PERU: Huanuco: Tingo Maria, 19-24 April 1969, Paul and Phyllis Spangler, USNM Type No. 75667, deposited in the Na- tional Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution. Allotype, same data as holotype; deposited with holotype. Etymology.—The name inca is a noun used in apposition to the generic name; named for the Inca Indians of Peru. Habitat.—Unknown; both specimens were collected at a blacklight op- erated on the bank of the Rio Huallaga. ACKNOWLEDGMENT I thank Anne E. Lacy, biological illustrator, for the pen and ink illustra- tions. LITERATURE CITED Brown, H. P. 1970. A Key to the Dryopid Genera of the New World (Coleoptera: Dryopoidea). Entomol. News. 81: 171-175, 2 figs. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 166-170 TWO-WINGED FLIES OF THE GENUS DASIOPS (DIPTERA: LONCHAEIDAE) ATTACKING FLOWERS OR FRUIT OF SPECIES OF PASSIFLORA (PASSION FRUIT, GRANADILLA, CURUBA, ETC.) GEORGE C. STEYSKAL Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—Three species of Dasiops are known to attack the flowers or fruit pf Passiflora species in the Americas: D. curubae, n. sp. (Colombia; host, Passiflora mollissima [H.B.K.] L. H. Bailey, or related species), D. inedulis, n. sp. (Panama: host, Passiflora edulis Sims), and D. passifloris McAlpine (Florida; host, Passiflora suberosa L.). The new species are de- scribed, and additional data concerning the terminalia of both sexes of D. passifloris are presented. From data accompanying specimens received for determination it has become evident that certain species of the genus Dasiops, two-winged flies of the family Lonchaeidae, damage the flowers and fruit of species of Pas- siflora, the fruit of which are variously known as passion fruit, granadilla, curuba, etc., and are extensively grown for human consumption. One of the species of flies, Dasiops passifloris McAlpine, was described in 1964 from Passiflora suberosa L. (syn., P. pallida L.) in Dade County, Florida. Two other species are described here. The three species constitute a group in that they are the only known species of Dasiops so far known to possess Ovipositors with serrated tips. It is likely that other species of Dasiops will be found to damage this large genus of plants. Little is known concerning details of the biology of unese insects. The new species are described at this time to provide names for reference to them in studies on their control. Dasiops curubae Steyskal, NEw SPECIES Fig. 1 Female.—Length of wing 5.1 to 5.5 mm. Color generally blackish with blue tinge. Hairs of thoracic dorsum and front dense and about as long as 3rd antennal segment. Front parallel sided, 0.39 of head width, and as wide VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 167 as length from anterior ocellus to base of antennae; surface subshining, with a few setigerous punctures anteriorly, somewhat depressed before ocellar triangle, and with 2 or 3 pairs of coarse grooves radiating from midanterior margin. Eye sparsely short haired. Lunule, face, and parafacial lightly to- mentose. Upper margin of lunule, except near meson, shining. Shortest distance between eye and oral margin slightly more than width of 3rd an- tennal segment and 0.22 of eye height. Bristles and hairs of cheek strong, about 3 anterior bristles turned upward. Arista distinctly pubescent to tip: base blackish, gradually slightly thickened. Poststigmatal setae 2 or 3, not accompanied by fine hairs. Propleural and stigmatal setae 1 each. Mesopleuron with 4 to 6 strong anterodorsal and 6 to 8 strong posterior bristles. Prosternum bare. Wing hyaline, slightly smoky yellowish; calypters and fringe pale yellowish. Tarsi with basitarsus and about 2 of 2nd segment yellowish. Abdomen shining, lightly tomentose. Posterior setae of last preabdominal tergum and of ovipositor sheath uniform and in even series. Ovipositor as in Fig. 1C, total length 2.65 mm, expanded at base to 2.4 greatest width of tip (from microscope slide preparation). Male.—Length of wing 5.55 to 5.70 mm; front 0.29 to 0.32 of head width. Postabdomen as in Figs. 1A, 1B; epandrium (e) globular; surstylus (s) rough- ly triangular, with 3 small, stout, yellowish curved setae near apex of inner side. Otherwise similar to female. Types.—Holotype (°), allotype (d), 3 2 and 2 ¢ paratypes, Colombia, Cundinamarca, San Bernardo, 1-4 March 1976 (A. Lopez A.), from flower of ‘‘curuba”’ (Passiflora mollissima (H.B.K.) L. H. Bailey, or related species); type no. 75496 in U.S. National Museum of Natural History. The name of the species is taken from the Colombian vernacular name of its host fruit ‘‘curuba’’ treated as Latin in the genitive case. According to Lorenzo Uribe Uribe (1972), plants of the group with tubular base to the flowers are called ‘‘curubos”’ and their fruits, especially those of Passiflora mollissima, “‘curubas.”’ Dasiops inedulis Steyskal, NEw SPECIES Fig. 2 Female.—Length of wing 2.9 to 3.5 mm. General color bright metallic dark blue. Hairs of thoracic dorsum and front about 12 as long as 3rd an- tennal segment. Front parallel sided, 0.33 to 0.35 of head width, and slightly longer from anterior ocellus to antennal bases than width; surface subshin- ing, slightly rugulose, and with sparse setigerous punctures; slightly de- pressed a little before ocellar triangle and anterior thereto gently convex and with shallow median longitudinal groove. Eye sparsely short haired. Lunule, face, and parafacial very lightly tomentose; interantennal space and 168 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. [A-IC. Dasiops curubae. Figs. 2A-2G, D. inedulis. Figs. 3A-3C, D. passifloris. A, Left profile of male terminalia (=postabdomen). B, Inner and somewhat anterior view of right surstylus in microslide preparation. C, Apical part of Ovipositor, ventral view. D, Anterior VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 169 lunule black, lower face blue; margin of lunule, especially laterally, shining. Shortest distance between eye and oral margin about 1.25 width of 3rd antennal segment and 0.18 to 0.20 of eye height. Bristles of cheek neither numerous nor long, | or 2 near anterior edge turned upward. Arista short pubescent; base brownish, slightly thickened. Poststigmatal setae | or 2, not accompanied by fine hairs; propleural and stigmatal setae 1 each; mesopleuron with 2 or 3 anterodorsal and 2 to 4 posterior stronger setae. Prosternum bare. Wing hyaline, a little creamy yellowish toward base; calypters and fringe yellowish to nearly white. Tarsi with basitarsus and most of 2nd segment yellowish. Abdomen shining, with very little tomentum. Posterior setae of last ab- domen tergum and ovipositor sheath uniform and in even series. Ovipositor as in Fig. 2C, total length 1.27 mm, expanded at base to about twice greatest width of tip (from microscope slide preparation). Male.—Length of wing 3.6 to 4.1 mm: front 0.3 of head width. Postab- domen as in Figs. 2A, 2B; epandrium (e) ovate; surstylus (s) roughly trap- ezoidal, on inner side with about 5 anteroapical setae and 2 similar widely separated setae near posterior edge. Types.—Holotype (¢), allotype (¢), 1 2 and 3 ¢ paratypes, Panama, Chiriqui, David, 24 March 1977 (K. S. Hagen), sweeping Passiflora edulis Sims; type no. 75497 in U.S. National Museum of Natural History. I am grateful to J. F. McAlpine for informing me that Dasiops brevicornis (Williston), described from St. Vincent, West Indies, may be conspecific with D. inedulis. However, in view of the considerable geographic sepa- ration it seems advisable to consider it likely that D. brevicornis is distinct until more detailed information concerning it is available. The species name is intended to recall its association with (*‘in’’) the plant species Passiflora edulis as well as to indicate that it is, for humans, in- edible. The name is a Latin adjective. Three specimens of larvae from somewhere in the province of Chiriqui in March 1977, further details of the capture of which are not known, were also submitted and may be the larvae of D. inedulis. They are at least referable to the genus Dasiops because of the blackish markings alongside the posterior stigmatophores. The larvae are creamy colored, 6.4, 5.5, and 3.6 mm long, respectively, with posterior end as in Figs. 2F, 2G, mouthhook as in Fig. 2E, and anterior spiracle as in Fig. 2D. Dasiops inedulis is stated by Panamanian workers to be a serious pest of purple granadilla, Passiflora edulis Sims. << larval spiracle. E, Larval mouthhook. F, Left profile of posterior part of larva. G, Posterior view of posterior stigmatophores and surrounding area of larva. Similar parts are drawn to the same scale. Abbreviations: e = epandrium; h = hypandrium; s = surstylus. 170 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Dasiops passifloris McAlpine, 1964: 691. Fig. 3 This species is apparently closely related to the foregoing species and additional data concerning male and female terminalia are here brought forth to facilitate comparison. The remarks made by McApline concerning the relationships of D. passifloris apply also to the two new species. All three species have yellowish basitarsi, whitish or yellowish calypters and fringes, plain hyaline wings, short pubescent arista, and ovipositors with serrate tips. Little besides size, small color differences, and characters of the male and female terminalia (postabdomen and ovipositors) distinguish the three species. McApline did not figure the ovipositor tip of D. passifloris and stated in the description only that the tip is ‘“‘equilaterally triangular, with very sharp point; sides with 2 to 3 tiny hairs about middle of exposed portion.”’ Para- typical material and some from Hialeah, Florida reared by Rowan and Steg- maier from fruit of Passiflora pallida, now considered a synonym of P. suberosa L., have enabled me to prepare Fig. 3. The total length of the ovipositor (Fig. 3C) is 1.40 mm; it is a little more than twice as broad at the base as the greatest width of the tip and the sides are serrated with 20 to 24 minute, somewhat irregular teeth. The male terminalia are shown in Figs. 3A, 3B; the epandrium (e) is narrow and quadrate in profile and the surstylus (s) bears a pair of adjacent teeth, of which the mesal one is furnished with a small preapical point on the side next its neighbor. LITERATURE CITED McAlpine, J. F. 1964. Descriptions of new Lonchaeidae (Diptera). I. Can. Entomol. 96: 661— 700. Uribe U., L. 1972. Passifloraceae, Begoniaceae, Melastomataceae. Catalogo Ilustrado de las Plantas de Cundinamarca. Vol. 5. Bogota: Inst. Cien. Nat., Fac. Cien., Univ. Nac. 165 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 171-177 FIRST DESCRIPTION AND NEW RECORD OF LARVAE OF KURTOMATHRIPS MOULTON (THYSANOPTERA: THRIPIDAE) CHARLES F. GERDES Illinois State Natural History Survey, Natural Resources Building, Ur- bana, Illinois 61801. Abstract.—Second-instar female larvae of Kurtomathrips morrilli Moul- ton and Kurtomathrips brunneus (Watson) are described and separated in a key. The first instar female of K. brunneus and second instar male of K. morrilli are also described, and a new host plant record is given for K. morrilli. The genus Kurtomathrips Moulton consists of three species. Kurtoma- thrips morrilli Moulton and K. brunneus (Watson) have been collected from several hosts in western United States (Bailey, 1957; Sakimura, 1956) and Mexico (O'Neill, 1970). In addition K. morrilli Moulton has been reported from Jamaica (Bailey, 1961) and Hawaii (Bianchi, 1956). The third species, K. anahuacensis Johansen Naime, is known only from adults on grasses in Mexico (Johansen Naime, 1974). Moulton (1927) reported nymphs of K. morrilli from cotton in Arizona but described only the adults. In this paper, the larvae of K. morrilli and K. brunneus are described. This is the first report known to the author of K. morrilli both on soybeans, Glycine max (L.) Merr., and in Mexico, although this species is known from an unspec- ified legume in western United States (Sakimura, 1956). The four descriptions in this paper separate specific immature forms. In general second instars of Thripidae have three pairs of setae on the ventral side of each medial abdominal segment; first instars have one pair (Speyer and Parr, 1941). Males of both instars have one more pair of setae than females on abdominal segment IX (Priesner, 1960). MATERIALS AND METHODS Associated larvae and adults of K. morrilli were obtained in alcohol from Mexico and slide-mounted in balsam or Hoyers medium. Additional adult and larval specimens of K. morrilli and K. brunneus, previously mounted in balsam, were obtained from the Illinois State Natural History Survey 172 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Vat ae a 5 CoN & v4 CE CMA AH VEY) ECC NOOO pee EE een in Cee ae MSR as + Figs. 1-2. Kurtomathrips morrilli, second instar female. 1, Antennal segments I-VI, dorsal aspect; s = sense cone. 2, Pronotum. Each scale line = 0.10 mm. (INHS). Figures of slide-mounted specimens were prepared with a camera lucida. KEY TO SECOND-INSTAR FEMALE LARVAE OF K. MORRILLI AND K. BRUNNEUS Differences in the antennae of the two species are more difficult to ob- serve than the characters of the thorax and abdomen. — Mesonotum with 2 pairs of anterolateral setae (setae 6 and 7 of Fig. 3). Abdominal segment IX with setae 1 and 2, and X with setae 1, acite1o blunt (Figy 3) ee. eee Kurtomathrips morrilli Moulton — Mesonotum with only | pair of anterolateral setae in place of setae 6 and 7 of Fig. 3.-Abdominal segment IX with setae | and 2, and X with setae 1, knobbed (Fig. 6) ..... Kurtomathrips brunneus (Watson) Kurtomathrips morrilli Moulton Figs. 1-5 Kurtomathrips morrilli Moulton, 1927: 188. Second instar female.—Head: Antennal segment I lightest, almost clear on outer side, light brown on inner side; II light brown in basal 74, clear in VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 173 wae. ‘ls SGe (4 ? p CF ly tee y 6 ce LCs, Area bl hi { j Yee Says 5 "9 Be Py EA CORO hap eeay » ¢ itt eae % i \) tl ty ee a ay os G CVAD SA Vtlelus Gopteigpentae cS S372? ¢ om COCHINEN acta ie D902 GCC CG Tae YY SoS 5 C aes Arie f a > Clr c, LOT OSes Hew Wek eee rE CCE Cee C4 ; pol one qe SOI jousies Reith | quel a ) 5 G 1 (A & toNG45. \t ] / I) fii este eer re « oa ee silts. ; mos 5 7 yy \ PC ,, va a) y viol ees C od VT ennai Oo ob CK Nal RTS a dey J 7 $92 G gz Vipy ; Cp ee a way (Ce Hee) vay TH UN Ys an © ce ee ! UUURE E ole ‘ #3), 3 Co bbe od Ube PEND 2 ete cM VV HLL 4) p>, (ama 6 2 2 »>») 4 -— — Figs. 3-4. Kurtomathrips morrilli, second instar female. 3, Mesonotum and metanotum. 4, Abdominal segment II, dorsal aspect. Each scale line = 0.10 mm. apical 4; III light brown in basal 2, almost clear in apical ’%2; [V—VI light brown, same shade. Antennal segment I with | inner seta; II with 4 subapical and 1 medial seta; III with 4 setae on apical 1/2; IV with 3 sense cones and 5 setae on apical 4, 1 sense cone noticeably shorter; V with 4 setae; VI with 3 setae in apical 24 plus | longer apical seta. Antennal segment IV with at least 3 rows of microtrichia, other segments without microtrichia. Capsule 174 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON light yellow, with 1 seta between each eye and base of antenna, with | smaller postocular seta. All setae acute. Thorax: Prothorax with light brown pigment spots; | major pigment area on each side in posterior 12, often appearing as fusion of smaller spots; small, lateral, oval spots in anterior 2; 2 basal transverse rows of tubercles and irregularly placed posterolateral tubercles. Pronotum with 7 pairs of minute setae. Between pronotum and mesonotum | pair of light brown, oval, sublateral spots. Mesonotum with 2 rows of setae (pairs 1—4), 2 me- diolateral setae (pair 5) and 4 anterolateral setae (pairs 6-7). Metanotum with 2 rows of setae (pairs 1-4), and 2 mediolateral setae (pair 5). All setae acute except blunt pronotal pair 7. Mesothorax and metathorax each with | pair of light brown sublateral pigment spots located between setae | and 3 medially and setae 2 and 4 laterally; pigment spots each lighter on medial side; each with about 6 transverse anastomosing rows of tubercles. Femora light brown in basal 4%, almost clear in distal 74. Tibiae light brown. Abdomen: Light yellow. Segment I with 1 dorsal row of 4 setae (pairs 1-2), and on each side | minute seta (pair 3) anteromedial to seta 2. Seg- ments II-VI each with | dorsal transverse row of 6 setae (pairs 1-3). Seg- ments I—-VIII each with 4 transverse rows of tubercles, with smaller anterior and posterior rows often present; [X and X without tubercles. Segment IX with 5 pairs of setae near distal margin, pairs 1 and 2 largest, 3 and 5 smallest, | and 2 inserted dorsally, 3 and 4 inserted on or near sides, 5 inserted ventrally. Segment X with 4 pairs of setae near distal margin, pair | largest, 2 smallest, and 1 and 2 inserted dorsally, 3 inserted on or near sides, 4 inserted ventrally. All setae acute except larger pairs on IX and X often appearing blunt. Larvae studied: Nine 2 in INTSOY collection: Mexico, Sonora, near Santa Maria, 28 September 1973, collector J. M. Casillas, soybeans. One 2 in INHS collection: Arizona, 23 July 1943, cotton. Second instar male.—Similar to female but lighter; antennal segment IV clear at base. Abdominal segment IX distinctly different; 6 pairs of setae near distal margin; pairs | and 2 largest; 3, 5, and 6, smallest; 1 and 2 inserted dorsally; 3 and 4 inserted on or near sides; 5 and 6 inserted ventrally. Male setae averaging 0.8 of length of female setae. Larvae studied: Two ¢ in INTSOY collection: Mexico, Sonora, near Santa Maria, 28 September 1973, collector J. M. Casillas, soybeans. Kurtomathrips brunneus (Watson) Figs. 6-8 Prosopothrips brunneus Watson, 1931: 51. Kurtomathrips unicolor Bailey, 1961: 258. Second instar female.—Head: Antennal segment I lightest, almost clear on outer side, light brown on inner side; II and III each light brown in basal VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 ) er A ae E (VC DE UM Oey 177 EOL CU sy NN ct ANA REAP ta Sarai 44 ae ty 1 1 5 t 4 —T y 1 fil fey} . 7 ] teyenl 3 try Tt) Ln a ‘ MCTERAU Tatar ara & TAM ise Pate re 1 Teles Slater nen A 2 3 4 ~ ~4 Fig. 5. Kurtomathrips morrilli, second instar female, abdominal segments [X—X, dorsal aspect. Figs. 6-8. K. brunneus. 6, Second instar female, abdominal segments IX—X, dorsal and lateral aspects. 7, First instar female, antennal segments I—VII, lateral aspect; s = sense cone. 8, First instar female, abdominal segments IX—X, lateral aspect. Each scale line = 0.10 mm. 176 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 4, clear in apical 2; IV—VI light brown, same shade. Antennal segment I with | small inner seta; II with at least 4 setae in apical %; III with 4 subapical setae and | subapical sense cone; IV with 3 subapical setae and 3 subabpical sense cones; V with 3 setae and 1 sense cone in apical 2; VI with 4 setae below apex and | longer apical seta. Antennal segment III with 4 rows of microtrichia, IV with 5 such rows, other segments without mi- crotrichia. Capsular color and chaetotaxy agreeing with second instar of K. morrilli. Thorax and abdomen: Agreeing with description of second instar female of K. morrilli except mesonotum with only | pair of anterolateral setae, abdominal segment IX with 2 dorsal transverse rows of weak tubercles, 1X with setae | and 2 knobbed, X with setae | knobbed. Larvae studied: Three 2 in INHS collection: Colorado, International Bi- ological Program in the Grasslands, 27 July 1972, from Bahia sp. (Gramin- eae). First instar female.—Head: Antennal segments light yellow to light brown without abrupt differences in shade; II and III each with 4 setae on apical 4; II with | seta longer than any seta on III—VI; IV with 2 subapical setae on side opposite to only sense cone on IV; V and VI each with 3 setae and 1 sense cone; VII with 6 setae, none exactly apical. Antennal segment IV with 6 rows of microtrichia, the Sth row including 2 setae; III with several transverse ridges; I-IIJ, V—VII, without microtrichia. Capsule light yellow with a few setae longer than on 2nd instar. Thorax: Light yellow, same shade as head capsule. Tubercles absent. Mesonotum and metanotum each with several transverse rows of micro- trichia. Femora light brown in basal 3, almost clear in distal 74. Tibiae light brown. Abdomen: Light yellow. Segments I-IX each with about 5 transverse rows of microtrichia. Segments III—-VIII each with 1 dorsal transverse row of 4 setae. Segment IX with 3 pairs of setae near distal margin; pair 2 longest; microtrichia along distal margin between setae fused into toothlike projections. Segment X with 4 pairs of setae, pair 2 shortest, other pairs similar in length, pair | dorsal, pair 4 ventral. Near posterior edge of segment X a few small setae and microtrichia, possibly part of vestigial segment XI. Larva studied: One 2 in INHS collection: same data as second instar of K. brunneus. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS The author thanks the International Soybean Program (INTSOY) for sup- plying adults and larvae of K. morrilli and for financial support. Dr. R. M. Johansen Naime, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, kindly pro- vided current information on the Mexican collection of Kurtomathrips. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 177 LITERATURE CITED Bailey, S. F. 1957. The thrips of California. Part I: Suborder Terebrantia. Bull. Calif. Insect Surv. 4: 143-220. —. 1961. A review of the genus Kurtomathrips with the description of a new species (Thysanoptera: Thripidae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 63: 257-260. Bianchi, F. A. 1956. Note. Proc. Hawaii. Entomol. Soc. 16: 17. Johansen Naime, R. M. 1974. Dos nuevas especies de trips (Thysanoptera: Thripidae) del pedregal de San Angel, Mexico, D. F. An. Inst. Biol. Univ. Nac. Auton. Mex., Ser. Zool., 45: 75-81. Moulton, D. 1927. Thysanoptera—New species and notes. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 22: 181-202. O'Neill, K. 1970. Kurtomathrips brunneus (Watson), new combination and K. unicolor Bai- ley, new synonym. Fla. Entomol. 53: 171. Priesner, H. 1960. A monograph of the Thysanoptera of the Egyptian deserts. Publ. L’Inst. Desert D’Egypte. No. 13. ix + 549 pp. + 21 pl. Sakimura, K. 1956. Kurtomathrips morrilli, a non-vector of the spotted wilt virus, with notes on Liothrips urichi. J. Econ. Entomol. 49: 562. Speyer, E. R. and W. J. Parr. 1941. The external structure of some thysanopterous larvae. Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 91: 559-635. Watson, J. R. 1931. Two new Thysanopthera [sic] from Colorado. Fla. Entomol. 15:51—54. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 178-194 REVIEW OF LIDOPUS GIBSON AND WETMOREA MCATEE AND MALLOCH, DESCRIPTIONS OF THREE NEW GENERA AND TWO NEW SPECIES, AND KEY TO NEW WORLD GENERA (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE: ISOMETOPINAE) THOMAS J. HENRY Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Har- risburg, Pennsylvania 17120. Abstract.—The genera Lidopus Gibson and Wetmorea McAtee and Mal- loch are reviewed and the species L. heidemanni Gibson, L. schwarzi McAtee and Malloch, and W. notabilis McAtee and Malloch are rede- scribed. Wetmorea nocturna Brailovsky is transferred to the new genus Brailovskiocoris and the new genera Lidopiella and Myiopus are described to accommodate the new species L. slateri and M. woldai from Panama. Figures of all adults, except schwarzi, are provided, and a key to the New World genera is given. This is a final paper in my revision of the mirid subfamily Isometopinae. Before this study only 10 genera and 13 species were known from the West- ern Hemisphere. With Brailovsky’s (1978) description of Wetmorea noc- turna, my previous papers (Henry, 1977, 1979; Henry and Herring, 1979) which include the synonymy of one species and two genera, and the present study, the total number of species has more than doubled at 28 species in 11 genera. I have reviewed all of the New World genera, except Aristotelesia Carvalho 1947, Isometocoris Carvalho and Sailer 1954, and Plaumannocoris Carvalho 1947; these three genera have been sufficiently described and il- lustrated and have been included only in the generic key. In this paper, I am reviewing the genera Lidopus Gibson and Wetmorea McAtee and Malloch, transferring Wetmorea nocturna Brailovsky to the new genus Brailovskiocoris, and describing the new genera Lidopiella and Myiopus to accommodate the new species L. slateri and M. woldai from Panama. Figures of all adults, except Lidopus schwarzi McAtee and Mal- loch, are provided, and a key to the New World genera is given. The following abbreviations are for institutions cited in this paper: AMNH, American Museum of Natural History, New York; FSCA, Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Florida Department of Agriculture, Gaines- ville; IBM, Instituto de Biologia, U.N.A.M., Mexico; PDA, Pennsylvannia Department of Agriculture, Harrisburg; TAM, Texas A. and M. University, VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 179 College Station; UC, University of Connecticut, Storrs; USNM, U.S. Na- tional Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. KEY TO THE NEW WorRLD GENERA OF ISOMETOPINAE le Hemelytra'clearly. constricted (Figs! 1—5)" is). (see ee) 2 — Hemelytra broadly rounded to nearly parallel .................... 6 2. Frons broadly formed, completely obscuring under portions of head from frontal aspect; 2nd antennal segment strongly inflated ........ 3 — Frons rather broadly formed, but expanded bucculae and genae clearly visible from frontal aspect; 2nd antennal segment not RH REM eis, 2 eden e Weeene c eee. Ceeeme . OL al ertew Peel 4 3. Head longer than wide; frons protruding ventrally beyond apex of tylus from lateral aspect (Fig. 11b); anterior portion of pronotum convex and separated from basal area by a deeply impressed line:;sentellum) bulbous=...\... ..042... Wetmorea McAtee and Malloch — Head wider than long; frons not protruding ventrally beyond apex of tylus (Fig. 10b); pronotum only slightly convex and without a transversely impressed line; scutellum moderately convex ....... Bpmistiats pci piss, ait rash ys CALs axc cee Ont s era Brailovskiocoris, new genus 4. Frons not separated from bucculae and genae by a high ridge equal to length of Ist antennal segment (Figs. 6, 7); pronotum punctate, basal maken Strale hb) eis G Dass Sciet ehasise ok ae ere Lidopus Gibson — Frons separated from base of tylus, bucculae, and genae by a high ridge equal to length of Ist antennal segment; pronotum impunctate, Dasdlsimarein CManoiniate? a osc = a.s\+%, «arsdoyel Meters b See iors Ses Slane Bese eae 5 5. Dorsal surface dull, pronotum granulate, membrane dull, finely pu- bescent; lateral margins of pronotum straight (Fig. 4); scutellum PMGUERATEWaCONVEG Sinton tors < ours lise aul ars Myiopus, new genus — Dorsal surface shiny, pronotum smooth, membrane shiny, gla- brous; lateral margin of pronotum slightly rounded, then abruptly flared at posterior angles (Fig. 3); scutellum strongly convex, py- 7. Tylus truncate, produced to or beyond apices of Ist antennal seg- ment, vertex much narrower than dorsal width of eyes; 2nd anten- | nal segment thickened; basal width of pronotum 4 or more times JTULGR ho 35 te 0 Sh as ba ata na Aerae iin e t Lidopiella, new genus | 6. Broadly rounded or arcuate species: anterior angles of pronotum Genving around bases Ol EVES’ ..'/. 0. sss ee ke Ue ene Oh eee wena ee Fj — Slender to oblong species, never broadly rounded; anterior angles of pronotum straight, not curving around bases of eyes ........... 8 (EB LELUA ancad Beseo Aiello Ml a ld BS Se A A es et Diphleps Bergroth' it 1 All reference to the humerus and to humeral angles in Henry (1977) should refer to anterior angles and the clause in couplet 2 and 2’ of the key to species after the 2nd semicolon should read: ‘thumerus [anterior angles of pronotum] (female) . . . ;°’, not male. 180 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. | Brailovskiocoris nocturnus, adult male, dorsal habitus. Tylus rounded, reaching to about middle of Ist antennal segment; vertex more than 2 times dorsal width of an eye; 2nd antennal segment slender; basal width of pronotum 3 times length ........ Nd Ma ee Are RR aL ont vga e ot t's Plaumannocoris Carvalho Vertex wide, subequal to dorsal width of an eye or wider ......... 9 Vertex much narrower than dorsal width of an eye, eyes sometimes Nearly CONMUPUOUS.. 4 caw Moerieee aoe ae ees oe Myiomma Puton Head with 4 very tiny ocelli, these hard to detect under certain angles of light; dorsum pallid or yellowish with red and brown SOC CKIES satan. cut mest eke ners Isometocoris Carvalho and Sailer Head with only 2 very distinct ocelli; dorsum dark or pallid, but without red:or brown speckles: S.iru6 ar ece ei oe ales ot eae 10 . Vertex rounded or convex, at least twice as wide as dorsal width VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 181 of an eye; pronotum not flattened laterally, basal margin convex: cunealitractnrerabsent......405. 3.9. ee Aristotelesia Carvalho — Vertex concave or sunken, width subequal to dorsal width of an eye; pronotum flattened laterally and somewhat recurved, basal margin concave or emarginate; cuneus and cuneal fracture well developed/ae. so. .ave.. o. aes Corticoris McAtee and Malloch Brailovskiocoris Henry, NEw GENUS Type-species: Wetmorea nocturnas Brailovsky, 1978. Generally small species, length 2.14—2.24 mm, width about 0.92 mm; dor- sum dull to semishiny; head wider than long, width of vertex subequal to dorsal width of eye, posterior margin of eyes with 6 or 7 short, stout bris- tlelike setae, frons broadly produced, rounded apically, completely obscur- ing view of under portion of head, dorsal surface separated from tylus, bucculae and genae by length of Ist antennal segment: rostrum reaching Sth or 6th abdominal segment; antennal segment | shortest, stout, segment 2 strongly inflated, width about 3 length, length of segments 3 and 4 appar- ently subequal (broken on paratype); pronotum semishiny, granulate, weak- ly convex, calli slightly raised, lateral margin somewhat sulcate, entirely carinate and narrowly impressed, basal margin deeply emarginate; meso- scutum broadly exposed; scutellum moderately convex; hemelytra distinctly constricted at middle, embolium narrow; length of cuneus subequal to basal width; membrane translucent with a single indistinct cell; venter dull to semishiny; metafemora not especially saltatorial. Remarks.—Brailovskiocoris appears somewhat similar to Wetmorea but does not have the protruding frons that reaches ventrally beyond the apex of the tylus, the strongly convex anterior portion of the pronotum with a deeply impressed, transverse line, or the bulbous scutellum that is raised above or level with the pronotum. Also the head in Wetmorea is longer than wide while in Brailovskiocoris the head is wider than long. The wide vertex and inflated second antennal segment will separate both genera from all other isometopines. Brailovskiocoris nocturnus (Brailovsky), NEW COMBINATION Figs. 1, 10 Wetmorea nocturna Brailovsky, 1978: 50. Paratype male.—Length 2.24 mm, width 0.92 mm, generally brown to fuscous. Head: Length 0.48 mm, width 0.62 mm, vertex 0.22 mm; testa- ceous brown, darker on vertex; tylus, bucculae, and genae pale or whitish, tinged with red. Rostrum: Length about 1.00 mm (imbedded in glue), reach- ing Sth or 6th abdominal segment. Antennae: I, length 0.10 mm, width 0.10 mm, brown to fuscous; II, 0.72 mm, width across middle 0.20 mm, brown, 182 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 2. Lidopiella slateri, adult female, dorsal habitus. darker at base and apex; III and IV broken (holotype measurements from Brailovsky, 1978: III, 0.13 mm, IV, 0.11 mm). Pronotum: Length to 0.03 mm basal width 0.90 mm, fuscous, roughened, calli weakly raised, clothed with recumbent pale setae; mesoscutum fuscous or black, scutellum fuscous or black, convex. Hemelytra: Brown, darker on apical 3, with a translucent VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 183 brown triangular spot just past constriction, set with rather short, stout, erect, black, bristlelike setae; cuneus fuscous, basal area along cuneal frac- ture enamel white; membrane translucent, grayish brown. Venter: Propleu- ra and sternum fuscous, abdomen reddish brown. Legs: Procoxae fuscous, meso- and metacoxae fuscous, pale apically; profemora fuscous, mesofem- ora fuscous, pale on basal 2 and narrow stripe on anterior face of apex, metafemora fuscous, somewhat paler basally and at extreme apex; protibiae pale to testaceous, mesotibiae fuscous, pale on apical 3, metatibiae fuscous; tarsi and claws fuscous. Specimen examined.—Paratype 6, Mexico, Chamela-Jalisco, Estacion de Biologia, 30-IV-1976, H. Brailovsky collector (IBM). Remarks.—This species can be separated from other Isometopinae by its generic characters. Lidopiella Henry, NEw GENUS Type-species: Lidopiella slateri Henry, new species. Small species, length 2.44 mm, elongate, dorsal surface shining, hemelytra dull, head longer than wide, strongly reclining back over anterior margin of pronotum, vertex narrow, separating eyes by distance equal to diameter of 3 ocelli, front broadly produced, rounded apically, bucculae, genae and tylus flared into large flattened plates, surface of frons separated from facial plates by length of Ist antennal segment, apex of frons reaching only bases of facial plates; rostrum reaching beyond metacoxae; Ist antennal segment shortest, segment 2 longest, slender, gradually enlarged to apex, segment 3 longer than 4, combined lengths of 3 and 4 more than % length of segment 2; pronotum shining, impunctate, basal width nearly 3x= length, basal *4 of lateral margin carinate, posterior angles strongly flared and impressed, basal margin emarginate; mesoscutum broadly exposed; scutellum impunctate, strongly convex (pyramidal); hemelytra constricted on basal half, dull, clothed with erect, bristlelike setae, embolium slender, wider beyond con- striction, cuneus wider than long, membrane without apparent venation; venter shining; legs slender, hind femora somewhat saltatorial. Remarks.—Lidopiella is most similar to Lidopus and at a first glance might be confused with Lidopus. However, Lidopiella can be clearly sep- arated by the strongly reclining head, broadly flared facial plates, impunctate pronotum with abruptly produced posterior angles, and the strongly convex scutellum. Lidopiella slateri Henry, NEw SPECIES Figs. 2, 9 Holotype female.—Length 2.44 mm, width 0.88 mm. Head: Length (mea- sured parallel to surface) 0.66 mm, width 0.62 mm, vertex 0.08 mm: vertex 184 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 3. Lidopus heidemanni, adult female, dorsal habitus. and area separating facial plates and frons pale yellowish, front and under- surface shiny brown; 2 long, stout bristles on gena. Rostrum: Length 1.16 mm, reaching 2nd abdominal segment. Antennae: I, length 0.10 mm, tes- taceous, more brown beneath; IJ, 0.68 mm, testaceous, tinged with red; III, 0.32 mm, basal 2 fuscous, narrowly red at middle, pale beyond; IV, 0.22 mm, pale. Pronotum: Length 0.30 mm, width at base 0.80 mm, shiny, fus- cous, clothed with rather long, semierect, golden setae; mesoscutum fus- cous; scutellum strongly convex, shiny fuscous, posterior *4 of median line pale, impunctate, weakly rugose on anterior surface. Hemelytra: Rich sat- iny brown, base of corium red-tinged, narrow area bordering clavus on basal 4 of corium with a pale glaucous sheen; clothed with sparsely set, erect, black, bristlelike setae with a cluster of stout, black setae at inside posterior angle of corium; cuneus fuscous, basal “% translucent, inside angle enamel white; membrane translucent brown. Venter: Shiny fuscous to black, ab- dominal segments 5 and 6 pale-marked laterally, anterior % of ostiolar per- itreme opening white. Legs: Coxae pale, fuscous on basal 42, metacoxae more fuscous or brown than pale; profemora fuscous, pale at base, meso- ET _———— VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 185 a Ray Fig. 4. Myiopus woldai, adult male, dorsal habitus. femora fuscous, stripe on anterior face and basal 3 pale, metafemora fus- cous, base, narrow patch on anterior face, and a narrow stripe on dorsal and ventral surface pale; tibiae brown to reddish brown, apical '4 (meta-) to % (pro-, meso-) pale or testaceous; tarsi and claws testaceous. Holotype.—? Panama, Canal Zone, Barrow Colo. Isle, 8-VIII-1974, Hsspsnhiede collector (AMNH). Remarks.—This unusual mirid is best separated from other species by the 186 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON strongly reclining head, slender form, flared posterior angles of the prono- tum and the pyramidal-shaped scutellum. I have named this isometopine after James A. Slater (UC) who first rec- ognized this specimen as a probable new genus and who generously loaned me three taxa that represented two new genera and three new species. Lidopus Gibson, 1917 Type-species: Lidopus heidemanni Gibson, 1917. Generally small, slender species, length 1.90—2.50 mm, dorsal surface shiny; head somewhat reclining back over anterior margin of pronotum, eyes covering more than 2 of dorsal surface of head, width of vertex nearly equal to 2 dorsal width of an eye; frons protruding beyond eyes, truncate from dorsal aspect, apex touching base of tylus; bucculae and genae flat- tened into short plates (Figs. 6, 7); rostrum reaching beyond metacoxae;: antennae simple, Ist segment shortest, 2nd segment longest, gradually en- larged to apex, segments 3 and 4 subequal; pronotum shiny, finely punctate, moderately convex, length 2 basal width, lateral margins carinate, posterior angles acute, weakly impressed, posterior margin weakly convex; mesoscu- tum narrowly visible; scutellum distinctly convex, transversely rugose, de- pressed at middle of base; hemelytra dull, satiny, constricted on basal ”, embolium wide, weakly reflexed, clothed with sparsely set bristlelike setae; length of cuneus slightly longer than basal width; membrane with 2 closed cells; venter shiny; metafemora saltatorial. Remarks.—Lidopus is very similar to Lidopiella in general respects, but lacks the wide separation between the frons and the lower facial plates and has the punctate pronotum with the lateral margin entire. A careful com- parison of male genitalia will be required before the true relationship of these peculiar genera can be established. KEY TO SPECIES OF LipoPpUS GIBSON — Femora fuscous with only apical areas pale; pronotum deeply punc- TUN CO 2 bi 542255 i es Repeat ares Se ate i ee heidemanni Gibson — Pro- and mesofemora pale, fuscous on apical 4% only; pronotum finely punctured, almost appearing impunctate .. schwarzi McAtee and Malloch Lidopus heidemanni Gibson, 1917: 74 Figs: 3. 6.7, Paratype female.—Length 2.04 mm, width 0.84 mm, fuscous or black with paler brown. Head: Width 0.56 mm, vertex 0.14 mm, fuscous. Rostrum: Length 1.08 mm, reaching 2nd abdominal segment. Antennae: Brown to errr rl esr Eee ress —(— ttt VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 187 Fig. 5. Wetmorea notabilis, adult female, dorsal habitus. fuscous; I, length 0.10 mm; II, 0.66 mm; III, 0.20 mm, white; IV, 0.16 whitish, somewhat infuscated. Pronotum: Length 0.38 mm, basal width 0.80 mm; shiny fuscous, distinctly punctate; scutellum fuscous, apex pale. Hemelytra: Brown, area through basal “% of corium, middle of clavus and inside posterior angle of corium with a glaucous sheen, clothed with erect, black bristlelike setae; cuneus black, basal area enamel white; membrane black or fumate. Venter: Shiny fuscous, ostiolar peritreme opening white. Legs: Procoxae brown, meso- and metacoxae pale, fuscous at bases; femora fuscous with an apical pale area; tibiae fuscous, apical 4 to 2 pale; tarsi and claws fuscous. Male.—Length 2.40 mm, width 0.90 mm, similar to female in markings, only more slender and paler in color. Head: Width 0.60 mm, vertex 0.16 mm. Rostrum: Length 1.02 mm, reaching 3rd abdominal segment. Anten- 188 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 6. Lidopus heidemanni, adult male. Fig. 7. L. heidemanni, adult female. Fig. 8. Myiopus woldai, adult male. a = frontal view of head; b = lateral view of head. nae: I, length 0.10 mm; II, 0.60 mm; III, 0.20 mm; IV, 0.16 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.40 mm, basal width 0.90 mm. Specimens examined.—2 d, Florida, Gainesville, Doyle Conner Building, 25-V-77, 29-VI-78, F. W. Mead collector, at blacklight (FSCA); 1 °, Illinois, VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 189 Grand Tower, July 11, 1909 (USNM); | fifth instar nymph, North Carolina, Mecklenburg Co., Rt. 51, | mi. W. of Rt. 16, nr. Matthews, July 4, 1975, A. G. Wheeler, Jr. collector, taken on Quercus stellata (PDA); 4 3, Ten- nessee, Hamilton Co., 7, 15-43, Turner 20418, Lot 43-9121, taken at light in peach orchard (USNM); Holotype and paratypes, 7 2, 2 d, and nymphs, Brownsville, Texas, 30-4-04, H.S. Barber collector (USNM); 1 2°, Texas, Zavalla Co., Nueces River, IV-28-1910, Hunter and Pratt collectors (OSNM)= 12> Texas, Helotes, July 1, 1917, HB. Koureht ‘collector (USNM); 1 o, Texas, Mission, Aug. 8, 1963 on citrus (USNM); 2 2, Mex- ico, Tamaulipas, 8.5 miles south Soto la Marina, 14-VII-1973, Gaumer and Clark collectors (TAM). Remarks.—Lidopus heidemanni is very similar to schwarzi in size and color patterns and can be rather dubiously separated by the more strongly punctate pronotum and the differently marked femora. This isometopine, previously known only from Texas, is much more wide- spread then published records indicate. I have examined adults from Flor- ida, Illinois, Tennessee, and Mexico and a single fifth instar nymph from North Carolina. Wheeler and Henry (1978) provided a key to the fifth instar nymphs of the five eastern species of Isometopinae, including L. heide- mannii. Lidopus schwarzi McAtee and Malloch, 1924: 77 Holotype female.—Length 1.94 mm (hemelytra broken, width not mea- sured). Head: Width 0.48 mm, vertex 0.14 mm, dark brown. Rostrum: Length 0.76 mm, reaching just beyond metacoxae (imbedded in glue). An- tennae: Testaceous to light brown; I, length 0.06 mm; II, 0.50 mm, apical 4 fuscous, somewhat inflated; II] and IV broken. Pronotum: Length 0.30 mm, basal width 0.74 mm, shiny black, very finely punctate. Hemelytra: Similar in coloration to heidemanni, clothed with recumbent, golden setae, intermixed with erect, stout setae. Venter: Fuscous to black, ostiolar per- itreme opening pale. Legs: Coxae pale, fuscous at bases; pro- and meso- femora pale, fuscous on apical %; metafemora fuscous, pale at bases and ventral aspect of apices, tibiae pale, pro- and mesotibiae fuscous on basal '4, metatibiae fuscous, pale on apical %; tarsi and claws fuscous. Specimen examined.—Holotype 2, Cacao Trece Aguas, Alta V. Paz, Guatemala, Schwarz and Barber collectors, USNM type no. 27420. Remarks.—Lidopus schwarzi is very similar to heidemanni and differs only in the more weakly punctured pronotum and the slightly different coloration of the legs. McAtee and Malloch (1924) suggested that the com- bined lengths of the third and fourth antennal segments being more than half the length of the second segment would separate schwarzi from heidemanni: however, heidemanni likewise exhibits such proportions, and it may be that schwarzi is only a poorly preserved example of heidemanni. 190 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 9. Lidopiella slateri, adult male. Fig. 10. Brailovskiocoris nocturnus, adult male. Fig. 11. Wetmorea notabilis, adult female. a = frontal view of head; b = lateral view of head. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 19] Myiopus Henry, NEw GENUS Type-species: Myiopus woldai Henry, new species. Medium-sized species, length 3.00 mm, elongate, dorsal surface dull, im- punctate; head somewhat reclined back over anterior margin of pronotum, eyes large, sparsely set with short setae, posterior margin set with 5 long, bristlelike setae (in males at least), vertex with a short median notch, frons protruding, rounded apically; bucculae, genae and tylus produced into large flaplike plates, these widely separated from frons (Fig. 8b), apex of frons reaching only bases of facial plates; rostrum moderately long, reaching just beyond apices of metacoxae; pronotum weakly convex, lateral margins straight, entirely carinate, posterior margin deeply emarginate on either side of median line, somewhat shining, transversely rugose; mesoscutum broadly exposed; scutellum convex, middle of base weakly depressed; hemelytra constricted on basal %, embolium reflexed, length of cuneus subequal to basal width: membrane with 2 indistinct closed cells, venter dark, more shining than dorsum; legs rather long, metafemora somewhat saltatorial, hind tibiae more than 2 length of dorsum (0.57); left genital paramere bul- bous at base, than slender and acutely produced, extending right around posterior margin of genital segment; right paramere obscured by position of membrane. Remarks.—This peculiar genus appears somewhat intermediate between Myiomma and Lidopus. The general dull coloration and formation of the pronotum are suggestive of Myiomma, while the formation of the head and the constricted hemelytra place it close to Lidopus and Lidopiella. Myiopus can be separated from all other genera by the following combination of characters: Produced frons, expanded facial plates, vertex with a short, impressed median notch, dull, impunctate dorsum, constricted hemelytra, and proportionately long hind tibiae. Myiopus woldai Henry, NEw SPECIES Figs. 4, 8 Holotype male.—Length 3.00 mm, width 1.12 mm. Head: Length in nor- mal reclining position (so maximum length of pronotum can be measured) 0.36 mm, width 0.60 mm, vertex (across ocelli) 0.14 mm, fuscous, vertex, basal area of frons and area separating frons and facial plates pale yellowish. Rostrum: Length about 1.14 mm, bent, reaching just beyond apices of meta- coxae. Antennae: I, length 0.12 mm, fuscous, dorsal aspect more pallid; II, 0.82 mm, fuscous, base somewhat paler, thickly clothed with recumbent, golden setae; III, 0.26 mm, whitish; IV, 0.16 mm, whitish. Pronotum: Length (measured from base of head) 0.38 mm, width at base 1.04 mm; clothed with recumbent brown to golden setae, fuscous, basal margin nar- rowly pale, semishining, transversely rugose, mesoscutum fuscous; scutel- 192 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON lum convex, fuscous, apex pale. Hemelytra: Dull or satiny fuscous, trian- gular area at base of corium, basal 74 of embolium, and basal % of cuneus pale or translucent, sparsely set with erect, black, bristlelike setae; mem- brane translucent, veins pale, indistinct. Venter: Shiny, brown, abdomen darker fuscous, ostiolar peritreme opening and mesopleural plate white. Legs: Coxae pallid and brown-tinged; femora pallid, prolegs broken, me- sofemora with a brown streak on anterior and posterior faces, metafemora with anterior and posterior faces and ventral line brown; tibiae fuscous, apical '4 pale; tarsi and claws fuscous, Ist segment of metatarsi pale. Holotype.—Male, Panama-Chiriqui, Fortuna, 1050 m, 8°44'N, 82°15'W, 28-IV-1977, Henk Wolda collector (AMNH). Remarks.—Myiopus woldai can be separated from all other species of Isometopinae on generic characters alone, but the dull, satiny hemelytra with the pale triangular area at the base of the corium, the pale embolium, the pale basal half of the cuneus, and the pale-marked legs will further separate this unique mirid from other species. Wetmorea McAtee and Malloch 1924 Type-species: Wetmorea notabilis McAtee and Malloch, 1924. Small mirids, length about 2.00—2.40 mm, dorsal surface semishining with hemelytra largely dull, impunctate; head wider than long from dorsal aspect (length subequal to width when measured at angle parallel with surface), front broadly produced beyond eyes and ventrally lower than (overlapping) tylus, completely obscuring view of tylus and other parts from frontal view (Fig. lla), lateral edge of front wide and separated from sides by a length just less than length of Ist antennal segment, vertex wide, subequal to dorsal width of an eye, impressed along median line; base of head emarginate, ocelli almost touching eyes, set posteriorly on vertex just before emargi- nation of eyes; antennal bases arising at middle of lower margin of eyes, segment | short, stout, segment 2 strongly thickened, fusiform, segments 3 and 4 short, slender, lengths subequal; base of pronotum 2.6 median length, lateral margins entirely carinate, narrowly flattened, broadly flared behind dorsal impression, strongly emarginate basally, anterior *4 strongly convex, height equal to or greater than vertex, separated from narrow basal area by an impressed line, convex area roughened, posterior area trans- versely rugose; mesoscutum broadly exposed; scutellum strongly convex, bulbous; hemelytra constricted, embolium narrow, surface dull or satiny, sparsely clothed with stout, bristlelike setae; cuneus and membrane shining, veins not visible; venter shining; hind femora somewhat saltatorial. Remarks.—The ‘“‘duck-billed’> genus Wetmorea, known only from fe- males, is perhaps the most peculiar of all the Isometopinae. It can be sep- arated from other genera by the broadly produced front portion of the head VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 193 which extends beyond and lower than the tylus, the strongly inflated second antennal segment, convex pronotum, and bulbous scutellum. Wetmorea notabilis McAtee and Malloch, 1924: 80 Figs. 5, 11 Female.—Length 2.40 mm, width across cuneal fracture 1.00 mm, gen- erally dark brown or fuscous. Head: Length from dorsal view 0.40 mm, length (parallel with surface) 0.62 mm, width 0.62 mm, vertex 0.22 mm, dark brown, somewhat shining, frons and vertex with several long, feath- erlike setae. Rostrum: Length 1.28 mm, dark brown, reaching 3rd or 4th abdominal segment. Antennae: I, length 0.12 mm, dark brown; II, 0.68 mm, inflated, diameter on apical 4% 0.16 mm; III, 0.12 mm, pale, fuscous at base; IV, 0.12 mm, fuscous. Pronotum: Length 0.30 mm, basal width 0.80 mm, fuscous, semishining, narrow basal margin pale, convex area finely granu- late, narrow posterior area tranversely rugose, clothed with short recumbent setae; mesoscutum fuscous, clothed with short recumbent setae, intermixed with a few erect black setae; scutellum strongly convex (bulbous), fuscous, shining. Hemelytra: Dull brownish, apical ’2 of corium darker brown or fuscous, apical % of corium with a translucent brown triangular mark, sparsely set with erect, stout black setae, apex of clavus and inside posterior angle of corium with a cluster of erect, stout, black setae; cuneus shiny fuscous, inside angle with an enamel white mark; membrane shiny dark brown or fuscous. Venter: Shiny brown, abdomen more fuscous, ventral area of abdomen with erect pale setae; ostiolar peritreme opening whitish or pale yellow, posterior lobe more infuscated. Legs: Coxae pale, fuscous at bases or largely fuscous; profemora fuscous, metafemora pale, with a fuscous stripe on anterior aspect and fuscous on apical 2 of posterior as- pect, metafemora fuscous, pale along ventral margin; tibiae fuscous or brown, paler on apical 2 and anterior aspect; tarsi and claws fuscous. Specimens examined.—Holotype, 2, Dragoon Mts., Ariz., Cochise Stronghold, Alt. 5000 ft., July 16, 1919, A. Wetmore collector, USNM type no. 27421; 2 2, Oracle, Ariz., 3-7, E. A. Schwarz collector (USNM); 2 2, Mexico, Puebla, 16 mi. NW Acatlan, July 14, 1974, Clark, Murray, Ashe and Schaffner collectors (TAM). Remarks.—Wetmorea notabilis can be separated from all other species of isometopines by the strongly produced front of the head, the convex anterior portion of the pronotum and the bulbous scutellum. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I give special thanks to H. Brailovsky (IBM), R. C. Froeschner (USNM), J. L. Herring (Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, USNM), F. W. Mead (FSCA), J. C. Schaffner (TAM), R. T. Schuh (AMNH), and J. A. 194 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Slater (UC) for loaning valuable specimens used in this study and A. G. Wheeler, Jr. (PDA) for reviewing the manuscript. I am also very grateful to J. A. Slater for allowing me to use the illustration of Lidopiella slateri, expertly drawn by Steven Thurston (UC). LITERATURE CITED Brailovsky, H. 1978 (1976). Contribucion al estudio de los Hemiptera-Heteroptera de México: XI. Una nueva especie de Wetmorea Mc-Atee y Malloch (Isometopidae). An. Inst. Biol. Univ. Nac. Auton. Mex. Ser. Zool. 47(2): 49-52. Carvalho, J. C. M. 1947. Dois generos de ‘‘Isometopidae’’ da fauna neotropica (Hemiptera). Rev. Bras. Biol. 7: 255-260. and R. I. Sailer. 1954. A remarkable new genus and species of isometopid from Panama (Hemiptera, Isometopidae). Entomol. News. 65: 85-88. Gibson, E. H. 1917. The family Isometopidae Fieb. as represented in North America (Het- eroptera.). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 12: 73-77. Henry, T. J. 1977. Teratodia Bergroth, new synonym of Diphleps Bergroth with descriptions of two new species (Heteroptera: Miridae: Isometopinae). Fla. Entomol. 60: 201-210. —. 1979. Review of the New World species of Myiomma Puton with descriptions of eight new species (Hemiptera: Miridae: Isometopinae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 81: 552- 569. and J. L. Herring. 1979. Review of the genus Corticoris McAtee and Malloch with descriptions of two new species from Mexico (Hemiptera: Miridae: Isometopinae). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 81: 82-96. McAtee, W. L. and J. R. Malloch. 1924. Some annectant bugs of the superfamily Cimicoideae (Heteroptera). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 19: 69-82. Wheeler, A. G., Jr. and T. J. Henry. 1978. Isometopinae (Hemiptera: Miridae) in Pennsyl- vania: Biology and descriptions of fifth instars, with observations of predation on ob- scure scale. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 71: 607-614. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 195-211 THE NORTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CALLICERA PANZER (DIPTERA: SYRPHIDAE) F. CHRISTIAN THOMPSON Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of National History, Washing- ton, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—The North American species of Callicera are revised. Two new synonyms are proposed, johnsoni Hunter and auripila Metcalf = er- ratica Walker. Lectotypes are designated for auripila Metcalf, erratica Walker, and montensis Snow. A key to the North American species is presented. The genus Callicera Panzer is a small group of rarely collected, and prob- ably rare north-temperate flower flies. Eighteen species are known: 8 Pa- laearctic; 6 Oriental; 3 Nearctic; and 1 Neotropical (Coe, 1964; Knutson et al., 1975; Thompson and Pedersen’). At the start of my study I requested material from some 40 collections. This yielded 53 previously identified specimens of North American Callicera and approximately 30,000 uniden- tified flower flies in which I found an additional 6 specimens. The reason for the apparent scarcity of Callicera is unknown. The immature stages of the Palaearctic species, rufa Schummel, are known. These immatures, found in a waterfilled rot-hole about two feet deep in an ancient scotch pine (Pinus sylvestris L.), represent a curious intermediate larval type between the long-tailed (rat-tailed) eristaline mag- gots usually found in this kind of habitat and the short-tailed, wood-boring milesiine maggots (Coe, 1938, 1939, 1941). The North American species of Callicera have never been revised, there having been only a succession of new species descriptions. The only key to species (Curran, 1935) included four species. This revision presents a new key, two new synonyms, three lectotype designations, redescriptions, com- plete synonymies, and new distributional and biological data for all North American species. 1 Thompson, F. C. and E. Torp Pedersen. Flower flies (Diptera: Syrphidae) of the Palaearctic Region—a Guide and Catalog. Entomonograph, Copenhagen. (In preparation.) 196 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Genus Callicera Panzer Callicera Panzer, 1809: 17. Type-species, Bibio aenea Fabricius (by mono- typy). New World references only: Snow, 1892: 33 (review, 1 sp.); Al- drich, 1905: 347 (cat. cit., 2 spp.); Verrall, 1913: 323-333 (partial review, 2 spp.); Curran, 1935: 5 (key, 4 New World spp.); Hull, 1949: 341 (de- script., 4 spp.); Fluke, 1957: 57 (cat. cit., 1 Neotropical sp.); Wirth et al., 1965: 595 (cat. cit., 4 Nearctic spp.); Cole, 1969: 307 (biol. note, 2 western N. Amer. spp.); Thompson et al., 1976: 88 (cat. cit., 1 Neotropical sp.). Gallicera, Imperial Bureau of Entomology, 1928: 337 (misspelling of Calli- cera); Hull, 1949: 403 (cited as “‘Genera incertis sedae’’ and attributed to Portevin, 1927). Description.—Head: About % higher than long; face broad, occupying about 2 head width, densely pilose, shiny, with a small tubercle; epistoma indistinctly produced; cheek broad, about as long as broad, pilose; facial groove elongate, extending only to level of tubercle; facial stripe narrow, pollinose, pilose; frontal prominence distinct, frequently bulbous, at dorsal ’. of head; frontal triangle bulbous, bare; vertical triangle small, equilateral, less than 2 as long as eye contiguity; front broad, about “% head width, about % as long as face, pilose; head holoptic in males; eye pilose; antenna with terminal arista. Thorax: With long pile, without bristles; humerus, propleuron, sterno- pleuron entirely, and metasternum pilose; anterior mesopleuron, posterior pteropleuron, and barrette bare; hypopleuron usually with pile in front of metathoracic spiracle; scutellum simple, with abundant ventral pile fringe; plumula elongate; legs simple, without basoventral spinose pile patches, with middle and hind coxae bare posteriorly; postmetacoxal bridge incom- plete. Wing: Marginal cell open; apical cell closed with short petiole; an- terior crossvein basal, straight, at basal “4 to % of discal cell; 3rd vein straight. Abdomen: Short, oval, without premarginal sulcus; Ist spiracle embed- ded. Male genitalia: Cercus simple; surstyle with a long curved dorsoapical lobe and usually with two ventral lobes, rarely with ventral area undiffer- entiated; 9th sternum with lingular area infolded and prolongated postero- laterally to form lateral arm (lingular arm); paramere (superior lobe) fused with or articulating with 9th sternum, with posterodorsal and ventral prongs; ejaculatory apodeme short, rod shaped; aedeagal apodeme with postero- ventral flange; aedeagus unsegmented, with a dorsal bifid ejaculatory hood and a medial ejaculatory process, and usually with ventrolateral processes. Variation.—While all Callicera species are very similar in habitus, the male genitalia of erratica are quite distinct from those of other species studied (aenea, duncani, montensis, and poultoni). The lack of distinct VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 197 ventral lobes on the surstyle, the fusion of the lingular arm to the paramere, the enlargement and dorsal displacement of the ejaculatory process, along with the loss of the ventrolateral processes of the aedeagus are unique char- acter states of erratica. Comments.—Callicera belongs to the subfamily Eristalinae and is the type-genus of the tribe Callicerini. The sister-group of Callicera is Notio- cheilosia Thompson, the other genus of Callicerini. Callicera is separated from all the other syrphid flies by the following combination of characters: 1) Antenna with terminal arista instead of subbasal arista; 2) basal anterior crossvein before middle of discal cell; and 3) pilose face and eye. The re- lationships of Callicera and its tribe are discussed by Thompson (1972: 86- 91, 112-113). Phylogeny.—The hypothesized relationships of the New World species of Callicera are as follows: duncani and poultoni are sister species and form the sister group to montensis; the resulting group is the sister group to aenea (type-species, Old World); and all of these species form the sister group to erratica (Callicera = e + (a + (m + (d + p)))). This hypothesis is based principally on four morphoclines and is the only hypothesis that is compatible with the linear arrangement of all the morphoclines. The mor- phoclines are: 1) The development of the lingular arms from very short (aenea), to elongate and progressively more recurved (duncani, poultoni and montensis), to fused with parameres (erratica); 2) the development of the ventral lobe of the surstyle from undifferentiated and without a distinct excavation (erratica) to differentiated with a distinct excavation but with lobe broad (aenea), to on one hand a triangular ventral lobe (montensis) and on the other hand a narrow (duncani) and also to more curved (poultoni) ventral lobe (e — ((a > m) + (a > d = p))); 3) the development of the antennal arista from short, thick and black (erratica), to extensively white (aenea), to progressively elongate (montensis (long), duncani (longer) and poultoni (longest)); and 4) the development of the frontal prominence from not developed (erratica and aenea), through slightly swollen (duncani) to strongly swollen (poultoni) and with lateral bulbous prominences (monten- sis). Other characters are discussed elsewhere (see under variation above and under duncani below). KEY TO THE NorTH AMERICAN SPECIES OF CALLICERA PANZER 1. Arista thick, short, much shorter than 2nd antennal segment (Fig. 10); body pile wholly pale, whitish yellow to brilliant gold; wing usually entirely microtrichose, rarely bare narrowly along anterior edge of anal cell (eastern North America, Nevada) .............. Te Ty SA nog cc Wikia. die beh Mere, wi ki bnersl reat af erratica (Walker) — Arista thin, long, always longer than 2nd antennal segment; body 198 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON pile partially black either dorsally or ventrally; wing more exten- sively bare, always with an elongate medial bare area in 2nd basal COLOR 2 oe a, A DOSS RES LT ae Se ee Se eee 2 . Legs black, with pile wholly black; mesonotal pile completely red- dish orange; abdomen with Ist and 2nd terga dull black, 3rd and 4th terga shiny black, without metallic fasciae; face with black pile (Rocky Mountains, California) ................. montensis Snow — Legs with tibiae orange to brownish red; femora with pale pile fringes; mesonotal pile partially black; abdominal terga dull black with shiny metallic medial and apical fasciae; face pale pilose ....... 3 3. Scutellum with yellowish-white pile; mesonotal pile extensively yel- lowish white with scattered black pile intermixed; 3rd antennal seg- ment shorter, only about 3 times as long as broad (Fig. 7); squama dirty white(Anizona)ycc aot. FAG. secre 4 eee duncani Curran — Scutellum with black pile except for yellow fringe; mesonotal pile black except for yellow pile margins; 3rd antennal segment greatly elongate, about 5 times as long as broad (Fig. 9); squama dark brown (MexicoVEl Salvador}. 3< 22s. cael ee ee erie poultoni Verrall to Callicera duncani Curran Higs.3.. 16 lomo. 23 Callicera duncani Curran, 1935: 5 (Type-loc.: Globe, Arizona. Type- dep.:HT 6 AMNH); Wirth et al., 1965: 595 (cat. cit., Arizona); Cole, 1969: 307 (cit., Arizona). Description.—Over-all color black. Head: Face (Fig. 5) and cheek with yellowish-white pile; facial stripe with white pollen, frontal triangle shiny apicomedially, with sparse white pollen laterally; vertical triangle with black pile, occiput with white pollen ventrally, with slightly more brownish pollen on dorsal 4, with yellowish-white pile, with a few black cilia on dorsal 1/4; eye with brown and white pile in form of alternating vittae; antenna (Fig. 7) black except orange on basal “% of 3rd segment, with black pile; arista long, white; antennal ratio 1.5:1:7. Thorax: Mesonotum dull, with obscure submedial pollinose vittae, with extensive black and white pile and dense thick yellowish-white pile on an- terior and lateral margins; pleura with dense yellowish-white pile dorsally, with a few black hairs intermixed, with pectus with black pile; scutellum dull, with sparse white pile medially, margined with dense yellowish-white pile, with long dense ventral pile fringe; squama brownish white, with brown fringe; plumula brown; halter brownish orange, with dark knob. Wing: Hya- line, with brownish costal tinge, microtrichose except bare basal 4, of 2nd basal cell and anterobasal “3 of anal cell; epaulet and basicosta with black pile. Legs: Coxae and trochanters black, with black pile except for yellow VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 199 Figs. 1-2. Callicera aenea, habitus. 1, Dorsal view. 2, Lateral view. 200 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 10 Figs. 3-6. Facial profiles. 3, Callicera poultoni. 4, C. montensis. 5, C. duncani. 6, C. erratica. Figs. 7-10. Antennae. 7, C. duncani. 8, C. montensis (syntype). 9, C. poultoni. 10, C. erratica. pile laterally on hind coxa; femora black except orange apices, with black pile except for yellow pile fringe on posterior edge of front and middle femora and anterior edge of hind femur; tibiae orange, with white pile; front tarsus black, with black pile; middle and hind tarsi orange on basal % of basomere, black elsewhere, with black pile. Abdomen: Black, with dull black pollen except shiny steel blue narrowly on sides, on apical margin of 2nd tergum except medially, on apical margins of 3rd and 4th terga and in form of narrow transverse and medially inter- rupted fasciae on 3rd and 4th terga; dorsum with white pile, with pile thicker and denser on lateral and apical margins of terga and apical *4 of 4th tergum; venter with black pile except with white pile laterally on Ist through 3rd sterna. Male genitalia (Figs. 13, 19, 23) with black pile. Distribution.—U.S.A.: ARIZONA: Globe; Palmerlee; Huachuca Mts., VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 201 Miller Canyon; Cochise County, Dragoon Mts., Cochise Stronghold (AMNH, MCZ, USNM, Weems). Flight period.—Arizona (March to 3 May). Comments.—Callicera duncani is the sister species of poultoni. These species have the same habitus: The head is black with pale pile; the thorax is dark with pale pile on margins of mesonotum, mesopleuron and scutellum; and the abdomen is dark with metallic fasciate maculae on 3rd and 4th terga, with extensive pale pile on 4th tergum and margins of the other terga. The pile of duncani is yellowish to hoary white and that of poultoni is golden. Callicera erratica (Walker) Figs. 6, 10, 12, 18, 24 Chrysotoxum erraticum Walker, 1849: 543 (Type-loc.: Unknown. Type- dep.: LT 2 BMNH (here designated)); Kertesz, 1910: 342 (cat. cit.). Callicera erratica: Verrall, 1913: 329 (redescript. from type). Callicera johnsoni Hunter, 1896: 87 (Type-loc.: near Strawberry Mansion in Fairmont Park, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (see Johnson, 1914). Type- dep.: HT gd MCZ); Johnson, 1904: 160 (New Jersey); Aldrich, 1905: 347 (cat. cit., Pennsylvania); Kertész, 1910: 350 (cat. cit., Amer. sept.); John- son, 1910: 764 (New Jersey); Metcalf, 1913: 80 (Pennsylvania, North Car- olina); Johnson, 1914: 124 (restriction of type locality); Metcalf, 1916: 111 (North Carolina); Banks et al., 1916: 177 (Virginia); Cresson, 1919: 190 (Texas, descript. note); Johannsen, 1928: 793 (New York); Brimley, 1938: 355 (North Carolina); Wirth et al., 1965: 595 (cat. cit., Michigan, New York to North Carolina). NEw SYNONYM. Callicera johnsoni var. auripila Metcalf, 1916: 112 (Type-loc.: Southport, North Carolina. Type-dep.: LT ¢ INHS (here designated)); Brimley, 1938: 355 (North Carolina). NEW SYNONYM. Callicera auripila: Hull, 1947: 259 (Mississippi, elevated to species level); Hull, 1949: 344, fig. 19c (head); Wirth et al., 1965: 595 (cat. cit., North Carolina, Mississippi). Description.—Over-all color brownish black to steel blue; pile from pale yellowish white to brilliant golden. Head: Face (Fig. 6) and cheek shiny; facial stripe with white pollen; frontal triangle with white pollen laterally, shiny apicomedially; vertical triangle dull, with yellow pile; front with ex- tensive whitish-gray pollen, with lateral brown pollinose maculae on dorsal Yy; occiput with white pollen, with white pile ventrally becoming yellow dorsally; eye with extensive white pile with medial brown pilose vitta; an- tenna (Fig. 10) extensively black, slightly brownish red on basal % of Ist segment, with black pile: arista very short, thick black; antennal ratio eet. 1-0.1. Thorax: Mesonotum shiny laterally, with dull bluish-gray pollen medi- 202 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ally, with submedial and medial black pollinose vittae; pleura shiny; scu- tellum with dense long white ventral pile fringe; squama and plumula yel- lowish white; halter pale yellow with black tip. Wing: Hyaline or with slight orange tinge; usually entirely microtrichose, rarely bare narrowly along an- terior edge of anal cell; epaulet and basicosta with black pile. Legs: with golden pile, rarely with a few posterior apicolateral black hairs on femora; coxae and trochanters pollinose, dark; femora ranging from brown on basal %4 and orange apically to entirely orange; tibiae and tarsi ranging from orange on basal 4% and brown apically to entirely orange. Abdomen: Dorsum extensively shiny, males rarely with dull pollinose transverse fasciae on 2nd and 3rd terga; venter sparsely pollinose. Male genitalia (Figs. 12, 18, 24) with golden pile. Variation.—Over-all color is usually steel blue, but rarely is brownish black; pile color ranges from almost pure white through pale yellow to brilliant golden; leg color ranges from partially dark to entirely pale; abdom- inal terga are usually entirely shiny but rarely with brown pollinose fasciae on 2nd (broadly) and 3rd terga (narrowly). This variation is probably tem- perature induced (DuSek and Laska, 1974). The brilliant golden pilose spec- imens with entirely orange legs are southern, the pale pilose specimens with darker legs are northern and the darkest specimens are the early spring records from among the northern records. Distribution USA: ALABAMA: Auburn (INHS). DISTRICT OF CO- LUMBIA: Washington (USNM). MARYLAND: Beltsville; Gaitherburg (USNM). MASSACHUSETTS: Amherst (USNM). MICHIGAN: East Lan- sing, Agricultural College (CNC). MISSISSIPPI: Oxford (CNC, UWM). MISSOURI: Columbia (UCB). NEVADA: Mt. Vernon County (Weems). NEW JERSEY: Glassboro; Manumuskin (USNM, BPIH). NEW YORK: Long Beach. NORTH CAROLINA: Southport; Onslow County, Jackson- ville; Swannanoa; Southern Pines; Raleigh (CNC, INHS, MCZ, OhSU, UMSP, USNM, USU, Weems, UZMC). OHIO: Columbus (OhSU). PENN- SYLVANIA: Philadelphia (MCZ, USNM). TEXAS: Round Mt. (Weems). VIRGINIA: Fluvanna County (USNM). Canada: ONTARIO: Frontenac County (CNC). QUEBEC: Gatineau County, King Mountain (CNC). Flight period.—An early spring species, flying from 26 February (Ala- bama) to 19 June (Ontario), with most records in April (11 records). Types.—Callicera erratica Walker was described from an unspecified number of specimens. In the British Museum (Natural History), there is a single female labeled as type. I reject the assumption of holotype status for single remaining original specimens (see Crosskey, 1974: 272 (pro) and Vane-Wright, 1975: 26-28 (con) for discussion of this point). Therefore I have designated this single female as LEcTotype and have so labeled it. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 203 Callicera auripila Metcalf was described from a series of **. . . about forty specimens . . . (cotypes) . . ..’ Some specimens of his original series are deposited in the Illinois Natural History Survey (Metcalf Collection), but other specimens are in the Museum of Comparative Zoology (Johnson Col- lection), Canadian National Collection (Hull Collection), University of Min- nesota Collection, University of Wisconsin (Fluke Collection), Weems Col- lection, and Universitetets Zoologiske Museet Copenhagen (Lundbeck Collection). Most of this material has paratype labels, the Johnson Collec- tion material has cotype labels and a male and female in the Illinois Natural History Survey each have a ‘‘Type”’ label. The source of this labeling is not known, but it was probably not done by Metcalf. Nevertheless, I follow the intent of the labeling by designating as LEcrotype the male specimen la- beled **Type.”’ I have so labeled it. All other specimens are paralectotypes but have not been labeled as such. Comments.—The pile color is variable in erratica. This has led to the extreme color forms being named as distinct taxa (auripila and johnsoni), but, as this variation has been found to be continuous and probably envi- ronmental, I have synonymized these names. Callicera montensis Snow Figse4;-82 15; 16; 25 Callicera montensis Snow, 1892: 34, pl. 7, fig. 4 (habitus) (Type-loc.: Mt. Deception, 9000 ft., Manitou Park, Colorado (see Snow, 1895: 225). Type- dep.: LT 2 Snow Mus., UKaL (here designated)); Snow, 1895: 225 (re- striction of type-locality; New Mexico); Aldrich, 1905: 347 (cat. cit., Col- orado, New Mexico); Kertész, 1910: 350 (cat. cit., Amer. sept.); Cresson, 1919: 190 (Arizona; descript. notes); Jones, 1922: 44 (Colorado); Wirth et al., 1965: 595 (cat. cit., Colorado, New Mexico); Cole, 1969: 307 (cit., Colorado, New Mexico). Description.—Over-all color black. Head: Almost entirely shiny, only narrowly with grayish-white pollen along facial stripe and on apex of frontal triangle; face (Fig. 4) (in males), cheek and vertical triangle with black pile: face (in females) with white pile: front with indistinct medial sulcus, with orange pile; occiput with white pile ventrally becoming yellow dorsally; eye with brown pile, without any distinct vittae; antenna (Fig. 8) black except reddish orange on basal “% of 3rd segment, with black pile; arista long, white; antennal ratio 1.8:1:7.8. Thorax: Shiny: mesonotum and scutellum with reddish-orange pile: pleura with black pile except with reddish-orange pile on dorsal 42 of me- sopleuron; scutellum with a sparse short ventral pile fringe; squama dirty white with orange fringe: plumula black: halter brownish orange with black 204 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 11-15. Male 9th tergum and associated structures, lateral views. 11, Callicera aenea. 12, C. erratica. 13, C. duncani. 14, C. poultoni. 15, C. montensis (syntype). Fig. 16. Male 9th sternum and associated structures of C. montensis (syntype), lateral view. tip. Wing: Hyaline, microtrichose except bare as follows: basal 4 of sub- marginal cell, along anterior and posterior margins of apical cell on basal ¥3, both basal cells, basal 4 and along anterior and posterior margins of discal cell on basal 2, along anterior and posterior margins of cubital cell VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 205 Figs. 17-20. Male 9th sternum and associated structures, lateral views, with insert of ven- tral views of lingula area. 17, Callicera aenea. 18, C. erratica. 19, C. duncani. 20, C. poultoni. on basal 34, all of anal cell except for apicomedial microtrichose patch on apical 4, and in front of vein Ax; epaulet and basicosta black pilose. Legs: Black, with black pile. Abdomen: Shiny except with dull black pollen on Ist and 2nd terga and gray pollen on Ist sternum; dorsum with reddish-orange pile; venter with black pile. Male genitalia (Figs. 15, 16, 25) with black pile. Distribution.—U.S.A.: ARIZONA: Grand Canyon (Weems). CALIFOR- NIA: San Bernardino County, Ambay (USNM). COLORADO: Manitou Park, Mt. Deception (UKaL). NEW MEXICO: Magdalena (UKaL). UTAH: Zion National Park (UW). Flight period.—Arizona (23 May), California (8 April), Colorado (July), New Mexico (July), Utah (10 Sept.). Types.—Callicera montensis was described from **3”* males (Snow, 1892: 34) or from ‘numerous specimens’? (Snow, 1892: 33). Later Snow (1895) repeated the number ‘‘3”’ and gave the date as ‘‘August.”’ Byers et al. (1962) listed 4 male syntypes in the Snow Museum. One of these “‘syntypic”’ 206 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON males is from New Mexico (Byers, personal communication) and is not a type. The remaining three are labeled ‘‘Manitou Park, Colorado, F. H. Snow/July.’’ I studied two of these, one of which I labeled as LECTOTYPE. The others are labeled as paralectotypes. The male genitalia (Figs. 15, 16, 25) were drawn from a paralectotype. Comments.—Cresson (1919) mentioned a male specimen then in the col- lection of Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, that he believed differed significantly from Snow’s original description and probably repre- sented a new species. I have examined this specimen, now in the personal collection of H. V. Weems, Jr., and find it is the same as montensis Snow. The apparent discrepancies noted by Cresson were due to ommissions in Snow’s descriptions. Callicera poultoni Verrall Figs: 3379.) 14, 20; 22 Callicera poultoni Verrall, 1913: 332 (Type-loc.: Mexico. Type-dep.: HT 2? UMO); Fluke, 1957: 57 (cat. cit., Mexico); Thompson et al., 1976: 88 (cat. cit., Mexico). Description.—Over-all color black. Head: Face (Fig. 3) subshiny, with yellow pile; cheek with sparse pollen and yellow pile; frontal triangle with sparse white pollen laterally, shiny apicomedially; vertical triangle with black pile; occiput with white pollen and yellow pile ventrally becoming brownish pollinose and black pilose on dorsal Y;; eye with brown pile except with white pile ventroposteriorly; antenna (Fig. 9) entirely black or slightly reddish basoventrally on 3rd segment and black elsewhere, with black pile; arista black on base, white elsewhere, long, thin; antennal ratio 3.1:1:12.9. Thorax: Mesonotum with dull grayish-black pollen, with dark black me- dial and submedial pollinose vittae, with short thin black pile, with thick longer yellow pile forming almost continuous fascia around margins, with this fascia interrupted medially on anterior margin and behind humerus; pleura with dull pollen, with black pile except for yellow pile on dorsal of sternopleuron, pteropleuron, and anterior edge and posterior dorsal apex of posterior mesopleuron; scutellum with dull pollen, with black pile, except for yellow dense apicoventral fringe; squama and plumula brownish black except squama with fringe more reddish brown; halter dark reddish orange with black head. Wing: Light brownish yellow, almost completely micro- trichose, bare only narrowly basomedially in 2nd basal cell and anterobas- ally in anal cell; epaulet and basicosta with black pile. Legs: Coxae and trochanters with dull pollen, black, with black pile except for yellow pile laterally on hind coxa; femora black on basal 34, orange apically, with black pile except for yellow fringe posteriorly on front and middle femora and anteriorly on hind femur; tibiae orange except slightly more brownish on VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 207 24 Figs. 21-25. Aedeagi, lateral views. 21, Callicera aenea. 22, C. poultoni. 23, C. duncani (including a dorso-oblique view). 24, C. erratica. 25, C. montensis (syntype). apical 4 of front tibia, with black pile anteriorly and yellow pile posteriorly except for more reddish-brown pile anteriorly on hind tibia; front tarsus black except orange basal 34 of basomere, with black pile; middle and hind tarsi orange on basal 3 tarsomeres, black on apical tarsomeres, mainly with black pile with some yellow pile on basomeres. Abdomen: Black, with dull black pollen except shiny golden narrowly on sides, on apical margin of 2nd tergum except medially, on apical margins of 3rd and 4th terga and in form of narrow transverse and medially inter- rupted fasciae on 3rd and 4th terga; dorsum with golden pile, with pile thicker and denser on lateral and apical margins of terga and apical * of 4th tergum; venter with extensive black pile, only with white pile on lateral 4 of Ist and narrowly on sides of 2nd sternum. Male genitalia (Figs. 14, 20, 22) with black pile. Distribution MEXICO: OAXACA: Just west of Chiapas Border, 19 km 208 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON west of Rizo de Oro Ridge, south Cerro Baul, 1615 meters. CHIAPAS: Cerro Huitepec, west of San Cristobal de las Casas, 2591 meters (CAS, USNM). EL SALVADOR: Bosque Monte Cristo, 2418 meters (Mus. Nac. El Salvador). Flight period.—Mexico (28 April to 23 May), El Salvador (3 February). Comments.—Callicera poultoni was described from a single rubbed and discolored female. The above redescription is based on three males in ex- cellent condition. There are a few discrepancies between these males and Verrall’s original description: 1) Verrall’s description of the antennal color is confusing. He stated **. . . basal joint black then orange. . .”’ and nothing more. The antennae of my specimens are entirely black except for reddish basoventral third at third segment and the white arista. 2) Verrall wrote ‘legs, after black coxae and trochanters, all fulvous . . .”’ whereas my spec- imens have the basal half or more of the femora black. 3) Verrall described the *‘Belly with rather universal golden pubescense . . ..’ whereas my spec- imens are almost completely black pilose. There are a few other differences between my specimens and Verrall’s description, but these are undoubtedly due to the condition and sex of the specimen on which Verrall’s description was based. Despite the above discrepancies, my specimens agree so well with Verrall’s description that I have no doubt that they are assignable to the same species. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank the following for answering my request and loaning material: Paul H. Arnaud, Jr., California Academy of Sciences, San Francisco (CAS); John R. Baker, University of Wisconsin, Madison (UWM); George E. Ball, University of Alberta, Edmonton (UAE); William F. Barr, University of Idaho, Moscow (UIM); George W. Byers, University of Kansas, Snow En- tomological Museum, Lawrence (UKaL); Joan B. Chapin, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge (LSU); Philip J. Clausen, University of Minnesota, St. Paul (UMSP); Howard E. Evans, Colorado State University, Fort Col- lins (CSUFC); Ronald L. Fisher, Michigan State University, East Lansing (MSU); Wilford J. Hanson, Utah State University, Logan (USU); Charles L. Hogue, Los Angeles County Museum of Natural History, California (LACM); J. W. Ismay, Hope Department of Entomology, Oxford Univer- sity (UMO); K. C. Kim, Pennsylvania State University, Frost Entomolog- ical Museum, University Park (PSU); John D. Lattin, Oregon State Uni- versity, Corvallis (OrSU); Robert E. Lewis, lowa State University, Ames (ISU); Leif Lyneborg, Universitetets Zoologiske Museet, Copenhagen (UZMC); Sammie J. Merritt, Texas A&M University, College Station (TAMU); Wallace J. Morse, University of New Hampshire, Durham (UNH); L. L. Pechuman, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York (CUI); VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 209 Jerry A. Powell, University of California, Berkeley (UCB); Brett C. Rat- cliffe, State Museum, University of Nebraska, Lincoln (UNL): Selwyn S. Roback, Academy of Natural Sciences, Philadelphia, Pennsylvania (ANSP): Robert O. Schuster, University of California, Davis (UCD); James A. Sla- ter, Museum of Natural History, University of Connecticut, Storrs (UConS); Cecil L. Smith, University of Georgia, Athens (UGA); K. G. V. Smith, British Museum (Natural History), London (BMNH); Margaret K. Thayer, Museum of Comparative Zoology, Harvard University, Cambridge, Massachusetts (MCZ); C. A. Triplehorn, Ohio State University, Columbus (OhSU); William J. Turner, Washington State University, Pullman (WSU); Karl Valley, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Bureau of Plant In- dustry, Harrisburg (BPIH); G. P. Waldbauer, University of Illinois, Urbana (Waldbauer, personal collection); George E. Wallace, Carnegie Museum, Pittsburgh (CMP); Donald W. Webb, Illinois Natural History Survey, Ur- bana (INHS); Howard V. Weems, Jr., Florida Department of Agriculture and Consumer Services, Bureau of Entomology, Gainesville (Weems, per- sonal collection); Rupert L. Wenzel (and Eric H. Smith), Field Museum of Natural History, Chicago, Illinois (FMNH); Glen B. Wiggins, Royal Ontario Museum, Toronto (ROM); and Pedro Wygodzinsky, American Museum of Natural History, New York (AMNH). Also I thank Ronald W. Hodges, Edward L. Todd, and Raymond J. Gagné, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Washington, D.C.: Wayne N. Mathis, U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. (USNM); and J. R. Vockeroth, Agriculture Canada, Ottawa, Ontario (CNC), for their critical reading of the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Aldrich, J. M. 1905. A catalogue of North American Diptera. Smithson. Misc. Collect. 46(2): 1-680. Banks, N., C. T. Greene, W. L. McAtee, and R. C. Shannon. 1916. District of Columbia Diptera: Syrphidae. Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 29: 173-203. Brimley, C. S. 1938. The Insects of North Carolina, being a list of the Insects of North Carolina and their close relatives. North Carolina Dept. Agric., Div. Entomol., Raleigh. 560 pp. Byers, G. W., F. Blank, W. J. Hanson, D. F. Beneway, and R. W. Fredrichson. 1962. Cat- alogue of the types in the Snow Entomological Museum. Part III (Diptera). Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 43: 131-181. Coe, R. L. 1938. Rediscovery of Callicera yerburyi Verrall (Diptera: Syrphidae); its breeding habits, with a description of the larva. Entomologist. 71: 97-102. —. 1939. Callicera yerburyi Verrall (Diptera: Syrphidae) a synonym of C. rufa Schummel; further details of its life-history, with a description of the puparium. Entomologist. 72: 228-231. —. 1941. Callicera rufa Schummell (Diptera: Syrphidae); colour-variation of abdominal hairs in the adult, with a note on longevity of the larva. Entomologist. 74: 131-132. 210 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON —. 1964. Diptera from Nepal. Syrphidae. Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Entomol. 15: 255— 290. Cole, F. R. 1969. The flies of Western North America. xii + 693 pp., | pl., 360 figs. Univ. Calif. Press, Berkeley and Los Angeles. Cresson, E. T., Jr. 1919. Dipterological notes and descriptions. Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Philad. 71: 171-194. Crosskey, R. W. 1974. The British Tachinidae of Walker and Stephens (Diptera). Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Entomol. 30: 267-308. Curran, C. H. 1935. New American Diptera. Am. Mus. Novit. 812, 24 pp. DuSek, J. and P. Laska. 1974. Influence of temperature during pupal development on the color of syrphid adults (Syrphidae, Diptera). Folia Prirod. Fak. Univ. Purkyne, Brno 15 (Biol. 43): 77-81. Fluke, C. L. 1956-57. Catalogue of the family Syrphidae in the Neotropical Region. Rev. Bras. Entomol. 6: 193—268 (1956); 7: 1-181 (1957). Hull, F. M. 1947. The syrphid flies of Mississippi. J. Miss. Acad. Sci. 2: 255-262. . 1949. The morphology and inter-relationship of the genera of syrphid flies, recent and fossil. Trans. Zool. Soc. Lond. 26: 257-408. Hunter, W. D. 1896. A contribution to the knowledge of North American Syrphidae. Can. Entomol. 28: 87-101. Imperial Bureau of Entomology. 1928. Insecta. Zool. Record. 64(11) 418 pp. Johannsen, O. A. 1928. Order of Diptera, pp. 687-869. Jn Leonard, M. D., List of the insects of New York with a list of the spiders and certain other allied groups. Mem. N.Y. (Cornell) Agric. Exp. Stn. 101, 1121 pp. (1926). Johnson, C. W. 1904. A supplementary list of the Diptera of New Jersey. Entomol. News. 16: 157-163. —. 1910. Order Diptera, pp. 703-814, figs. 293-340. In Smith, J. B., The Insects of New Jersey. Rep. New Jersey State Mus. 1901: 15-888, 340 figs. . 1914. Notes on inadequate locality labels (Dipt.). Entomol. News. 25: 123-126. Jones, C. R. 1922. A contribution to our knowledge of the Syrphidae of Colorado. Bull. Agric. Exp. Stn. Colo. Agric. Coll. 269, 72 pp., 8 pls. Kertesz, K. 1910. Catalogus dipterorum hucusque descriptorum. Vol. 7, 470 pp. Lipsiae, Budapestini (Leipzig, Budapest). Knutson, L. V., F. C. Thompson, and J. R. Vockeroth. 1975. Family Syrphidae, pp. 307— 374. In Delfinado, M. D. and D. E. Hardy, eds., A Catalog of the Diptera of the Oriental Region, Vol. 2, x + 459 pp., Univ. Hawaii Press, Honolulu. Leonard, M. D. 1928. List of the insects of New York with a list of the spiders and certain other allied groups. Mem. New York (Cornell) Agric. Exp. Stn. 101: 1-1121 (1926). Metcalf, C. L. 1913. The Syrphidae of Ohio. Bull. Ohio Biol. Survey. 1: 7-122, 11 pls., 3 figs. (=Bull. Ohio State Univ. 17(31)). . 1916. A list of Syrphidae of North Carolina. J. Elisha Mitchell Sci. Soc. 32: 95-112. Snow, W. A. 1892. Notes and descriptions of Syrphidae. Kansas Univ. Quart. 1: 33-38, pl. 7. . 1895. Diptera of Colorado and New Mexico. Syrphidae. Kans. Univ. Quart. 3: 225— 247. Panzer, G. F. W. 1809. Faunae insectorum germanicae initiae oder Deutschlands Insecten. H. 104, 24 pp., 24 pls. Nurnberg. Portevin. G. 1927. Description d’une nouvelle espece de Callicera (Syrphidae). Encycl. Ento- mol. (3)2, Dipt. 4: 15. Thompson, F. C. 1972. A contribution to a generic revision of the Neotropical Milesinae (Diptera: Syrphidae). Arg. Zool. (Sao Paulo) 23: 73-215. , J. R. Vockeroth, and Y. S. Sedman. 1976. Family Syrphidae. Catalog. Dipt. Amer. S. United States 46, 195 pp. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 211 Vane-Wright, R. I. 1975. The butterflies named by J. F. Gmelin (Lepidoptera: Rhopalocera). Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Entomol. 32: 17-64, 6 pls. Verrall, G. H. 1913. Descriptions of new species of the syrphid genus Callicera (Diptera). Trans. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 1913: 323-333. Walker, F. 1849. List of the specimens of dipterous insects in the collections of the British Museum. Vol. 3, pp. 485-687. London. Wirth, W. W., Y. S. Sedman, and H. V. Weems, Jr. 1965. Family Syrphidae, pp. 557-625. In Stone, A., C. W. Sabrosky, W. W. Wirth, R. H. Foote, and J. Coulson (eds.), A catalog of the Diptera of America north of Mexico. U.S. Dep. Agric., Agric. Handb. 276, 1696 pp. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 212-228 DESCRIPTIONS AND KEYS TO THE FIRST-INSTAR NYMPHS OF FIVE PERIPLANETA SPECIES (DICTYOPTERA: BLATTIDAE) PEGGY K. POWELL AND WM. H ROBINSON Department of Entomology, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State Uni- versity, Blacksburg, Virginia 24061. Abstract.—First-instar nymphs of P. americana (Linnaeus), P. austral- asiae (Fabricius), P. brunnea Burmeister, P. fuliginosa (Serville), and P. japonica Karny are described, and keys are given for their separation. All are common and widespread pests. These five species are divided into two groups based on characters of the first-instar nymphs. Group I includes P. americana and P. japonica, Group II includes P. brunnea, P. fuliginosa, and P. australasiae. Six types of setae are present: Long setae; moderately long setae; short setae; reclinate setae; chalazae; and small setae. Adults of five Periplaneta species, P. americana (Linnaeus), P. austral- asiae (Fabricius), P. brunnea Burmeister, P. fuliginosa (Serville), and P. Japonica Karny, are well known and have been studied with respect to their identification, biology, reproduction, and behavior. However, little research has been conducted on their immature stages. There are very few descrip- tions of the nymphs of any of the 47 described Periplaneta species, and those available are rather brief and not completely accurate. Burmeister (1838), when establishing Periplaneta and describing P. brunnea as new, gave a brief and misleading description of a P. americana nymph. Brunner de Wattenwyl (1865), Ragge (1965), and Harz and Kaltenbach (1976) de- scribed accurately but briefly the nymphs of P. americana and P. austral- asiae. Hebard (1917) gave brief descriptions of P. americana, P. australa- siae, and P. fuliginosa nymphs. Sweetman (1965) provided key characters for early instar nymphs of P. americana, P. australasiae, P. brunnea, and P. fuliginosa. Wright (1973, 1979) provided short descriptions of P. brunnea and P. fuliginosa, respectively. Huber (1974) subjected to analysis by meth- ods of numerical taxonomy the first- and last-instar nymphs of the four North American Periplaneta species. The nymphs of P. japonica have not been studied previously. Accurate identification of first-instar nymphs of P. americana, P. aus- tralasiae, P. brunnea, P. fuliginosa, and P. japonica is important. These VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 213 five species are common and widespread pests and have the potential of being introduced into new areas. Chemical and cultural pest control mea- sures could depend on quick and accurate identification of the pest species involved. Detailed descriptions and keys to the first-instar nymphs of these five Periplaneta species are presented here. The description of each of the five species includes an adult diagnosis, a diagnosis of the first-instar nymph, a detailed description of the first-instar nymph, a brief statement of the distribution of the species, and a list of the material examined. Measurement ratios and setal numbers have been re- ported as a range followed by + + SD, hence 64-84 (71.4 + 5.5). Since the key relies primarily on setal types, numbers, and patterns which are difficult to observe on unmounted specimens, it is necessary to clear and mount specimens on slides after the general body color has been de- termined. The pictorial key is primarily designed for use with whole, un- mounted specimens. Specimens of each of the five species were obtained from laboratory col- onies maintained at the Cockroach Genetic Stock Center at Virginia Poly- technic Institute and State University (VPI and SU). Some of the P. amer- icana were obtained from a laboratory colony of adult females collected in Roanoke, Virginia. Unhatched oothecae were removed from laboratory rearing containers and placed in petri dishes which contained 2 x 3 cm pieces of moist plastic sponge. When the first-instars had tanned fully, they were killed and pre- served in 70% ethanol to which a small amount of glycerin was added. Observations made on live nymphs, freshly preserved nymphs, and nymphs that had been preserved for six months or more showed that storage in ethanol did not affect the color to a noticeable degree. Specimens used for study with the scanning electron microscope were first preserved in formalin for 24 hours, then placed in 30% ethanol for 24 hours, and finally stored in 70% ethanol. Specimens were cleared in cold potassium hydroxide overnight and mounted in glycerin on microscope slides. Adult and nymphal specimens were studied with the aid of a stereoscopic microscope with magnfications of 15 to 90x. A compound microscope with magnifications of 40 to 800x was used for accurate counting and placement of setae. Setae on the prono- tum were counted with the aid of an ocular grid. Measurements were made with an ocular micrometer. Figures of the thoracic regions of the five species were each drawn from a single specimen by use of an ocular drawing grid. A scanning electron microscope was used to examine certain setae more closely. Specimens of all five species were coated with a 60:40 mixture of gold-palladium and examined with an Advanced Metals Research Scanning Electron Microscope (Model 900-52) equipped with EDAX (Model 707A). 214 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON NotTAL SETAE OF FIRST-INSTAR NYMPHS Examination of the pro-, meso- and metanota of the first-instar nymph revealed the presence of six types of setae that can be divided into distinct groups. Information on the setae (Figs. 2-7) is presented below. Setal Type Length (mm) Location Long (LS) 0.13+ Primarily along the margins of the nota. Moderately Long (MS) 0.06—-0. 12 Along and within the notal margins. Short (SS) 0.02—0.05 Along and within the notal margins, but most common along the posterior margins. Reclinate (RE) 0.01—0.02 Within the notal margins. Chalazae (CA) 0.01-0.02 On the underside of the posterior notal margins. Small (SM) 0.005—0.01 On the posterodorsal margins of the nota. DISCUSSION These five species of Periplaneta can be divided into two (natural) groups based on specific characters of the immature stages: number and length of nonmarginal notal setae, color pattern, and chromosome number. Group I.—P. americana and P. japonica. Both are unicolorous, have short or moderately long, nonmarginal, notal setae, have short (7-10 mm) oothecae, and have a diploid chromosome number of 34 (Cohen and Roth, 1970). Group II.—P. brunnea, P. fuliginosa, and P. australasiae. All three have banded color patterns, have moderately long to long, nonmarginal, notal setae, have long (11-14 mm) oothecae, and have a diploid chromosome number of 28. Huber (1974) subjected characters of first-instar nymphs of P. americana, P. australasiae, P. brunnea, and P. fuliginosa (but not P. japonica) to numerical analysis. In his results, P. fuliginosa, P. australasiae, and P. brunnea formed a distinct group and P. americana was isolated from the other species. The research presented here supports that of Huber (1974), and places P. japonica close to P. americana. KEY TO FIRST-INSTAR NYMPHS OF PERIPLANETA AMERICANA, P.. AUSTRALASIAE, P. BRUNNEA, P.. FULIGINOSA, AND P.. JAPONICA 1. Antenna, head, thorax, and abdomen unicolorous pale brown to dark brown; majority of nonmarginal setae on nota short and moderately ORS PH id nd eh Os L415: 2. DOD RDA a Ee 2 VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 215 PICTORIAL KEY TO FIRST-STAGE NYMPHS OF FIVE PERIPLANETA SPECIES ic. 1°. ee MESONOTUM LIGHTER IN BODY UNICOLOROUS COLOR THAN REMAINDER OF BODY ABDOMEN LIGHTER IN ABDOMEN CONCOLOROUS ENTIRE BODY ENTIRE BODY COLOR THAN HEAD OR WITH HEAD AND DARK BROWN PALE BROWN PRONOTUM PRONOTUM eect: “aepeenee EEE —S P. BRUNNEA P. JAPONICA P AMERICANA METANOTUM SOLID METANOTUM DARK DARK BROWN BROWN WITH TWO WHITE SPOTS NEAR ANTERIOR MARGIN P. FULIGINOSA P. AUSTRALASIAE Fig. 1. Pictorial key to first-instar nymphs of five Periplaneta species. 216 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON — Antenna with 2 pale bands at basal and distal ends; mesonotum lighter in color than pronotum; majority of nonmarginal setae on nota moderately long, and long: « 0.2% j2.2 7 «-cedee to ee Soe eee 3 . Entire body dark brown; pronotum with 36-44 nonmarginal setae, mesonotum with 16-22 nonmarginal setae; metanotum with 12-16 NHOnMaArpinal SETAC’... ciate eee aoe P. japonica Karny — Entire body pale brown; pronotum with 50-82 nonmarginal setae; mesonotum with 24-38 nonmarginal setae; metanotum with 22-32 nonmarPmalksetages ssn see hee eee P. americana (Linnaeus) 3. Abdominal dorsum lighter in color than head or pronotum; abdom- inal segments I and II ventromedially pale brown, dark brown lat- tN erally, oo 2: 2 OO eee eee EE ne P. brunnea Burmeister — Abdominal dorsum concolorous with head and pronotum; abdominal segments I and Hl entirely white ventrally -27.-.....2.... 5-20 Gee 4 4. Metanotum dark brown; pronotum with 52-90 nonmarginal setae; mesonotum with 18-36 nonmarginal setae; metanotum with 16—24 nNonmManreinalsetac..;. Aas... sae eee P. fuliginosa (Serville) — Metanotum dark brown with 2 white spots near anterior margin (rarely absent); pronotum with 102—122 nonmarginal setae; meso- notum with 35-56 nonmarginal setae; metanotum with 30-38 non- marginal: Setaes se pees, o. 321s. See P. australasiae (Fabricius) Periplaneta americana (Linnaeus) Fig. 8 Adult diagnosis.—Color above chestnut brown; tegmina unicolorous; last segment of male and female cercus twice as long as wide; male abdominal segment I unmodified; male supraanal plate translucent, apically rounded and deeply notched, produced considerably beyond the subgenital plate. First-instar nymph diagnosis.—Antenna, head, thorax, and abdomen uni- colorous pale brown; majority of nonmarginal setae on nota short and mod- erately long; pronotum with 50-82 nonmarginal setae; mesonotum with 24— 38 nonmarginal setae; metanotum with 22—32 nonmarginal setae. First-instar nymph description (N = 10).—Head pale brown dorsally and ventrally; ocelliform spot distinct, white; apical tips of maxillary and labial palps white; interocular ratio 1.92—2.34 (2.03 + 0.12). Antenna as long as body, pale brown. Thoracic nota pale brown, sparsely setose. Majority of nonmarginal setae short and moderately long. Pronotum: Length-width ratio 0.66—0.72 (0.70 + 0.02); 64-84 (71.4 + 5.5) marginal setae; 50-82 (64.8 + 8.4) nonmarginal setae; 10-14 (10.4 + 1.3) chalazae, on underside of posterior margin. Meso- notum: 38-52 (45.0 + 4.1) marginal setae; 24-38 (33.2 + 4.1) nonmarginal setae; 10-12 (10.4 + 0.8) chalazae. Metanotum: 38-48 (43.6 + 3.0) marginal setae; 22-32 (25.8 + 3.1) nonmarginal setae; 10-12 (10.4 + 0.8) chalazae. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 217 Figs. 2-7. First-instar notal setae. 2, P. australasiae, anterior right margin of pronotum (200x). 3, P. fuliginosa, posterior margin of metanotum (5000). 4, P. australasiae, pronotum (5000x). 5, P. fuliginosa, pronotum (5000). 6, P. australasiae, pronotum (5000). 7, P. fuliginosa, mesonotum (5000). CA = chalaza; LS = long seta; MS = moderately long seta; RE = reclinate seta; SM = small seta; SS = short seta. Abdominal terga pale brown, sparsely setose, segments II—VIII dorsally with a strong seta at posterolateral corner. Segments I-VIII pale brown ventrally, glabrous. Cercus pale brown, 3-segmented. Legs pale brown to white. Coxae with scattered small setae. Tarsi slightly 218 Fig. 8. P. americana, first-instar thoracic nota: dorsal view (left half) showing setae (except reclinate, small, and chalaza); ventral view (right half) showing chalaza. CA = chalaza; LS = long seta; MS = moderately long seta; SS = short seta. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 219 longer than tibiae, each tarsomere with 3 strong setae ventrally. Foreleg: Femur with curved row of 15-19 (17.1 + 1.3) stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta '4 length of femur; tibia with 8-10 (9.3 + 0.7) strong setae on apical %4, apical setae % length of tibia. Midleg: Femur with curved row of 9 stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta '/s length of femur; tibia with 12-15 (13.6 + 1.0) strong setae on apical ~4, apical setae Ys length of tibia. Hindleg: Femur with curved row of 9 stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta 4 length of femur; tibia with 19-24 (22.5 + 1.6) strong setae on apical *4, apical setae '/s length of tibia. Known distribution.—Africa, Europe, India, Japan, Australia, North America, South America. Material examined.—Five first-instar nymphs from the Cockroach Ge- netic Stock Center at VPI and SU, | from each of the following hatch dates: April 24, 1978; June 29, 1978; July 23, 1978; August 3, 1978; August 6, 1978; and 5 first-instar nymphs from the Roanoke, Virginia colony, | from each of the following hatch dates: February 28, 1978; March 27, 1978; April 7, 1978; May 27, 1978; June 6, 1978. Periplaneta japonica Karny Fig. 9 Adult diagnosis.—Color above entirely blackish brown: female brachyp- terous; male abdominal segment I with broad, shallow depression bearing tuft of setae; male supraanal plate sclerotized, opaque, not or scarcely pro- duced beyond the subgenital plate, with parallel sides and an acute emar- gination of the posterior margin, lateral angles acute and projecting in the form of sharp spines; ventral surface of male supraanal plate not specialized. First-instar nymph diagnosis.—Antenna, head, thorax, and abdomen uni- colorous dark brown; majority of nonmarginal setae on nota short and mod- erately long; pronotum with 36—44 nonmarginal setae; mesonotum with 16— 22 nonmarginal setae; metanotum with 12-16 nonmarginal setae. First-instar nymph description (N = 10).—Head dark brown dorsally and ventrally; ocelliform spot distinct, pale brown; apical tips of maxillary and labial palps white; interocular ratio 1.85—2.03 (1.94 + 0.06). Antenna as long as body, dark brown. Thoracic nota dark brown medially, pale brown laterally, sparsely setose. Majority of nonmarginal setae short and moderately long. Pronotum: Length-width ratio 0.59-0.68 (0.63 + 0.03); 60-76 (68.4 + 5.2) marginal setae; 36-44 (39.2 + 2.5) nonmarginal setae; 6-10 (8.0 + 0.9) chalazae on underside of posterior margin. Mesonotum: 38-46 (41.0 + 3.0) marginal setae; 16-22 (19.0 + 1.7) nonmarginal setae; 8-10 (8.4 + 0.8) chalazae. Metanotum: 36-44 (39.2 + 2.9) marginal setae; 12-16 (13.8 + 1.5) non- marginal setae; 8—10 (8.8 + 1.0) chalazae. 220 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 9) Fig. 9. P. japonica, first-instar thoracic nota: dorsal view (left half) showing setae (except reclinate, small, and chalaza); ventral view (right half) showing chalaza. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 221 Fig. 10. P. australasiae, first-instar thoracic nota; dorsal view (left half) showing setae (except reclinate, small, and chalaza):; ventral view (right half) showing chalaza. 222 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Abdominal terga dark brown medially, pale brown laterally, sparsely se- tose, segments II—VIII dorsally with a strong seta at posterolateral corner. Segments I—-VIII dark brown ventrally, glabrous. Cercus pale brown, 3-segmented. Legs dark brown to brownish white. Coxae with scattered small setae. Tarsi slightly longer than tibiae, each tarsomere with 3 strong setae ven- trally. Foreleg: Femur with curved row of 16-18 (17.1 + 0.7) stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta '4 length of femur; tibia with 7-10 (8.5 + 1.0) strong setae on apical %, apical setae 4% length of tibia. Midleg: Femur with curved row of 9-10 (9.2 + 0.4) stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta 4 length of femur; tibia with 15—18 (16.1 + 0.9) strong setae on apical 74, apical setae 4% length of tibia. Hindleg: Femur with curved row of 9-10 (9.4 + 0.5) stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta '4 length of femur; tibia with 24-30 (26.8 + 1.8) strong setae on apical *4, apical setae Ys length of tibia. Known distribution.—Japan, China, U.S.S.R. Material examined.—Ten first-instar nymphs from the Cockroach Genetic Stock Center at VPI and SU: 2 from the June 16, 1978 hatch date, 5 from the July 15, 1978 hatch date, and 3 from the July 23, 1978 hatch date. Periplaneta australasiae (Fabricius) Figs. 2, 4, 6, 10 Adult diagnosis.—Color above chestnut brown; tegmina with yellow sub- marginal stripe along basal “3; male abdominal segment I with broad, shal- low median depression bearing tuft of setae; male supraanal plate sclero- tized, opaque, apically truncate and not deeply notched, not or scarcely produced beyond the subgenital plate, ventral surface of male supraanal plate not specialized. First-instar nymph diagnosis.—Antenna with 2 pale bands at basal and distal ends; mesonotum lighter in color than pronotum; metanotum dark brown with 2 white spots near anterior margin (rarely absent); abdominal segments I and II white ventrally; majority of nonmarginal setae on nota moderately long and long; pronotum with 102—122 nonmarginal setae; meso- notum with 36-56 nonmarginal setae; metanotum with 30-38 nonmarginal setae. First-instar nymph description (N = 10).—Head dark brown dorsally and ventrally; ocelliform spot distinct, pale brown, apical tips of maxillary and labial palps white; interocular ratio 1.91—2.32 (2.02 + 0.13). Antenna as long as body, first 5—6 segments all or partly pale brown, last 4—5 segments pale brown to white, intermediate segments dark brown. Thoracic nota dark brown to brownish white, setose. Majority of non- marginal setae moderately long, and long. Pronotum: Dark brown; length- width ratio 0.66—0.72 (0.69 + 0.02); 90-102 (96.0 + 3.9) marginal setae; 102- | : VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 223 122 (112.6 + 7.3) nonmarginal setae; 8 chalazae on underside of posterior margin. Mesnotum: White, translucent medially, bordered anteriorly and posteriorly by dark brown bands; 48-58 (53.0 + 3.0) marginal setae; 36—56 (46.8 + 5.4) nonmarginal setae: 6-10 (8.0 + 1.3) chalazae. Metanotum: Dark brown medially, pale brown laterally, with 2 pale brown to white spots near anterior margin; 46-56 (49.8 + 2.7) marginal setae; 30-38 (33.8 + 2.4) non- marginal setae; 6-10 (8.0 + 0.9) chalazae on underside of posterior margin. Abdominal terga dark brown, setose, segment II dark brown medially, white laterally, segments II—VIII dorsally with a strong seta at posterolateral corner. Segments I and II white ventrally, segments III—-VIII dark brown ventrally, glabrous. Cerci dark brown, 3-segmented. Legs dark brown to brownish white. Coxae with scattered small setae. Tarsi slightly longer than tibiae, each tarsomere with 3 strong setae ven- trally. Foreleg: Femur with curved row of 14-17 (15.4 + 0.8) stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta /s length of femur; tibia with 9-11 (10.1 + 0.6) strong setae on apical %, apical seta 3 length of tibia. Midleg: Femur with curved row of 9 stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta 4 length of femur; tibia with 15-17 (15.6 + 0.7) strong setae on apical %, apical setae 3 length of tibia. Hindleg: Femur with curved row of 9 stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta '/s length of femur; tibia with 21- 23 (22.0 + 0.8) strong setae on apical 74, apical setae 4 length tibia. Known distribution.—Africa, Australia, Europe, Japan, North America, South America, West Indies. Material examined.—Ten first-instar nymphs from the Cockroach Genetic Stock Center at VPI and SU, 1 from each of the following hatch dates: November 15, 1977; March 8, 1978; April 1, 1978; April 12, 1978; April 20, 1978; April 26, 1978; May 9, 1978; May 17, 1978; May 19, 1978; June 7, 1978. Remarks.—Approximately 5-6% of 147 specimens did not have two white spots on the mesonotum. Nine of the ten specimens used for the description had two spots; the tenth specimen had only one spot. Periplaneta brunnea Burmeister Fig. 11 Adult diagnosis.—Color above chestnut brown; tegmina unicolorous; last segment of male and female cercus not twice as long as wide; male abdom- inal segment I with broad, shallow median depression bearing tuft of setae; male supraanal plate sclerotized, opaque, apically truncate and not deeply notched, not or scarcely produced beyond the subgenital plate; ventral sur- face of male supraanal plate not specialized. First-instar nymph diagnosis.—Antenna with 2 pale bands at basal and distal ends; mesonotum lighter in color than pronotum; abdominal dorsum lighter in color than head or pronotum; abdominal segments I and II ven- 224 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ay Fig. 11. P. brunnea, first-instar thoracic nota: dorsal view (left half) showing setae (except reclinate, small, and chalaza); ventral view (right half) showing chalaza. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 225 tromedially pale brown, dark brown laterally; majority of nonmarginal setae on nota moderately long and long. First-instar nymph description (N =10).—Head dark brown dorsally, pale brown ventrally; ocelliform spot distinct, pale brown; apical tips of maxil- lary and labial palps white; interocular ratio 1.75—1.97 (1.89 + 0.07). An- tenna as long as body, first 8-9 segments pale brown, last 5-6 segments white, intermediate segments brown. Thoracic nota brown to brownish white setose. Majority of nonmarginal setae moderately long and long. Pronotum: Dark brown medially, pale brown laterally; length-width ratio 0.65—0.72 (0.67 + 0.03; 80-98 (86.6 + 5.4) marginal setae; 60-72 (65.8 + 5.1) nonmarginal setae: 8 (8.0 + 0.0) chalazae. Mesonotum: Pale brown to whitish-brown, translucent medially, bordered anteriorly and posteriorly by brown bands; 48-60 (52.6 + 3.8) marginal setae; 22—30 (23.8 + 2.6) nonmarginal setae: 8 (8.0 + 0.0) chalazae. Metanotum: Dark brown medially, pale brown laterally; 44-54 (49.4 + 3.7) marginal setae; 16-24 (19.2 + 2.9) nonmarginal setae; 6-8 (7.8 + 0.6) cha- lazae. Abdominal terga pale brown medially, brown laterally, setose, segments I and II dorsally entirely pale brown, segments II—VIII dorsally with a strong seta at posteriolateral corner. Segments I—VIII ventrally pale brown medi- ally, dark brown laterally, glabrous. Cercus dark brown, 3-segmented. Legs brown to brownish white. Coxae with scattered small setae. Tarsi slightly longer than tibiae, each tarsomere with 3 strong setae ventrally. Fore- leg: Femur with curved row of 17-19 (18.1 + 0.6) stout setae on antero- ventral margin, apical seta '/s length of femur; tibia with 8-11 (9.6 + 1.1) strong setae on apical 74, apical setae % length of tibia. Midleg: Femur with curved row of 9-10 (9.2 + 0.4) stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta 4 length of femur; tibia with 14-17 (15.9 + 1.0) strong setae on apical *4, apical setae “3 length of tibia. Hindleg: Femur with curved row of 9 (9.0 + 0.0) stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta 's length of femur; tibia with 21-26 (23.2 + 1.5) strong setae on apical *4, apical setae '/s length of tibia. Known distribution.—Africa, Australia, South China, Malaysia, Japan, North America, South America. Material examined.—Ten first-instar nymphs from the Cockroach Genetic Stock Center at VPI and SU, 2 from March 8, 1978 hatch date and | from each of the following hatch dates: November 8, 1977; May 15, 1978; May 17, 1978; May 30, 1978; June 4, 1978; June 15, 1978; June 18, 1978; June 20, 1978. Periplaneta fuliginosa (Serville) Pigs 2S. Le Adult diagnosis.—Color above entirely blackish brown; both sexes fully 226 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 12. P. fuliginosa, first-instar thoracic nota; dorsal view (left half) showing setae (except reclinate, small, and chalaza); ventral view (right half) showing chalaza. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 227 winged; male abdominal segment I with broad, shallow depression bearing tuft of setae; male supraanal plate sclerotized, opaque, apically truncate and not deeply notched, not or scarcely produced beyond the subgenital plate; ventral surface of male supraanal plate specialized bearing two large callos- ities, the surfaces of which are covered with micropscopic denticulations. First-instar nymph diagnosis.—Antenna with 2 pale bands at basal and distal ends; mesonotum lighter in color than pronotum; metanotum solid dark brown; abdominal segments I and II white ventrally; majority of non- marginal setae on nota moderately long and long; pronotum with 52-90 nonmarginal setae; mesonotum with 18-36 nonmarginal setae; metanotum with 16—24 nonmarginal setae. First-instar nymph description (N = 10).—Head dark brown dorsally and ventrally; ocelliform spot distinct, pale brown; apical tips of maxillary and labial palps white; interocular ratio 1.79-2.09 (1.96 + 0.08). Antenna as long as body, first 3-6 segments all or partly pale brown, last 4-5 segments pale brown to white, intermediate segments dark brown. Thoracic nota dark brown to brownish white, setose, Majority of non- marginal setae moderately long and long. Pronotum: Dark brown; length- width ratio 0.62—0.69 (0.65 + 0.02); 78-96 (87.6 + 5.7) marginal setae; 52- 90 (75.8 + 11.2) nonmarginal setae; 6-8 (7.6 + 0.8) chalazae. Mesonotum: Pale brown to white, translucent medially, bordered anteriorly and poste- riorly by dark brown bands; 40-56 (49.6 + 5.2) marginal setae; 18-36 (29.8 + 5.5) nonmarginal setae; 4-8 (7.2 + 1.4) chalazae. Metanotum: Dark brown medially, pale brown laterally; 40-52 (47.8 + 3.7) marginal setae; 16— 24 (22.0 + 2.3) nonmarginal setae; 6-10 (8.0 + 0.9) chalazae. Abdominal terga dark brown, setose, segment II dark brown medially, white laterally, segments II—VIII dorsally with a strong seta at posterolateral corner. Segments I and II white ventrally, segments III-VIII dark brown ventrally, glabrous. Cercus dark brown, 3-segmented. Legs dark brown to brownish white. Coxae with scattered small setae. Tarsi slightly longer than tibiae, each tarsomere with 3 strong setae ven- trally. Foreleg: Femur with curved row of 16-19 (18.1 + 0.9) stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta '/s length of femur; tibia with 9-11 (9.6 + 0.7) strong setae on apical 24, apical setae “% length of tibia. Midleg: Femur with curved row of 9-10 (9.1 + 0.3) stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta 4 length of femur; tibia with 13-17 (15.2 + 1.4) strong setae on apical 24, apical setae % length of tibia. Hindleg: Femur with curved row of 9— (9.2 + 0.4) stout setae on anteroventral margin, apical seta '/s length of femur: tibia with 23-27 (25.6 + 1.2) strong setae on apical *4, apical setae 44 length of tibia. Known distribution.—Japan, China, North America, South America. Material examined.—Ten first-instar nymphs from the Cockroach Genetic 228 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Stock Center at VPI and SU, 2 from the May 12, 1978 hatch date and | from each of the following hatch dates: November 18, 1977; February 7, 1978; May 30, 1978; June 4, 1978; June 11, 1978; June 14, 1978; December 4, 1978; December 8, 1978. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS Special thanks are due to John Eaton, Virginia Polytechnic Institute and State University, for his helpful suggestions and assistance in micro-tech- nique. We also thank Raymond Gagné, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, for reviewing and improving the manuscript. LITERATURE CITED Brunner de Wattenwyl, C. 1865. Nouveau Systeme des Blattaires. Vienna. 426 pp. Burmeister, H. 1838. Handbuch der Entomologie. Band 2, Abteil 2, pp. 459-756. Berlin. Cohen, S. and L. M. Roth. 1970. Chromosome numbers of the Blattaria. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 63: 1520-1547. Harz, K. and A. Kaltenbach. 1976. Die Orthopteren Europas III. Dr. W. Junk, The Hague. 434 pp. Hebard, M. 1917. The Blattidae of North America, north of the Mexican boundary. Mem. Am. Entomol. Soc. 2: 1-284. Huber, I. 1974. Taxonomic and ontogenetic studies of cockroaches (Blattaria). Univ. Kans. Sci. Bull. 50: 233-332. Ragge, D. R. 1965. Grasshoppers, Crickets, and Cockroaches of the British Isles. Warne & Co., Ltd., London. 299 pp. Sweetman, H. L. 1965. Recognition of structural pests and their damage. Wm. C. Brown, Co. 371 pp. Wright, C. G. 1973. Life history of the brown cockroach. J. Ga. Entomol. Soc. 8: 274-277. . 1979. Life history of the smoky brown cockroach. J. Ga. Entomol. Soc. 14: 65-69. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 229-236 FEMALES OF THE NEARCTIC MOLANNA (TRICHOPTERA: MOLANNIDAE) D. Roy AND P. P. HARPER Département de Sciences biologiques, Université de Montréal, C. P. 6128, Succursale ““A,’’ Montréal, Québec H3C 3J7, Canada. Abstract.—The female genitalia of the five nearctic species of Molanna, M. ulmerina Navas, M. uniophila Vorhies, M. flavicornis Banks, M. blenda Sibley, and M. tryphena Betten, are described with an emphasis on diag- nostic characters. A key to the species is provided. In North America, the genus Molanna comprises five species; all are quite common and widely distributed in the eastern half of the continent, and one species, M. flavicornis, extends west into Colorado and British Columbia. Good diagnostic characters have been found for the adult males (Ross, 1944) and the larvae (Sherberger and Wallace, 1971), but no attempt has yet been made to identify the females. The only illustration of the female gen- italia is that of M. tryphena given by Betten and Mosely (1940), but it is too vague to be of any use. The earliest described North American species of Molanna, cinerea Hagen. is not presently recognizable; the type is a female, and only fragments of its head and legs and a fairly complete set of wings remain (Ross, 1938). Be- cause the diagnostic features we offer here are all based on the genitalia, the identity of M. cinerea must still remain in question. During the preparation of a list of Québec Trichoptera (Roy and Harper, 1979), we have had the opportunity of examining large series of Molanna and we have found good characters for the identification of the females. MATERIAL AND METHODS The material examined (some 300 specimens preserved in alcohol) origi- nated from scattered collecting in Québec, particularly from St. Hippolyte (in the Laurentian foothills), Lake St. Louis (on the St. Lawrence River), and James Bay Territory. Associations of males and females were estab- lished by considering only geographically or phenologically isolated series. 230 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 1. External female genitalia. A. Molanna ulmerina, ventral. B. M. uniophila, subgenital plate. C. M. ulmerina, dorsal. D. M. flavicornis, ventral. E. M. flavicornis, dorsal. F. M. blenda, ventral. G. M. tryphena, subgenital plate. H. M. blenda, dorsal. —$— Oe VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 231 The abdomens were cut off, cleared in 10% KOH, washed in distilled water, and mounted in glycerin. The interpretation of the external structures is based on Nielsen (1970, 1978) and that of the internal genital system on Unzicker (1968), Dugdale (1974), and Matsuda (1976). The descriptions are restricted to the genital segments since the species are very similar in other respects. Nonetheless sizes are given (as the length of the forewing) because two of the species, M. blenda and M. tryphena, are distinctly smaller than the other three: similar size differences have already been noted in the males and larvae (Ross, 1944; Sherberger and Wallace, 1971). The measurements and the photographs were made respectively with a Wild Censor Automatic Micrometer and a Wild Photomacroscope M 400. THE FEMALE GENITAL SEGMENTS The general appearance of the female genital segments is illustrated in Fig. 1. The eighth segment is the last abdominal segment distinctly pos- sessing both a tergum and a sternum. Segments IX and X are fused to form a large sclerified tube enclosing the rectal and genital systems. Dorsally the boundary between the two segments is marked by a slight narrowing of the abdomen. In most species, a small projection arises mesally from the hind margin of the ninth tergum; this projection is either quadrate or subtrian- gular, and in the latter case, it bears a pair of fingerlike processes. The ninth sternum bears three plates: A broad median triangular plate which is flat or slightly depressed and carries large pigmented patches, and two lateropos- terior plates flanking on the genital aperture; these lateral sclerites are con- nected to the median plate by a thick membrane. The hind margin of the sternum is more or less truncate with a wide and deep median cleft. The tenth segment forms a large dorsal hood which curves strongly downward at its apex; it bears distally two stout triangular projections which are slight- ly turned inward and are covered with fine bristles; between these projec- tions, the tergum is depressed into a V- or U-shaped groove. Ventrally a wide membrane connects the ninth sternum to the hind margin of segment X. The internal genital structures of taxonomic interest are (a) the vagina which is heavily sclerified and complex in its anterior half (=the vaginal plate, Figs. 2, 3), and (b) a very characteristic ventral sclerite fused at its apex to the hind margin of the median sternal plate of segment IX thus forming the lower lip of the genital aperture (=the subgenital plate, Fig. 1). Molanna ulmerina Navas, 1934 Pies. 1A, IC, 2A.2B, 97. Material examined.—94 specimens; St. Hippolyte, Lac Monroe (Pare du Mont Tremblant), La Ferme, Dégelis, Lacs Atilla and Julie (James Bay Territory); 19.VI-4.IX. (0) 0,15 0,30 mm a Fig. 2. Vaginal plate. A. Molanna ulmerina, ventral. B. M. ulmerina, dorsal. C. M. unio- phila, ventral. D. M. uniophila, dorsal. E. M. flavicornis, ventral. F. M. blenda, ventral. G. M. tryphena, ventral. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 233 Description.—Length of forewing 10.2—-14.6 mm (mean 12.6 mm). Apex of abdomen slightly tapered. Unique diagnostic character is large tongue- shaped apex of median sternal plate which extends far beyond genital open- ing, its edge truncate or broadly rounded (Fig. 1A). Small median projection arising from posterior margin of 9th tergum bifurcate with 2 slender finger- like processes which are weakly divergent and variable in length (often short as in Fig. 1C). Apical triangular projections of 10th tergum robust, very well defined and their apex pointed; median groove large and V-shaped. Internal subgenital plate with broad quadrate body which extends posteriorly and bears 2 lateral winglike lobes, its anterior edge irregularly sculptured. Va- gina, in its sclerified part, with a very sinuate profile and bearing 2 expanded posterior lobes; lateral margins constricted at 2 different levels, thus dividing vaginal plate into 3 almost equal parts (Figs. 2A, 2B, 3A); upper surface of vagina carries a deep subrectangular excision which is widely opened an- teriorly and ends posteriorly in a nose-shaped process. Molanna uniophila Vorhies, 1909 Figs. 1B, 2C, 2De3E Material examined.—105 specimens; Lac St. Louis (St. Lawrence River): 2-18.VII. Description.—Length of forewing 10.1—-13.9 mm (mean 11.8 mm). Exter- nal genital segments and subgenital plate (Fig. 1B) very similar to those of M. ulmerina. Vaginal plates distinctive; in both dorsal and ventral views, lateral margins more dilated and less sinuate in M. uniophila, and posterior lobes only weakly marked (Figs. 2C, 2D); also dorsal excision roughly U-shaped and widely opened. Molanna flavicornis Banks, 1914 Pigs SND TE, 2B, aC Material examined.—54 specimens; Lac St. Louis, Lac Mistassini, Poste- de-la-Baleine, Lacs Héléne et Julie (James Bay Territory); 18.VI-12.VII. Description.—Length of forewing 10.2-14.0 mm (mean 12.6 mm). Apex of abdomen less elongate than in preceding species and sides of 9th segment deeply depressed. Median sclerite of sternum IX ends in a slightly recessed square tooth (Fig. 1D). Median dorsal projection of 9th tergum vestigial, being reduced to an indication of a bifurcate structure (Fig. IE), or often missing altogether. Apical projections of 10th tergum very short and blunt, and depression between them shallow. Subgenital plate finely sculptured and weakly sclerified, having characteristically the outline of a bat with partially folded wings (Fig. 1D). Vaginal plate a very elongate structure with parallel sides and slightly sinuate margins; hind part bearing long slender lobes on each side of an ogival median projection; basal 2 almost flat and its anterior corners prominent (Figs. 2E, 3C). 234 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 7 B } pA! oP . ae, ) | \ ( ol t, \Wws Fig. 3. Ventral view of the vagina. A. Molanna ulmerina. B. M. uniophila. C. M. flavi- cornis. D. M. blenda. E. M. tryphena. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 235 Molanna blenda Sibley, 1926 Figs:-LF{1Ht2EsoD Material examined.—69 specimens; St. Hippolyte; 11.VI-—7.1X. Description.—Length of forewing 7.4—-10.2 mm (mean 8.7). Last abdom- inal segments with parallel sides; apex of abdomen broadly rounded. Median sternal plate of 9th sternum bears posteriorly a small rounded lobe which juts out very slightly (Fig. 1F). Median projection of 9th tergum large and quadrate; its apical margin straight or weakly incised (Fig. 1H). Apical pro- jections of 10th tergum prominent; their apex sharp and turned inward; depression between them deep and U-shaped (Fig. 1H). Subgenital plate large and heavily sclerified; its outline like that of 2 circular lobes partially joined mesally, with a wedge-shaped process inserted between them (Fig. 1F). Vaginal plate similar to that of M. flavicornis, but shorter and anterior margin rounded; its posterior lobes thinner at their base and more widely separated. Molanna tryphena Betten, 1934 Figs. 1G, 2G, 3E Material examined.—7 specimens; St. Hippolyte; 12. VI-25.VII. Description.—Length of forewing 7.8-9.0 mm (mean 8.6 mm). In most respects resembling M. blenda; however, anterior 2 of vaginal plate abrupt- ly tapered into a quadrate apical lobe instead of being dilated and rounded and aperture of spermathecal duct also very narrow and elongate (Figs. 2G, 3E). KEY TO FEMALES OF MOLANNA 1. Projection of hind margin of tergum IX well developed (Fig. 1C); apex of median plate of sternum IX produced into a rounded lobe DE aA Ne s2y he BAe erase o Lhece Ws Lose une inlaw ee Rs PEs Oe 2 — Projection of hind margin of tergum IX absent or vestigial (Fig. 1E): apex of median plate of sternum IX produced into a small quadrate tooth (Fig. 1D); subgenital plate as in Fig. 1D... M. flavicornis Banks 2. Projection of 9th tergum subtriangular, bearing a pair of digitate processes (Fig. 1C): apex of median plate of sternum IX produced into a large tonguelike lobe which projects far beyond the genital opening (Fig. 1A); subgenital plate as in Figs. 1A, 1B .............. 3 — Projection of 9th tergum quadrate, its apical margin straight or slight- ly notched (Fig. 1H); apex of median plate produced into a small rounded lobe (Fig. 1F):; subgenital plate as in Figs. IF, 1G ......... 4 3. Vaginal plate with sinuate lateral margins and prominent posterior lobes (Figs. 2A, 2B, 3A); excision of the upper surface subrectan- Same eREOn TUS) ES rere wig Dit 3 a0 views Ge a wie eee eee eee M. ulmerina Navas 236 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON — Vaginal plate with only slightly curved margins and without promi- nent posterior lobes (Figs. 2C, 2D, 3B); excision of the upper surface widely opened and U-shaped (Fig. 2D) ........ M. uniophila Vorhies 4. Anterior % of vaginal plate tapering abruptly; aperture of spermathe- cal. ductielongate: (Figs) 2G73E)\. sae eats M. tryphena Betten — Anterior 2 of vaginal plate large and rounded, not tapering; aperture of spermathecal duct circular (Figs. 2F, 3D) ....... M. blenda Sibley ACKNOWLEDGMENTS This study was supported by grants from the Natural Sciences and En- gineering Research Council of Canada and the Québec Department of Ed- ucation. We thank Ms. Louise Pelletier for her help with the photographs. LITERATURE CITED Betten, C. and M. E. Mosely. 1940. The Francis Walker types of Trichoptera in the British Museum. British Museum (Nat. Hist.), London. Dugdale, J. S. 1974. Female genital configuration in the classification of Lepidoptera. N. Z. J. Zool. 1: 127-146. Matsuda, R. 1976. Morphology and evolution of the insect abdomen with special reference to developmental patterns and their bearing upon systematics. Trichoptera. Internat. Ser. Pure Appl. Biol., Zool. Div. 56: 401-409. Nielsen, A. 1970. Trichoptera. Jn: Tuxen, S. L. (ed.) Taxonomist’s glossary of genitalia in insects. 2nd edition, Copenhagen, p. 104-114. . 1978. The genitalia of female Trichoptera. Proc. 2nd Internat. Symp. Trichopt. 159- 164. Ross, H. H. 1938. Lectotypes of North American caddisflies in the Museum of Comparative Zoology. Psyche. 45: 1-61. . 1944. The caddisflies, or Trichoptera, of Illinois. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 23: 1-326. Roy, D. and P. P. Harper. 1979. Liste préliminaire des Trichopteres du Québec. Ann. Soc. Entomol. Que. 24:148-171. Sherberger, F. F. and J. B. Wallace. 1971. Larvae of the southeastern species of Molanna. J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 44: 217-244. Unzicker, J. D. 1968. The comparative morphology and evolution of the internal female reproductive system of Trichoptera. Ill. Biol. Monogr. 40: 1-72. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 237-251 A REVIEW OF THE CACTUS BUGS OF THE GENUS CHELINIDEA WITH THE DESCRIPTION OF A NEW SPECIES (HEMIPTERA: COREIDAE) JON L. HERRING Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—The Nearctic genus Chelinidea Uhler is reviewed and their biology discussed. One new species, C. staffilesi is described from Mexico. The other species are redescribed; figures of all, mostly from type-speci- mens, and a key to the species are provided. The cactus bugs of the genus Chelinidea Uhler have long been considered one of the more important groups of ectophagous insects attacking prickly pear in their native habitats. In areas outside their natural range, they have been established with little success as biological control agents: Queensland and New South Wales, Australia, against Opuntia stricta Haworth and O. inermis DeCandolle (Dodd, 1940), and on Santa Cruz Island, California against O. litteralis (Engelmann) Cockerell, O. oricola Engelmann and their hybrids (Goeden et al., 1967). It has been shown that these bugs are ex- tremely liable to displacement by other imported insects such as Cacto- blastis cactorum (Berg) and Dactylopius opuntiae Cockerell. Dodd (1940) observed that Chelinidea vittiger Uhler would starve rather than migrate to uninfested plants once its food supply was destroyed. Even in the absence of competitors on Santa Cruz Island, it was judged to be of little value. Here too, it migrated no more than 24 meters from the site of the original release in over seven years. In most areas of North America prickly pears are not a problem because a complex of insects, including Chelinidea, keeps them under control. Hunter et al. (1912) and Mann (1969) gave excellent reviews of the economics and biology of the species of Chelinidea and other cactus feeding insects and mites. Although Chelinidea feed almost exclusively on cacti, a laboratory colony in Hawaii scarred pineapple leaves, causing the laboratory to drop it from consideration as possible introduction for Opuntia control (Fullaway, 1954). PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 38 Chelinidea staffilesi, holotype 6, Mitla, Oaxaca (USNM). iV Fig. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 239 KEY TO THE SPECIES OF CHELINIDEA UHLER 1. Dorsal surface of anterior, and usually all, femora carinate, at least distally; a pair of distinct teeth on anterior margin of pronotum ..... 2 — Dorsal surface of femora evenly rounded; teeth on anterior margin of pronotum reduced to short tubercles with a small notch behind, DIstcerarcuUnely ADSENE .". .. s Cp deane we dec oe cree erect ener ore 4 2. Clavus and posterior margin of corium pale, contrasting sharply with rest of hemelytra to form an X-shaped pattern; dorsal surface of femora carinate only on distal end; smaller species 10-11 mm (Fig. iL). Soeske Seat See AGS Nee eR aAWMAERE ang cy ©, eater aate: staffilesi, new species — Clavus and corium with pale and fuscous markings but not forming a distinct X-shaped pattern; dorsal surface of femora carinate for fheimentire lenethlarcenésspeciesal le S—I5.0ymm: 2 a... eee ee ee 3 3. Ventral surface of anterior femora with 5 to 10 teeth in 2 rows; posterior femora with 7 or more teeth on distal half; juga usually produced beyond tylus; head usually pale, stripes, if present, pale, broken‘or Obscure (Bip. 2)y woke henna ct ake tabulata (Burmeister) — Ventral surface of anterior femora with only 2 or 3 teeth; posterior femora with 4—6 teeth on distal half; juga and tylus of equal length or tylus slightly longer, head with prominent dark stripes at least to beyond Cyes (PIP. 3) ec no. oe tis es octet sida canyona Hamlin 4. Anterior margin of pronotum without any semblance of teeth or tubercles; lateral margins of collar parallel sided, collar sharply de- limited by a deep incisure from rest of pronotum, color uniformly pale; size smaller 9.5—10.5 mm (Fig. 4) .............. hunteri Hamlin — Anterior margin of pronotum with a distinct notch at base of short, usually outwardly directed teeth or tubercles; collar not sharply de- limited by a deep incisure; color sometimes uniformly pale but usu- ally with prominent dark stripes on head and markings on anterior and posterior margins of pronotum and disc of abdomen; antennae and legs black; size larger 10-15 mm (Figs. 5-8)....... vittiger Uhler Chelinidea staffilesi Herring, NEW SPECIES Fig. 1 A small species with a prominent pale cross on hemelytra. Male.—Head in side view flattened above, anterior margin of bucculae and lorum subequal; rostrum reaching onto 2nd ventral abdominal segment; juga rounded anteriorly, not surpassing tylus; only Ist antennal segment foliaceous. Ocelli slightly closer to eyes than to each other. Pronotum mod- erately convexed transversely; lateral carinae reflexed and produced ante- riorly along the base of the head as two distinct acute teeth reaching ap- proximately '4 distance to base of eye. Connexivum dilated and reflexed. ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON SOF THE DING PROCEE 240 6. Bexar Co., Texas (USNM). Chelinidea tabulata 5 ig. i VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 241 Upper surfaces of anterior femora carinate at their apices; under surface of anterior femora bearing distally a double row of 2—5 teeth; posterior femora greatly swollen, bearing a double row of 5—6 teeth on the apical %. Color above yellowish brown to straw yellow, punctate with black. Head usually darker laterally with a pair of irregular fuscous stripes. Posterior and lateral margins of pronotum, scutellum, and coriaceous portion of hem- elytra between the yellowish veins, punctate with black. A prominent cross formed on hemelytra by the predominantly pale clavi and posterior margin of corium bordering membrane. Membrane smoky black. Connexivum with segmental sutures indicated by pale lines. Beneath straw yellow, usually heavily punctate with black. Length 11 mm; humeral width 4 mm. Female.—Very similar to male in structure and color. Slightly larger in size, length 11.8 mm; humeral width 4 mm. Diagnosis.—This species with its carinate femora is related to tabulata and canyona but differs in being smaller and by having the evident pale cross on the hemelytra. Etymology.—Named for my nephew, Danny Staffiles, who has become seriously interested in the field of economic entomology. Type-data.—Holotype 3d, Mexico: Mitla, Oaxaca, October 1974, F. D. Bennett, ex: Opuntia pumila (USNM Type no. 75319). Allotype 2, same data. Paratypes, 2d, same data; 12, Mexico, labeled Xiphares tabulata, P. R. Uhler collection (all in USNM); 1¢, 22 Mexico: 10 mi. n. Miltepec, Oaxaca, 26 July 1974, Clark, Murray, Ashe, Schaffner (Texas A&M). Distribution.—Known only from the type-series from Oaxaca, Mexico. Chelinidea tabulata (Burmeister) Fig. 2 Gonocerus tabulata Burmeister, 1834: 311. Xiphares tabulata: Stal, 1867: 551. A medium to large sized species with acutely pointed juga which surpass apex of tylus. Male.—Head in side view flattened above, anterior margin of buccula somewhat wider than that of lorum; rostrum just surpassing apex of pos- terior coxae; juga acutely pointed and distinctly surpassing apex of tylus at its dorsal level. Ocelli distinctly closer to eyes than to each other. Pronotum moderately convex transversely, lateral carina reflexed and produced an- teriorly along the base of the head as two distinct acute teeth usually reach- ing more than halfway to eye. Connexivum dilated and reflexed. Upper surfaces of all femora carinate for almost their entire length; under surfaces of anterior femora bearing distally a double row of 6-11 teeth; posterior femora enlarged, bearing a double row of 8-10 teeth on apical *5. Color above straw yellow to buff, punctate with dark fuscous to black. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 242 Rio Frio, Texas (USNM). t > e 9 holotyp ’ Chelinidea canyona Fig. 3. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 243 Head often reddish brown laterally with irregular darker stripes defining the median pale tylus. Posterior and lateral margins of pronotum, scutellum and coriaceous portion of hemelytra between the straw colored veins, punctate with fuscous; the punctures on hemelytra forming an indistinct longitudinal striped pattern. Membrane smoky black. Connexivum dark with segments indicated by pale bars. Beneath yellowish brown, punctate with fuscous, sometimes with brown blotches. Length 12.5—15.0 mm; humeral breadth 4.2-5.0 mm. Female.—Very similar to male in structure and color. Somewhat larger in size, length 15.5—16.0 mm; humeral breadth 5.0-5.8 mm. Averages fewer spines on anterior and posterior femora. Distribution.—Widespread: Texas, Arizona, Colorado, California, Utah; Mexico; Guatemala: El Salvador: Honduras; Venezuela. Also introduced into Australia. Chelinidea canyona Hamlin Fig. 3 Chelinidea canyona Hamlin, 1923: 44. A large species with juga and tylus of equal length or tylus slightly longer. Fore femora with only 2 or 3 teeth. Male.—Head in side view somewhat flattened above, anterior margin of buccula wider than that of lorum; rostrum just surpassing apex of hind coxae; juga acutely pointed and just attaining tip of tylus or slightly ex- ceeded by it. First 3 antennal segments usually broadly foliaceous. Ocelli closer to eyes than each other. Pronotum moderately convexed transverse- ly, lateral carinae strongly reflexed and produced anteriorly along the base of head as two distinct acute teeth, reaching more than half way to eye. Connexivum strongly dilated and reflexed. Upper surfaces of all femora carinate; under surfaces of anterior femora bearing distally 2 or 3 small teeth; posterior femora enlarged, bearing a double row of 4—5 teeth on apical half. Color above rust to reddish brown with fuscous to black markings and punctures. Head usually rust colored laterally with reddish brown to black longitudinal stripes bordering the medial yellow brown stripe. Posterior and lateral margins of pronotum and reflexed margins of hemelytra punctate with black. Medial line of scutellum, apex of clavus, and disc of hemelytra with black punctures, those on hemelytra forming a rather distinct dark stripe. Veins of corium pale, membrane smoky black. Connexivum punctate with fuscous, margins and incisures pale. Sterna heavily infuscated partic- ularly the leg bases; underside of abdomen straw yellow. Length 12.5-14.0 mm; humeral breadth 4.8 mm. Female.—Very similar to male in structure, often not as strongly colored. Length 14.5-15.5 mm; humeral breadth 4.5—5.0 mm. 244 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 4. Chelinidea hunteri, holotype 3, Hermosillo, Sonora (USNM). Distribution.—Arkansas, Texas; Mexico: Chihuahua, Durango, San Luis Potosi. Chelinidea hunteri Hamlin Fig. 4 Chelinidea hunteri Hamlin, 1923: 43. 5 VOLUME 82, NUMBER cu feos yz S SNL Li oS gt, KAY, wine SNM). J cality, Uhler collection (L no lo Chelinidea vittiger, 246 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON A predominantly pale straw-colored species with no indication of teeth on anterior margin of pronotum. Collar clearly delimited. Male.—Head in side view rather swollen above, anterior margin of buc- culae wider than that of lorum; beak just reaching apex of hind coxae; juga rounded anteriorly and just attaining tip of tylus or slightly exceeded by it. Ocelli much closer to eyes than to each other. Pronotum strongly convexed transversely, reflexed lateral margins distinctly lower than intervening area of thorax and not produced anteriorly into teeth; collar clearly delimited from remainder of pronotum, its anterior margin straight. Connexivum di- lated and reflexed. Upper surfaces of all femora evenly rounded; under surfaces of anterior femora bearing distally 3—5 small teeth; posterior femora enlarged, bearing a double row of 7-10 teeth over the apical *4 or more. Color above an almost uniform straw yellow with fuscous punctures, mostly delimiting the veins; some fuscous markings on scutellum and bases of clavus and corium. Membrane smoky black. Connexivum faintly marked with fuscous, incisures paler. Venter entirely straw colored, only the tips of the femoral spines and apex of beak black. Length 9.5—11.5 mm; humeral breadth 4.0-4.3 mm. Female.—Very similar to male in structure and color. Length 11.0—12.5 mm; humeral breadth 4.0-4.5 mm. Distribution.—Texas, Arizona; Mexico: Sonora. Chelinidea vittiger Uhler Figs. 5-8 Chelinidea vittiger Uhler, 1863: 366. Chelinidea vittiger vittiger var. artuflava McAtee, 1919: 11. NEw SYNON- YMY. Chelinidea vittiger aequoris McAtee, 1919: 12. NEw SYNonymy. Chelinidea vittiger aequoris var. artuatra McAtee, 1919: 12. NEw Syn- ONYMY. Chelinidea vittigera (!) var. texana Hamlin, 1923: 45. Synonymized by Ham- lin 1924 under C. vittiger aequoris. A variable widespread species in which the anterior spines of the prono- tum are reduced to small blunt tubercles with a distinct notch at base. Male.—Head in side view distinctly swollen above, anterior margin of buccula subequal to that of lorum; rostrum reaching apex of posterior coxae; juga barely exceeding apex of tylus. Ocelli widely separated, distance to eye less than half that between ocelli. Pronotum strongly convexed trans- versely, lateral carinae gently reflexed and produced anteriorly at base of head as two small blunt tubercles with a distinct notch at base. Connexivum moderately dilated and reflexed. Upper surfaces of all femora evenly round- ed; under surfaces of anterior femora bearing distally only 2—3 small teeth; 247 VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 ven waar hfs Arizona achuca Mts., « . artuflava, holotype 2, Hu ar « Chelinidea vittiger vittiger V Fig. 6. (USNM). 248 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 7. Chelinidea vittiger aequoris, holotype 6, San Diego, Texas (USNM). 249 5 VOLUME 82, NUMBER North Car- es, , Southern Pin holotype 6 artuatra Chelinidea vittiger aequoris var. Fig. 8. olina (USNM). 250 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON posterior femora bearing a double row of 8-11 teeth and numerous small denticles. Color typically sordid yellowish orange marked with fuscous to black stripes and punctures. Head primarily reddish brown, tylus pale. Anterior and posterior margins of pronotum and base of scutellum with dark brown marks or stripes. Coriaceous portion of hemelytra between veins punctate with fuscous. Membrane smoky black. Disk of abdomen dark, edge of con- nexivum pale. Beneath sordid yellow orange; antennae, apex of beak, un- derside of head and all legs reddish brown to black. Length 12.0-14.5 mm; humeral breadth 4.5—5.1 mm. Female.—Very similar to male but somewhat larger in size. Posterior femora not as swollen and with relatively fewer spines. Length 14.0-15.0 mm; humeral breadth 4.8—5.2 mm. Distribution.—The range of this species coincides with the distribution of prickly pear cactus in the United States, Canada, and Mexico. It occurs from Virginia south to northern Florida and west through Nebraska and Texas to Oregon and California, southwestern Canada, and in the more northern states of Mexico. Variation.—This species varies from completely pale to the sordid yellow and black form described above. There is every combination of rounded to reflexed anterior pronotal margins. I can find no constant differences to justify the separation of this species into the subspecies and varieties that have been described. Type-designation.—There is a Uhler specimen in the U.S. National Mu- seum of Natural History type collection labeled as type (probably by C. V. Riley) which bears no other data. McAtee (1919) restricted the type-locality to Fort Benton, Wyoming without selecting a type. The only Uhler specimen from this locality is one (without a head) bearing the labels ‘‘Ft. Btn., P. R. Uhler Collection.’’ I hereby designate this specimen as LEcToTyrE (USNM Type no. 76200) of C. vittiger Uhler. LITERATURE CITED Burmeister, H. 1834. Handbuch der Entomologie. Vol. 2, p. 311. Berlin. Dodd, A. P. 1940. The biological campaign against prickly-pear. Commonwealth Prickly Pear Board, Brisbane. 177 pp. Fullaway, D. T. 1954. Biological control of cactus in Hawaii. J. Econ. Entomol. 47(4): 696— 700. Goeden, R. D., C. A. Fleschner, and D. W. Ricker. 1967. Biological control of prickly pear cacti on Santa Cruz Island, California. Hilgardia. 38(16): 579-606. Hamlin, J. C. 1923. New cactus bugs of the genus Chelinidea. Proc. R. Soc. Queensl. 35(4): 43-45. . 1924. A review of the genus Chelinidea. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 17(2): 193-208. Hunter, W. D., F. C. Pratt, and J. D. Mitchell. 1912. The principal cactus insects of the United States. U.S. Dep. Agric. Entomol. Bull. 113: 71. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 251 Mann, J. 1969. Cactus-feeding insects and mites. U.S. Natl. Mus. Bull. 256: 1-158. McAtee, W. L. 1919. Notes on Nearctic Heteroptera. Coreidae. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 14: 9-13. Stal, C. 1867. Bidrag till Hemipterernas Systemtik. Ofv. Svenska Vet.-Ak. Forh. 24(7): 551. Uhler, P. R. 1863. Hemipterological contributions—No. 2. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Philad. 2: 366. NOTICE OF A NEW PUBLICATION The North American Predaceous Midges of the Genus Palpomyia Meigen (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae). By William L. Grogan, Jr., Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland, and Willis W. Wirth, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, Washington, D.C. Memoirs of the Entomological Society of Washington, Number 8, 125 pp. Cost, $12.00. Thirty-one species of the genus Palpomyia in North America are de- scribed and illustrated. Nine are new species. Keys are presented for adults, pupae of 19 species, and larvae of 5 species. Adult and larval biologies, zoogeography, economic importance, classification, and phylogenetic rela- tionships are discussed. Phylogenies are presented for the tribes Stenoxenini and Palpomyiini, the latter including Pachyhelea Wirth and 4 species groups of Palpomyia. Numerous illustrations, distribution maps, and an index are included. This publication can be ordered from the Custodian, Entomological So- ciety of Washington, % Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institu- tion, Washington, D.C. 20560. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 252-259 NEW TORYMIDAE FROM TERTIARY AMBER OF THE DOMINICAN REPUBLIC AND A WORLD LIST OF FOSSIL TORYMIDS (HYMENOPTERA: CHALCIDOIDEA) E. E. GRISSELL Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, DCy 20560" Abstract.—Two Torymidae (Monodontomerinae) are described from Do- minican Republic amber: Zophodetus woodruffi new genus, new species (Monodontomerini), and Neopalachia bouceki, new species (Palachiini). These are the first New World torymids found in amber. A world list of torymid fossil species is given. Insects from the fossil amber deposits of the Dominican Republic, al- though extremely abundant, are just now being brought to the attention of scientists. Apparently only one species of stingless bee (Wille and Chandler, 1964) has been described from these deposits. Recently R. E. Woodruff (Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville, Florida) made avail- able a large collection of newly acquired material to the scientific community under auspices of a grant from the National Science Foundation (#77- 01569). This material was purchased from local amber mines, as well as from commercial sources such as jewelers. The present paper provides de- scriptions of the first known torymids from amber in the Western Hemi- sphere, as well as the first report upon the results of Dr. Woodruff’s work. In addition, a world list of fossil torymids is presented as a guide for future work. Sanderson and Farr (1960) traced the history of Dominican amber from its supposed original discovery by Columbus in the late 1400’s to the time of their writing. Little subsequent work has been done, with the exception of the single species described by Wille and Chandler in 1964. The principal deposits lie northwest of Santiago between Altamira and Canca and are believed to be Oligocene in age (Sanderson and Farr, 1960). Other deposits are now known from the area north of Bayaguana (Woodruff, personal communication). Because amber is widely transported in its use for jewelry, the exact locality of collection is seldom known for purchased material. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 253 Zophodetus Grissell, NEw GENUS Type-species: Zophodetus woodruffi, new species. Head equal in width to pronotum, with well-developed occipital carina; antennal scrobe not reaching midocellus, toruli (Fig. 4) slightly closer to dorsum of head than venter (17:19), antennal formula 11173 (Fig. 6). Prono- tum sharply margined dorsolaterally, with sides sloping distinctly inward but without distinct lateral depression, anteriorly steplike in profile (Fig. 1): notauli complete; scutellum without frenum; posterior edge of mesepimeron straight; propodeum 1.3 length of large metanotum (lateral view), dorso- ventrally compressed and projecting laterally nearly 0.66 width of scutel- lum, without median carina but with prominent lateral carinae (Fig. 2); fore, mid, and hindcoxae in ratio of 21:19:30 (Fig. 1), fore and midtibiae with single apical spur, hindtibia with 2 spurs, ratio of longer spur to hindbasi- tarsus (longest view) 8:15, hindfemur with ventral edge bulged but without teeth or serrations (Fig. 5); wings with setation well developed, ratio of submarginal: marginal: postmarginal:stigmal veins as 60:23:15:6 (Fig. 7). Presently subfamily and generic concepts for Torymidae are far from adequate. Within current subfamily limits (as defined by Crawford, 1914; Milliron, 1949—corrected by Grissell, 1976: 9; Boucek, 1978), Zophodetus would fall among the heterogenous Monodontomerinae. Szelenyi (1957) pro- vided the most recent world key to genera, but it is artificial and largely obsolete. Currently my own work suggests a number of recognized Nearctic genera are probably unnecessary, and changes are likely to be made. The use of hindfemora and the various interpretations of large and small denti- cles, serrations, or angles, as well as propodeal carinae, are too subjective, in my opinion, for generic characterization. Among the monodontomerines in Szelenyi’s key (1957), Zophodetus comes close to genera such as Microdontomerus or Antistrophoplex, but does not fit well among them. The placement of the toruli near the midpoint of the head (i.e., Podagrion-like, as opposed to nearer the clypeus), the metanotum almost 0.7 the length of the propodeum (generally much less than 0.5 in most genera), and the wide and carinate propodeum (generally without carinae or with simple median and/or submedian carinae in a few genera) are characters unique to Zophodetus. Exact placement of this genus will have to await reassessment of generic concepts in the Monodontomer- inae. The generic name is derived from the greek *‘zophos”’ (darkness) and ‘‘detos’’ (bound) in reference to the long period of underground interment. Zophodetus woodruffi Grissell, NEW SPECIES Figs. 1-7 Holotype female.—Body length 2.8 mm plus ovipositor ca 1.1 mm. Head, thorax, fore and midcoxae (laterally) and hindcoxa, metallic green; abdomen 254 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON pict os P, tid rik eae Gs A ae 1A pope ALL Figs. 1-7. Zophodetus woodruffi. 1-2, Thorax: 1, Lateral view; 2, Dorsal view. 3-4, Head: 3, Dorsal view; 4, Frontal view. Fig. 5, Hindfemur, lateral view. Fig. 6, Antenna, lateral view. Fig. 7, Wing, dorsal view. (Dashed lines indicate areas where view obstructed by imperfections in amber.) VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 255 with terga partially green but some areas translucent white (or possibly surrounded by air layer); scape and legs yellow including ventral aspects of fore and midcoxae; pedicel and flagellum black; wing veins brown. Head, thorax (except mesepimeron and propodeum), and coxae evenly reticulate to reticulate rugose; propodeum rugulose between major carinae; abdomen alutaceous. Face (Fig. 4) wider than long (4:3), eyes asetose, clypeus con- cave along anterior margin, devoid of setae except 4 which project down- wardly, intermalar distance ca 3x length of malar distance; OOL 1.3 and POL 3x lateral ocellus diameter (Fig. 3); antenna (Fig. 6) slightly clavate with ratio 26:6:2:6:7:6:6:6:6:6:19 (club). Thorax as shown in Figs. 1, 2; scu- tellum with posterior edge lamelliform and upturned; posterior edge of meta- pleuron broadly lamelliform; propodeum with prominent submedian and prespiracular carinae as well as lesser developed carina between these 2, median area between submedian carinae depressed, spiracle touching meta- notum and about its own diameter from nearest posterior margin, propo- deum posteriorly with vertical face on either side of petiole insertion. Wing (Fig. 7) with distinct cubital, basal, and median veins indicated by setal tracts, basal cell asetose, costal cell with complete row of setae and several dozen setae in broken rows along anterior border. Abdomen equal in length to thorax, terga 1-4 with definite median incisions. Ovipositor equal to length of abdomen. Holotype.—Dominican Republic amber (probably from the general amber deposit north and west of Santiago), purchased by R. E. Woodruff, 1977; deposited in the Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville, Flor- ida. Discussion.—This species is named for Dr. Robert E. Woodruff who has saved a biological treasure from the clutches of commerce. Neopalachia bouceki Grissell, NEw SPECIES Figs. 8-11 Holotype female.—(Specimen imbedded so that perfect lateral view is given but other aspects cannot be seen without considerable distortion; for this reason it is not possible to measure ratios of structures requiring dorsal or ventral view.) Body length 3.4 mm plus ovipositor 5.8 mm. Head:thorax:abdomen:ovipositor in ratio of 4:15:20:70. Head, thorax, bases of coxae, base of hindfemur, and dorsum of abdomen metallic green; scape, apices of coxae, apex and venter of hindfemur, and sides of abdomen yel- lowish. Head (except scrobes), dorsum of thorax (except frenum), propo- deum, and coxae evenly, densely reticulate (appearing shagreened); thorax laterally (except mesepimeron) and femora coriaceous; scrobes, frenum, mesepimeron, and abdomen polished. Head with occipital carina; eye in lateral view 0.7 height of head (Fig. 10), median ocellus at dorsal apex of 256 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 8-11. Neopalachia bouceki. 8, Antenna, lateral view. 9, Head, three-fourths, dorsal view. 10, Head and thorax, lateral view. 11. Hindfemur, lateral view. scrobe, ocelli placed on flattened frontovertex (Fig. 9); antenna filiform with ratio of 12:6:2:6:6:6:6:6:6:5:12 (club) (Fig. 8). Thorax (Fig. 10) with prono- tum almost vertical (this does not appear to be an artifact of preservation); frenum distinct, 0.33 length of scutellum; propodeum without carinae; ratio of fore:mid:hindcoxae as 22:15:35; hindcoxae with setae only on distal 4 of dorsal surface. Wing with basal vein and cubital vein setose, basal cell asetose, costal cell difficult to see but at least with distal row of setae along anterior ventral margin of cell, speculum mostly bare, ratio of submargin- al:marginal:postmarginal:stigmal veins as 62:33:10:6. Hindfemur shown in Fig. 11. Abdomen 1.3 length of thorax, without petiole, terga appearing entire (without median incisions, though this character cannot be seen clear- ly through the amber), subequal in length. Ovipositor 3.5 length of ab- domen. Holotype.—Dominican Republic amber (probably from the general amber deposit north and west of Santiago), purchased by R. E. Woodruff, 1977; deposited in the Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville, Flor- ida. Discussion.—The placement of this species in the Palachiini (as defined by Boucek, 1976, 1978) of the Monodontomerinae is based upon the den- ticulate hindfemora and the almost straight hindtibia which is truncate and has two apical spurs. Currently three genera are recognized in this tribe, namely Palachia Bouéek and Propalachia Bouéek from Africa, Asia and Europe, and Neopalachia Boucéek from Trinidad. The new species bouceki seems somewhat intermediate to all three genera as follows: Approaching Palachia and Neopalachia in the presence of a frenum (absent in Propa- lachia) and relatively short propodeum (not having an elongate neck which VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 257 protrudes beyond base of hindcoxae as in Propalachia):; approaching Neo- palachia and Propalachia in the elongate stigmal vein (rudimentary in Pa- lachia) and the rounded pronotum (angulate and steplike in Palachia); pos- sibly approaching Propalachia in first tergum not incised medially, though this character cannot be seen distinctly (incised in Palachia and Neopala- chia), and approaching Neopalachia in female with filiform antenna without micropilosity on club (clavate and with micropilosity in Palachia and Pro- palachia). It is distinct from all three of these genera, particularly in the shape of the head, with the median ocellus at the apex of the scrobes and the ocelli on the flattened frontovertex (in other Palachiini the median ocel- lus is above the scrobes and the frontovertex is curved). After seeing the specimen, Z. Boucek (in litt.) suggested that bouceki would be suitably placed as a new genus or with Neopalachia. Considering our limited knowl- edge of the Palachiini, the number of characters bouceki shares with Neo- palachia, and the West Indies distribution of this genus, I believe bouceki may acceptably be placed in Neopalachia at this time. The only other described species of Neopalachia is noyesi Boucek (1978) from Trinidad. In addition to the peculiarities of the head just mentioned, N. bouceki differs from noyesi by the following characters: bouceki without interantennal lamella (present in noyesi), postmarginal vein 1.7 stigmal vein (noyesi 4.0x), hindfemora with uneven denticles, some spaced much farther apart than their own lengths (noyesi with about ten teeth arranged regularly as on a comb). These characters are compared in Figs. 8-11 of this paper and Figs. 20-23 of Boucek, 1978. Thus far N. noyesi and bouceki are the only Palachiini from the New World. I take pleasure in naming this species for Dr. Z.Bouéek in recognition of his exemplary devotion and standards in working with Chalcidoidea. FossiL TORYMIDAE In 1975 Yoshimoto presented a list of known chalcidoid fossils. Because his list omitted several species, I present a list below which includes the known world torymid fossils. In some cases it may not be possible to as- certain even the correct subfamily placement for these specimens (see Brues, 1923: 346: Grissell, 1976: 89-90). Monodontomerus primaevus Brues, 1923: 345-346. Lower Oligocene; Baltic amber; no locality. Neopalachia bouceki Grissell, new species. Oligocene; Dominican amber; Dominican Republic. Palaeotorymus aciculatus Brues, 1910: 21. Miocene; shale; Florissant, Colorado. Palaeotorymus laevis Brues, 1910: 20. Miocene; shale; Florissant, Colo- rado. 258 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Palaeotorymus striatus Brues, 1910: 20. Miocene; shale; Florissant, Col- orado. Palaeotorymus typicus Brues, 1910: 19. Miocene; shale; Florissant, Col- orado. Podagrion bellator (Dalman), 1825: 390. Gum copal; locality uncertain. Podagrion capitellatum (Dalman), 1825: 390. Gum copal; locality uncer- tain. Podagrion clavellatum (Dalman), 1825: 390. Gum copal; locality uncer- tain. Torymus pertinax Forster, 1891: 452. Middle Oligocene; Brunstatt, Al- sace. Torymus sackeni Brues, 1910: 17. Miocene; shale; Florissant, Colorado. Zophodetus woodruffi Grissell, new species. Oligocene; Dominican am- ber; Dominican Republic. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I thank R. E. Woodruff (Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Division of Plant Industry, Gainesville, Florida) for the opportunity to report upon material purchased by him under NSF Grant No. 77-01569. Z. Boucéek (Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, British Museum (Natural Histo- ry)) has given me his opinion of the new Neopalachia described herein, and I thank him for his numerous courtesies. LITERATURE CITED Bouéek, Z. 1976. On the Mediterranean Podagrioninae, with the description of a new Jrido- phagoides. Entomol. Ber. 36: 182-184. . 1978. A study of the non-podagrionine Torymidae with enlarged hind femora, with a key to the African genera. J. Entomol. Soc. South. Afr. 41: 91-134. Brues, C. T. 1910. No. 1.—The parasitic Hymenoptera of the Tertiary of Florissant, Colorado. Bull. Mus. Comp. Zool., Harv. Univ. 54: 1-125. . 1923. Some new fossil parasitic Hymenoptera from Baltic Amber. Proc. Am. Acad. Arts Sci. 58: 327-346. Crawford, J. C. 1914. Notes on the chalcidoid family Callimomidae. Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 16: 122-126. Dalman, J. W. 1825. Om Insekter inneslutna i Kopal, jemte beskrifning pa nagra deribland forekommande nya slagten och arter. Svensk. Vet.-akad. Handl. 46: 375-410. Forster, B. 1891. Die Insekten des plattigen Steinmergels von Brunnstatt. Abh. Geo. Speci- alkarte Elsass-Lothringer. 3: 335-593, pl. XI-XVI. Grissell, E. E. 1976. A revision of western Nearctic species of Torymus Dalman. Univ. Calif. Publ. Entomol. 79: 1-120, pl. 1-6. Milliron, H. E. 1949. Taxonomic and biological investigations in the genus Megastignus. Am. Midl. Nat. 41: 257-420. Sanderson, M. W. and T. H. Farr. 1960. Amber with insect and plant inclusions from the Dominican Republic. Science. 131: 1313. ee VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 359 Szelenyi, G. 1957. The genera of the subfamily Monodontomerinae. Ann. Hist. Nat. Mus. Natl. Hung. (n.s.) 8: 381-388. Wille, A. and L. C. Chandler. 1964. A new stingless bee from the Tertiary amber of the Dominican Republic. Rev. Biol. Trop. 12: 187-195. Yoshimoto, C. M. 1975. Cretaceous chalcidoid fossils from Canadian amber. Can. Entomol. 107: 499-528, 1 pl. BELTSVILLE AGRICULTURAL RESEARCH CENTER SYMPOSIUM V The Beltsville Agricultural Research Center sponsors an annual research symposium with a specific theme. The subject of the fifth “‘-BARC Sympo- sium’ will be ‘‘Biological Control in Crop Production.”’ It is scheduled for May 19 to May 21, 1980. Subject matter will be presented as invited lectures and contributed posters with the lectures published in the BARC symposium series (Sth volume). Registration and a reception will be held Sunday evening followed by five technical sessions held Monday morning through Wednesday noon. The sessions are as follows: Session 1—Relevance of ecological theories to practical biological control. Session 2—Concepts, principles and mechanisms of biological control of pests. Session 3—Recent advances in mass production of biological control agents. Session 4—Strategies of biological control. Session 5—General considerations: Environmental, regulatory, safety, eco- nomic and biocontrol in integrated pest management systems. Voluntary poster presentations will be held Monday from 5:30 to 7:30 pm. Registration fee $60.00. Anyone wishing to receive a registration packet for this symposium should contact: Publicity Chairman Symposium V Room 214, Bioscience Bldg 011A BARC-West Beltsville, Md. 20705 PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 260-268 ETHOLOGY OF PROCTACANTHELLA LEUCOPOGON IN MEXICO (DIPTERA: ASILIDAE)'” ROBERT J. LAVIGNE AND D. STEVE DENNIS (RJL) Entomology Section, University of Wyoming, P.O. Box 3354, Uni- versity Station, Laramie, Wyoming 82071; (DSD) 5875 E. Weaver Circle, Englewood, Colorado 80111. Abstract.—Proctacanthella leucopogon (Williston) occurred along the edges of an intermittent stream bed which passed through an overgrazed mesquite savannah near San Luis Potosi, Mexico. This species foraged from the ground or vegetation depending on the soil surface temperature. Prey were captured and immobilized in flight prior to landing to feed. While feeding, small prey were manipulated with all six tarsi as the asilid hovered above the feeding site; large prey were manipulated with a combination of tarsi at the feeding site. Prey consisted primarily of Diptera, Hemiptera, and Homoptera. Mating occurred in the male over female position. Females Oviposited in the soil. There are six described species of Proctacanthella in North America (Wilcox, 1965). Of these six species there is ethological information on only two. Detailed information is available for P. cacopiloga (Hine) (Dennis and Lavigne, 1975), and cursory observations have been made for P. leucopo- gon (Williston) (Rogers and Lavigne, 1972). The present paper adds to our knowledge of the ethology of P. leucopogon. This species was studied near San Luis Potosi, Mexico, at an elevation of 1878 m above sea level. The general habitat was overgrazed mesquite savannah dominated by grasses in the genera Bouteloua and Aristida. Proc- tacanthella leuacopogon was found primarily along the edges of an intermit- tent stream bed which served as a path, road, and bicycle trail through the habitat (Fig. 1). Along this path the vegetation consisted of sand burr (Cen- crus sp.), cat’s claw (Acacia sp.), and mesquite (Prosopis sp.). Both P. ' Published with the approval of the Director, Wyoming Agricultural Experiment Station, as Journal Article No. JA1034. > This research was supported in part by National Science Foundation Research Grant GB- 29617X2. — VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 261 Fig. 1. Intermittent stream bed habitat of Proctacanthella leucopogon near San Luis Po- tosi, Mexico. Fig. 2. P. leacopogon male with male of same species as prey. 262 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON leucopogon and P. cacopiloga have been reported to occur in sandy re- gions, cotton fields, other cultivated areas, and in Buchloe-Bouteloua grass- land communities (Bromley, 1934, 1945; Dennis and Lavigne, 1975; James, 1938, 1941). FORAGING AND FEEDING On sunny days, Proctacanthella leuacopogon was most active when the soil surface temperature varied between 29.5 and 45.5°C, which occurred between 9:00 AM to 12:00 PM and 4:00 to 6:00 PM. When the soil surface temperature was less than 29.5°C, P. leucopogon was very sluggish, flat- tened itself against the soil surface with its broadside to the sun and flew or ‘*hopped”’ very short distances when disturbed by ants or an observer. As the soil surface began to heat up to about 33.5°C, this species remained in a similar position on the soil and began to actively make forage flights. Between this temperature and 37.5°C, P. leucopogon remained flattened, but faced into the sun. As the soil surface temperature increased to 41°C, specimens raised themselves from the surface and faced into or away from the sun. Once the soil temperature reached about 42°C, P. leucopogon moved onto sun exposed vegetation about 15 to 85 mm above the soil sur- face and foraged from there. However, when the soil surface temperature exceeded 45.5 to 47.5°C, P. leucopogon moved into the shade of vegetation and exhibited little foraging behavior. Even at these high temperatures, if the sun was obscured by clouds, specimens would return to the soil surface and assume a flattened position. Similar adjustments to diurnal variations in temperature have been observed for P. cacopiloga (Dennis and Lavigne, 1975) and several other species of Asilidae (Adamovic, 1963; Dennis and Lavigne, 1975; Lavigne and Holland, 1969). While engaged in foraging from the soil surface, P. leucopogon rested with its body at a 45° angle to the substrate. One male was observed holding his fore tarsi crossed just above the surface, while in a foraging position (surface temperature about 42°C). A similar foraging posture has been ex- hibited by P. cacopiloga (Dennis and Lavigne, 1975) and for P. exquisitus Osten Sacken (unpublished). According to these investigators, such pos- tures presumably reduce an asilids’ body temperature by reducing the area of the body exposed to the sun’s rays and heat reflected from the soil sur- face. Additionally, such a posture may provide asilids with a greater field of vision (Melin, 1923). Proctacanthella leucopogon generally captured its prey in flight 5 to 10 cm above the ground and within | m of its foraging position. One male was observed to capture a leafhopper (Cicadellidae) just as it was landing on the soil surface. Dennis and Lavigne (1975) reported that P. cacopiloga cap- tured its prey in the air at a height and distance similar to that which we observed for P. leucopogon. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 263 Prey were captured in front of or to the side of this species foraging position. Once a prey was captured, P. leucopogon usually immediately inserted its hypopharynx in the dorsum of the prey’s thorax or in the inter- segmental membrane between the prey’s head and thorax. Some prey were also immobilized prior to landing as the asilid hovered and manipulated the prey into position with all six tarsi and inserted its hypopharynx. Proctacanthella leucopogon often captured prey and released them, while in flight, after briefly hovering and manipulating them with all six tarsi. The released prey were generally Coleoptera and it is assumed that the asilids were unable to insert their hypopharynx through the tough integument. As P. leucopogon fed, the method used in manipulation of prey appeared to depend on the prey’s size. Small prey, such as Cicadellidae, were gen- erally manipulated with all six tarsi as the asilid hovered above its feeding site. Larger prey, such as instances of cannibalism, were manipulated with a combination of tarsi as the asilid rolled onto one of its sides. One male was also observed to manipulate an Aceratagallia texana Oman (Cicadel- lidae) with its fore tarsi while holding its position on the soil surface with its mid and hind tarsi. At the completion of feeding, prey were either discarded at the feeding site as the asilid pushed the prey off its hypopharynx with its fore tarsi or the prey were merely allowed to fall off the hypopharynx. Some prey were also dropped in flight just before an asilid captured another prey. Rogers and Lavigne (1972) made similar observations for P. leucopogon in Wyo- ming. The average time which P. leucopogon spent feeding on individual prey was 7 minutes 24 seconds, with a range between 4 and I|1 minutes. However, one partial feeding of an unidentified Cicadellidae lasted 12 minutes 30 sec- onds. Larger prey, such as Cicadellidae and Miridae, were fed on for longer periods of time than were smaller prey such as some Diptera. On two occasions, asilids dropped their prey in flight while foraging after another victim. The following is a list of prey taken by P. leucopogon. The number and sex of the predator is indicated in parentheses following the prey record. COLEOPTERA—Scarabaeidae: Podolasia sp., V-24-73 (2); Scolytidae: near Pityophthorus sp., V-21-73 (2). DIPTERA—Agromyzidae: Phytolirio- myza sp., V-23-73 (3); Asilidae: Proctacanthella leucopogon (Williston), V-24-73 (3); Bombyliidae: Geron sp., V-20-73 (3); Mythicomyia sp., V-21- 73 (2,30), V-22-73 (2); Chloropidae: Hippelates robertsoni Sabrosky, V-20- 73 (3), V-21-73 (22), V-22-73 (d); Olcella parva (Adams), V-24-73 (¢); Siphonella neglecta Beck, V-24-73 (2,3); Dolichopodidae: Chrysotus sp., V-21-73 (2): Medetera sp., V-21-73 (6); Ephydridae: Scatophila sp., V-20- 73 (2), V-24-73 (6); Lonchaeidae: Dasiops sp., V-20-73 (¢): Milichiidae: Pholeomyia sp., V-23-73 (3); Sarcophagidae: Metopia argyrocephala (Mei- 264 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON gen), V-23-73 (¢): Sphaeroceridae: Leptocera (Rachispoda) sp., V-20-73 (3); Tachinidae: Olenochaeta kansensis Townsend, V-23-73 (2°). EMBIOP- TERA—Unidentified, V-21-73 (6). HEMIPTERA—Cydnidae: Rhytidopo- rus compactus (Uhler), V-22-73 (3d); Lygaeidae: Geocoris sp., V-23-73 (3); Miridae: Spanogonicus albofasciatus (Reuter), V-20-73 (9° 23), V-21- 73 (32,6), V-22-73 (22,5), V-23-73 (42,43). HOMOPTERA—Cicadelli- dae: Aceratagallia sp., V-20-73 (3), V-22-73 (2); Aceratagallia texana Oman, V-20-73 (2 ,d), V-21-73 (52,48), V-22-73 (22 ,8¢0), V-23-73 (7d), V- 24-73 (39,36): Deltocephalus sonorus Ball, V-20-73 (3), V-21-73 (2), V- 22-73 (2,26), V-23-73 (2), V-24-73 (36); Exitianus exitiosus (Uhler), V-21- 73 (3), V-23-73 (2); Polyamia sp., prob. tolteca Kramer, V-22-73 (2); Stirellus obtutus (Van Duzee), V-24-73 (2,6). HYMENOPTERA—For- micidae (all winged reproductives): Acanthostichus sp., V-23-73 (3d); Con- omyrma sp., V-20-73 (3), V-23-73 (d); Halictidae: Dialictus sp., V-22-73 (3). LEPIDOPTERA—Gelechiidae: Faculta sp., V-24-73 (d); Olethreuti- dae: Unidentified, V-23-73 (2). THYSANOPTERA—Phlaeothripidae: Un- identified, V-24-73 (¢). Both sexes of P. leucopogon preyed most heavily on insects belonging to the orders Diptera, Hemiptera, and Homoptera (Table 1). These three orders comprised approximately 88.6 percent and 92.5 percent of the prey for males and females, respectively. Although males and females preyed primarily on insects in these orders, they fed on different species and often different genera. In Colorado Rogers and Lavigne (1972) observed P. leu- copogon feeding on Diptera, Hemiptera, Homoptera, Hymenoptera, and Orthoptera. This species was approximately 4.3 times as large as its prey (Table 2). Although females were slightly larger than males, they preyed on smaller prey. Thus, females had a larger mean predator to prey ratio than males. Since we often observed male-to-male encounters, we postulate that P. leucopogon may set up temporary territories while foraging and actively defend them against other individuals of the same species. Specimens of this species appeared to set up territories by spacing themselves out, with one individual occurring every 2.5 to 5 m. According to Adamovic (1963), asilids restrict their hunting activity to a limited area and defend only the central part of this area. All other individuals of the same species either avoid or are driven out of an already occupied territory. Male P. leucopogon may have been forcing other males out of their territory when they grabbed and released or merely hit other males. Additionally, when males met in | flight, they frequently circled each other in an upward flight to a height of | | m above the ground. All of these agonistic behaviors may be the precur- sors of cannibalism, since the single instance of cannibalism observed was | that of a male taking a male (Fig. 2). j VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 265 Table 1. leucopogon. Sag... Number and percent composition of prey by insect order taken by Proctacanthella Male Female Total ORDER Number Percent Number Percent Number Percent Coleoptera 0 0 2 5.0 2 2.0 Diptera 13 21.0 9 DES 22 21.6 Embioptera l 1.6 0 0 I 1.0 Hemiptera 10 16.1 10 25.0 20 19.6 Homoptera 32 51.6 18 45.0 50 49.0 Hymenoptera 4 6.5 0 0 4 4.0 Lepidoptera | 1.6 I 2.5 2 2.0 Thysanoptera 1 1.6 0 0 | 1.0 TOTAL 62 40 102 The predator occasionally becomes prey as when one male was fed upon by a female Efferia sp. (Diptera: Asilidae). Rogers and Lavigne (1972) re- ported P. leucopogon serving as prey of Efferia staminea (Williston). We also have observed a male P. /ewcopogon landing on a harvester ant mound and being immediately attacked by worker ants. After 15 seconds the male was completely immobilized and dragged into the ant nest. COURTSHIP AND MATING Only one complete mating was observed for P. leucopogon. This oc- curred at 9:43 AM when a female flew in front of a male. The male made a rapid flight forward and grasped the female on the dorsum of her thorax. The pair fell to the substrate and mating ensued in the male over female position. In this position, the male’s abdomen passed around to the right of the female’s abdomen and clasped her genitalia from below. The male’s fore tarsi rested on the dorsum of the female’s thorax and his hind and mid tarsi intermittently rested on the substrate or on the female’s abdomen. The Table 2. Relation between length of Proctacanthella leucopogon and that of its prey. Predator Length (mm)! Prey Length (mm) Mean No. of Ratio of Prey Predator Sex Minimum Maximum Mean Minimum Maximum Mean Measured to Prey Male (17233 1329 1522 l [322 3:2 61 4.1 Female 13a 152 13.6 eS : 2.9 40 4.7 TOTAL 12.3 15.2 13.4 1.5 13.2 Sel 101 4.3 266 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON female’s wings were spread at a 45° angle and passed over the male’s mid femora and under his front femora; whereas, the male’s wings were folded over his dorsum. A similar mating position is taken by P. cacopiloga (Den- nis and Lavigne, 1975). The mating occurred when the soil temperature on the surface was 38°C. The pair remained in-copulo for approximately 10 seconds before the male unclasped the female and both asilids flew off. Proctacanthella cacopiloga matings last an average of 45 seconds, with a range between 5 and 93 sec- onds (Dennis and Lavigne, 1975). Although the mating was not preceded by courtship, males of P. leuco- pogon may exhibit courtship prior to mating, similar to that observed for P. cacopiloga (Dennis and Lavigne, 1975). Males were observed to walk along the ground with their fore legs extended out in front of them and to alter- nately wave the legs between their heads and the ground. This behavior usually took place when males were within approximately 0.5 m of another asilid. However, some males exhibited courtship behavior even though no other asilid was near them. Female P. leucopogon were also observed to wave their fore legs as they walked along the ground. However, males were not observed near the fe- males when they exhibited this behavior. In addition, females did not wave their fore tarsi as frequently or for as long a time as did the males. OVIPOSITION One complete oviposition was observed for P. leucopogon. This occurred at 4:05 PM when a female crawled on the soil into the shade of a small depression (2.5 cm long, 5 cm wide and deep) where the surface temperature was 38°C. The female probed the soil with her ovipositor as she crawled along the ground in her search for a suitable site for egg deposition. When she found a suitable site, she inserted her ovipositor and abdomen in the soil up to the base of her thorax. As she oviposited she bounced slightly in a rhythmic manner similar to the ‘“‘tamping’’ action of Proctacanthus mi- cans Schiner (Dennis and Lavigne, 1975; Rogers and Lavigne, 1972). At the completion of oviposition, the female briefly swept the soil with her ovi- positor before flying off. This oviposition lasted approximately 60 seconds during which the female deposited three creamy-white eggs (Fig. 3). The eggs measured 1.07 to 1.21 mm in length, and 0.38 to 0.48 mm in width. No sculpturing was observed on the egg chorions. Numerous other females were observed probing for oviposition sites in the soil in the shade of vegetation, grass clumps, and under the toe of a shoe. These ovipositional patterns of probing behavior indicate that shade, — as well as specific characteristics of the soil, are important factors in deter- _ VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 267 Fig. 3. Eggs of Proctacanthella leacopogon recovered from the soil where they were de- posited. mining where female P. /eucopogon deposit their eggs. Female P. cacopil- oga have been recorded ovipositing in the shade of vegetation or a cow pat (Dennis and Lavigne, 1975). ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We express our appreciation to the following for identifying the various prey: D. M. Anderson (Scolytidae), R. J. Gagne (Sarcophagidae), R. D. Gordon (Scarabaeidae), J. L. Herring (Cydnidae, Lygaeidae, Miridae), R. W. Hodges (Gelechiidae), L. V. Knutson (Bombyliidae), J. P. Kramer (Ci- cadellidae), K. O’Neill (Phlaeothripidae), C. W. Sabrosky (Chloropidae, Milichiidae, Tachinidae), D. R. Smith (Formicidae), G. Steyskal (Agromy- zidae, Dolichopodidae, Lonchaeidae, Sphaeroceridae), and W. W. Wirth (Ephydridae) of the Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA; S. W. T. Batra (Halictidae) of the Beneficial Insect Introduction Laboratory, USDA; D. R. Davis (Olethreutidae) of the National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution; R. W. Baumann (Embioptera) of Brigham Young University; J. C. Hall (Bombyliidae) of the University of California, Riv- erside; and D. M. DeLong (Cicadellidae) of Ohio State University. 268 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON J. Wilcox, 7551 Vista Del Sol, Anaheim, California, is also thanked for his confirmation of the identity of P. leucopogon. LITERATURE CITED Adamovic, Z. R. 1963. Ecology of some asilid-species (Asilidae, Diptera) and their relation to honey bee (Apis mellifica L.). Mus. D’Histoire Naturelle de Beogard, Hors serie 30: 1-104. Bromley, S. W. 1934. The robber flies of Texas (Diptera, Asilidae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. ASS: ——. 1945. Insect enemies of the house fly, Musca domestica L. J. New York Entomol. Soc. 53: 145-152. Dennis, D. S. and R. J. Lavigne. 1975. Comparative behavior of Wyoming robber flies II (Diptera: Asilidae). Univ. Wyo. Agr. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr., No. 30, iv + 68 pp. James, M. T. 1938. A systematic and ecological study of the robber flies (Asilidae) of Colo- rado. Univ. Colo. Stud. 26: 70-74. ——.. 1941. The robber flies of Colorado (Diptera: Asilidae): J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 14: 27-53. Lavigne, R. J. and F. R. Holland. 1969. Comparative behavior of eleven species of Wyoming robber flies (Diptera: Asilidae). Univ. Wyo. Agr. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr., No. 18, 61 pp. Melin, D. 1923. Contributions to the knowledge of the biology, metamorphosis and distribution of the Swedish asilids in relation to the whole family of asilids. Zool. Bidr. Upps. 8: 1- SHI7/- Rogers, L. E. and R. J. Lavigne. 1972. Asilidae of the Pawnee National Grasslands, in north- eastern Colorado. Univ. Wyo. Agr. Exp. Stn. Sci. Monogr., No. 25, 35 pp. Wilcox, J. 1965. Proctacanthella Bromley (Diptera: Asilidae). J. Kans. Entomol. Soc. 38: 106-110. ‘ | { rf ) 4 ' a PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 269-275 SEASONAL HISTORY AND HOST PLANTS OF THE ANT MIMIC BARBERIELLA FORMICOIDES POPPIUS, WITH DESCRIPTION OF THE FIFTH-INSTAR (HEMIPTERA: MIRIDAE) A. G. WHEELER, JR. AND THOMAS J. HENRY Bureau of Plant Industry, Pennsylvania Department of Agriculture, Har- risburg, Pennsylvania 17120. Abstract.—The first host records are provided for the ant-mimetic mirid Barberiella formicoides Poppius, generally considered a rare species. Sea- sonal history on apple and crabapple is summarized, and notes are given on behavior, association with ants, and food habits. The fifth-instar nymph is described and illustrated. Barberiella formicoides Poppius is an ant-mimetic mirid belonging to the subfamily Mirinae, tribe Herdoniini. This interesting species has been con- sidered rare, and no host plant has been recorded. Nearly all treatment of this mirid in the literature reflects an uncertain taxonomic status. During 1974-75 we observed a large population of B. formicoides on crabapple, Malus sp., in Dauphin Co., near Harrisburg in central Pennsyl- vania and collected this species in 8 additional counties. In this paper we summarize our data on seasonal history and host plants; present somewhat fragmentary and anecdotal information on searching behavior, food habits, and association with ants; and describe and illustrate the fifth-instar nymph. Taxonomic history.—Poppius (1914) described the new ant-mimetic genus Barberiella with B. formicoides as the only included species. His descrip- tion was based on a single female collected at Brownsville, Texas, on May 25, 1904; this probably was the specimen illustrated in color by Poppius (1921). Knight (1923) described B. apicalis from Long Island and Staten Island, New York, noting that this striking ant mimic resembled a large species of the mirid genus Pilophorus. Blatchley (1926a) then described the new species brimleyi, in the genus Pilophorus, from North Carolina. Knight (1927) examined Blatchley’s brimleyi and considered this species conspe- cific with apicalis. Blatchley (1928a, 1928b) explained his reasons for over- looking Poppius’ and Knight’s descriptions and, in 1930, accepted Knight's (1929) conclusion. 270 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON More recently, Carvalho and Ferreira (1973) treated B. apicalis as distinct from B. formicoides, at the time known only from Texas. However, Car- valho and Schaffner (1975) examined male genitalia of the taxa described by Poppius, Knight, and Blatchley and concluded that both B. apicalis and B. brimleyi were junior synonyms of B. formicoides (although southern specimens tend to be more reddish-brown and, as we have found, more densely pubescent than northern examples). Including records for all 3 names, this species has been reported from Illinois, Georgia, Mississippi, Missouri, New York, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, Texas, and Mexico (Carvalho, 1959; Carvalho and Schaffner, 1975; Henry and Smith, 1979). A new record is Arkansas, Craighead Co., Aug. 28, 1957, E. Nickerson (USNM). Seasonal history and host plants.—On July 17, 1974, while beating branches of crabapple trees in a roadside planting near Harrisburg (Dauphin Co.), Pa., we collected several fourth- and fifth-instar mirid nymphs that were distinguishable from ants only after careful scrutiny. The nymphs strongly resembled the black ant, Formica subsericea Say, collected with the mirids. When reared to maturity in the laboratory, the species was identified as B. formicoides. Additional collecting from the more than 20 ornamental crabapples that lined both sides of the road revealed about 25- 30 late instars of the “‘rare’’ species. We then returned to a group of pin oaks, Quercus palustris Muenchh., in Harrisburg where we had taken our only previous specimens of this ant mimic, two males, on July 18, 1973. No specimens of B. formicoides were found after extensive collecting and ob- servation, but several late instars were taken on trunks of apple trees, Malus sylvestris Miller, growing near the pin oaks. Further collecting in the Harrisburg area showed that instars III-V were common from mid- to late July. The first adult was collected on July 19 from the large population on trunks of crabapple, but the majority of the population consisted of late instars until the last week in July. A fifth instar was collected from this population as late as August 6. Our latest record of nymphs is a fifth instar taken on August 15 in Lancaster Co. Adults were present on apple and crabapple in the Harrisburg area until the last week in August. In 1975 the crabapples that had harbored large numbers of B. formicoides the previous year were sampled weekly beginning in mid-May. No nymphs were beaten from main branches or observed on trunks until a second instar was found on July 3, suggesting that overwintering eggs had begun to hatch in late June. Third instars were collected on July 10, and fourth instars on July 18. Development of populations in the Harrisburg area appeared to be somewhat later than in 1974; adults were not collected until July 28. Our observations on seasonal history, plus specimens in museum collec- tions and records from the literature, indicate that B. formicoides is a uni- VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 271 voltine, relatively late-appearing species. The earliest record of adults in the eastern states is June 24 in Wake Co., North Carolina (USNM), and June 27 at Shawneetown, Illinois, near the Kentucky border (Knight, 1941). All other eastern records are for July and August (Knight, 1923; Blatchley, 1926b; Froeschner, 1949). Apple (12 localities) and crabapple (9) were the principal host plants of B. formicoides in Pennsylvania. Populations of the mirid were found on several ornamental cultivars of crabapple in nurseries and landscape plant- ings and on unsprayed apple trees in yards, fields, and along roadsides. A small population was present in an Adams Co. orchard in the principal apple-growing region of southcentral Pennsylvania. Typically only one or two specimens were found on trunks or beaten from branches of a single tree, but on crabapple at the main study site near Harrisburg ten nymphs and adults were taken on a single tree on July 21, with 3.2 the average number encountered in a five-tree sample. Although we collected nearly throughout the state on apple and crabapple, we encountered B. formicoides only in nine southcentral and southeastern counties: Adams, Berks, Ches- ter, Cumberland, Dauphin, Juniata, Lancaster, Lebanon, Montgomery, and York. When B. formicoides was taken on other plant species, apple or crabapple trees usually were growing nearby. In such situations we collected a few adults on Viburnum spp. in two nurseries and on the rosaceous tree Mes- pilus germanica **Medlar’’ in an arboretum. One adult was beaten from a hedge of Amorpha fruticosa L. with no rosaceous plants growing in the vicinity. In a mixed planting of fruit trees in York Co., nymphs were com- mon not only on apple but also on peach, pear, and persimmon. Although no host associations have been recorded in the literature, we have examined specimens in the USNM collection that had been taken on catalpa (Raleigh, N.C., July 9, 1948), peach (Bangs, Texas, May 20, 1938), and willow (Craig- head Co., Ark., Aug. 28, 1957). This mirid also has been taken at light (Wake Co., N.C., June 24, 1949). Behavior and food habits.—Barberiella formicoides nymphs and adults most often were observed running erratically up and down trunks of apple and crabapple where they strongly resemble ants in both form and behavior. In fact, this mirid appeared more common on ant-infested trunks, and we often located populations by first finding the ants. Early stage nymphs closely resemble the brown ant Lasius neoniger Emery, while later instars are somewhat darker and look more like the larger black ants commonly found on the host trunks, Camponotus nearcticus Emery and Formica sub- sericea Say. The association with the ants, if any, was not determined. The relationship appears not to be an aggressive one; when nymphs and adults encountered ants on tree trunks, they quickly retreated in all cases. It is possible that B. formicoides is part of a mullerian mimicry complex with 272 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 1-2. Barberiella formicoides, fifth instars feeding on dead caterpillars. 1, Noctuid. 2, Geometrid. Paraxenetus guttulosus (Uhler) and Pilophorus australis Knight, ant-mi- metic mirids frequently taken with Barberiella. In general, however, the possible interaction between ant-mimetic mirids and co-occurring ants has defied elucidation (Kullenberg, 1944). As nymphs and adults move quickly on trunks of host trees, the antennae are usually in constant motion, tapping the surface. At irregular intervals the proboscis is probed into bark crevices and flaps, bud scars, and lenticels. Less often nymphs and adults searched over main branches, leaves, fruit, and water sprouts. Several adults made short flights from water sprouts and trunks to upper branches. Rapid searching was sometimes interrupted by periods of near motionlessness, except for antennal waving, lasting from a few seconds to several minutes. We couid not confirm feeding in the field, but the searching behavior suggested a predacious habit. Populations of B. formicoides frequently were VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 Figs. 3-4. Barberiella formicoides, fifth instar. 3, Dorsal view. 4, Lateral view. 274 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON found on apple trees heavily infested with tetranychid mites. Eggs of brown mite, Bryobria rubrioculus (Scheuten), were discovered in bark fissures that had been probed by B. formicoides. A nymph also probed a microlepidop- teran pupal case; another was found within a curled leaf infested with apple aphid, Aphis pomi (DeGeer). In the laboratory nymphs readily fed on squashed noctuid and geometrid larvae collected from crabapple (Figs. 1, 2). A nymph was observed to prey on a leafhopper nymph taken on crabapple and another fed on larvae of the greenhouse whitefly, Trialeurodes vaporariorum (Westwood). An adult fed on three Aphis pomi nymphs but avoided alate forms of the aphid. Description of fifth instar (Figs. 3, 4).—Length 3.58—4.10 mm; strongly formicoid, uniformly dark brown to fuscous; sparsely, but evenly, clothed with stiff, erect, pale setae. Head: Length 1.20 mm, width across eyes 1.16 mm, wider than anterior margin of pronotum, vertex 0.70 mm, impunctate, posterior margin weakly carinate, front moderately convex, median slightly grooved. Rostrum: Length 1.76 mm, reaching middle of metacoxae. Anten- nae: Fuscous, clothed with fine recumbent setae; segment I, length 0.40 mm; II, 1.66 mm; III, 1.00 mm; IV, 0.66 mm. Pronotum: Length 0.84 mm, median width 0.96 mm, anterior and posterior angles rounded, uniformly fuscous, median line somewhat paler, impunctate with a pair of punctures at middle on either side of median, area representative of calli along anterior margin weakly depressed; wing pads long, reaching base of 3rd abdominal segment. Abdomen fuscous, bulbous, Ist and 2nd segments narrowed into antlike pedicel, segment III widened dorsally, extending posteriorly along median line. Venter and legs uniformly fuscous. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We are grateful to Benjamin R. Stinner for his help in collecting and making field and laboratory observations. LITERATURE CITED Blatchley, W. S. 1926a. Some new Miridae from the eastern United States. Entomol. News. 37: 163-169. ———. 1926b. Heteroptera or true bugs of eastern North America. Nature Publ. Co., Indi- anapolis. 1116 pp. . 1928a. **Quit-claim”’ specialists vs. the making of manuals. Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 23: 10-18. ———. 1928b. Notes on the Heteroptera of Eastern North America with descriptions of new species, I. J. N.Y. Entomol. Soc. 36: 1-23. . 1930. Blatchleyana. A list of the published writings of W. S. Blatchley, A.B., A.M., L L.D., of Indianapolis, Indiana and Dunedin, Florida. Nature Publ. Co., Indianapolis. 77 pp. Carvalho, J. C. M. 1959. Catalogue of the Miridae of the world. Part IV. Subfamily Mirinae. Arq. Mus. Nac. Rio de J. 48: 1-384. and P. S. F. Ferreira. 1973. Mirideos Neotropicalis, CLXVII: Estudos sobre a tribo VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 275 Herdoniini Distant. V—Género Barberiella Poppius, 1914 (Hemiptera). Rev. Bras. Biol. 33(suppl.): 125-131. and J. C. Schaffner. 1975. Neotropical Miridae, CXCI: Descriptions of two new genera and new species of Herdoniini with a note on synonymy (Hemiptera). Rev. Bras. Biol. 35: 349-358. Froeschner, R. C. 1949. Contributions to a synopsis of the Hemiptera of Missouri, Pt. IV. Hebridae, Mesoveliidae, Cimicidae, Anthocoridae, Cryptostemmatidae, Isometopidae, Miridae. Am. Midl. Nat. 42: 123-188. Henry, T. J. and C. L. Smith. 1979. An annotated list of the Miridae of Georgia (Hemiptera- Heteroptera). J. Ga. Entomol. Soc. 14: 212-220. Knight, H. H. 1923. Family Miridae (Capsidae), pp. 422-658. Jn Britton, W. E. (Ed.). The Hemiptera or sucking insects of Connecticut. Bull. Conn. St. Geol. Nat. Hist. Surv. No. 34. . 1927. On the Miridae in Blatchley’s ‘‘Heteroptera of Eastern North America.’’ Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 22: 98-105. 1929. Rectifications for Blatchley’s ‘‘Heteroptera’’ with the description of a new species (Hemiptera). Bull. Brooklyn Entomol. Soc. 24: 143-154. . 1941. The plant bugs, or Miridae, of Illinois. Ill. Nat. Hist. Surv. Bull. 22: 1-234. Kullenberg, B. 1944. Studien iiber die Biologie der Capsiden. Zool. Bidr. Upps. 23: 1-522. (Preprint). Poppius, B. 1914. Einige neue Miriden-Gattungen und Arten aus Nord-Amerika und Cuba. Ann. Soc. Entomol. Belg. 58: 255-261. . 1921. Fam. Miridae, pp. 32-65. Jn Poppius, B. and E. Bergroth. Beitrage zur Kenntnis der myrmecoiden Heteropteren. Ann. Hist. Nat. Mus. Natl. Hung. 18: 31-88. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 276-283 A FOURTH SPECIES OF TOXOPTERELLA HILLE RIS LAMBERS (HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE) FROM NORTH AMERICA WITH A KEY TO SPECIES' CLYDE F. SMITH Department of Entomology, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27650. Abstract.—Keys are given to the fundatrices and alate viviparae of the known species of Toxopterella. Alate viviparae and fundatrices of Toxop- terella stroyani, n. sp. are described from Crataegus sp., Linville, and Blow- ing Rock, North Carolina. The genus Toxopterella was described by Hille Ris Lambers (1960: 263) with 7. canadensis Hille Ris Lambers from Crataegus as the type-species. MacGillivray and G. A. Bradley (1961: 1000) described 7. (Sorbobium) drepanosiphoides as a new subgenus and species from Sorbus. Hille Ris Lambers (1962:147) described 7. smithi from Pyrus angustifoliae and stated: ‘T believe Sorbobium can better be dropped as a subgenus of Toxopterel- la.’ However, Eastop and Hille Ris Lambers (1976: 432) and Smith and Parron (1978: 288) retained Sorbobium as a subgenus of Toxopterella. 1 believe this is justified because of the characteristics of the siphunculi (Fig. 4). The pertinent characteristics of Toxopterella are: Dorsum in fundatrices and nymphal alatae extremely hairy, not sclerotic in apterae and not with a sclerotic patch on abdomen in alatae; alatae may have sclerotic bars on the abdomen; hind tibiae in larvae and adults with soundpegs as in Toxop- tera, processus terminalis characteristically pointed with two setae at the tip and one seta at base of the two at the tip; secondary rhinaria conspic- uously transversely oval; if three setae on the first tarsal joints are present, then the middle seta very much longer than the two lateral setae; siphunculi with a flange; cauda very short, may be somewhat triangular and/or pointed. Hille Ris Lambers (1962: 147) stated: ‘‘The generic position of Toxopter- ella is rather clear. There is only a small number of Aphidine genera with ' Paper number 6108 of the Journal Series of the North Carolina Agricultural Research Service, Raleigh, North Carolina. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 277 a pointed processus terminalis and these genera are all associated with moss- esi H. L. G. Stroyan (personal communication) indicated that Toxopterella was very close to Muscaphis. I have seen two specimens determined as Muscaphis musci Borner, one specimen determined by Hille Ris Lambers and one specimen determined by Stroyan. I have also seen two specimens from the British Museum which were determined as Muscaphis sp. and appear to be the same as the other two specimens. In these specimens, the front of the head is flat and the siphunculi do not have a flange, whereas in the specimens of 7. stroyani, n. sp., which resembles the four specimens mentioned above in most other respects, the front of the head has distinct antennal tubercles, and the flange on the siphunculi is quite distinct. Transfer tests are needed between Toxopterella species and moss. This would be a difficult job because alates of Toxopterella are difficult to obtain, in fact the best way to obtain them is to find the stem mother and cage her in a cloth cage after all predators have been removed. Also, it would be necessary to transfer to several different species of moss. The alate specimens of “‘Muscaphis’’ were captured by trapping, there- fore, they are not necessarily associated with M. musci. If specimens similar to the four specimens of ‘‘Muscaphis’’ listed above can be definitely associated with Muscaphis, it will be necessary to make Toxopterella a synonym of Muscaphis or at least a subgenus. Toxopterella stroyani Smith, NEw SPECIES Fig. 1 Fundatrices (9 specimens).—Living specimens: Black with very many setae. Cleared specimens: Dark brown on head, all of antennae, append- ages, including cauda and anal plate. Slightly paler on basal *%4 of profemora and slightly lighter in central to distal % of the tibiae. Distal end of tibiae darker but not as dark as the basal *4. Measurements (in millimeters) (1 specimen): Body 2.45, antennal seg- ment III 0.46, IV 0.22, V 0.13 + 0.20, rostral IV + V 0.14, hind tibia 1.10, metatarsomere II 0.11, siphunculi 0.45, cauda 0.10 and bearing 4 setae. Tarsal chaetotaxy 2-2-2, setae on antennal segment III 2.5 times base of antennal segment III, setae on dorsum of abdomen long, numerous, usually curved, 0.05 to 0.06, similar to setae on antennal segment III. Head and abdomen very rough or rugose with wartlike projections. Left hind tibia with about 12 soundpegs. Fundatrices distinguished from other species of Toxopterella by charac- ters given in key. Alate viviparae (111 specimens).—Color of living material, nymphs (37 specimens), and alate, dark reddish. Cleared specimens dark on head, tho- rax, all of antennae, siphunculi, cauda, and anal plate. Legs dusky, being 278 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 1. Toxopterella stroyani. A, Fundatrix, siphunculus and cauda. B, Alate vivipara, head and antennal segments I-III. C, Alate vivipara, siphunculi and cauda. (Photographs in Figs. 1-4 are of the same magnification.) VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 279 Fig. 2. Toxopterella smithi. A, Alate vivipara, head and antennal segments I-III . B, Alate vivipara, siphunculi and cauda. C, Fundatrix, cauda. D, Fundatrix, siphunculus. | | 280 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON slightly lighter on middle of tibia and basal portion of femora. Dark on wing veins with a slight halo. Abdomen occasionally with faint scleroites around base of a few setae. In general, abdomen pale with scleroites only on lateral margins. Measurements: Length of body (first measurement is that of holotype; measurements in parentheses are range for 6 specimens): 1.73 (1.60-1.95), width of head 0.42 (0.39-0.42), antennal segment III 0.38 (0.38—0.50), IV 0.27 (0.26—-0.30), V 0.31 (0.26—-0.31), VI 0.18 (0.14—0.18) + 0.81 (0.54-0.81), rostral IV + V 0.12 (0.112-0.12), hind tibia 1.20 (1.11—1.24), hind tarsus 0.07 (0.07—0.09), siphunculus 0.16 (0.15—0.20), cauda 0.08 (0.07-0.09), an- tennae with large tuberculate, oval to oblong rhinaria on antennal segment III, 36 (38-50), IV 27 (26-30), V 20 (26-31). Primary rhinarium on antennal segment V similar to secondary rhinaria, may be larger. Primary rhinarium on antennal segment VI, oval. R IV + V with 4—5S accessory setae, cauda with 4—S setae. Tarsal chaetotaxy 3-3-3, with | large stout seta and 2 shorter ones laterad. In some specimens the large stout seta missing. Alate viviparae separated from other known species of Toxopterella by characters given in key. Type-locality.—Linville and Blowing Rock, North Carolina. Types.—Holotype from collection no. 66-242, | alate specimen, labeled no. | on a slide from collection no. 66-242, Linville, North Carolina, July 2, 1962 on Crataegus, collector C. F. Smith. The holotype with paratypes from the same collection and collection no. 79-6, Blowing Rock, North Carolina, June 20, 1979, in U.S. National Museum of Natural History. Para- types in the collections of the U.S. National Museum of Natural History; Canadian National Collection, Ottawa; British Museum (Natural History); North Carolina State University; H. L. G. Stroyan; and the author. Collections.—On Crataegus sp., Linville, North Carolina, June 1, 1966 (coll. 66-157) by H. L. G. Stroyan and Clyde F. Smith. Alate viviparae from same tree as collection 66-157. Collection no. 66-242, Linville, North Car- olina, July 2, 1966 by Clyde F. Smith. Collection no. 79-6, on Crataegus punctata Jacquin (determined by J. W. Hardin), Blowing Rock, North Car- olina, June 20, 1979 by Crystle K. Smith and Clyde F. Smith. Etymology.—Named in honor of H. L. G. Stroyan who assisted in making the first collection of this species and suspected it was new to science. KEY TO SPECIES OF TOXOPTERELLA Alatae L; Siphunculi nearly parallel sided, imbricated ..................... pe _ Siphunculi with basal half distinctly swollen, diameter nearly 2 times the smallest diameter of the distal half. Imbricated on distal half and on caudal half of base, ventral surface of base smooth VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 281 Fig. 3. Toxopterella canadensis. A, Alate vivipara, head and antennal segments I-III. B, Alate vivipara, siphunculus. C, Fundatrix, siphunculus. HENS Al MOIS OF OIL Siteee tere ae ceat eco oiled eee a ag oe Re RCE Bes ea T. (Sorbobium) drepanosiphoides MacGillivray and Bradley 2(1). Siphunculi about 0.17 mm long, with denticulate imbrications on SHuULe lene OR ChALMESUS. SPDs ss.) suk ae menos aie ae 3 - Siphunculi about 0.35 mm long, with denticulate imbrications only Onrdistal End (Big. 2) Hone yrs GNeUSTIPOlG s..cn gcse sens odes. pee Fan 5 SOs Sieve Aghios ee T. smithi Hille Ris Lambers 282 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON at EEO, . 4 >. »* ya Fig. 4. Toxopterella (Sorbobium) drepanosiphoides. A, Alate vivipara, head and antennal segments I-III. B, Alate vivipara, siphunculi and cauda. C, Fundatrix, siphunculus. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 283 3(2). Primary rhinaria on antennal segment V about as wide as long, distinctly larger than secondary rhinaria. Protarsomere I with 2 very short setae. Abdomen with dark intersegmental sclerites with a tendency to transverse bars on abdominal tergites V—VIII (Fig. Bi) Leo hold o oe coorcs Rae Se eae T. canadensis Hille Ris Lambers - Primary rhinaria on antennal segment V usually not as wide as long, often difficult to distinguish from secondary rhinaria (a vari- able character). Protarsomere I usually with 2 short setae laterad of the 1 long seta. Abdomen without dark intersegmental sclerites and transverse bars on abdominal tergites V—VII. Siphunculi rel- atively thin and delicate compared with canadensis (see Figs. 1 DUA | 23) pepe AAs RU ae oR Ne T. stroyani, new species Fundatrices 1. Siphunculi more than 0.5 mm long, usually 0.6—0.7 mm. Antennae paleronescements Willama WV) Oe ines cos s,5's es ae oe ok ae 2 ~ Siphunculi less than 0.5 mm long, usually about 0.4 mm. Anten- NacwaLKe OMPSEPMENS Vian Vite. ps os suck se Seger ames ee 3 2(1). Setae on dorsum of abdomen about same density as on sides of ACOs ye ce ee Ie TS Oe aie ae he eee ee Sore T. (Sorbobium) drepanosiphoides MacGillivray and Bradley ~ Setae on dorsum of abdomen much more sparse than on sides of PALSIG FST VeLtT SOR SR SCREENS Concent Se ee T. smithi Hille Ris Lambers 3(1). Front of head nearly straight, antennal tubercles absent or devel- OPEdeVery SUOMOY «ts sce cx. olor. sn T. canadensis Hille Ris Lambers _ Front of head with antennal tubercles well developed .......... SUS 5 SMe EO OE ee Rc en © an a T. stroyani, new species ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I greatly appreciate the opinions expressed by D. Hille Ris Lambers, H. L. G. Stroyan, and Victor Eastop concerning specimens of Toxopterella and Muscaphis which they examined. I also appreciate specimens of Tox- opterella from W. R. Richards, Canadian National Collection, Ottawa, and D. Hille Ris Lambers. LITERATURE CITED Eastop, V. F. and D. Hille Ris Lambers. 1976. Survey of the World’s Aphids. Dr. W. Junk b.v., The Hague. 573 pp. Hille Ris Lambers, D. 1960. Some new genera and species of aphids from Canada (Homoptera: Aphididae). Can. Entomol. 92: 251-65. 1962. A third species of Toxopterella Hille Ris Lambers (Homoptera: Aphididae) from North America. Fla. Entomol. 45: 143-8. MacGillivray, M. E. and G. A. Bradley. 1961. A new subgenus and species of Toxopterella Hille Ris Lambers (Homoptera: Aphididae), from Sorbus. Can. Entomol. 93: 999-1005. Smith, C. F. and C. S. Parron. 1978. An annotated list of Aphididae (Homoptera) of North America. N. C. Agric. Exp. Stn. Tech. Bull. No. 255: 1-428. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 284-292 A NEW SPECIES OF PHERBELLIA ROBINEAU-DESVOIDY WITH NOTES ON THE P. VENTRALIS GROUP (DIPTERA: SCIOMYZIDAE) R. E. OrtH, G. C. STEYSKAL, AND T. W. FISHER (REO, TWF) Department of Entomology, Division of Biological Control, University of California, Riverside, California 92521; (GCS) Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Washington, D.C. 20560. Abstract.—Pherbellia subtilis, n. sp., from North America, is separated from the Holarctic P. obscura Ringdahl. Terminalia illustrations and geo- graphic distribution are given for P. obscura Ringdahl, P. subtilis, n. sp., and P. ventralis (Fallen). All are members of the P. ventralis group. Worldwide within the family Sciomyzidae, Pherbellia (tribe Sciomyzini) is the largest genus, comprising 104 nominal species (Bratt et al., 1969). In addition, there are numerous undescribed species which bear manuscript names. The definitive work on the biology of Pherbellia was written by Bratt et al. (1969). The larvae of all Pherbellia species whose life histories are known are obligate snail feeders and are typical of all Sciomyzini in that all are terrestrial in development. Well-developed float hairs that typify the aquatic Tetanocerini are lacking in Sciomyzini. The first-instar larva is para- sitoid, its host snail dying after being fed upon for several days. The larva may then feed on the decaying tissues of the host snail. As development continues second- and third-instar larvae in some cases behave as overt predators quickly killing their host snails. This paper is concerned with closely related species in the subgenus Che- tocera according to RozkoSny’s (1964) subgeneric classification. These species belong to the P. ventralis group. This group comprises both Pa- laearctic and Nearctic species which, according to Steyskal (1966), includes Pherbellia ventralis (Fallén), P. scutellaris Roser, and P. bezzii Hendel (1902) [=P. pallidicarpa Rondani (1868) (Verbeke, 1964)]. Pherbellia ob- scura Ringdahl and the new species P. subtilis, which is here separated from P. obscura, are also included in this group. Key characters which separate Pherbellia obscura, P. subtilis, and P. ventralis from other members of the genus are: Frons with median stripe VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 285 ————— 0.4mm Figs. 1-3. Pherbellia subtilis, holotype male. 1, Postabdomen, sinistral view, inverted. 2, Posterior view of postabdomen, inverted. 3, Anterior surstylus, viewed in broadest aspect. as = anterior surstylus; ce = cerci; ea = ejaculatory apodeme; ep = epandrium; ps = poste- rior surstylus. 286 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON less than % as long as distance from ocellus to frontal margin; mesopleuron entirely bare; wing not patterned; halter yellowish white; first vein distinctly surpassing level of ta; arista bare; hind femur and tibia not blackened at tips; pteropleural setae all subequal in length; antenna testaceous, without well marked blackish tip. Pherbellia subtilis Orth and Steyskal, NEw SPECIES Figs. 1-6 P. obscura: Bratt et al. 1969: 73-74 (in part). P. ventralis: Steyskal 1965: 687 (misidentification). Holotype male.—Height of head 74 width. Medifacies yellowish pruinose, facial grooves subshiny, parafacies and cheeks pruinose yellowish to whitish respectively. Frons dull yellowish, slightly narrowed anteriorly. Mid-frontal stripe extending less than 2 distance from anterior ocellus to anterior mar- gin of frons. Ocellar triangle and orbital plates with greyish pruinosity. Or- bital plates strongly tapered anteriorly, extending slightly beyond midfrontal stripe. Orbito-antennal spot light brown, indistinct; narrow strip of grey pruinosity along upper orbital margin. Two pairs of fronto-orbital bristles, anterior pair 74 as long; ocellars, postocellars, and inner and outer verticals well developed. Occiput greyish pruinose. Short black setae on lower % of cheeks and parafacies on anterior 2 of frons, between ocellar and post- ocellar bristles, along outer parts of orbital plates, and in midcervial patch. Lateral occipital margins with stronger setae and bristles. Antennae testa- ceous, segment 3 elongate oval, dorsal margin straight. Arista brownish black, without hairs. Palpi yellowish, labium and labella brownish. Thorax grey, pruinose dorsally with darker grey pruinose longitudinal stripes. Mesopleuron with trace of brown posteriorly. Remainder of thoracic surfaces grey pruinose. Mesopleuron bare. Pteropleuron with cluster of 8 bristles of nearly equal size; no vallar bristles. Sternopleuron with fine, short setae over most of surface and well-developed bristles ventrally. Prosternum bare. Coxae testaceous with silvery pruinosity. Fore femur and tibia brownish black. Tarsal segments light brown. Mid and hind legs entirely testaceous, slightly infumated. Wing length 4.0 mm. Membrane greyish-yellow hyaline; costal margin and wing veins testaceous to brownish; crossveins very slightly infuscated. No stump veins; anterior crossvein oblique, first vein ending well beyond level of anterior crossvein; anal vein reaching wing margin. Halter, squama, and squamal ciliae yellowish white. Abdominal segments testaceous, slightly infumated dorsally; andrium tes- taceous; postabdomen as in Figs. 1-3; copulatory apparatus as in Figs. 4-6. Allotype female.—Same as holotype except as follows: Abdominal seg- ments testaceous mottled with brown. Wing length 4.5 mm. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 = ny i 6 Figs. 4-6. Pherbellia subtilis, holotype male. 4, Aedeagal complex, ventral view. 5, Ae- deagus and apodemes, lateral view, inverted. 6, Ejaculatory apodeme, ventral view. aa = aedeagal apodeme; ea = ejaculatory apodeme. Holotype.—Male, California, Mendocino Co., 3.2 km N of Willits, Hwy. 101, 23 April 1968, elevation 405 m, T. W. Fisher—R. E. Orth, field notes 75550. accession no. AS-669. U.S. National Museum of Natural History Type no. 287 288 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Allotype.—Female, California, Mendocino Co., 3.2 km N of Willits, Hwy. 101, 24 April 1968, 405 m, T. W. Fisher-R. E. Orth, field notes accession no. AS-671. Deposited with holotype. Paratypes.—Restricted to California material collected by T. W. Fisher and R. E. Orth. Alpine Co., Hope Valley, 3.2 km NW of junction of Hwy. 88 and 89, 2253 m, 12 July 1966 (1 3); 3.2 km S of Woodfords, Hwy. 89, 1798 m, 11 July 1966 (1 3); Inyo Co., 12 mi W of Big Pine, 2316 m, 22 May 1968 (1 2°); Marin Co., 3.2 km NW of Bolinas, 24 April 1968 (1 3); Men- docino Co., 3.2 km N of Willits, Hwy. 101, 405 m, 24 May 1967, 23 and 24 April 1968 (3 22, 20 dd); Nevada Co., 1.6 km NW of Boca Springs, 1753 m, 7 June 1966 (1 3); Riverside Co., Lake Hemet, 1372 m, 22 April 1965, 16 March and 29 April (1 2, 2 dd); San Bernardino Co., Little Cienega Seca, 2347 m, 24 and 31 May 1966, 18 May and 19 June 1967, 16 May 1968, 11 and 17 June 1970 (22 22, 14 d¢). At the California Academy of Sci- ences, University of California at Riverside, and the U.S. National Museum of Natural History. Other specimens.—In addition we have seen material from the following localities: Alberta: 64 km W of Edmonton, Wabamun Lake. Manitoba: Churchill. California: Fresno Co., Sequoia Lake (A. L. Melander collec- tion); San Bernardino Co., Upper Santa Ana River (A. L. Melander collec- tion). Colorado: Lake Co., Tennessee Pass. Jdaho: Bonner Co., Priest Lake, Lookout Mt.; Elmore Co., Dixie; Latah Co., Robinson Lake. New Mexico: Colfax Co., Cimarron Cyn. New York: Tompkins Co., Ringwood, Dryden. Oregon: Benton Co., Mary’s Peak (U.S. National Museum of Nat- ural History material). Washington: Clallam Co., Bogechiel, Bogechiel Riv- er (California Academy of Science material). Variation.—This species shows considerable variation in color. Speci- mens collected east of California have grey areas of the thorax often re- placed in part or totally by tan or brown. The head, abdomen, and legs also show a wide range of color variation. Bristles in the cluster on the ptero- pleuron range in number from 5 to 10. Wing length 3.4—4.5 mm in males, 3.5—4.5 mm in females. Discussion.—Biological information supplied for Pherbellia obscura by Bratt et al. (1969) must now be assigned to P. subtilis. Their laboratory rearings were started from adults collected April 21, 1959, at Robinson Lake, Idaho by B. A. Foote. Their field and laboratory observations indi- cated Lymnaea humilis (Say) and other species of Lymnaea were the pre- ferred larval hosts. In the laboratory fly eggs were laid on and under bits of moss and on shells of Lymnaea. P. subtilis larvae were more solitary in their feeding habits than most other species of Pherbellia. Mature larvae left the snails’ shells and pupated in the moss. We have seen material from this locality collected by B. A. Foote in May and June of 1959 which clearly keys to P. subtilis. His laboratory and field data and the earliest and latest VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 289 ——— ee 0.4mm ) Figs. 7-9. Pherbellia obscura, Kvikkjokk, Norrbotten, Sweden, June 18, 1967, L. V. Knut- son. 7, Postabdomen, sinistral view, inverted. 8, Posterior view of postabdomen, inverted. 9, Anterior surstylus, viewed in broadest aspect. 290 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON capture records reported by Bratt et al. (1969) (March 3, Salem, Oregon and September 9, Mt. Orford, Quebec) suggest the species is multivoltine. How- ever, in southern California adults of P. subtilis have been collected only in late winter and spring. The earliest and latest collections at Lake Hemet, Riverside County, 1372 m elevation, were March 16 and April 29 (1965 to 1966), and at Little Cienega Seca, San Bernardino County, 2347 m elevation, May 16 and June 19 (1966 to 1970). Frequent collecting trips were made to these two sites throughout the year with no extension of seasonal capture records. Therefore, our data indicate the species is univoltine in southern California. At one or both sites adults were associated with the following sciomyzid species: Antichaeta testacea Melander, Atrichomelina pubera (Loew), Dictya montana Steyskal, Hoplodictya acuticornis (van der Wulp), Pherbellia nana (Fallen), P. parallela (Walker), P. trabeculata (Loew), P. vitalis (Cresson), Sepedon bifida Steyskal, S. pacifica Cresson, and Tetan- ocera plumosa Loew. Snails found at one or both sites included Succinea californiensis Fischer and Crosse, Physa virgata (Gould), Helisoma tenue californiensis Baker, and snails in the genera Lymnaea and Stagnicola. The three species within the P. ventralis group which most closely re- semble each other are Pherbellia ventralis (Figs. 10-12), P. obscura (Figs. 7-9), and P. subtilis, n. sp. (Figs. 1-6). Excellent terminalia drawings of P. ventralis are in RozkoSny’s (1966) review of Czechoslovakian Sciomyzidae. Ringdahl (1948) illustrated the anterior surstyli of P. ventralis and P. ob- scura. These three species we assume to be monophyletic. They cannot be separated with any degree of confidence by external characters because color, size, and setation are too variable. Positive identification can be made by examination of the male terminalia. For interpretation of the male cop- ulatory apparatus (Figs. 4-6) refer to Steyskal and Knutson (1975). Geo- graphic determination is also possible if locality data indicate that specimens were collected in areas far removed from areas of overlap. Pherbellia ventralis is a Palaearctic species whose distribution has not been fully documented. According to Bratt et al. (1969), ‘‘Pherbellia ven- tralis is one of 6 species of Sciomyzidae known from Iceland. It has also been taken in the northern and southern parts of the British Isles and from central Sweden (Umea) southward to Spain (Canet, near Valencia), Greece (Corfu), and Turkey (Istanbul).”’ In Steyskal (1965: 687), the distribution for P. ventralis in the United States should be ascribed to P. subtilis. Pherbellia obscura is a Holarctic species. All northern Fennoscandian records according to Bratt et al. (1969) are probably P. obscura rather than P. ventralis. North American specimens seen by the authors place P. ob- scura in Canada and Alaska; records from south of Canada are suspect. The known range for P. subtilis extends from southwestern Canada south- ward to southern California. Capture records also exist from New Mexico, Colorado, and New York. Our records show that the distributions of these VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 — "=" 0.4mm ee Figs. 10-12. Pherbellia ventralis, 1 km N of Tzavrou, Merlin Marsh, Corfu, 6-14 May, 1963, L. V. Knutson. 10, Postabdomen, sinistral view, inverted. 11, Posterior view of post- abdomen, inverted. 12, Anterior surstylus, viewed in broadest aspect. Note: Anterior and Posterior surstylus strongly directed inward. 292 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON two species overlap in Alberta. The northernmost record we have of RP. subtilis is from Wabamun Lake west of Edmonton. The southernmost re- cord we have for P. obscura is from Banff. This represents an overlap of 240 kilometers for these species. Geographic isolation seems unlikely. Scar- city of material at present limits our distributional information; however, sympatric distribution of these two species will probably be confirmed in southern Canada when additional specimens are seen. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We gratefully acknowledge the assistance of Lloyd Knutson, IIBIII, USDA, Beltsville, Maryland and Ian Moore and Stuart Swanson, Depart- ment of Entomology, University of California, Riverside, for their useful suggestions and criticism in this study. LITERATURE CITED Bratt, A. D., L. V. Knutson, B. A. Foote, and C. O. Berg. 1969. Biology of Pherbellia (Diptera: Sciomyzidae). Cornell Univ. Exp. Stn. Mem. 404: 1-247. Hendel, F. 1902. Revision der Palaarktischen Sciomyziden. Abhandl. K.-k. Zool.-Bot. Gesell. Wien. 2(1): 1-94, 31 figs. Ringdahl, O. 1948. Bemerkungen zu schwedischen Sciomyziden. Opusc. Entomol. 13: 52-54. Rondani, C. 1868. Species Italicae Ordinis Dipterorum, Pars. Sexta, XIX Sciomyzinae. Dip- terologiae Italicae Prodromus, VII, pp. 7-54. Rozkosny, R. 1964. Zur Taxonomie der Gattung Pherbellia Robineau-Desvoidy (Diptera, Sciomyzidae). Acta Soc. Entomol. Cech. 61: 384-390. _____. 1966. Ceskoslovenské druhy malakofagni celedi Sciomyzidae (Diptera). Folia Priro- dovedecke Fak. J. E. Purkyne, Biologia. 15: 1-111. Steyskal, G. C. 1965. Sciomyzidae, pp. 685-695. Jn Stone et al., A Catalog of the Diptera of America North of Mexico, U.S. Dep. Agric., Agric. Handb. 276, 1696 pp. _____. 1966. The Nearctic species of Pherbellia Robineau-Desvoidy, subgenus Oxytaenia Sack (Diptera, Sciomyzidae). Pap. Mich. Acad. Sci. Arts Lett. 51: 31-38. and L. V. Knutson. 1975. The cochleate vesicle, a highly specialized device for sperm transfer in male sciomyzid flies. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 68(2): 367-370. Verbeke, J. 1964. Contribution a l'étude des dipteres malacophages. II. Données nouvelles sur la taxonomie et la répartition geographique des Sciomyzidae paléarctiques. Bull. Inst. R. Sci. Nat. Belg. 40(8): 1-27. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 293-311 SYSTEMATIC RELATIONSHIP OF THE GENUS RHAEBUS (COLEOPTERA: BRUCHIDAE) JOHN M. KINGSOLVER AND GARY S. PFAFFENBERGER (JMK) Systematic Entomology Laboratory, IIBIII, Agric. Res., Sci. and Educ. Admin., USDA, % U.S. National Museum of Natural History, Wash- ington, D.C. 20560; (GSP) Department of Biological Sciences, Eastern New Mexico University, Portales, New Mexico 88130. Abstract.—Morphological characteristics of the five species in the genus Rhaebus and of the final larval instar of Rhaebus mannerheimi Motschulsky are used to justify the inclusion of this genus in the family Bruchidae rather than in the Chrysomelidae wherein it has been placed in the past. The singular nature of certain traits of the genus, however, requires that it be relegated to a separate subfamily, the Rhaebinae. Rhaebus, which includes five species, occurs only in central Asia and breeds in the drupes of the relict plant genus Nitraria L. (Zygophyllaceae). The genus was described in Curculionides by Fischer von Waldheim (1824), but subsequent authors have placed it in the Chrysomelidae as well, and one worker even related it to the Oedemeridae. Most recent authorities, however, recognize that its roots are near the common ancestor of Bruchi- dae and the sagrine Chrysomelidae, but opinions differ as to which family it should be assigned. We herein present evidence from adult and larval morphology and behavior that we believe supports assignment of this genus to the Bruchidae. At the same time, we recognize its distinctiveness by keeping it ina monotypic subfamily, the Rhaebinae (Chapuis, 1874, as Rhae- bites). For behavioral characteristics, we drew freely from Luk’ yanovich (1939), and Luk’yanovich and Ter-Minassian (1957). An ongoing but unpublished morphological and phylogenetic study by Kingsolver is the basis for relating Rhaebus to other genera in both the Bruchidae and the Chrysomelidae. Likewise, an ongoing study of immature forms of Bruchidae by Pfaffenber- ger is the basis for the larval section of this paper. Because characteristics of the larval forms of Rhaebus have virtually been ignored, a discussion of the relationships based on the first comprehensive description of the final larval instar of R. mannerheimi Motschulsky is especially pertinent. 294 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON The family Bruchidae is singular in the Coleoptera in that, with the ex- ception of adults feeding on nectar and pollen, it is totally geared to a spermatophagous mode of development. Oviposition occurs on the surface of the seed envelope of the host plant, or on the seed itself. The first instar larva has legs, is motile, and is uniquely equipped with a toothed pronotal plate that is thought to assist the larva in eclosion and in boring through the epidermis of the fruit or seed. This plate is lost with the first molt, and the larva becomes apodal, or nearly so, feeding entirely within the seed. Pu- pation occurs with few exceptions inside the feeding excavation after the larva has drilled an escape tunnel for the adult to the surface of the seed leaving only a thin cap of epidermis for the adult to penetrate. Adults harden in the pupal chamber before emerging. This suite of characteristics indicates a long period of evolution of the seed feeding habit. Luk’ yanovich (1939) recorded perhaps the most comprehensive obser- vations of behavior of Rhaebus. He found that females of R. mannerheimi glued eggs rather indiscriminately in crevices, in feeding excavations, and upon or beneath the calyx of the developing drupe of Nitraria schoberi L., on its unopened buds and parts of the flower, and on the surfaces of thin branches. Although this randomness of site is not characteristic for most bruchids, it may illustrate the process of selection for oviposition directly on fruits by ancestral bruchids. First instar larvae of Rhaebus are not known, but later instar larvae are typically bruchid in form and habit even to the extent that they bore an escape tunnel for the adult. Luk’yanovich (1939) thought that the rather elongated and loosely organized form of the adult results from the necessity of the yet soft imago having to squeeze through a disparately small opening bored by the larva. Final hardening of the adult body occurs after emergence from the drupe. Nearly all other bruchids harden in the pupal chamber. PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF ADULT RHAEBUS Species of Rhaebus are small, metallic beetles, 3-5 mm long, with some- what elongated bodies (Fig. 1). In some of their characteristics, they show definite affinities with the subfamily Pachymerinae (Bruchidae), but some others point to an independent line of development. Each of the body regions will be discussed in detail. From an unpublished study of charac- teristics showing evolutionary trends within Bruchidae and comparison of bruchids with presumed ancestral forms in the Chrysomelidae and Ceram- bycidae, the ancestral and derived status of a number of characters in Rhae- bus can be determined with some confidence. GENERAL COMMENTS A metallic body color is unusual in bruchids and is known elsewhere in the family only in a few unrelated species, e.g., Meibomeus cyanipennis VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 295 Figs. 1-3. Rhaebus mannerheimi. 1, Habitus, lateral aspect. 2, Head, frontal aspect. 3, Antenna. 296 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON (Sharp) (Neotropics), two undescribed species of Acanthoscelides (Peru), and Bruchidius caeruleus (Champion) (India). Some of the more ancestral forms in the Chrysomelidae are metallic (Sagra, Donacia) as are many of the derived forms, but none of the more ancestral forms of bruchids except Rhaebus has this coloration. The body form of most bruchids is compact with dorsal and lateral profiles rounded, and with few protuberances. The abbreviated elytra extend only to the basal margin of the heavily sclerotized pygidium. This form is most likely a result of selection for unhindered emergence from exit holes in the seeds. The head tends to be opisthognathous with its venter capable of resting on the prosternum, and the prothorax is somewhat longitudinally arched due to the longitudinal compression of the sternal regions. HEAD Three of the five species of Rhaebus have a frontal carina (Fig. 2). Be- cause this feature is present in at least some species in every tribe of Bru- chidae, we believe this to be an ancestral character state in the family even though a carina is absent in the Sagrinae. The mandible in Rhaebus (Fig. 2) is acute apically and the median margin is sharply carinate, entire, and edentate; mandibles are crossed apically, conditions consistent with other bruchids. Antennae take several forms—subserrate, clavate, pectinate, flabellate— listed from presumed ancestral to derived. The antennae in Rhaebus are subserrate from the fourth segment (Fig. 3). THORAX, GENERAL The presence of terminal tibial spurs is probably ancestral in the ceram- bycid-chrysomelid-bruchid line; however, only one genus (Carpophagus) in the Sagrinae and one genus in the Bruchidae (Caryoborus) possess spurs on all six tibiae, although some genera have them on one or two pairs of legs. Pro- and mesotibial spurs are absent in Rhaebus, but a pair of stout bristles is present on the metatibiae at the site where tibial spurs normally would be found (Fig. 6). In bruchids except some of the Pachymerinae, the first, second, and fifth tarsal segments are elongated. The corresponding segments are also elon- gated in Rhaebus, especially in the metatarsal segments of which the first and fifth segments are greatly exaggerated (Fig. 5). In the Sagrinae, the tarsal segments are not elongated. A consistent characteristic throughout the Bruchidae (except in Rhaebus) is the presence of a basal angulate lobe on the ventral side of each tarsal claw (appendiculate claw). Appendiculate claws do not occur in the Sagri- nae. In Rhaebus, however, the claw is split, with the mesal hook of each claw nearly as long as the lateral hook (Fig. 7). Whether this represents an VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 297 Ja Figs. 4-7. Rhaebus mannerheimi. 4, Wing venation. 5, Metaleg, lateral aspect. 5a, Right metacoxa and metatrochanter, caudal aspect showing pincerlike structure. 6, Metatibia, apex, ventral aspect. 7, Tarsal claw, dorsal aspect. (cx = Coxa, Tr = Trochanter, Fe = Femur). intermediate step between an unmodified form of claw (Sagrinae) and the appendiculate form of other bruchids, or is an extension of the basal lobe found in other bruchids, cannot be determined at present. All Bruchidae (except in tribes Bruchini, Bruchidiini, and Acanthosceli- 298 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON dini in the Bruchinae) and most Chrysomelidae and Cerambycidae have exposed, moveable trochantins for the pro- and mesolegs. Trochantins are fully evident in Rhaebus. PROTHORAX The ancestral form of the pronotum in Bruchidae is deduced to be only slightly convex with the disk demarcated by a fine submarginal sulcus. Lat- eral margins are bluntly carinate with the anterolateral corner set with two or three fine setae, and the posterolateral corner is set with one or two setae. In derived forms of Bruchidae, the submarginal sulcus is partly to entirely effaced. The ancestral lateral pronotal carina has migrated ventrad at its anterolateral corner, and is either traceable as a fine, angular carina, or is effaced anteriorly with the anterior corner indicated only by the land- mark of two or three setae. In effect, the anterior portion of the pronotal disk and the lateral carina are ‘“‘wrapped’’ part way around the pronotum, and the sternal areas are laterally compressed bringing the coxae nearer to each other with concurrent compression of the intercoxal strap. The archaic form of the intercoxal strap is flat, narrowed, and with its apex meeting the postcoxal pieces at the midline; however, through lateral compression the intercoxal strap narrows to a vertical lamella, or is sunken between the coxae, and is not externally visible in its posterior one-third. In Rhaebus, the submarginal pronotal sulcus with an accompanying sharp lateral carina is well marked laterally in the basal two-thirds of the pronotum (Fig. 1), and is continuous around the truncate basal margin; however, it is barely discernible in the middle of the apical margin, and is effaced antero- laterally. The landmark setal tuft is present between the trochantin and the lateral margin of the anterior foramen. In the ancestral forms of the Bruchidae, the prosternum is long anterior to the coxal cavities in contrast to the more derived forms with a strongly reflexed (opisthognathous) head and the accompanying ventral compression of the pro- and mesosternal sclerites. The head in Rhaebus is opisthog- nathous (Fig. 1) but the prosternum is not radically shortened. A ventral transverse channel on the head allows it to be reflexed against the proster- num. MESOTHORAX The visible pleural sclerites are the mesepisternum and mesepimeron sep- arated by the pleural sulcus. In the more generalized bruchids, and in the Sagrinae, the mesepimeron is elongate trapezoidal with the mesal end form- ing part of the mesocoxal cavity. The mesal end is about one-half the width of the dorsal end. In some of the more derived bruchids (Bruchinae), as the thoracic compression evolves, the mesepisternum encroaches on the mes- epimeron at its mesal end and gradually separates it from the coxal cavity. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 299 In the extreme development of this sequence, the mesepimeron is reduced to a small dorsal triangle wedged between the mesepisternum and the met- episternum. In Rhaebus, the mesepimeron, although it mesally is somewhat narrower comparatively than in the Pachymerinae and Amblycerinae, clear- ly borders the coxal cavity (Fig. 1), a condition we regard as ancestral in Bruchidae. A primary familial characteristic of Bruchidae is striate-punctate elytra. We know of no species in which the striae are completely effaced although they may be shallowly punctate with areas where lines between punctures are absent, especially at the apex of the elytra. Punctation of the elytra in Sagrinae ranges from well-defined rows in Polyoptilus to complete absence of rows in Carpophagus. The striae in Rhaebus are distinct and regularly spaced in the basal half of the elytra but tend to become confused and randomly placed in the apical half. We regard this condition in Rhaebus as derived. METATHORAX Previously published drawings of the wing of Rhaebus (Jolivet, 1957; Luk’ yanovich and Ter-Minassian, 1957) show either a single anal vein (L. & T.), or two free cubital veins (J.). In two separate wing preparations, we have found the anal region (Fig. 4) with three cubital veins. Most of the wing prints of the Sagrinae and Pachymerinae (Jolivet, 1957; Crowson, 1946) show a closed cell on the dorsal side of 1A labeled the wedge cell. Our preparations show that many of the pachymerine wings as well as those of the genus Amblycerus (Amblycerinae) carry this cell. There is, however, no evidence of this cell in Rhaebus. Whether it has been lost, or has been incorporated into the rather thick first anal vein cannot be determined at present. We consider the evidence from wing venation to be inconclusive in determining the phylogenetic position of the subfamily. It does not, how- ever, radically depart from venation found in the Sagrinae and the more generalized groups of bruchids, and it corresponds reasonably well with Jolivet’s (1957) hypothetical ancestral chrysomeloid wing. A character commonly found in the more ancestral Cerambycidae, Chrys- omelidae (Sagrinae), and Bruchidae (Pachymerinae and Amblycerinae) is a transverse sulcus, or narrow depression in the anterior half of the metepi- sternum. In many cases, this connects mesally with a fine sulcus extending parallel to the mesopleural-metapleural sulcus and is mirrored on the meta- sternum by a similar sulcus, an extension of the postmetacoxal sulcus. These parallel sulci have been termed ‘‘parasutural sulci’? by Kingsolver (1965), and have been found even in the fossil genus Oligobruchus King- solver (Florissant). In Rhaebus, the transverse sulcus is a poorly defined depression and traces of parasutural sulci are present. We consider the condition in Rhaebus to be derived. 300 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON In all Bruchids except Rhaebus, the metatrochanter is a small, triangular piece joined diagonally to the base of the metafemur and is fitted proximally with a condyle rotating in a foramen at the proximal end of the coxa. In Rhaebus, however, the trochanter is enlarged ventrally into a blunt trian- gular process (Fig. 5). In addition, the proximal end of the metacoxa is produced caudally into a short, lamelliform plate which at one point in the rotation of the trochanter in relation to the coxa forms a pincerlike structure opposing the trochanteral plate (Fig. 5a). The function of this unusual struc- ture is unknown. This development is not found in other Bruchidae nor in Sagrinae and is obviously a derived condition probably peculiar to Rhaebus. In most species of Bruchidae, the metafemur in both sexes is strongly expanded dorsoventrally, but in certain genera (e.g., Conicobruchus, Ky- torhinus, Megacerus), it is slender, and in the Amblycerinae it is slightly incrassate. In addition to the expanded condition, the ventral margin of the femur, with some exceptions is armed with one or more spines (incidentally a primary source of subfamilial and generic characters). Both the expanded condition of the metafemur and the presence of ventral armature are com- monly found in the Sagrinae, but it is yet unclear whether an expanded femur is ancestral in Bruchidae and Sagrinae because both groups also in- clude forms with slightly expanded or ‘‘normal’’ femora. The males of the five species of Rhaebus exhibit a wide range of femoral expansion. The metafemur of R. solskyi Kraatz and R. lukjanovitschi Ter-Minassian is sim- ple and not expanded dorsoventrally and is armed with a ventral row of fine spines; R. gebleri Fischer has slightly thickened femora with ventral spines; and R. mannerheimi Motschulsky and R. komarovi Luk’yanovich have greatly expanded femora without spines (Fig. 5). In the females of these species, the metafemora are not or are only slightly thickened. Concurrent with the apparent developmental sequence from a slender to an expanded femur in Rhaebus is a derived condition of the metatibia in the male. In R. solskyi and lukjanovitschi, the tibia is slightly bowed, slen- der, and simply produced at the apex; in R. gebleri, it is slightly thickened medially, but with a simple apex; in R. mannerheimi, the tibia is asymmet- rically thickened medially (Fig. 5) and somewhat spatulate and tricuspidate apically. We have not seen specimens of R. komarovi, but the original description and illustration indicate that the tibia is similar to that of R. mannerheimi. The concurrent derived conditions in the femur and tibia in Rhaebus strongly suggest that femoral expansion is an independent evolutionary line in this genus; however, the tendency for thickened femora is probably in- herent in the Sagrinae-Bruchidae line. Chapuis (1874) was led to suggest a relationship between Rhaebus and the genus Oedemera (Oedemeridae) because of the remarkably similar de- velopment of the male hind leg in the two groups. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 301 Crowson (1946) compared the metendosternite of Rhaebus with those of some of the Sagrinae and with other Bruchidae and concluded that this structure is ‘‘essentially bruchid.”’ ABDOMEN A universal characteristic of Bruchidae is an exposed and heavily scler- otized seventh tergum—the pygidium. In Rhaebus, in addition to the py- gidium, the fifth and sixth terga are also sclerotized. Elsewhere in the Bru- chidae, this latter condition is found only in the genus Kytorhinus (Kytorhininae). The function of this sclerotization is not understood since most of the sixth and all of the fifth terga are covered by the elytra. Again this appears to be an independent development within Rhaebus. Kingsolver (1970) indicated that in the ancestral form of male genitalia in Bruchidae, the median lobe is a curved, tubular structure with the base cucullate, the apex acute and unmodified, the internal sac armed with var- iously formed sclerites, the lateral lobes present and fused basally, and the ventral tegminal strut connected to the cucullus by densely placed muscle bands forming a pump to evert the internal sac. Furthermore, the ventral portion of the tegmen ring is connected to the ventral rim of the basal orifice of the median lobe by a sclerotized membrane which, with the pump mus- cles, effectively immobilizes any movement of the median lobe through the tegmen ring. Thus, they function as one unit during copulation. These at- tributes are also characteristic at least for Sagra, Megamerus, and Carpoph- agus in the Sagrinae and collectively can be considered as a strong link between bruchids and sagrines. The male genitalia of Rhaebus deviate from the bruchid-sagrinae type only in that the cucullus and the apical portion of the medial lobe are articulated at the basal orifice allowing limited **bend- ing’ of the median lobe, whereas in the ‘“‘normal’’ bruchid-sagrine type, the anterior and posterior halves of the lobe are rigidly attached medially. The condition in Rhaebus is probably an independent development (Figs. 8, 9, 10). PHYSICAL CHARACTERISTICS OF LARVAL RHAEBUS In first instar bruchids, characters of head, pronotum, and abdomen offer reliable evidence for determining phylogenetic affinities above the species level. Later instars, on the other hand, are much less useful in this respect because of the reduction of sclerotized parts. Useful specific characters are usually present on the head, especially in the mouthparts, but indicators of higher category and phylogenetic relationships are less evident. Since the first instar of Rhaebus has not yet been seen by us, its possible contribution to the phylogenetic position of this genus remains to be deter- mined. Characteristics of the final larval instar of Rhaebus mannerheimi, however, are consistent with those of other Bruchidae. We therefore de- PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 8-10. Rhaebus mannerheimi, male genitalia. 8, Median lobe, lateral aspect. 9, Me- dian lobe, dorsal aspect of apex. 10, Lateral lobes, dorsal aspect. ————_ VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 303 scribe this stage to support our contention that Rhaebus should be assigned to the Bruchidae. Characteristics of the final instar.—Habitus: (compare Fig. 25, Luk’ yanovich and Ter-Minassian, 1957 with Fig. 1, Pfaffenberger, 1977) C- shaped, robust, width greatest in abdominal segments 1—5, segments 6-10 with noticeable taper, segment 10 buttonlike. Gradual taper exists in tho- racic segments increasing in size toward metathoracic segment. Cuticle white (Luk’yanovich, 1939), without sclerotization, setae restricted mostly to thoracic sternites, sparsely distributed over remainder of body, the latter being much shorter. Plical crests evident on metathoracic and most abdom- inal segments. Head: (Fig. 11) (see Fig. 3, Pfaffenberger, 1977) Retracted, oval, dorsoventrally flattened. Sclerotization concentrated near mouthparts. One ocellus, situated near base of mandibles and distal end of epicranial suture. Occipital foramen ventral. Antenna: (Fig. 12) (see Fig. 13, Pfaffen- berger, 1977) Located near base of mandible, 2-segmented, length subequal with broader basal segment. Apical segment with distal sensillum and elon- gate sensory seta. Length of distal seta exceeding length of distal segment. Sclerotized portion of distal segment extended as sharp points which encir- cle distal sensillum and elongate seta. Clypeolabrum: (Fig. 13) (see Figs. 3, 7, Pfaffenberger, 1977) Clypeal portion broadly rectangular with pair of proximolateral setae. Clypeolabral border flat, overlapped by transversely oval to crescent-shaped pigmented plate bearing pair of lateral setae. Distal margin of labral portion elliptical, concealed with dense mat of uniformly elongate setae. Four equidistantly spaced setae located in centrally arranged arc near proximal base of setiferous mat. Additional setal pair located on labrum near clypeolabral border and positioned between lateral extremities of pigmented plate and dense setiferous mat. Epipharynx: (Fig. 14) (see Figs. 6, 15, 22, Pfaffenberger, 1977) Anteroposterior borders biconvex. In- complete transverse suture. Two pairs of decurved setae located antero- medially, small, triangular patch of asperities subtending each proximal seta of decurved pairs. Asperitite patches bordered proximally by laterally ori- ented pair of elongate, sclerotized plates which possess quadrate proximo- lateral borders. Mandible: (Figs. 15, 16) Prognathous, monocondylic, cut- ting edge concave, smooth molar surface. Manilla: (Fig. 17) (see Fig. 9, Pfaffenberger, 1977) Cardo oblanceolate with laterally curved base; stipes bearing 7 setae in membranous region; palpifer with 2 setae located antero- medially; palpus 2-segmented, basal segment bearing pair of anteroventral setae, distal segment longer than wide and bearing 7 minute sensillae; mala with 5 anteroventral, spatulate setae, pair of small, pointed sensory setae located on anteromedial edge, sensory pore on ventrolateral aspect of mala. Single seta at anterior end of lacinia mobilis near base of mala. Labium: (Fig. 17) Palpi absent, submentum lacking, mentum longitudinally elongate PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ”) 304 12 we if Whe, ly, ay y 1 WY Y PP y, 13 Figs. 11-14. Rhaebus mannerheimi, larva. 11, Head, dorsal aspect. 12, Antenna, dorsal aspect. 13, Labrum, dorsal aspect. 14, Epipharynx, ventral aspect. (see Fig. 31D, Prevett, 1971), basal portion appearing as 2 posterolateral, sclerotized projections, flanked laterally by pair of sensory setae. Median aspect of mentum with pair of mediolateral setae isolated in membranous pockets, sensory pore located anterolaterally to each seta. Anterior aspects VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 305 Figs. 15-17. Rhaebus mannerheimi, larva. 15, Mandible, mesal face. 16, Mandible, dorsal aspect. 17, Labium and maxillae, ventral aspect. of mentum prong-like (see Fig. 32B, Prevett, 1971) with pair of setae located near distal end of each pronglike projection, glossae partially fused. Legs: Absent (Luk’yanovich, 1939). DISCUSSION OF LARVAL CHARACTERS Features of R. mannerheimi which are peculiar to the Bruchidae include: Two pairs of short, decurved epipharyngeal setae; absence of labial palpi (according to B6ving and Craighead (1931), these palpi are single segmented in Pachymerus, but this is in conflict with Pfaffenberger (1974) who found that labial palpi are absent); chaetotaxy associated with the mentum (see Prevett, 1971), hypermetamorphosis (Luk’yanovich 1939); the seed boring habit; and pupation within the excavated larval chamber. Emergence be- havior as described by Luk’ yanovich (1939) also appears similar to that of other bruchids. The following characteristics of this instar individually are not exclusively those of bruchids; nevertheless, in combination, they offer substantial sup- 306 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON port for placing Rhaebus in the Bruchidae: Shape and retracted state of the head capsule (see Figs. 3 and 4, Pfaffenberger, 1977; Fig. 2, Prevett, 1971); number and arrangement of the ocelli (1-3 in Bruchidae); shape and number of segments in the antenna (usually 2 but may be 3); habitus which according to Luk’ yanovich (1939) is identical to the bruchids; and fusion of the clypeus with labrum and its overlapping sclerotized plate bearing a pair of sensory setae (see Figs. 7, 14, 21, Pfaffenberger, 1977). The maxilla of R. manner- heimi is remarkably similar to that of other bruchids (see Pfaffenberger, 1977; Prevett, 1971). lablokoff-Khnzorian (1966) indicates that Rhaebus is more closely related to the Sagrinae than to any subfamily of the Bruchidae; however, charac- teristics of sagrine larvae would seem to indicate otherwise. The following are present in Sagrinae but lacking in Bruchidae: Two-segmented labial palpi; labrum and clypeus not fused; ocelli absent; and hypermetamorphosis lacking. The majority of larval traits discussed offer substantial evidence in favor of the inclusion of Rhaebus in Bruchidae. We lack, however, any evidence that may come from examination of the first instar of this genus. The pres- ence of an X- or H-shaped prothoracic plate in this stage would be con- vincing proof that Rhaebus belongs in the Bruchidae because this plate is apparently an exclusive family characteristic. SUMMARY AND CONCLUSIONS We have presented an analysis of some of the characteristics of species in the genus Rhaebus to give evidence for its proper placement in the beetle family Bruchidae. We propose that the spermatophagous mode of life, the form of the male genitalia, subserrate antennae, presence of a frontal carina on the head, lateral carina on the pronotum, elytral striae, and structure of larval mouth- parts are sufficient to assign Rhaebus to the Bruchidae and at the same time to exclude the genus from the sagrine Chrysomelidae. We have concluded, however, that the split tarsal claws, enlarged meta- femora (only in males), deeply emarginate eyes, wing venation, elongated metatrochanters, modified metacoxae, sclerotized fifth and sixth tergites, crossed tips of the mandibles, metallic body color, and random ovipositional behavior indicate a separate line of evolution probably early in the history of the family Bruchidae. Within the Bruchidae, Rhaebus exhibits the following characters we be- lieve to be ancestral in the family: Male genitalia lacking a ventral valve but | having straplike lateral lobes, subserrate antennae, unmodified mesopleural _ sclerites, trochantins present on pro- and mesolegs, frontal carina present, — parasutural sulci present, and larval labial palpi absent. { , { } ! t 9 | VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 307 We therefore conclude that (1) Rhaebus should be assigned to the Bru- chidae, and that (2) it should be retained in a separate subfamily, the Rhae- binae. SYNONYMICAL LIST OF SPECIES Rhaebus Fischer von Waldheim, 1824: 178 (monotypic). gebleri Fischer von Waldheim, 1824: 180. lukjanovitschi Ter-Minassian, 1973: 76. mannerheimi Motschulsky, 1845: 108. sagroides Solsky, 1866: 181. beckeri Suffrian, 1867: 141. solskyi Kraatz, 1879: 277. gebleri Solsky, 1866: 181 (not Fischer von Waldheim). komarovi Luk’ yanovich, 1939: 551. Rhaebus fischeri Lacordaire (1845: 604) appears to be a valid name but its application is uncertain. Sturm (1843: 268) lists ‘‘viridis Gebler (Sper- matophilus (sic))’’ as a synonym of gebleri Fischer von Waldheim. Gem- minger and Harold (1874: 3239) lists Spermophilus as a synonym of Rhae- bus. Neave (1940) lists ‘““Spermophilus Gebler (teste Scudder, 1882: 311)” as a nomen nudum. If Spermophilus Gebler were found to be a validly proposed name, it is preoccupied by Spermophilus Cuvier, 1824. CHRONOLOGY OF THE GENUS RHAEBUS This list is not exhaustive, but it contains the principal references in which the genus is listed and its family assignment. The family-group names Lar- lidae and Mylabridae are synonyms of Bruchidae, whereas Criocerides (-ites) and Sagrides (-inae) are in Chrysomelidae. 1824. Fischer von Waldheim, p. 178. Described Rhaebus in Curculionides with gebleri, new species, monotypic. 1826. Schoenherr, p. 30. Rhaebus in Bruchides immediately following Bruchus. 1830. Gebler, p. 143. Rhaebus placed in Tetramera, Curculionides, Or- thoceri, immediately following Bruchus which is also placed in Cur- culionides. 1833. Schoenherr, p. 2 (footnote). Removed Rhaebus from Bruchides to ““Chrysomelinarum, probably near Sagra.”’ 1840. Laporte, p. 509. Rhaebus in Chrysomelines, tribe Eupoda, group Criocerites. 1843. Sturm, p. 268. Rhaebus in Chrysomelina, Sagrida. 1845. Lacordaire, p. 604. Rhaebus in tribe Criocerides in Phytophages (Chrysomelidae). Listed R. fischeri in text. 308 1845. 1848. 1866. 1866. 1867. 1868. 1868. 1869. 1874. 1874. 1877: 1879. 1883. 1886a. 1886b. 1893. 1901. 1903. 1905. 1906. 1913: LO5?: (959: 1946. 1959: LOS. 1959. PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Motschulsky, p. 99. Rhaebus in Chrysomelines. Described R. man- nerheimi n. sp. Gebler, p. 5. Rhaebus in Chrysomelina following Donacia. Solsky, p. 181. Described R. sagroides, n. sp., but did not list family placement. Misidentified new species as R. gebleri Fischer von W. later described by Kraatz (1879) as R. solskyi. Lacordaire, p. 598. Stated that he was ‘“‘forced’’ to keep Rhaebus in Chrysomelides. Suffrian, p. 143. Rhaebus a Criocerides genus. Described R. beck- eri; Ti. Sp. Stein, p. 123. Rhaebus in Criocerini in Chrysomelidae. Abeille, p. 120. Rhaebus in Criocerides in Phytophages. Motschulsky, p. 94. Synonymized R. beckeri and R. sagroides with R. mannerheimi. Did not give family placement. Chapuis, p. 51. Rhaebus in section Eupodes, Tribe Sagrides, Group VII Rhaebites. First usage of family group name based on Rhaebus. Gemminger and Harold, p. 3239. Rhaebus in Sagrinae. Stein and Weise, p. 173. Rhaebus in Sagrinae. Kraatz, p. 276. Rhaebus excluded from Chrysomelidae, placed near Bruchidae in an aberrant group not named. Proposed S. solskyi as a replacement name for R. gebleri Solsky, not Fischer. Heyden, Reitter, and Weiss, p. 179. Rhaebus in Rhaebini in Myla- bridae. Baudi, p. 385. Rhaebus in Rhaebini in Mylabridum. Baudi, p. 7. Rhaebus in Rhaebini in Mylabridae. Erichson, p. 3. Rhaebus in Bruchidae. Mentioned R. fisch. (sic). Bedel, p. 342. Rhaebus in tribe Rhaebini in Lartidae. Everts, p. 523. Rhaebus mentioned in text describing the Bruchidae. Schilsky, pp. 1, 2. Rhaebus in Bruchidae. Heyden, Reitter, and Weiss, p. 586. Rhaebus in Rhaebini in Lari- idae. Pic, p. 5. Rhaebus in Rhaebinae in Bruchidae. Bridwell, p. 102. Excluded Rhaebus from Bruchidae but did not place it. Luk’ yanovich, p. 546. Rhaebus in Bruchidae. Described R. koma- rovi, Nn. sp. Crowson, p. 77. ““Rhaebus unquestionably bruchid.”’ Crowson, p. 77. ‘‘Rhaebus .. . certainly bruchid.”’ Luk’ yanovich and Ter-Minassian, p. 53. Rhaebus in Rhaebinae in Bruchidae. Monros, p. 75. Listed Rhaebites in Sagrinae but did not mention Rhaebus. ——————— VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 309 1966. lablokoff-Khnzorian, p. 134. Included Rhaebinae and Bruchinae as subfamilies of Chrysomelidae (schema 1) and showed them on a common line emerging near the Sagrinae. 1967. lablokoff-Khnzorian, p. 66. Illustrated male genitalia of R. gebleri and placed in Chrysomelidae, but noted that the systematic position of the genus is difficult to determine. 1967. Teran, p. 314, figs. 33-37. Illustrated male genitalia of R. solskyi and placed Rhaebus in Bruchidae. 1968. Bottimer, p. 1010. Followed Bridwell in excluding Rhaebus from Bruchidae. 1973. Ter-Minassian, p. 75. Placed Rhaebus in Bruchidae. Described R. lukjanovitschi, n. sp. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We wish to thank M. E. Ter-Minassian, Zoological Institute, Leningrad, for the loan of larval specimens, C. D. Johnson, Northern Arizona Univer- sity, Flagstaff, for helpful suggestions, and Becky Kingsolver for nine of the illustrations. The remaining illustrations were prepared by the senior author. LITERATURE CITED Abeille de Perrin, E. 1968. Catalogue des Coleopteres d'Europe et du pays limitrophes. Le- mans. 131 pp. Baudi, F. 1886a. Mylabridum seu Bruchidum (Lin., Schon., All.) europe et finitimarum re- gionum faune recensitio. Deut. Entomol. Zeit. 30: 385-413. —. 1886b. Rassegna delle specie della famiglia dei Milabridi (Bruchidi degli autori) viventi in Europa e regioni finitime. Nat. Siciliano 6(4—5):; 1-119. Bedel, L. 1901. Fauna des Coléopteres du Bassin de la Seine, V. Phytophaga: 341-366. Boving, A. G. and F. C. Craighead. 1931. An illustrated synopsis of the principal larval forms of the order Coleoptera. Entomol. Am. 11 (1930) 1931: 1-351. Bottimer, L. J. 1968. Notes on Bruchidae of America north of Mexico with a list of world genera. Can. Entomol. 100: 1009-1049. Bridwell, J. C. 1932. The subfamilies of the Bruchidae (Coleoptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 34: 100-106. Chapuis, F. 1874. Jn: Lacordaire, T. and F. Chapuis. Histoire naturelle des insectes. Genera des Coléopteres . . . Tome 10. Paris. 455 pp. Crowson, R. A. 1946. A revision of the genera of the Chrysomelid group Sagrinae (Coleop- tera). Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 97: 75-115. . 1955. The natural classification of the families of Coleoptera. Nathaniel Lloyd, Lon- don. 187 pp. Erichson, W. F. 1893. Naturgeschichte der Insecten Deutschlands, Abt. 1, Bd. 7. Berlin. 1161 pp. Everts, E. J. G. 1903. Coleoptera Neerlandica. De Schildvleugelige Insecten van Nederland en het aangrenzend Gebied. 2 (2): 401-796. Fischer von Waldheim, G. 1824. Entomographia imperii russici; genera insectorum syste- matica exposita et analysi iconographica instructa 2: 1-262. von Gebler, F. A. 1830. Bemerkungen iiber die Insekten Sibiriens, vorziiglich des Altai. Jn: 310 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON C. F. von Ledebour’s Reise durch das Altai-Gebirge und die soongorische Kirgisen Steppe unternommen im Jahre 1826 in Begleitung der Herrn D. C. A. Meyer und D. A. von Bunge. Tome 2, part 2, Berlin. —. 1848. Verzeichnis der im Kolywano-Woskresenskischen Hiittenbezirke Sud-West Sibiriens beobachten Kafer mit Bermerkungen und Beschreibungen. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 1: 317-320. Gemminger, M. and E. von Harold. 1874. Catalogus Coleopterorum hucusque descriptorum synonymicus et systematicus, 11: 3231-3482. Heyden, L., E. Reitter, and J. Weise. 1883. Catalogus Coleopterorum Europae et Caucasi. Berlin. 228 pp. ——. 1906. Catalogus Coleopterorum Europae, Caucasi, et Armeniae Rossicae. Berlin. 774 pp. lablokoff-Khnzorian, S. M. 1966. Considerations sur |’edeage des Chrysomelidae et son im- portance phylogenique. Entomologiste. 22: 115-137. ——. 1967. Considerations sur |’edeage des Chrysomelidae et son importance phylogenique. Appendice. Entomologiste. 23: 65-67. Jolivet, P. 1957. Recherches sur l’aile des Chrysomeloidea (Coleoptera). Premiere Partie. Mem. Inst. R. Sci. Nat., ser. 2, fasc. 51: 1-180. Kingsolver, J. M. 1965. A new fossil bruchid genus and its relationships to modern genera (Coleoptera: Bruchidae: Pachymerinae). Coleopt. Bull. 19: 25-30. ———. 1970. A study of male genitalia in Bruchidae (Coleoptera). Proc. Entomol. Soc. Wash. 72(3): 370-386. Kraatz, G. 1879. Rhaebus Gebleri Fischer, oder eine neue Rhaebus-Art in Europa einheim- isch? (Coleopt., Chrysomelin.?, Sagrin.?). Deut. Entomol. Zeit. 23: 276-278. Lacordaire, J. T. 1845. Monographie des coléopteres subpentameres de la famille des phy- tophages 1 (1). Mem. Soc. R. Sci. Liege 3 (1): 1-740. . 1866. Genera des Coléopteres. T. 7. Paris. 620 pp. Laporte, F. L. N. 1840. Histoire naturelle des animaux articulés. Vol. 2. Paris. 564 pp. | Luk’ yanovich, F. K. 1939. Beetles of the genus Rhaebus Fisch.-W. (Coleoptera, Bruchidae) and their association with Nitraria (Zygophyllaceae). (In Russian) Sb. Prezidentu AN SSSR Akad. V. L. Komarovu k semidesyatiletiyu so dyna rozhdeniya i sorokopyatile- | tiyu nauchnoi deyatel’nosti’. Izd. Akad. Nauk SSSR M.-L.: 546-566. and M. E. Ter-Minassian. 1957. Fauna of the USSR: Coleoptera, 24 (1). Seed Beetles (Bruchidae). Zool. Inst. Akad. Nauk SSSR, Moscow (N. S.) 67: 1-209. Monros, F. 1959. Los generos de Chrysomelidae (Coleoptera). Opera Lilloana III. Univer- sidad Nacional de Tucuman. 337 pp. Motschulsky, V. 1845. Remarques sur la collection de Coleopteres russes. Article 1. Bull. Soc. Nat. Mosc. 18: 3-127. . 1869. Synonimische Bemerkungen. Horae Soc. Entomol. Ross. 6: 94. Neave, S. A. 1940. Nomenclator Zoologicus, vol. 4 (Q-Z). London. 758 pp. Pic, M. 1913. Coleopterorum Catalogus, Pars 55, Bruchidae. Junk, Berlin, 74 pp. Pfaffenberger, G. S. 1974. Comparative morphology of the final larval instar of Caryobruchus buscki and Pachymerus sp. (Coleoptera: Bruchidae: Pachymerinae). Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 67: 691-694. —. 1977. Comparative descriptions of the final larval instar of Bruchus brachialis, B. rufimanus, and B. pisorum (Coleoptera: Bruchidae). Coleopt. Bull. 31: 133-142. Prevett, P. R. 1971. The larvae of some Nigerian Bruchidae (Coleoptera). Trans. R. Entomol. SOcn Monde l2571247—s2, Schilsky, J. 1905. Bruchidae. /n: Kiister and Kraatz, Die Kafer Europa’s 41, Nos. 1-100. Nurnberg. 147 pp. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 311 Schoenherr, C. J. 1826. Curculionidum dispositio methodica cum generum characteribus, descriptionibus atque observationibus variis, seu prodromus ad synonymiae insectorum. Partem 4. Lipsiae. 338 pp. . 1833. Synonymia insectorum, genera et species Curculionidum cum synonymia hujus familie. Tome 1, Part 1. Paris. 681 pp. Scudder, S. A. 1882. Nomenclator Zoologicus. Washington, D.C. 376 + 312 pp. Solsky, S. M. 1866. Matériaux pour servir a l'étude des insectes de la Russia. II. Insectes nouveaux et remarques sur des especes connues. Horae Soc. Entomol. Ross. 4: 79-96. Stein, J. P. E. 1868. Catalogus Coleopterorum Europae. Berlin. 149 pp. and J. Weise. 1877. Catalogi Coleopterorum Europae edito secunda. Berlin. 209 pp. Sturm, J. 1843. Catalog der Kaefer-Sammlung. Niirnberg. 386 pp. Suffrian, E. 1867. Rhaebus beckeri m., ein neuer europaischer Kafer. Stett. Entomol. Zeit. 28: 141-144. Teran, A. 1967. Observaciones sobre las estructuras genitales de los machos de diversos generos de Bruchidae (Coleoptera). Zool. Lilloana 22: 307-336. Ter-Minassian, M. E. 1973. 212. Bruchidae. Ergebnisse der zoologischen Forschungen von Dr. Z. Kaszab in der Mongolei (Coleoptera). Reichenbachia 14(9): 75-83. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 312-318 NOTES AND KEYS TO THE SPECIES OF CAROLINAIA (HOMOPTERA: APHIDIDAE)' CLYDE F. SMITH Department of Entomology, North Carolina State University, Raleigh, North Carolina 27650. Abstract.—Keys are given to the stem mothers, alate migrants and alate alienicola of the known species of Carolinaia. The stem mother and alate migrants of Carolinaia carolinensis, new species, are described from Rhus radicans L., Raleigh, North Carolina. The genus Carolinaia was described by Wilson (1911: 61) with Carolinaia caricis Wilson (1911: 61) as the type-species. Carolinaia may be character- ized as follows: Head without prominent antennal tubercles; antennae with 5 or 6 segments; rhinaria subcircular; venation of fore wings normal, hind wings with the cubitus absent; siphunculi elongate, usually slightly swollen near the distal end; cauda rather broadly conical. It is quite difficult to distinguish the apterous alienicola of caricis Wilson and rhois Tissot. Hottes (1926: 17) described Carolinaia modestus which is now placed in Myzodium Borner (1950: 11). Carolinaia caricis Wilson 1911: 61 Fig. 1 Carolinaia caricis was described from Carex sp. I have transferred C. caricis from poison ivy (Rhus radicans L.) to Carex spp. However, it can live continuously on Cyperaceae in the tropics. I have seen specimens from Florida, North Carolina, Pennsylvania, South Carolina, Puerto Rico, and Venezuela. Carolinaia carolinensis Smith, NEw SPECIES Fig. 2 Stem mother.—Color of living material, yellowish-orange; cleared spec- imens dark on tarsi, pale on appendages and body, appendages slightly darker than body. ' Paper number 6249 of the Journal Series of the North Carolina Agricultural Research Service, Raleigh, North Carolina 27260. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 313 Fig. 1. Carolinaia caricis on Rhus radicans. A, Antenna, alate vivipara. B, Tip of abdomen, alate vivipara. C, Tip of abdomen, stem mother. 314 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Fig. 2. Carolinaia carolinensis on Rhus radicans. A, Antenna, alate migrant. B, Tip of abdomen, alate migrant. C, Tip of abdomen, stem mother. ) VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 315 Measurements of one specimen (measurements in millimeters): Body, 2.18; width of head, 0.43; antennal segment III, 0.33; antennal segment IV, 0.18; antennal segment V, 0.15 + 0.23; length of RIV + V, 0.08; hind tibiae, 0.75: metatarsomere, 0.09; siphunculus, 0.42; cauda, 0.13 and bearing 4 setae. Alate migrants.—Color of living specimens, yellowish, may have a light greenish tinge, dark patch on abdomen without greenish area around base of siphunculi; color of cleared specimens, dark on antennae, siphunculus, tips of tibiae, distal 24 of meso- and metafemora, sclerites on sides of ab- domen, patch on dorsum of abdomen, dorsum of tergite VIII. Measurements (the first measurement is that of the holotype, measure- ments in parenthesis represent the range of 8 specimens): Length of body, 1.75 (1.58-1.82); width of head, 0.36 (0.36—0.38); antennal segment III 0.37 (0.34-0.37); antennal segment IV, 0.18 (0.17—0.20); antennal segment V, 0.19 (0.18-0.21); antennal segment VI, 0.18 (0.15—0.18) + 0.47 (0.40-0.50); RIV + V, 0.08 (0.07-0.08); hind tibia, 0.83 (0.82—0.86); metatarsomere II, 0.08 (0.08); siphunculus, 0.26 (0.24—0.26); cauda, 0.11 (0.9-0.11) and bearing 4 setae. Secondary rhinaria on antennal segment III, 31 (23-31): antennal segment IV, 12 (9-12); antennal segment V, 6 (5—6); base of antennal seg- ment VI, 0-1. Types.—Holotype slide No. 58-82, poison ivy, Raleigh, North Carolina, 5-11-58, CFS. Specimen at 6 o’clock, deposited in U.S. National Museum of Natural History. Paratypes in USNM; Frost Entomological Museum, Pennsylvania State University; Florida State Collection of Arthropods, Gainesville; North Carolina State University, Raleigh; and the author. Collections.—This species causes a slight cupping of the leaves of poison ivy (Rhus radicans L.) on the ground, whereas other species of Carolinaia on poison ivy have only been found on leaves of poison ivy climbing on trees. Collections at Raleigh, North Carolina, May 3, 1950, May 11 and May 17, 1958 by C. F. Smith. I believe this species migrates to some specie of Cyperaceae. Etymology.—This species is named for North Carolina, the state in which the type-locality occurs. Carolinaia cyperi Ainslie 1915: 85 Fig. 3 Carolinaia cyperi was described from Cyperus esculentus L. I believe it is confined to Cyperaceae. Records of it occurring on other hosts are prob- ably due to ‘“‘strays’’ or accidental visitors. The apterae of cyperi are black: whereas the apterae of other species of Carolinaia are yellowish to pale tan. Carolinaia cyperi has been recorded from the southeastern United States, the Caribbean Islands, and Central and South America. 316 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON = Fig. 3. Carolinaia cyperi on Cyperus sp. A, Antenna, alate migrant. B, Tip of abdomen, alate migrant. C, Tip of abdomen, apterous vivipara (stem mother unknown). VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 317 ‘Fig. 4. Carolinaia rhois on Rhus radicans. A, Antenna, alate migrant. B, Tip of abdomen, ate migrant. C, Tip of abdomen, stem mother. 318 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Carolinaia rhois Tissot 1928: 1 Fig. 4 Carolinaia rhois was described from Rhus radicans L. I have made trans- fers from R. radicans to Cyperus spp. Carolinaia rhois has been recorded from Florida, Louisiana, Maine, North Carolina, Ohio, and Pennsylvania. KEY TO SPECIES OF CAROLINAIA STEM MOTHERS I: Body ‘Smoothie acca Ao ett sk acto ee oe 2 - Body mgOSe" ees see eee eae nee eee caricis Wilson 2(1). Siphunculi about equally rugose on both sides; antennae 5 or 6- segmented, if 5 segmented, there is an indication of the fusion of antennalsseements MirandelV) Ss aa- re ta ee rhois Tissot - Siphunculi smooth on cephalic (outer) edge, rugose on caudal (inner) edge, especially in the area of the bulge; antennae 6-seg- mented: {ete ee ee eee carolinensis, new species ALATE MIGRANTS 1. Antennal segment V (and usually IV) without secondary rhinaria - Antennal segments IV and V with secondary rhinaria.......... 1, We Tre a gE SEO CS Ene eae carolinensis, new species 2(1). Siphunculi swollen and/or curved, diameter of flange distinctly less than greatest diameter of siphunculus, siphunculus slightly TU POSE ce Se ters cna tee a aante ee a he eae ee rhois Tissot - Siphunculi nearly straight and cylindrical, diameter of flange sub- equal to greatest diameter of siphunculus, siphunculus distinctly TUG OSE ves anon Sh ata ee eee ee ae eer eee caricis Wilson ALATE ALIENICOLA 1. | Siphunculus black, practically cylindrical. .2......:. 2.) see 2 ~ Siphunculus dusky, usually light basally, swollen...... rhois Tissot 2(1). Dorsum of abdomen with sclerotic bands ............ cyperi Ainslie ~ Dorsum of abdomen pale, without sclerotic bands ... caricis Wilson LITERATURE CITED Ainslie, G. G. 1915. A new aphid from Florida. Can. Entomol. 47: 85-8. Borner, C. B. 1950. Neue europaische Blattlausarten. Selbstverlg. Naumburg. 19 pp. Hottes, F. C. 1926. Two new genera and a new species of Aphididae Proc. Biol. Soc. Wash. 39: 115-19. Tissot, A. N. 1928. A new aphid from poison ivy (Rhus radicans L.). Fla. Entomol. 12: 1-2. Wilson, H. F. 1911. Two new genera and seven new species of the family Aphididae. Can. Entomol. 43: 59-65. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 319-328 THE SALIVARY GLAND CHROMOSOMES OF ANOPHELES (CELLIA) DIRUS (DIPTERA: CULICIDAE) OF THE SOUTHEAST ASIAN LEUCOSPHYRUS GROUP Visut BAIMAI, BRUCE A. HARRISON, AND VANIDA NAKAVACHARA (VB, VN) Department of Biology, Faculty of Science, Mahidol Univer- sity, Bangkok, Thailand; (BAH) Department of Medical Entomology, USA Medical Component, AFRIMS, APO San Francisco, California 96346 or Rajvithi Road, Bangkok 4, Thailand. Abstract.—The salivary polytene chromosomes of the Bangkok colony strain of Anopheles dirus Peyton and Harrison are described, figured, and mapped. No naturally occurring chromosomal variations were detected in this study. The Leucosphyrus Group of Anopheles (Cellia) in the Southeast Asian and Indian subregions of the Orient is of major public health significance. At least 3 species are recognized as primary vectors of human malarial parasites. The group was last revised by Colless (1956, 1957) and was later reviewed by Reid (1968) who noted that one vector species in the group, Anopheles balabacensis Baisas, consisted of at least six morphologically recognizable forms and subspecies. These morphological and certain eco- logical differences prompted Reid (1970) to suggest the need for cytogenetic and cross-mating studies on balabacensis. Slooff and Verdrager (1972) brief- ly mentioned that balabacensis balabacensis from different areas of South- east Asia exhibited morphological differences and suggested that it may represent a complex of distinct taxa. Recently, Peyton and Harrison (1979) described the species previously called balabacensis balabacensis in Thailand as a new species, dirus. This species is morphologically distinct in the adult, pupal, and fourth larval stage from topotypic balabacensis from Balabac Island, Philippines, and certain other areas of the Philippines and Malaysia. Anopheles dirus is a primary vector of human malarial parasites and has been the object of a number of field studies in Thailand (as balabacensis) including Scanlon and Sandhinand (1965) and Wilkinson et al. (1978). Furthermore, dirus has been colonized since 1964 and is well-known as the Bangkok or Khao Mai Khaeo strain (of balabacensis), and many subcolonies have been provided to re- search organizations around the world. Consequently, dirus has been in- 320 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON volved in numerous experimental malaria studies and subsequent publica- tions. In view of the importance of dirus as a vector in Thailand and adjacent countries and the value of the Bangkok colony strain as a laboratory tool in experimental malaria studies, we feel this species and colony strain need to be defined more thoroughly. Accordingly, the salivary polytene chro- mosomes of dirus (Bangkok colony) are described and mapped below, to be used as a standard for further work. MATERIALS AND METHODS The Bangkok colony of dirus was established from numerous adults col- lected in 1964 at Khao Mai Khaeo, Chon Buri Province, Thailand (Esah and Scanlon, 1966). The colony is maintained by the artificial mating technique described by Ow Yang et al. (1963). Attempts to start a natural mating colony have been unsuccessful. Females in this colony require only one blood meal for oviposition. The colony was maintained as a pure strain until 1971-72 when females from Prachin Buri Province were introduced to bol- ster production for experimental malaria transmission studies (Wilkinson et al. 1972). Since 1972 the colony has been maintained without additional outside introductions. Salivary gland chromosomes squashes were prepared from fourth stage larvae using a modification of the standard squash technique (French et al., 1962). The salivary chromosome map was prepared from a series of photographs taken at 670 magnification with an Olympus microscope using Kodak Plus X Pan film with a green filter. DESCRIPTION OF THE CHROMOSOMES The salivary gland chromosome complement of Anopheles dirus consists of 5 long arms with characteristic banding patterns at the free ends (Fig. 1). The X chromosome is apparently subdivided into 6 zones with an average length of 83 p. The 2 pairs of autosomes each have 2 unequal arms designated as 2R, 2L, 3R, and 3L following the salivary chromosome map of Anopheles tessellatus Theobald (Narang et al., 1974), another species in the Neomyzomyia Series of the subgenus Cellia. The average lengths for the autosomal arms are: 2R, 170 w; 2L, 143 w; 3R, 201 w; and 3L, 161 w. Usually, as typical for anoph- elines, there is no distinct chromocenter on the salivary chromosomes of dirus. However, the chromosome arms occasionally join at their centro- meric ends (Fig. 1). The X chromosome contains 6 zones, of which zone 6 may appear as a Separate portion in some preparations (Fig. 2). The zones VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 ) 4 > >* a % . ~ at’ *y So s “ty * D tm, : wef a 3R : «— Chromocenter 2 10 LU 2 Fig. 1. The salivary gland chromosome complement of Anopheles dirus showing the char- acteristic banding patterns. Fig. 2. X chromosome of A. dirus showing zone 6 separate from zones I-S. 322 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON on the autosomes are: 2R, zones 7-19; 2L, zones 20-28; 3R, zones 29-37; and 3L, zones 38—46. The chromosome map for dirus is shown in Figure 3. X chromosome.—The X chromosome is easily recognized by its char- acteristic short length. Based on the squash preparations and photographic evidence, this chromosome sometimes appears as 2 separate unequal por- tions. Yet, in other preparations these 2 portions are joined or may show indistinct, lightly staining bridges. In some preparations, the short portion forms a ring configuration or is twisted into a condensed polytene mass. The X chromosome is arbitrarily divided into 6 zones, starting from the free end to the centromeric region. The free end is characterized by 2 light thin bands followed by a light medium band in 1A. A diagnostic pattern in 1B consists of 2 very dark bands followed by 2 thick broken bands of me- dium intensity with a dark thin band in-between. 1C generally appears as a puff consisting of a distinct dark band followed by a series of 5 lightly stained bands. 2A contains 2 light medium bands with a dark medium band in-between. 2B consists of 2 distinct bands followed by 3 dotted bands in a lightly stained area. A good diagnostic area in 2C includes a pair of sharp bands with a lighter band on either side. A lightly stained puff incorporates areas 3A, 3B, and 3C which, respectively, contain a pair of light medium, light thin, and dotted bands evenly spaced with a dark medium band at the end of 3C. 3D is a small puff containing 2 dotted and 2 dark bands. Regions 4A, 4B, and 4C form an elongated puff consisting of a series of dark, light, and dotted bands which serve as a very good landmark. 5A contains a very distinct area composed of 2 dark broken bands with a heavily stained band in-between. 5B is marked by 2 pairs of distinct dark bands with the first pair between 2 light dotted bands. These areas of 5A and 5B serve as a good diagnostic feature for the centromeric end in preparations where the X chro- mosome appears as 2 separate segments. The next prominent area is in 5C and is characterized by a lightly stained area followed by 3 closely associ- ated dark thin bands at the end of that region. Zone 6 is divided into 4 areas. 6A consists of a series of 6 distinct, evenly separated bands. 6B is charac- terized by a dark thin band between 2 light very thin bands followed by a dark medium band between 2 dark thin bands. 6C is marked by 3 dark bands and a dotted band. 6D is marked by 2 dark thin bands followed by 4 light diffuse, dotted and thin bands. Chromosome 2 right arm (2R).—A good diagnostic feature at the free end is a small puff in 7A consisting of a sharp band at the tip followed by a series of 5 bands of medium intensity and ending with a dark thick band. 7B contains a dark thick band followed by 4 bands of variable intensity. 7C is marked by a pair of light thin bands and a light dotted band followed by a pair of distinct dark medium bands. 8A consists of 2 dotted bands followed by 3 medium bands. 8B is characterized by 4 prominent dark bands. 8C is VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 B23 lightly stained, containing 3 thin bands. A good recognition area is a puff in 9A containing 2 sharp bands at the beginning, followed by a fine dotted line and 2 lighter bands in the middle, and then 2 distinct dark bands at the end. 9B has a faint dotted band followed by a dark thin band, while 9C only contains a single dark thin band. A series of 3 closely associated dark thin bands and 2 dotted bands constitute a distinct landmark in 9D. A series of 6 dark bands of medium intensity and a dotted band are recognizable in 10A, 10B, and 10C. 10D is marked by a dotted band and 2 distinct dark bands. A series of closely associated sharp bands and dotted bands in zone 11 serve as a very good landmark. 12A contains 2 light thin bands on each end and 2 diagnostic sharp bands in the middle. 12B contains 3 evenly spaced dark bands, while 12C has 2 evenly spaced dotted bands. 12D is marked by 2 dark bands and a lighter band. An elongated puff in zone 13 contains a series of light and dark bands. Infrequently, an asynaptic area occurs in zones 13 and 14. 14A contains 2 sharp bands followed by 2 lighter bands and a dotted band in 14B. A series of closely associated dark bands in 14C and 14D constitute a good recognition area. 15A is lightly stained with one light and one dotted band. 15B contains 3 light bands and 3 very distinct dark bands. 15SC is lightly stained with 2 dotted bands and one light band followed by 2 distinct dark bands in 15D. Zone 16 is always twisted and usually appears as a constricted and dense area in 16B. In some prep- arations, this region shows a series of evenly separated lightly stained bands and dotted bands. In contrast, zone 17 contains a series of evenly separated dark thick bands and is easily recognized as shown in the map. 1I8A is marked by 2 distinct bands. 18B contains 3 light bands followed by one dark band, while 18C only has 2 light bands. 19A is lightly stained containing a series of 4 dotted bands with a sharp dark band in the middle. 19B contains 2 dark bands and 2 dotted bands. The centromeric tip in 19C is conspicuous with 6 distinct bands of variable intensity. Chromosome 2 left arm (2L).—The free end in 28A is normally a small puff with indistinct bands except for a conspicuous dark band marking the end of this area. The diagnostic character of this chromosome arm is the lightly stained regions 28B, 28C, and 28D which contain a series of evenly distributed dotted and light thin bands. 28E contains 2 dotted bands followed by a light band and a dark band at the end of the area. A small puff in 27A contains 3 lightly stained bands followed by a dark band. The next small puff of 27B and 27C contains 2 closely associated light bands followed by 2 dark bands and 3 light bands. 26A begins with 2 conspicuous dark bands followed by 2 light medium bands and a dark thick band with a light thin band on either side. A small puff in 26B contains 2 bands of medium thick- ness. 26C and 26D form a puff containing a series of distinct dark and lightly stained bands. Regions 25A and 25B are included in a puff composed of a 324 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON series of light and dotted bands and a sharp band at the end of the area. The next good landmark is in 25C which contains 2 light bands followed by 2 very dark thick bands. A series of 6 light and dark bands in 25D and 25E are followed by a conspicuous dark band at the end of 25E. The lightly stained areas of 24A and 24B contain a series of dotted and light bands with a dark medium band in the middle of 24B. 24C contains a series of closely associated bands which may appear as a thick, heavily stained band in some preparations. 24D is usually clear except for one dark medium band marking the end of this area. 24E contains 2 light medium bands. A heavily stained band followed by a series of 3 light bands are good diagnostic features of 23A. A series of dark bands in areas 23B, 23C, and 23D constitute a good landmark which is immediately followed by a diag- nostic pattern of sharp bands in regions 22A, 22B, and 22C. The next prom- inent feature is an elongated puff including regions 22D, 22E, 22F, and 22G which is marked by a very thin band and a dark band at both ends of the puff. 22H is lightly stained containing 2 dotted bands. 21A contains 2 dark bands and a dotted band which serve as a good landmark. 21B is marked by 2 pairs of light bands. 21C contains 2 dark thin bands. 21D and 21E are lightly stained with one dark thin band and 2 light thin bands. The next good recognition areas are 20A and 20B each of which contains a pair of dark thin bands. 20C consists of 2 dotted bands and a pair of light thin bands. The centromeric end of this chromosomal arm is marked by a series of 3 distinct dark bands and 2 light bands at the apex. Chromosome 3 right arm (3R).—This is the longest and most easily rec- ognized chromosomal arm. The diagnostic free end in 29A contains 3 light medium bands followed by a characteristic small puff in 29B containing 3 dark curved bands in the middle of the puff. Two dark thick bands are good landmarks in 29C. 29D contains 2 pairs of light evenly spaced bands. The next good recognition area is in 30A which consists of one dark thick band and one light medium band. Two pairs of dark bands in 30B are very con- spicuous. 30C contains a series of 3 dark fairly evenly spaced bands. 30D consists of 2 light bands followed by a series of 5 dark bands that always stand out in this region. 31A contains 3 light evenly spaced bands. 31B is characterized by a lightly stained area containing 4 dotted bands. 31C is marked by one light band and 2 closely associated dark bands. 31D contains 2 light bands followed by 2 dark medium bands and a dotted band in 31E. 31F consists of 2 light bands followed by 2 distinct dark bands that always stand out in 31G. 32A is characterized by a series of 3 light medium bands. 32B is marked by a conspicuous dark band with a dotted band on either Fig. 3. Salivary chromosome map of Anopheles dirus. ‘ive & «COE EPC ATT 0 TD Se ||| FEMALE MITOTIC CHROMOSOMES * nt Ie I [Ian I WOO Looe ME TUT oe sie eee ae att | a oA eis tli ialig 9 > (DCL ae ACL ie Mon, EL ATID EAA ME a “ I (Mbt mM Fat Da mY ll q t UM In ue TM HL an i Faerie 9 : Ad paper ice me 13 “ie eo an a «ue Coca 2 ene a i ipa il iu a i ut ty ol yee aR he eee 4 ‘T re sai Wf é AT be Pe™ eA bd” ae aie Kiem a eae hl ee RR Sh leat. Ge. wie re iat VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 325 side. 32C contains 3 light bands and a dotted band, while 32D contains 2 light bands. 32E is marked by a distinct dark band followed by a much lighter band and a dotted band. A small puff in 32F contains 3 very closely associated light thin bands. 32G and 32H contain 2 very dark bands and 2 light thin bands, respectively. A series of 3 very closely associated dark bands followed by 2 light thin bands serve as a good landmark for region 33A. The next diagnostic area is in 33B which contains a series of 4 dark bands and 4 dotted bands. A series of many dark medium and thick bands constitute a good landmark for regions 33C and 33D. 33E is lightly stained, containing a light thin band and a dotted band. The next easily recognizable area is in 34A which is composed of a pair of dark thin bands followed by a dotted band and a pair of dark medium bands. Two small puffs of areas 34B, 34C, and 34D contain a series of thin and medium bands of variable intensity with a sharp dark band at the end of 34D. A series of many light thin bands and 2 dotted bands constitute a good landmark for areas 34E, 34F, and 35A. The next prominent feature is in 35B, 35C, 35D, and 35E which consists of a series of distinct dark and light bands almost evenly spaced. 35F contains a pair of dark bands. 36A contains a series of 4 dark bands at the beginning followed by 2 dotted bands. A good recognition area is in 36B which consists of 4 fairly evenly spaced bands. 36C contains a dotted band and a dark band followed by 3 almost evenly spaced dark bands in 36D. The next good diagnostic area consists of 2 dark thick bands fol- lowed by a lightly stained area with a dotted band in 36E preceding the 2 distinct dark bands in 36F. 36G is lightly stained, containing a dotted band and a dark thin band. The lightly stained areas of 37A, 37B, and 37C contain a series of thin bands except for a very distinct dark band and a dotted band in 37B. The centromeric end of this chromosome arm is well marked by a series of distinct dark bands: 37D and 37E each contain a pair of distinct dark bands followed by 3 dark bands in 37F, 2 light thin bands in 37G, and 2 conspicuous dark thick bands preceding a dotted and a dark thick band at the end in 37H. Chromosome 3 left arm (3L).—A diagnostic feature in 46A for the free end of this chromosomal arm is a pair of fine dotted bands at the apex followed by a broad lightly stained area and 5 dark bands. 46B contains a pair of dark bands, while 46C contains 3 closely associated dark bands. Region 46D contains 3 thin bands followed by a very distinct dark band and 2 light thin bands. 46E has 3 dark thick bands which form a fairly diagnostic feature. The good characteristic areas of 45A, 45B, and 45C contain a series of many light evenly spaced thin bands with one recognizable dark thin band in the middle of 45B. The next recognizable area is in 45D which is a light band followed by 2 well-defined dark medium bands with a light thin band on either side. The areas of 44A and 44B contain a series of lightly stained bands. 44C 326 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON is easily recognized by 4 dark, fairly evenly spaced, thin bands. 44D is marked by 2 prominent dark bands preceded by 2 thin bands and followed by 3 thin bands. Zone 43 generally appears as an elongated puff. Region 43A contains a series of 4 dark bands followed by 2 very dark bands and a light band. Region 43B often shows asynapsis and is marked by a series of dotted and lightly stained bands of variable size. Regions 43C and 43D contain a series of evenly separated light and dark medium bands toward the end of the elongated puff. Zone 42 is lightly stained and contains a series of light thin bands with a very prominent dark band in the middle of 42A. 41A is a lightly stained area continuing from region 42D which contains 2 pairs of light thin bands. Region 41B is marked by 3 distinct dark bands followed by a pair of light bands at the end. Region 41C is lightly stained and contains a series of faint thin bands. The next good recognizable area is in 41D which consists of 2 dark thick bands followed by 3 light evenly spaced thin bands at the end. A group of 3 pairs of dark, evenly spaced, medium and thick bands in 40A is a good landmark. The beginning of 40B is lightly stained with a pair of dotted bands followed by 3 dark bands of variable intensity. Two pairs of prominent dark bands in 40C constitute a good landmark for this region. Region 40D contains a dark thick band at the beginning followed by 2 light, evenly spaced, medium bands. 40E contains 2 sharp bands preceded by a light thin band. Zone 39 is easily recognized by an elongated, lightly stained puff containing a series of light evenly spaced thin bands with one very dark band in 39B. The centromeric end is conspicuously marked by 4 groups of dark bands in zone 38. The most easily recognizable area is in 38A and consists of 2 | prominent dark bands with a light band on either side. 38B begins witha | lightly stained area followed by a light band and 2 dark thick bands at the | end of the region. 38C contains 2 pairs of recognizable light medium bands. The centromeric end of this chromosomal arm in 38D is conspicuous by the | presence of 3 light medium bands followed by a dark medium band at the | end. DISCUSSION Although larval salivary squashes were prepared weekly for over 11 | months and during several different generations of A. dirus, no naturally | occurring variations were observed in the salivary polytene chromosomes | of this colony strain of dirus. Two autosomal areas (zones 13-14 and 43) | were periodically found asynaptic; however, a comparison of these areas | during synapsis and asynapsis revealed no banding differences. Anopheles dirus is only one of three anopheline species in the Neomy- | | zomyia Series of the Orient to be cytogenetically described. Previously, the | I salivary polytene chromosomes of A. farauti Laveran (No. 1, from New > VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 327 Guinea) were briefly described and figured by Bryan and Coluzzi (1971), and those of A. tessellatus were described and mapped by Narang et al. (1974). Although all three species belong to the same series based on mor- phological similarities, they are considered distantly related with dirus in the Leucosphyrus Group, farauti in the Punctulatus Group, and fessellatus isolated but probably more closely related to the Punctulatus Group than the Leucosphyrus Group. A comparison of the salivary chromosomes of dirus with those of farauti (No. 1) and tessellatus shows similarities in the general banding patterns but only in certain regions on the chromosomes and usually on the autosomes. The most striking difference between these three species is observed in the X chromosome. The X chromosome of dirus shows similarities (in part) to those of farauti and tessellatus, but it is considerably longer. The cytological evidence from this study suggests that dirus is not closely related to either farauti (No. 1) or tessellatus and thus supports the current morphological interpretations concerning affinities within the Neomyzomyia Series. The polytene chromosomes of dirus appear to be very distinct and should be of considerable value in interpreting the affinities and status of other taxa in the Leucosphyrus Group in Southeast Asia. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS We gratefully acknowledge the technical assistance of Mr. Lek Somchit and the illustrative assistance of Mrs. Prachong Pantusiri, Department of Medical Entomology, USA Medical Component-AFRIMS, Bangkok, Thai- land. LITERATURE CITED Bryan, J. H. and M. Coluzzi. 1971. Cytogenetic observations on Anopheles farauti Laveran. Bull. W.H.O. 45: 266-267. Colless, D. H. 1956. The Anopheles leucosphyrus group. Trans. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond. 108: 37-116. . 1957. Further notes on the systematics of the Anopheles leucosphyrus group (Diptera: Culicidae). Proc. R. Entomol. Soc. Lond., Ser. B, 26: 131-139. Esah, S. and J. E. Scanlon. 1966. Notes on a laboratory colony of Anopheles balabacensis Baisas, 1936. Mosq. News 26: 509-511. French, W. L., R. H. Baker, and J. B. Kitzmiller. 1962. Preparation of mosquito chromo- somes. Mosq. News 22: 377-383. Narang, N., S. Narang, and J. B. Kitzmiller. 1974. The salivary gland chromosomes of Anoph- eles tessellatus. Cytologia 39: 1-10. Ow Yang, C. K., F. L. Sta Maria, and R. H. Wharton. 1963. Maintenance of a laboratory colony of Anopheles maculatus Theobald by artificial mating. Mosq. News 23: 34-35. Peyton, E. L. and B. A. Harrison. 1979. Anopheles (Cellia) dirus, a new species of the Leucosphyrus Group from Thailand (Diptera: Culicidae). Mosq. Syst. 11: 40-52. Reid, J. A. 1968. Anopheline mosquitoes of Malaya and Borneo. Stud. Inst. Med. Res. Malaya 31: 1-520. 328 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON ———. 1970. Systematics of malaria vectors. Anopheline systematics and malaria control, with special references to Southeast Asia. Misc. Publ. Entomol. Soc. Am. 7: 56-62. Scanlon, J. E. and U. Sandhinand. 1965. The distribution and biology of Anopheles balaba- censis in Thailand (Diptera: Culicidae). J. Med. Entomol. 2: 61-69. Slooff, R. and J. Verdrager. 1972. Anopheles balabacensis balabacensis Baisas 1936 and malaria transmission in South-Eastern areas of Asia. WHO/MAL/72.765, 27 pp. Wilkinson, R. N., D. J. Gould, and A. Boonyakanist. 1972. Comparative susceptibility of Anopheles balabacensis and Anopheles minimus to naturally occurring Plasmodium falciparum in Central Thailand. Proc. Helminthol. Soc. Wash. 39: 423-427. Wilkinson, R. N., D. J. Gould, P. Boonyakanist, and H. E. Segal. 1978. Observations on Anopheles balabacensis (Diptera: Culicidae) in Thailand. J. Med. Entomol. 14: 666— 671. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 329-333 TWO NEW SPECIES OF AQUATIC BEETLES OF THE GENUS HYDRAENA FROM CUBA (COLEOPTERA: HYDRAENIDAE) Paul J. Spangler Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington D.C. 20560. Abstract.—Two new species of aquatic beetles from Cuba, Hydraena decui and Hydraena perkinsi, belonging to the family Hydraenidae are de- scribed. Illustrations of the distinctive aedeagi of both taxa are provided and comparisons are made with related species. The two new hydraenid species described below were formerly included in a manuscript mailed in October 1977 for publication in a report on a Cuban-Romanian biospeleological survey in Cuba. Because of a delay in publication of that report, it is necessary to publish these descriptions sep- arately so the two names can be used in a revision of the family for the Western Hemisphere by Philip D. Perkins. The revision by Perkins (1980) is in press and is scheduled to appear before mid-1980. The new taxa are described below. Hydraena decui Spangler, NEw SPECIES Figse ti This small species is very similar to Hydraena longicollis Sharp and H. perkinsi, n. sp. described below. However, H. decui may be distinguished easily from both H. longicollis and H. perkinsi by its much shorter length (1.19 mm vs. 1.44 mm to 1.55 mm), by the light yellowish-brown clypeus contrasting with the dark basal region of the head, by the much more arcuate lateral pronotal margins, by the vague transverse dark band on the pronotum at midlength, and by the differences in the male genitalia. Holotype male.—Narrow elongate; lateral margins of pronotum and elytra strongly arcuate. Length 1.19 mm; greatest width 0.59 mm. Color of head dark reddish brown between eyes on base of head: clypeus, labrum, anten- nae, and palpi light yellowish brown. Pronotum yellowish brown except for very vague transverse brownish band at midlength; band about /% as long as length of pronotum and restricted to disc as a transversely rectangular macula. Elytra yellowish brown. Head with surface shining. Clypeus finely 330 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Figs. 1-2. Hydraena decui, holotype, aedeagus. 1, Dorsal view. 2, Lateral view. punctate. Punctures slightly larger behind clypeus, punctures on disc sep- arated by about their diameters. Pronotum with fine punctures separated by 1-12 their widths; anterolateral regions shallowly, broadly depressed in contrast to the otherwise convex pronotal surface; posterolateral angles distinctly sinuate; anterolateral angles gradually incurved. Elytron with sur- face shining; punctate; punctures fine, arranged in 15 poorly defined rows; lateral margin explanate; apical angle gradually rounded when viewed dor- sally. Venter reddish brown except hypopleura, epipleura, labrum, and legs yellowish brown. Metasternal plaques tiny, ovoid, shining, and separated by 3x the greatest width of a plaque. Apical abdominal sterna glabrous and moderately produced. Male genitalia as illustrated (Figs. 1, 2). Type-data.—Holotype ¢ and allotype, from CUBA: Oriente Province: Arroyo de la Poa at Sabanilla, 23 Feb. 1973, V. Decu, USNM Type No. VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 331 S , SS Ne! MS u 7? ' ' Loar Figs. 3-4. Hydraena perkinsi, holotype, aedeagus. 3, Dorsal view. 4, Lateral view. 75663 deposited in the National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Etymology.—This new Hydraena is named for V. Decu, the collector of this new species. Hydraena perkinsi Spangler, NEw SPECIES Figs. 3, 4 This species is very similar to Hydraena longicollis Sharp described from Guatemala. However, H. perkinsi may be distinguished from H. longicollis by the narrower space between the metasternal plaques. In H. perkinsi the plaques are separated by twice or slightly less than twice the posterior width of a plaque: whereas, in H. longicollis the plaques are separated by three times the posterior width of a plaque. Also, differences in the male genitalia will separate the males of these two species. Holotype male.—Narrow, elongate: lateral margins of pronotum moder- ately arcuate; lateral margins of elytra more strongly arcuate than pronotum. 332 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Length 1.55 mm: greatest width 0.80 mm. Color of head black except small brownish area at anterior corner of eyes: labrum reddish brown: antennae and palpi yellowish brown. Pronotum yellowish brown; with a broad trans- verse dark brown to piceous band at midlength, band about twice as wide as the lighter basal and apical margins. Elytra yellowish brown. Head with surface shining: moderately coarsely, closely punctate, punctures separated by about their diameters or sometimes less. Pronotum with coarse, slightly elongate punctures; punctures separated by | or 2 their widths: antero- lateral regions shallowly, broadly depressed in contrast to the otherwise convex pronotal surface: posterolateral and anterolateral angles about equally incurved. Elytron with surface shining; punctate; punctures mod- erately coarse, arranged in 15 poorly defined rows; lateral margin explanate; apical angle gradually rounded when viewed dorsally. Venter dark reddish brown to piceous except hypopleura, epipleura, and legs yellowish brown. Metasternal plaques narrow, elongate, shining, separated posteriorly by twice or slightly less than twice the posterior width of a plaque. Apical abdominal sterna glabrous and moderately produced. Male genitalia as illustrated (Figs. 3, 4). Type-data.—Holotype ¢ and allotype from: CUBA: Pinar del Rio Prov- ince: Quemado de Pineda, in arroyo, 14 Apr. 1973, V. Decu, USNM Type No. 75664 deposited in the National Museum of Natural History, Smith- sonian Institution, Washington, D.C. Paratypes: Habana Province: Laguna Ariguanabo, 16 May 1973, V. Decu, 6 adults. Isla de Pinos: Laguna, base of J. A. Mella, 24 Mar. 1973, V. Decu, 1 adult; Represa La Fe, 22 Apr. 1973, V. Decu, | adult. Oriente Province: Arroyo de los Berros and Laguna la Cherco Redondo, 19 Mar. 1973, V. Decu, 1 adult; El Cayo, at Baire, 21 Mar. 1973, 1 adult; Mayari Abajo, Loma la Bandera, 29 Mar. 1973, V. Decu, 2 adults: Mayari Arriba, represa, 25 Mar. 1973, V. Decu, 8 adults. Pinar del Rio Province: Laguna Cochinata, 16 May 1973, V. Decu, 4 adults; Laguna Esperanza, 16 Apr. 1973, V. Decu, 1 adult. Paratypes will be deposited in the National Museum of Natural History, Smithsonian Institution, the Royal Institute of Natural History of Belgium, the British Museum (Natural His- tory), the National Museum of Natural History, Paris, the California Acad- emy of Sciences, the Canadian National Collection, and in the collection of Ve Dee! Etymology.—This species is named for Philip D. Perkins whose excellent but as yet unpublished revision of the Hydraenidae of the Western Hemi- sphere enabled me to recognize this and the preceding species as new taxa. ACKNOWLEDGMENTS I am indebted to V. Decu from the Institute de Speologie ‘‘Emil G. Ra- covita,’’ Bucharest, Romania to whom I offer my thanks for collecting these ~ and many other aquatic beetles during his fieldwork in Cuba. I also thank VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 333 Michael Druckenbrod, Smithsonian staff artist, for preparing the line draw- ings included here. LITERATURE CITED Perkins, P. D. 1980. Aquatic beetles of the family Hydraenidae in the Western Hemisphere: Classification, biogeography and inferred phylogeny (Insecta: Coleoptera). Quaest. Entomol. (In press) 1880-1980 ENTOMOLOGY CENTENNIAL SYMPOSIUM IOWA STATE UNIVERSITY—JUNE 4-5, 1980 A two-day celebration commemorating 100 years of entomology instruc- tion at lowa State University of Science and Technology in Ames is of special interest to entomologists. Professor Herbert J. Osborn, master teacher and pioneer hemipterist took charge of entomology instruction at ISU in 1880 and developed full-term courses dealing primarily with insects of economic importance. In addition to the formal program, social periods, luncheons, a banquet, exhibits, tours, and visits are also planned. Distinguished entomology alumni have been invited to speak on the status and future of various aspects of the science of entomology representing seven historically strong areas at lowa State University. Alumni, friends, and entomological colleagues are cordially invited to participate in this historic event. Formal invitations and programs will be sent to alumni and former faculty members soon after April 1, 1980. For additional information contact J. R. DeWitt, Department of Ento- mology, 102 Insectary, Iowa State University, Ames, Iowa 50011. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, p. 334 NOTE The Identity of Thaumatotibia Zacher, 1915: A New Synonym of Cryptophlebia (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae) Zacher (1915. Der Tropenpflanzer 18: 504-534) described a new genus and species, Thaumatotibia roerigii, from the west African country of Togo and gave it the common name of ‘‘Togo-Kapselwurm’’ (=Togo [cotton] capsule worm). In 1916 (Arbeit. Kaiserlich. Biol. Anstalt Land- und Forstwirtsch. [Berlin] 9: 180-220) Zacher mentioned this species by its com- mon name, gave a brief description, and noted that the species is probably in Glyphipterigidae. Since 1916 no mention of Thaumatotibia occurs in the entomological literature, as far as I can ascertain, and the genus and species have remained a mystery. In my attempt to transfer genera improperly allied to true Glyphipterigidae by Meyrick and other early workers, in relation to how the family has now been delimited, Thaumatotibia had remained an unknown genus until re- cently. Zacher was a researcher at the Kaiserlichen Biologischen Anstalt fiir Land- und Forstwirtschaft, Berlin, Germany, but inquiries to this insti- tution, as well as other European museums and institutions possessing in- sect collections, did not locate the holotype of the type-species of this mon- obasic genus. The type presumably is lost. No work on cotton pests has mentioned Thaumatotibia since 1916. On a recent visit to London a discussion of the problem with Dr. J. D. Bradley, Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, allowed an evaluation of the morphological characters that Zacher noted in his two papers which mention Thaumatotibia. Following a search of the collection of the British Museum (Natural History) in relation to the characters Zacher noted, it became apparent that Zacher’s species is conspecific with Cryptophlebia leucotreta (Meyrick), a widespread African olethreutine found on cotton. Notable characters common to both Thaumatotibia roerigii and Crypto- phlebia leucotreta are the distally expanded hind tibia and hindwing sex gland of the male and characteristics of the head, antenna, and labial palpus. The rather poor illustration of the adult of 7. roerigii presented by Zacher (1915) also conforms to the appearance of C. leucotreta. Thaumatotibia Zacher, 1915, thus becomes a junior synonym of Crypto- phlebia Walsingham, 1899, and its type-species by monotypy, T. roerigii Zacher, 1915, becomes a junior subjective synonym of C. leucotreta (Mey- rick) 1913. John B. Heppner, Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 335-336 NOTE New Distribution Records for Pseudomops septentrionalis Hebard and Panchlora nivea (L.) (Dictyoptera: Blatellidae, Blaberidae) Pseudomops septentrionalis Hebard (1917. Mem. Am. Entomol. Soc. 2: 1-284) was described from Texas. In 1943 Hebard (Trans. Am. Entomol. Soc. 68: 239-311) listed the most eastern Texas localities as Live Oak, Richmond, Nacogdoches, and New Boston. On 16 May 1962, three speci- mens were collected by L. D. Kirst in leaf litter near ornamental cane in a Baton Rouge yard. Dr. A. B. Gurney, who identified the specimens, wrote that this record represented a considerable range extension since Baton Rouge is about 225 miles east of Nacogdoches. Later, two specimens from Shreveport were donated to the Louisiana State University collection in- dicating that the species was present in that northwest Louisiana town in 1952. Since 1962 the species has been collected from 14 May to mid-July in the following eight parishes: Acadia Parish, Crowley, 24-V-1977, beating pine; Caddo Parish, 15-VI-1973, Shreveport, 6-VII-1952; East Baton Rouge Par- ish, Baton Rouge, 16-V-1962, leaf litter in yard near ornamental cane, Bam- busa sp., 28-VI-1963, 5-VI-1965, 10-VI-1969, 14-V-1975, 22-V-1975, leaf lit- ter at base of LSU Union Building, 1-VI-1977; Grant Parish, 20—27-VI-1972, boll weevil sex attractant trap; Lafayette Parish, Lafayette, 24-V-1977, beat- ing pine; Rapides Parish, 27-VI-S-VH-1973, 11—19-VII-1973, boll weevil sex attractant trap; Alexandria, 5-VI-1977, beating pine; St. Landry Parish, Krotz Springs, 20-VI-1978, soybean; Vernon Parish, Leesville, 25-V-1977, beating pine. The species is figured by Hebard (1917) and Helfer (1972. How to Know the Grasshoppers, Cockroaches, and their Allies, Wm. C. Brown Co., p. 47) but does not key out in these publications or in Rehn’s key to the genera of Blattaria (1943. Entomol. News 61(3): 64-67) because the ventroposterior margin of the front femur appears to have heavy spines proximally and short slender ones distally instead of spines which decrease gradually in size. Panchlora nivea (Linnaeus) is the only species of the genus which extends into the United States. Hebard (1917, 1943) referred to it as P. cubensis Saussure, and believed that it was established around Brownsville, Texas. He reported that it was frequently introduced into the United States in fruit, but it was essentially an out-of-doors tropical form which could never be- come established north of the tropical areas of this country. Gurney and Roth (1972. Ann. Entomol. Soc. Am. 65(3): 521-532) examined recently 336 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON collected specimens from southern Texas which apparently also came from established outdoor colonies. Nine of the 12 specimens in the Louisiana State University collection were collected in Baton Rouge from 17 May to 18 November. The locality records follow: East Baton Rouge Parish, Baton Rouge, 17-V-1979, 30-VII- 1974, 9-IX-1975, 24-IX-1975, 27-IX-1974, 28-IX-1978, and 29-I[X-1978 at light, 18-XI-1978, 20-XI-1978; Iberville Parish, Elmer Lahr Plantation, 4-VIII-1978, at light; St. James Parish, Gramercy, 14-VII-1965: St. John the Baptist Parish, Edgard, 11-VIII-1971. In addition to these records, one or two specimens have been collected by students each year, usually at lights. Although Baton Rouge is a port on the Mississippi River and subject to constant reinvasion, it seems probable that P. nivea has also established outdoor colonies here. Joan B. Chapin, Department of Entomology, Louisiana Agricultural Ex- periment Station, Louisiana State University, Baton Rouge, Louisiana 70803. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 336-337 NOTE Rhizoecus pritchardi McKenzie, A Junior Synonym of R. dianthi Green (Homoptera: Pseudococcidae) Rhizoecus pritchardi McKenzie (1960, Hilgardia 29(15): 749) is a hypo- gaeic mealybug causing serious damage to Saintpaulia in the United States. In Europe, a mealybug often found in greenhouses on numerous species of potted plants has usually been identified as R. dianthi Green (1926, Ento- mol. Mon. Mag. 61: 175). In recent years, R. dianthi has been found fre- quently on the roots of Saintpaulia in Europe, and there has been a sus- picion that R. pritchardi may be the same as R. dianthi. We have examined the types and other material of both species, and conclude that they represent the same species. The name R. pritchardi is therefore a junior synonym of R. dianthi (NEW SYNONYMy). We have also examined a paratype of R. eluminatus McKenzie and agree with Hamble- ton’s treatment of R. eluminatus as a junior synonym of R. pritchardi (1976, U.S. Dep. Agric. Tech. Bull. 1522, p. 45). Hambleton’s description as R. pritchardi (1976) and Williams’ description of R. dianthi (1962, Bull. Br. Mus. (Nat. Hist.) Entomol. 12(1): 43) adequately define the species, but the VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 557) oval areas on the posterior coxae mentioned in Williams’ description may be present or absent. We take this opportunity to select a LECTOTYPE from Green’s ‘“‘type’’ slide of R. dianthi, labeled Ripersia dianthi Green, En- gland, Royal Horticultural Society, Wisley, from roots of Dianthus (under glass), coll. G. Fox-Wilson, in the British Museum (Natural History). There are also three paralectotypes on the slide. The lectotype is the left specimen of two mounted closely together. The collection data on Green’s slide en- velope includes the date, x1i.1925, which is missing from the slide label. In addition to the aforementioned countries, R. dianthi is known from Canada, Denmark, New Zealand, Portugal, and Sweden. The plant genera attacked are: Saintpaulia, Sinningia (Gesneriaceae); Tropaeolum (Tropaeo- laceae); Cyclamen (Primulaceae); cactus (Cactaceae); Hedera (Araliaceae); Achillea, Senecio, Chrysanthemum (Compositae); Croton (Euphorbiaceae); Dianthus (Caryophyllaceae); Pelargonium (Geraniaceae); Fuchsia (Ona- graceae); Withania, Solanum (Solanaceae); Aeonium, Sedum (Crassula- ceae); Eryngium (Umbelliferae); Disphyma (Aizoaceae); Arctostaphylos (Ericaceae); Lantana (Verbenaceae); Geum (Rosaceae); Polygala (Polyga- laceae); Chlorophytum, Aspidistra (Liliaceae); Yucca, Dracaena (Agava- ceae); Adiantum (Adiantaceae); Bougainvillea (Nyctaginaceae). The geographic origin of R. dianthi is not yet established. This mealybug seems to prefer dicotyledons, as the Liliaceae and the related Agavaceae are the only monocotyledons known to be attacked. Adiantum is the only group of ferns recorded as host plants. Douglas J. Williams, Commonwealth Institute of Entomology, % British Museum (Natural History), London SW7 5BD, England; and Sueo Naka- hara, Plant Protection and Quarantine, APHIS, USDA, Beltsville, Mary- land 20705. PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 338-339 Book REVIEW Arthropod Phylogeny With Special Reference To Insects. By H. Bruce Boudreaux. John Wiley and Sons, New York, vili + 320 pages, 1979. Cost $21.50. Despite the fact that this book is filled with both minor and serious flaws, I think it is in many ways the most important and useful if controversial volume to appear on the evolution of insects in English. It does not system- atically ignore or deride other points of view or insist that its opinions are the only ones and thus differs strikingly from Manton’s book on the Ar- thropoda. It is not a compilation of chapters with different unresolved evo- lutionary theories like Gupta’s book on arthropod phylogeny, but has a single great theme which is brilliantly and authoritatively presented. To begin with the flaws, I counted 41 spelling errors (in 280 pages) of simple ordinary words and of special scientific terms and names. The latter type errors reach their apogee with the non-word “‘furci nite’? which com- bines misspelling with four missing letters; the real word is furcasternite. The word ennervate is employed when innervate is meant. /f clauses are not followed by the subjunctive were. There are a few mismatched text references to figures (e.g., on page 134, Fig. 62 C should read Fig. 59 C). There are some unlabelled areas in Figure 29 (F, MP and ML). Although Boudreaux believes there are no circular muscles in insects, the tergosternal bundles, all the leg muscles, and the dorsal and ventral diaphragms clearly are in fact, circular. Boudreaux incorrectly states that the trochantin in mayflies is an extension of the lower epimeron; this is an anatomical im- possibility, since the trochantin is situated in membrane at the anterior end of the coxa; it may have evolved from the katepisternum. Of the 276 ref- erences given, 56 are listed as being not seen by the author. The phyloge- netic classification contains 30 newly emended names and 19 completely new terms. Some of these may well be useful, but it remains to be seen how acceptable they will be to systematists in general. Despite its flaws, Boudreaux’s book is still a particularly valuable con- tribution to our knowledge because it offers what I believe are sensible alternate views to the dogmas of Manton. Thus, he vigorously supports a monophyletic rather than a polyphyletic origin of arthropods. He indicates that the polyphyletic theory ignores the fact that all arthropods share in certain characteristics in a combination found in no other phylum. He points out that the polyphyleticists persist in seeing ancestral stages in embryos and yet systematically ignore that some ancestral characters could have VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 339 changed in various evolutionary sequences, and they do not admit that evolutionary novelties might have been the basis for new functions and habits. Although Manton claimed that gross structural resemblances be- tween members of different classes of arthropods arose convergently from common needs and were dictated by habit, Boudreaux rightly argues that when different taxa share many homologous features they very probably share a common ancestor. He correctly points out that the legs of all ar- thropods are basically similar and that unbranched limbs are essentially uniramous and that the ‘‘so-called biramous limbs are the results of spe- cializations.’’ He seriously questions Manton’s idea that the mandibles of the Uniramia are whole limbs because these mouthparts in centipedes, mil- lipedes and symphylans are segmented. Unlike Manton, who considered the mandible to be a modified whole leg, Boudreaux considers it to be only the coxal part. Although Manton asserted that the hexapodous state evolved indepen- dently five times and concluded that ‘‘the leg mechanisms of the hexapod classes are mutually exclusive . . . and must [italics inserted] have evolved in parallel from ancestors with lobopodial limbs and little trunk sclerotiza- tion,’ Boudreaux convincingly argues that no zoologist would ever mistake any insectan leg for any other arthropodan leg, and he states that ‘‘insect hexapody can be derived from one common origin.”’ Jack Colvard Jones, Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, College Park, Maryland 20742. 340 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON SUMMARY REPORTS OF SOCIETY OFFICERS FOR 1979 Treasurer (1 November 1978 to 31 October 1979) Special General Publication SUMMARY: Fund Fund Total On hand, | November 1978 10,779.90 28,650.82 39,430.72 Total receipts 33,147.16 2,783.32 35,930.48 Total disbursements 29,756.38 1,914.00 31,670.38 On hand, 31 October 1979 14,170.68 29,520.14 43,690.82 EDITOR (Calendar Year 1979) Four numbers of the Proceedings were published in 1979. The 712 pages represented 80 scientific articles, 11 notes, | book review, 2 obituaries, 1 announcement, and the minutes for 9 meetings of the Society. Bylaws and a Membership List of the Society were also published. Editorial charges were waived for 7 articles and 2 obituaries totaling 83 pages. Full editorial charges were paid for the immediate publication of 3 articles and | note totaling 21 pages. Several lengthy articles included full editorial charges for 37 pages. Two articles of 4 pages each were published for non-members. During the years 1977, 1978, and 1979, 2046 pages have been published as compared with 2026 pages for the years 1973, 1974, 1975, and 1976. This increased rate of publication has meant that, once accepted, a manuscript is now usually published in the next issue submitted to our printer. In October 1979, the Society sponsored the publication of **Taxonomic studies on fruit flies of the genus Urophora (Diptera: Tephritidae)’ by G. C. Steyskal. This article is now available from the Custodian for $2.00. In late December 1979, it is anticipated that the Society will publish Mem- oir No. 8, “‘The North American Predaceous Midges of the Genus Palpo- myia Meigen (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae)’’ by W. L. Grogan, Jr. and W. W. Wirth. Details on availability and cost will be announced at the time of publication. The Society partially covered the expenses for the Editor to attend the Annual Conference of the Council of Biology Editors, April 29—May 2, 1979, Charlottesville, Virginia. The conference dealt with peer review, editorial considerations of small journals, ethics of publication, and an update on problems and experiences with the Copyright Law. Publications Committee: E. Eric Grissell, Ashley B. Gurney, John M. Kingsolver, David R. Smith, George C. Steyskal, and Manya B. Stoetzel (Editor). PROC. ENTOMOL. SOC. WASH. 82(2), 1980, pp. 341-348 SocieETY MEETINGS 860th Regular Meeting—May 3, 1979 The 860th Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order by President Davis at 8:00 pm on May 3, 1979, in the Ecology Theater of the National Museum of Natural History. Twenty-three members and 5 guests were present. The minutes of the April meeting were read and approved. Membership Chairman Utmar read for the first time the name of the following applicant for membership: Mark F. O’Brien, Entomology Department, College of Environmental Science and Forestry, Syracuse, New York. President Davis announced that the ad hoc committee to choose an hon- orary member submitted several candidates to the Executive Committee. After much deliberation the Executive Committee approved unanimously of Dr. Frank Campbell. Dr. Campbell is affiliated with many entomological societies and served as president of ESW in 1957. It was moved, seconded, and unanimously voted by the membership that Dr. Campbell be an Hon- orary Member of the Society. The principal speaker for the evening was Dr. Amnon Freidberg, Post- doctoral Fellow, Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution. Dr. Freidberg spoke on *‘Mating Behavior in Fruit Flies.’’ His talk was accom- panied with numerous kodachrome slides and a movie and was followed by a question and answer session. NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS William Bickley presented a copy of Serial Sources for the Biosis Data Base, vol. 1978 (precursor—Biosis ). Ashley Gurney showed a cerambycid beetle, Crytophorus verucosus, that he found near a maple tree in his backyard. He also presented a book, “Peru, My Unpromised Land,’’ an English translation from Polish of the experiences of Felix Woytkowski in Peru. Don Davis showed slides of Lepidoptera found in Chile and collecting sites in Chile. Following the introduction of guests, the meeting was adjourned at 9:27 pm, after which punch and cookies were served. Holly B. Williams, Recording Secretary pro tem 342 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON 86lst Regular Meeting—June 5, 1979 The Entomological Society of Washington and the Insecticide Society of Washington held their joint annual banquet on June 5, 1979, at the Fort McNair Officers’ Club, Washington, D.C. Dale Parrish was host, T. J. Spil- man and W. E. Bickley, Jr. were banquet cochairmen, and Lloyd Knutson served as master of ceremonies. After the social hour and dinner several awards were given. Certificates of recognition were awarded to all living past presidents, of whom several were in attendance. The program for the evening featured Dr. John W. Neal, Jr., Science and Education Administration, USDA, who spoke on the timely subject of ‘‘Life in Iran: A Perspective in Retrospect.’ Afterwards, Lloyd Knutson conducted a drawing for door prizes, of which there were many. Mrs. Floyd E. Smith arranged for the floral displays. Ninety-nine members and guests attended. Wayne N. Mathis, Recording Secretary 862nd Regular Meeting—October 4, 1979 The 862nd Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order at 8:00 pm, October 4, 1979, in the Ecology Theater, National Museum of Natural History. Twenty-eight members and 13 guests were present. The minutes of the May and June meetings were read and approved. Membership Chairman Utmar read for the first time the names of the following applicants for membership: Stephen C. Harris, Department of Biology, University of Alabama, Uni- versity, Alabama. Scott E. Miller, Department of Invertebrate Zoology, Santa Barbara Mu- seum of Natural History, Santa Barbara, California. Jose G. Palacios-Vargas, Laboratoria de Acarologia, Facultad de Cien- cias, Universidad Nacional Autonoma de Mexico, Mexico, D. F. David A. Nickle, Systematic Entomology Laboratory, USDA, Washing- ton; D. C. Michael G. Pogue, University of Wyoming, Laramie, Wyoming. Mike Faran noted that some members of the Society did not receive a | notice of this month’s meeting. He did not know what the problem was but | will try to make any necessary corrections. Doug Sutherland reported that the Society had representatives at local | state fairs and that he had received assistance from Virginia Tech University | and the University of Maryland in their respective fairs. The Society rec- | | ) VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 343 ognized one winner from Virginia who will report to the Society at a later date. No science fair entrants from Maryland received special recognition from the Society. T. J. Spilman discussed the annual banquet and asked for suggestions for future banquets. President Davis informed the Society that Frank Campbell passed away last summer. Dr. Campbell had served as president of the Society in 1957 and at the May meeting of this year was elected an Honorary Member. Since Dr. Campbell’s death, the Executive Committee has met and now submits the name of Dr. Ashley B. Gurney to become an Honorary Member. Dr. Gurney is well known in the Society, serving as president and holding numerous other positions. The motion was made, seconded, and unani- mously passed by the membership that Dr. Gurney become an Honorary Member. President Davis mentioned House Rule 4572, which if passed by Congress would not allow organizations receiving federal funding to publish outside of the Government Printing Office. This rule could be detrimental to soci- eties such as ours that publish journals. President Davis urged members to write their congressmen and register their opposition to this proposed mea- sure. The principal speaker for the evening was Dr. Margaret S. Collins, De- partment of Zoology, Howard University. Dr. Collins spoke on ‘*Termite studies in Guyana.’’ Following her talk, Dr. Collins presented numerous kodachrome slides, after which there was a question and answer session. NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS J. H. Fales reported the collecting in Maryland by William R. Grooms, a local collector, two specimens of the Gulf Fritillary, Agraulis vanillae nigrior Michener, near Salisbury in Wicomico County in August 1971. He collected another on August 31, 1979, near Stockton in Worchester County. These were new collection records for Maryland. Other 1979 collections follow. At Seneca in Montgomery County he collected a specimen of the Twin-Spot Skipper, Oligoria maculata (Edwards) on August 23, and another in Worchester County on August 31. These are new state records. On August 29, he collected in St. Marys County a specimen of the Whirl- about Skipper, Polites vibex Geyer. This is also a new record for Maryland. At Seneca on September 6, he collected a Palamedes Swallowtail, Papilio palamedes Drury. This is the first collection of this species in Montgomery County. Vic Adler mentioned collecting walking sticks on black locusts along high- way I-70, west of Hagerstown. Helen Sollers-Riedel related how she tried to rid her cat of fleas and flea eggs, to no avail. Kodachrome slides accompanied her talk. 344 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Following the introduction of guests the meeting was adjourned at 10:15 pm. Cider and cookies were served afterwards. Holly B. Williams, Recording Secretary pro tem 863rd Regular Meeting—November 1, 1979 The 863rd Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order by President Davis at 8:00 pm, November 1, 1979, in the Ecology Theater, National Museum of Natural History. Thirty-nine members and 18 guests were present. The minutes of the October meeting were read, corrected, and approved. Membership chairman Utmar read for the first time the names of the following applicants for membership: Peter J. Dodds, Biological Sciences Group, University of Connecticut, Storrs, Connecticut. Alfred S. Elder, North Carolina Department of Agriculture, Raleigh, North Carolina. Sheila M. Hoelscher, University of Arkansas, Fayetteville, Arkansas. Norman F. Johnson, Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ith- aca, New York. Tom G. Schwan, Division of Entomology and Parasitology, University of California, Berkeley, California. David L. Vincent, Department of Entomology, University of Maryland, Greenbelt, Maryland. President Davis announced that the nominating committee, chaired by Ron Hodges, had submitted the following names for officers in the Society: Jack Lipes—President-Elect Dave Nickle—Recording Secretary F. C. Thompson—Treasurer Mignon Davis—Corresponding Secretary Mike Faran—Program Chairman Steve Nakahara—Custodian Joyce Utmar—Membership Chairman Dave Smith—Editor Ashly Gurney thanked the membership for his recent election as an Hon- orary Member. The principal speaker for the evening was Dr. Joachim Adis, Postdoctoral Fellow, Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution. Dr. Adis _ spoke on ‘Arthropods of Amazonian inundation forests.’’ His talk was | illustrated with several kodachrome slides and was followed by a question and answer period. : VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 345 NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS Manya Stoetzel passed around the newest publication of the Society, entitled ‘‘Taxonomic studies on fruit flies of the genus Urophora (Diptera: Tephritidae),’’ by George C. Steyskal. Manya had extra copies for sale to anyone interested ($2.00). Jack Lipes mentioned a recent trip to ‘“‘Babylon’’ (Iraq) and passed around a species of tenebrionid beetle (Adesmia dilatata Klug) that he had collected there. Terry Erwin showed a new book entitled, ‘*‘Carabid beetles: their evo- lution, natural history, and classification,’ edited by Terry, George Ball, Don Whitehead, and Anne Halpern (W. Junk, publisher). T. J. Spilman spoke on the possible origin of the generic name of Ahas- verus advena, the foreign grain beetle (Cucujidae). Gozis, a Frenchman, described Ahasverus in 1881, probably taking the name from a novel pub- lished in 1854 by Eugene Sue, also a Frenchman. The main character in Sue’s Le Juif Errant is Ahasverus, known in English as the Wandering Jew. Because he travels the earth eternally, Ahasverus is certainly an appropriate namesake for this traveling beetle. Maynard Ramsay reported having lunch recently with Lew Davis in San Diego. Ted Bissell told of recent contact with Raymond A. St. George, who now lives in Ft. Wayne, Indiana. Don Davis showed several slides of electron micrographs and koda- chromes of a lepidopteran ectoparasite (Fulgoraecia exigua (Hy. Edwards): family Epipyropidae) of the homopteran Acanalonia acuta. Don briefly dis- cussed the life history of the ectoparasite and informed us that the whitish appearance of the larva is due to a long chain paraffin hydrocarbon that is secreted over most of its body. The meeting was adjourned at 9:14 pm, after which refreshments were served. Wayne N. Mathis, Recording Secretary 864th Regular Meeting—December 6, 1979 The 864th Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order by President Davis ‘at 8:03 pm, December 6, 1979, in the Ecology Theater, National Museum of Natural History. Forty-four members and 13 guests were present. The minutes of the November meeting were read, corrected, and ap- proved. Editor Stoetzel gave the editor’s report. A motion to accept it was sec- onded and passed. Treasurer Thompson gave the treasurer’s report that had been audited previously. A motion to accept it was seconded and passed. 346 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Membership Chairman Utmar gave the membership report and an- nounced for the first time the name of the following applicant for member- ship: E. Richard Hoebeke, Department of Entomology, Cornell University, Ithaca, New York. President Davis again went over the slate of nominees for Society offices that was submitted by the nomination committee. He then accepted nomi- nations from the floor. There being none, he made the motion that we unan- imously accept those nominees submitted by the committee. This was sec- onded and passed. The officers are: Jack Lipes—President Elect Dave Nickle—Recording Secretary F. C. Thompson—Treasurer Mignon Davis—Corresponding Secretary Mike Faran—Program Chairman Steve Nakahara—Custodian Joyce Utmar—Membership Chairman Dave Smith—Editor The speaker for the evening was Dr. Ross H. Arnett, Jr., Director, North American Beetle Fauna Project, Kinderhook, New York. Dr. Arnett spoke on the ‘‘Origin of the insect fauna of the Seychelles Islands.’’ His talk was accompanied with numerous kodachrome slides and was followed by a ques- tion and answer period. NOTES AND EXHIBITIONS T. J. Spilman showed The Insect in Art by Margaret S. Collins (1979, Black Art, an International Quarterly, 3(3): 14-28). Profusely illustrated, the article demonstrates the use of different insect orders as artistic motifs in graphics, painting, sculpture, textiles, glassware, furniture, and especially jewelry. M. Davis showed a recent newspaper article about C. P. Alexander. C. P. Alexander, the diligent ninety-year-old crane fly specialist, was the sub- ject of a half page news article appearing in the Nov. 22nd issue of the Washington Star. Dr. Alexander figures that there are approximately four | thousand new species in the hundreds of thousands of specimens received — from around the world which he has not yet examined. He says that that _ will be the Smithsonians’ job when the massive collection is turned over to them next year. W. Bickley passed around a picture postcard showing the building in | Kyoto, Japan, where the next International Congress of Entomology will be held in 1980. | : VOLUME 82, NUMBER 2 347 President Davis expressed his appreciation to all who contributed to the Society during the past year and who made his tenure as president enjoy- able. He then turned the gavel over to our next president, T. J. Spilman. President Spilman thanked Past President Davis for the job well done during the past year. Following the introduction of guests the meeting was adjourned at 9:24 pm, after which refreshments were served. Wayne N. Mathis, Recording Secretary 865th Regular Meeting—January 3, 1980 The 865th Regular Meeting of the Entomological Society of Washington was called to order by President T. J. Spilman at 8:00 pm on January 3, 1980 in the Ecology Theatre of the National Museum of Natural History. Twenty-eight members and 19 guests were present. The minutes of the December meeting were read and approved. Membership chairman Joyce Utmar read for the first time the names of the following new applicants for membership: Roger L. Heitzman, Department of Entomology, University of Mary- land, College Park, Maryland. Jack Colvard Jones, 10234 Carroll Place, Kensington, Maryland. She also announced that 36 new members had been added in 1979, bringing the current total (as of 5 April 1979) to: 570 Members, 13 Life Members, 14 Emeritus Members, and 4 Honorary Members. Dr. Manya Stoetzel of the Publications Committee announced the recent publication of Memoir No. 8 of the Entomological Society of Washington by W. L. Grogan, Jr. and W. W. Wirth, entitled The North American Predaceous Midges of the Genus Palpomyia Meigen (Diptera: Ceratopogoni- dae). 125 pp. President Spilman announced that a gift to the Society from Dr. Fred- erick W. Poos had been placed in the Special Publication Fund, and though Dr. Poos could not be present, words of thanks were tendered by the officers. , The speaker for the evening was Dr. Don R. Davis, Chairman, De- partment of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, whose talk was entitled “Biospeliology: the study of cave life.” The talk was accompanied by excellent Kodachrome slides of caves in China, Africa, Central America, continental U.S., and Hawaii, and focussed on the insect life associated with different ecological zones within caves. Special attention was given to the taentids, the most frequently occurring cave-dwelling insects. 348 PROCEEDINGS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON Notes and Exhibitions Joyce Utmar passed around a book entitled Entertaining with Insects, or: The Original Guide to Insect Cookery by Ronald L. Taylor and Bar- bara J. Carter, and mentioned the many possibilities of insect dishes to enhance an entomologist’s cuisine. T. J. Spilman showed the new book, Entomology in Human and Animal Health, Seventh Edition, by R. F. Harwood and M. T. Janes, published in 1979 by Washington State University; this is an updated edition of Herm’s Medical Entomology. Dr. William Bickley announced the recent publication of vol. 16 Contri- butions of American Entomological Institute. The 987-page volume is en- titled: A revision of the adult and larval mosquitoes of Japan (including the Ryukyu Archipelago and the Ogasawara Islands) and Korea (Diptera: Culicidae) by K. Tanaka, K. Mizusawa and E. S. Sangstad. Guests were introduced, and the meeting was adjourned at 9:45 pm, after which punch and cookies were served. David A. Nickle, Recording Secretary PUBLICATIONS FOR SALE BY THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON MISCELLANEOUS PUBLICATIONS Cynipid Galls of the Eastern United States, by Lewis H. Weld ____-_---________- Synipid Galls of the Southwest, by Lewis Hi. Weld .......---2-___--_- se TDA NeESLOD CYNIDIC Pals ye. So ee Identification of Alaskan Black Fly Larvae, by Kathryn M. Sommerman _____- Unusual Scalp Dermatitis in Humans Caused by the Mite Dermatophagoides, EMEA eM Tol: i en: Line ee sarees Cae T we Pe cai Soo. A Short History of the Entomological Society of Washington, by Ashley B. SUC? Seek ee ee ee ee en ae PERN ireee ESE ol ee Pictorial Key to Species of the Genus Anastrepha (Diptera: Tephritidae), by RP OLDCL on OLEV SAL) 6.6 eee ee Se ee eee Taxonomic Studies on Fruit Flies of the Genus Urophora (Diptera: Tephriti- Rae OVGeEOrpe G. SLCYSKAUe 92022252 en se ee MEMOIRS OF THE ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF WASHINGTON No. 1. The North American Bees of the Genus Osmia, by Grace Sandhouse. 1939 No. 2. A Classification of Larvae and Adults of the Genus Phyllophaga, by PALATH Cass OW ITIC: » MOA DY eee re ned ee ee Se oe a No. 3. The Nearctic Leafhoppers, a Generic Classification and Check List, by Bari USaMG@mani, (948.22. 228 <8 ee ces 2 ee ee es No. 4. A Manual of the Chiggers, by G. W. Wharton and H. S. Fuller. (oe) tLe i ee eee ota ee eee eae tee eS eames > eee eee eee A No. 5. A Classification of the Siphonaptera of South America, by Phyllis T. SUE SONTER OT OS (ace: eee ene Site 2 oS ee en ee No. 6. The Female Tabanidae of Japan, Korea and Manchuria, by Wallace P. Murdoch and Hiros Takahasi., 1969)... nee No. 7. Ant Larvae: Review and Synthesis, by George C. Wheeler and Jeanette “NAS Gn Nf Ses 9 the SE oo oe CE eee Peay Eee oc ONC No. 8. The North American Predaceous Midges of the Genus Palpomyia Mei- gen (Diptera: Ceratopogonidae), by W. L. Grogan, Jr. and W. W. ES PE SER: See te Se en ae ree: as 1.50 2.00 15.00 15.00 11.00 Back issues of the Proceedings of the Entomological Society of Washington are available at $15.00 per volume to non-members and $9 per volume to members of the Society. Prices quoted are U.S. currency. Dealers are allowed a discount of 10 per cent on all items, including annual subscriptions, that are paid in advance. All orders should be placed with the Custodian, Entomological Society of Washington, c/o Department of Entomology, Smithsonian Institution, Washington, D.C. 20560. CONTENTS (Continued from front cover) ROY, D. and P. P. HARPER—Females of the Nearctic Molanna (Trichoptera: Mo- [RUHIGAC) © os os5. cc oreives fale Cie. ace. b.bia be Wrarepd/R ae: wie © aN he RRL) cE en 229 SMITH, C. F.—A fourth species of Toxopterella Hille Ris Lambers (Homoptera: Aphi- didae) from North America with a key fo species: ........2...c00-.s0.+eeee ssn 276 SMITH, C. F.—Notes and keys to the species of Carolinaia (Homoptera: Aphididae) .. 312 SPANGLER, P. J.—Onopelmus, a new genus of Dryopid beetle from Peru (Coleoptera: DryODIGae)) oie. Wie cwlelel icin ere eis art nla bie ola stin Wo Snoggle dy etal LAR at ae ite hare tee 161 SPANGLER, P. J.—Two new species of aquatic beetles of the genus Hydraena from Cuba (Coleoptera? Hydracnidae) ..<. [75 ses ecw hoe herein pain el set Se 329 STEYSKAL, G. C.—Two-winged flies of the genus Dasiops (Diptera: Lonchaeidae) at- tacking flowers or fruit of species of Passiflora (passion fruit, granadilla, curuba, CA) ie 2, on SO RS Sonn CAIN te en erent. Se He KE amet oi Sols aI cos 166 THOMPSON, F. C.—The North American species of Callicera Panzer (Diptera: SVU PGR 55 5-3 iskecs arsis sa ovo ws Sintec ethno OIE epi TORY ee 9 nus flee 195 WHEELER, A. G., JR. and T. J. HENRY—Seasonal history and host plants of the ant mimic Barberiella formicoides Poppius, with description of the fifth-instar (He- | Mipteras METIGHE) 6 5.6 ceisy cic.cc cen die a vache see ls wien 8 2 erodes ale Pee ea 269 NOTES: CHAPIN, J. B—New distribution records for Pseudomops septentrionalis Hebard and Panchlora nivea (L.) (Dictyoptera: Blatellidae, Blaberidae) ..................... 335 HEPPNER, J. B.—The identity of Thaumatotibia Zacher, 1915: A new synonym of | Cryptophlebia: (Lepidoptera: Tortricidae)! ; <4